五年中考29全国各地中考英语试题分类汇编完形填空 434页

‎【五年中考】2009-2013全国各地中考英语试题分类汇编：完形填空（十九）（2009广东）‎ Water is the __1___ of all the things we eat and drink . Not many people understand this but __2____ quite true . The human body can go without ___3___ for a long time . We’ve got many examples for this . Yet two __4___ three days without water can usually make people __5____ . Man can’t live __6____ water .‎ Many people don’t understand how ___7__ water the human body needs __8___ work well , and many people , especially young people , do not drink enough , ___9__ in very hot weather . Our body has mostly water , about 65% to 75% . That is to say about two thirds of our body is water . When we do sports , some of the water will get away from our body . __10 _ we don’t drink some water , we won’t have enough water．　And if we don’t have enough water , we’ll feel tired and many of us will get ill . So you know how important water is to us .‎ ‎( )1. A. important B. most important C. more important D. different ‎( )2.A. it’s ‎ B. its ‎ C. it ‎ D. is ‎( )3.A. food ‎ B. water ‎ C. drink ‎ D. meat ‎( )4.A . so B. And ‎ C. But ‎ D. or ‎( )5. A. to die B. die ‎ C. to died D. died ‎( )6. A. have ‎ B. with ‎ C. without ‎ D. in ‎( )7.A. many B. much C. little D. few ‎( )8.A. and ‎ B. the ‎ C. / ‎ D. to ‎( )9.A. even ‎ B. ever ‎ C. almost D. hardly ‎( )10.A. If B. For ‎ C. Since ‎ D. Because ‎【答案】1-5BAADB , 6-10CBDAA ‎（二十）（2009苏州）‎ 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该顶涂黑。‎ ‎ My mother often asked me，“What is the most important part of the body?”Through the years I would guess at 1 I thought was the correct answer．‎ ‎ When I was younger，I thought sound was very important to us as humans，so I said．“My 2 ，Mommy．”‎ ‎ She said，“No．Many people aye deaf．But you 3 thinking about it and I will ask you again soon．”‎ ‎ Then last year，my grandpa 4 ．Everybody was hurt．Everybody was crying．My mom looked at me when it was our 5 to say our final goodbye to Grandpa．She asked me，“Do you know the most important body part yet，my dear?”‎ ‎ I was shocked 6 she asked me this now．I always thought this was a game between her and me．She saw the confusion(迷惑)on my face and told me，“This 7 is very important．It shows that you have 8 lived your life．”I saw her eyes well up with tears(跟泪)．She said，“My dear，the most important body part is your shoulder．”‎ ‎ I asked．“Is it because it holds up your head?”‎ ‎ She replied，“No，it is because it call hold the head of a friend or loved one when they ‎9 ．Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometimes in life．my dear．I only hope teat you have enough love and 10 that you wilt have a shoulder to cry on when you ‎ need it．”‎ ‎1．A．if B．what C．that D．whether ‎2．A．ears B．eyes C．body D．head ‎3．A．feel B．stop C．keep D．forget ‎4．A．worried B．visited C．died D．came ‎5．A．need B．chance C．duty D．turn ‎6．A．when B．unless C．before D．but ‎7．A．experience B．answer C．problem D．question ‎8．A．easily B．really C．carefully D．especially ‎9．A．sleep B．think C．laugh D．cry ‎ ‎10．A．visitors B．friends C．classmates D．teachers ‎【答案】1．B 2．A 3．C 4．C 5．D 6．A ‎ ‎ 7．D 8．B 9．D 10．B ‎（二十一）（2009山东东营）‎ All over the world people swim for fun. Swimming is enjoyed by people of 1 ages, from the very young to the very old. There are many places for people to swim in swimming pools. Many schools, hotels and clubs have swimming pools. Some people have pools of 2 in their yards.‎ Swimming is one of 3 forms of exercise. It can 4 hearts and bodies strong. It can also help blood circulate(循环). Handicapped people can keep their bodies in better condition by swimming 5 they can't enjoy sports.‎ ‎ 6 is a good idea for parents to see to it(务必做到) that their children learn to swim 7 an early age. So their children will 8 it for the rest of their lives.‎ There are many rules for water safety. These rules can help save not only your life 9 the life of a friend. First of all, know 10 . Many schools 11 swimming lessons to children. Adults(成人) can learn to swim at public pools. 12 rule to remember is never to swim 13 . Always swim with a friend and know 14 in the water at all times. It is best to swim 15 in safe places if you are beginners. If every one learned to swim and obeyed the rules for water safety, most drawing(溺水) could be avoided.‎ ‎1. A.all B. any C. some D. both ‎2.A.themselves B.their own C. theirs own D. their own’s ‎3.A.good B. better C. best D. the best ‎4.A.help B. let C. make D. show ‎5.A.though B. as C. so D. until ‎6.A.That B. There C. This D. It ‎7.A.over B. during C. at D. on ‎8.A.learn B. enjoy C. stop D.know ‎9.A.and aim B. still C.and yet D. but also ‎10.A.how to swim B. why swimming C. how swimming D. why to swim ‎11.A.have B. take C. give D. make ‎12.A.The other one B. Other C. An other D. Another ‎13.A.alone B. yourself C. lonely D. together ‎14.A.who what person is B. where that person is ‎ C. who is that person D. where is that person ‎15.A.nearly B. hardly C. almost D. only ‎【答案】1-5 ABDCA 6-10DCBDA 11-15 CDABD ‎（二十二）（2009绵羊）‎ 阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的(A、B、C、D)四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Juan Gomez wakes up at six o'clock every morning. He gets up, takes a 1 , gets dressed, and eats breakfast. After breakfast he 2 the newspaper until 7:15, then he leaves for work. He gets on the bus at the bus stop, rides it to University Avenue, 3 , and walks to his office. He works 4 five o'clock. He usually goes and plays basketball with friends after work. Then he goes home. Juan 5 a very boring life.‎ ‎1. A. lesson B. breath C. shower D. break ‎2. A. reads B. writes C. rolls D. stamps ‎3. A. gets on B. gets off C. gets away D. gets down ‎4. A. at B. before C. from D. until ‎5. A. leads B. enjoys C. hates D. creates ‎【答案】1-5 CABDA ‎ B Paul received an expensive car from his brother as a Christmas present．On Christmas Eve Paul saw a dirty and poorly-dressed boy walking 1 his shining car．“Is this your car，Paul？”he asked．‎ Paul told him how he got the car and the boy was 2 ．“You mean your brother gave it to you and it didn’t cost you nothing？Boy，I wish…” he said, without 3 his sentence．Paul thought the boy wished he had a 4 like that. But what the boy said surprised Paul greatly. “I wish,”the boy went on，“that I could be a brother like that．”‎ Paul looked at the boy in surprise. He invited him to take a 5 in his car and the boy agreed happily. After a short ride，the boy turned and with his eyes 6 ，said，“Paul，would you mind driving in front of my house？” ‎ Paul smiled a little．He thought the boy wanted to 7 his neighbors that he could ride home in a big car. But Paul was wrong 8 . The boy ran back into his house, and after a short while came back with his disabled brother in his arms. ‎ He 9 him down on the step and pointed to the car. “There she is, Buddy, just like what I told you upstairs. His brother gave it to him for Christmas and it didn’t 10 him a cent. Some day I’m going to give you one just like it.”‎ ‎26. A. inside B. around C. through D. across ‎27. A. interested B. excited C. satisfied D. surprised ‎28. A. finishing B. understanding C. hearing D. checking ‎29. A. car B. brother C. sister D. family ‎30. A. seat B. rest C. ride D. picture ‎31. A. watering B. shining C. wondering D. shaking ‎32. A. frustrate B. shock C. remind D. show ‎33. A. either B. too C. again D. instead ‎34. A. sat B. dropped C. let D. kept ‎35. A. pay B. cost C. bring D. return ‎【答案】26-30 BDABC 31-35 BDCAB ‎（二十三）（2009哈尔滨）‎ ‎【答案】46—50 CBADC 51—55 ABCDB ‎（二十四）（2009临沂）‎ ‎【答案】36—40 BACDC 41—45 ADBBC ‎（二十五）（2009湖州）‎ ‎【答案】‎ ‎（一）（2009山东泰安）阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从41—50 各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Once there was a king who told some of his people to dig a pond (池子).The king then told his people that one person 1 each family had to bring a glass of milk during the night and put it into the pond. So, by the morning, the pond should be 2 of milk.‎ After 3 the order, everyone went home. As one man prepared his milk, he thought that since everyone was bringing milk, he would just 4 a glass of water and put that into the pond instead. 5 it was dark at night, no one would notice it, so he quickly went and put the water into the pond and 6 home.‎ In the morning, the king went to visit the pond. To his 7 , the pond was only filled with water! What happened? Yes! Everyone had the same idea 8 that man. They all thought, “I don’t have to waste my milk. Someone else will do it.”‎ Dear friends, when you plan to help poor people or people in trouble, do not think that 9 will take care of it. Instead, it starts with you. If you don’t do it, no one else will, so change yourself and make a 10 .‎ ‎1. A. at B. from C. on D. with ‎2. A. filled B. empty C. crowded D. full ‎3. A. giving B. refusing C. receiving D. offering ‎4. A. hide B. steal C. waste D. drink ‎5. A. If B. Since C. While D. After ‎6. A. left B. came C. returned D. arrived ‎ ‎7. A. surprise B. satisfaction C. joy D. taste ‎8. A. with B. to C. as D. of ‎9. A. others B. the others C. none D. neither ‎10. A. face B. mistake C. living D. difference ‎【答案】1—5 BDCAB 6—10 CACAD ‎(二)（2009宁波）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ Once, in a small village, lived a family with eight children. Two of the children ‎ loved 1 very much, but the family was so poor that it was impossible to send 2 of them to study at the art college at the same time. After many discussions, the two boys finally 3 a plan. They would toss(抛) a coin. The loser would go 4 into the mines (煤矿) and, with his earnings(赚得的钱), 5 his brother studying at the college. Then, when the brother who won the toss finished his studies, after four years, he would support the other brother studying at the 6 ‎ ‎ James won the toss and Jack went down into the mines. James worked with all his heart and his paintings were much 7 than those of most of his teachers, and by the time he 8 , he was beginning to make a lot of money for his paintings.‎ ‎ 9 James returned, the family held a big dinner for his great success. Soon after the meal began, James 10 up from his seat to drink a toast (举杯祝酒) to his dear 11 He said, "Jack, now you can go to the art college and your 12 will come true. I will take care of you. "‎ ‎ But Jack said 13 , "Brother, the four years in the mines has done too much to my hands, so it' s too 14 Now I can' t even hold a glass. "‎ ‎ To show his great love and respect, James drew his brother' s hands with 15 towards the sky.‎ He called his drawing "The Praying Hands", which became very famous years later.‎ ‎1. A. painting B. books C. school D. money ‎2. A. any B. all C. both D. neither ‎3. A. looked out B. worked out C. took out D. got out ‎4. A. off B. away C. up D. down ‎5. A. support B. agree C. follow D. let ‎6. A. home B. mine C. college D. school ‎7. A. better B. worse C. cheaper D, older ‎8. A. arrived B. graduated C. walked D. waited ‎9. A. Before B. When C. Though D. While ‎10. A. picked B. turned C. looked D. stood ‎11. A. brother B. sister C. father D. mother ‎12. A. way B. idea C. dream D. practice ‎13. A. happily B. surprisedly C. angrily D. softly ‎14. A. early B. late C. good D. helpful ‎15. A. legs B. feet C. arms D. fingers ‎【答案】1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A6. C 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D 11. A 12. C 13. D 14. B 15. D ‎（三）（2009绍兴）阅读下面短文，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎“Hi! John.” Mary ran towards me with a bright smile, saying, “I’m going to have a dance performance(表演) tonight. I hope you’ll come. Here is the ticket. Don’t forget!” Then she 1 in a hurry.‎ ‎ “What? Dance? Is that 2 ? ” I asked myself. Mary was not such kind of girl. She was quite 3 one. I had never seen her wearing colorful clothes. In fact, she really did not know 4 to dress up. What a terrible thing!‎ ‎“I should go to, I must go to.” I thought.‎ I arrived at the hall with the ticket, fond my 5 and sat down. Her performance was the seventh one. I knew I would have a 6 time before her turn, for I had no sense of art, 7 her performance was worth watching, no matter how ling I would wait.‎ Time went 8 , I tried my best not to fall asleep.‎ Just then, came the 9 , “Let’s welcome the next exciting dance – Latin!”‎ Hearing this, I opened my eyes as large as possible, 10 to lose anything. Wearing a golden and shining skirt, Mary appeared. She 11 with a sweet smile, looking like a pretty butterfly flying…I could 12 believe my eyes.‎ After all the performance ended, I 13 her at the gate.‎ ‎“Hi!” She stood in front of me with her crystal(水晶) shoes. “How do you feel?”‎ ‎“Fantastic!” I answered.‎ ‎“Ha, ha. I knew 14 would be.” She could not hide her excitement, laughing 15 a child.‎ At that time, I realized that every girl has a pair of special shoes which are like the crystal shoes of Cinderella.‎ ‎1. A. came B. jumped C. left D. moved ‎2. A. possible B. lucky C. funny D. careful ‎3. A. modern B. common C. perfect D. careful ‎4. A. why B. where C. when D. how ‎5. A. seat B. room C. gate D. way ‎6. A. great B. short C. hard D. relaxing ‎7. A. or B. so C. but D. and ‎8. A. quickly B. slowly C. safely D. easily ‎9. A. words B. sentences C. sounds D. cries ‎10. A. hoping B. fearing C. planning D. hating ‎11. A. walked B. skated C. danced D. stood ‎12. A. seriously B. hardly C. nearly D. certainly ‎13. A. waited for B. looked for C. paid for D. cared for ‎14. A. I B. you C. she D. it ‎15. A. as B. like C. for D. at ‎【答案】1-5 CABDA 6-10 CCBAB 11-15 CBADB ‎（四）（2009黔东南州）‎ Once a king was walking around a pool with his ministers（大臣）.Suddenly, he came up with（想出） an idea. He asked,“How many baskets of 1 are there in the pool?” The ministers couldn’t give an answer. The king was angry, “ You 2 answer my questions in three days!” Three days passed, but 3 of the ministers had the answer. Just then, a child said that he knew it. The king told the ministers 4 the child to the pool. To his surprise, the child 5 and said with a smile, “It is 6 . No need to go to the pool.” This made the king pleased. “All right. Let us know 7 .” The child said, “If you know ‎ the 8 of the basket, the answer is known. 9 it is as big as the pool, there is one basket of water; half as big, two baskets… ” “ Stop! That’s it .You have got the answer. They were thinking of things 10 a wrong way .”‎ ‎ Sometimes to get out of the difficulty, one must change one’s way of thinking. ‎ ‎1. A. fish B. flowers C. water ‎2. A. can B. must C. may ‎3. A. none B. all C. one ‎4. A. led B. leading C. to lead ‎5. A. refused B. agreed C. thought ‎6. A. easy B. important C. hard ‎7. A. what’s it B. where it is C. what it is ‎8. A. shape B. size C. weight ‎9. A. Because B. If C. But ‎10. A. use B. in C. on ‎【答案】1.C 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. B ‎（五）（2009广东）‎ Water is the __1___ of all the things we eat and drink . Not many people understand this but __2____ quite true . The human body can go without ___3___ for a long time . We’ve got many examples for this . Yet two __4___ three days without water can usually make people __5____ . Man can’t live __6____ water .‎ Many people don’t understand how ___7__ water the human body needs __8___ work well , and many people , especially young people , do not drink enough , ___9__ in very hot weather . Our body has mostly water , about 65% to 75% . That is to say about two thirds of our body is water . When we do sports , some of the water will get away from our body . __10 _ we don’t drink some water , we won’t have enough water．　And if we don’t have enough water , we’ll feel tired and many of us will get ill . So you know how important water is to us .‎ ‎( )1. A. important B. most important C. more important D. different ‎( )2.A. it’s ‎ B. its ‎ C. it ‎ D. is ‎( )3.A. food ‎ B. water ‎ C. drink ‎ D. meat ‎( )4.A . so B. And ‎ C. But ‎ D. or ‎( )5. A. to die B. die ‎ C. to died D. died ‎( )6. A. have ‎ B. with ‎ C. without ‎ D. in ‎( )7.A. many B. much C. little D. few ‎( )8.A. and ‎ B. the ‎ C. / ‎ D. to ‎( )9.A. even ‎ B. ever ‎ C. almost D. hardly ‎( )10.A. If B. For ‎ C. Since ‎ D. Because ‎【答案】1-5BAADB , 6-10CBDAA ‎（六）（2009苏州）‎ 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该顶涂黑。‎ ‎ My mother often asked me，“What is the most important part of the body?”Through the years I would guess at 1 I thought was the correct answer．‎ ‎ When I was younger，I thought sound was very important to us as humans，so I said．“My 2 ，Mommy．”‎ ‎ She said，“No．Many people aye deaf．But you 3 thinking about it and I will ask you again soon．”‎ ‎ Then last year，my grandpa 4 ．Everybody was hurt．Everybody was crying．My mom looked at me when it was our 5 to say our final goodbye to Grandpa．She asked me，“Do you know the most important body part yet，my dear?”‎ ‎ I was shocked 6 she asked me this now．I always thought this was a game between her and me．She saw the confusion(迷惑)on my face and told me，“This 7 is very important．It shows that you have 8 lived your life．”I saw her eyes well up with tears(跟泪)．She said，“My dear，the most important body part is your shoulder．”‎ ‎ I asked．“Is it because it holds up your head?”‎ ‎ She replied，“No，it is because it call hold the head of a friend or loved one when they ‎9 ．Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometimes in life．my dear．I only hope teat you have enough love and 10 that you wilt have a shoulder to cry on when you need it．”‎ ‎1．A．if B．what C．that D．whether ‎2．A．ears B．eyes C．body D．head ‎3．A．feel B．stop C．keep D．forget ‎4．A．worried B．visited C．died D．came ‎5．A．need B．chance C．duty D．turn ‎6．A．when B．unless C．before D．but ‎7．A．experience B．answer C．problem D．question ‎8．A．easily B．really C．carefully D．especially ‎9．A．sleep B．think C．laugh D．cry ‎ ‎10．A．visitors B．friends C．classmates D．teachers ‎【答案】1．B 2．A 3．C 4．C 5．D 6．A ‎ ‎ 7．D 8．B 9．D 10．B ‎（七）（2009山东东营）‎ All over the world people swim for fun. Swimming is enjoyed by people of 1 ages, from the very young to the very old. There are many places for people to swim in swimming pools. Many schools, hotels and clubs have swimming pools. Some people have pools of 2 in their yards.‎ Swimming is one of 3 forms of exercise. It can 4 hearts and bodies strong. It can also help blood circulate(循环). Handicapped people can keep their bodies in better condition by swimming 5 they can't enjoy sports.‎ ‎ 6 is a good idea for parents to see to it(务必做到) that their children learn to swim 7 an early age. So their children will 8 it for the rest of their lives.‎ There are many rules for water safety. These rules can help save not only your life 9 the life of a friend. First of all, know 10 . Many schools 11 swimming lessons to children. Adults(成人) can learn to swim at public pools. 12 rule to remember is never to swim 13 . Always swim with a friend and know 14 in the water at all times. It is best to swim 15 in safe places if you are beginners. If every one learned to swim and obeyed the rules for water safety, most drawing(溺水) could be avoided.‎ ‎1. A.all B. any C. some D. both ‎2.A.themselves B.their own C. theirs own D. their own’s ‎3.A.good B. better C. best D. the best ‎4.A.help B. let C. make D. show ‎5.A.though B. as C. so D. until ‎6.A.That B. There C. This D. It ‎7.A.over B. during C. at D. on ‎8.A.learn B. enjoy C. stop D.know ‎9.A.and aim B. still C.and yet D. but also ‎10.A.how to swim B. why swimming C. how swimming D. why to swim ‎11.A.have B. take C. give D. make ‎12.A.The other one B. Other C. An other D. Another ‎13.A.alone B. yourself C. lonely D. together ‎14.A.who what person is B. where that person is ‎ C. who is that person D. where is that person ‎15.A.nearly B. hardly C. almost D. only ‎【答案】1-5 ABDCA 6-10DCBDA 11-15 CDABD ‎（八）（2009绵羊）‎ 阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的(A、B、C、D)四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Juan Gomez wakes up at six o'clock every morning. He gets up, takes a 1 , gets dressed, and eats breakfast. After breakfast he 2 the newspaper until 7:15, then he leaves for work. He gets on the bus at the bus stop, rides it to University Avenue, 3 , and walks to his office. He works 4 five o'clock. He usually goes and plays basketball with friends after work. Then he goes home. Juan 5 a very boring life.‎ ‎1. A. lesson B. breath C. shower D. break ‎2. A. reads B. writes C. rolls D. stamps ‎3. A. gets on B. gets off C. gets away D. gets down ‎4. A. at B. before C. from D. until ‎5. A. leads B. enjoys C. hates D. creates ‎【答案】1-5 CABDA ‎ B Paul received an expensive car from his brother as a Christmas present．On Christmas Eve Paul saw a dirty and poorly-dressed boy walking 1 his shining car．“Is this your car，Paul？”he asked．‎ Paul told him how he got the car and the boy was 2 ．“You mean your brother gave it to you and it didn’t cost you nothing？Boy，I wish…” he said, without 3 his sentence．Paul thought the boy wished he had a 4 like that. But what the boy said surprised Paul greatly. “I wish,”the boy went on，“that I could be a brother like that．”‎ Paul looked at the boy in surprise. He invited him to take a 5 in his car and the boy agreed happily. After a short ride，the boy turned and with his eyes 6 ，said，“Paul，would you mind driving in front of my house？” ‎ Paul smiled a little．He thought the boy wanted to 7 his neighbors that he could ride home in a big car. But Paul was wrong 8 . The boy ran back into his house, and after a short while came back with his disabled brother in his arms. ‎ He 9 him down on the step and pointed to the car. “There she is, Buddy, just like what I told you upstairs. His brother gave it to him for Christmas and it didn’t 10 him a cent. Some day I’m going to give you one just like it.”‎ ‎26. A. inside B. around C. through D. across ‎27. A. interested B. excited C. satisfied D. surprised ‎28. A. finishing B. understanding C. hearing D. checking ‎29. A. car B. brother C. sister D. family ‎30. A. seat B. rest C. ride D. picture ‎31. A. watering B. shining C. wondering D. shaking ‎32. A. frustrate B. shock C. remind D. show ‎33. A. either B. too C. again D. instead ‎34. A. sat B. dropped C. let D. kept ‎35. A. pay B. cost C. bring D. return ‎【答案】26-30 BDABC 31-35 BDCAB ‎（九）（哈尔滨）‎ ‎【答案】46—50 CBADC 51—55 ABCDB ‎（十）（2009临沂）‎ ‎【答案】36—40 BACDC 41—45 ADBBC ‎（十一）（2009湖州）‎ ‎【答案】‎ ‎（一）（2009广州）VII．完形填空（共10个空格，每个空格1分）‎ 先通读下面短文，掌握大意，然后从下面四个答案中选择可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案 Peter and Paul passed by a small house on their way home late at night. They saw thick 64 coming out of its windows. "It's on fire!" said Peter. "We must get help. "‎ The two brothers ran 65 the road shouting "Fire! Fire! "They 66 on the door of the next house. They asked them to 67 the police and the firemen. ‎ They ran back to the house. They saw 68 the window an old lady sitting in an arm-chair. It was 69 that she could not move. Peter and Paul tried hard to carry her out of the 70 and so they did! Some neighbours (邻居) came and helped take some things out. ‎ In no time the firemen 71 as well as the policemen. The fire was put out. The old lady cried sadly 72 she was not hurt. She thanked Peter and Paul and her neighbours 73 . ‎ ‎64. A. snow B. clouds C. fire D. smoke ‎65. A. over B. along C. at D. with ‎66. A. knocked B. beat C. locked D. opened ‎67. A. tell B. report C. telephone D. find ‎68. A. at B. through C. above D. on ‎69. A. old B. difficult C. free D. clear ‎70. A. arm-chair B. window C. house D. road ‎71. A. arrived B. fought C. left D. returned ‎72. A. so B. for C. and D. but ‎73. A. up and down B. again and again C. hour after hour D. from side to side ‎【答案】64. D 65. B 66. A 67. C 68. B 69. D 70. C 71. A 72. D 73. B ‎（二）（2009淄博市）完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题A、B、C、D 中选出一个能填入文章中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ My life is always filled with sadness and little joy. However, no matter what happens, I can always face it bravely.‎ ‎ Last year, I couldn’t believe the 36 that I was allowed to enter the only key high school in my hometown. Then I rushed to my home and told my parents. But my father didn’t seem as 37 as I was. He just kept smoking without saying a word and my mother put her head down and couldn’t help 38 . ‎ ‎ I knew very well what my family was 39 . My mum had been ill in bed for 2 years. We lived a hard life and I couldn’t continue my schooling. I felt so upset but I could say 40 to my parents. I decided to help my father with his work 41 my family.‎ ‎ To my surprise, things completely changed 42 the beginning of the new term. My head teacher came to my family with some money, which had been 43 by my schoolmates. He encouraged me, “Always have a dream.” With tears in my eyes, I stepped into the key high school.‎ ‎ I have been studying hard since I entered the high school. Whenever I meet difficulties, I always 44 my teacher and schoolmates. I have a college dream and I must work hard for it, no matter 45 hard life is. Just as a great man says, “When one door shuts, another opens in life.”‎ ‎36. A. idea B. story C. news D. thought ‎37. A. nervous B. excited C. interested D. worried ‎38. A. crying B. laughing C. saying D. shouting ‎39. A. about B. before C. against D. like ‎40. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything ‎41. A. support B. to support C. supporting D. supported ‎42. A. after B. since C. before D. on ‎43. A. raised B. spent C. planned D. saved ‎44. A. dream of B. think of C. hear of D. talk of ‎45. A. what B. which C. that D. how ‎【答案】 36-40 CBADA 41-45 BCABD ‎ ‎（三）（武汉2009） ‎ 阅读下面两篇短文，掌握其大意，然后从51-65各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。‎ Three soldiers were on their way home from the war.They arrived at a small village,they were very tired and (51),but they had no food or money. The only thing they did have was a cooking pot(锅).‎ The soldiers built a small cooking fire,(52) their pot on it,and ‎ poured in some water. When a few villagers asked what they were doing, one of the soldiers answered that he was making stone soup. A few more villagers walking by stopped to (53) what was goingon when they heard about it.‎ ‎“Any soup needs salt and pepper,”the first soldier said,(54) some children ran to fetch salt and pepper.“Stones can be used to prepare good soup,but tomatoes would (55) it so much better,” the second soldier added. One woman said“, Why,I think I have a tomato or two! ”She ran to get the tomatoes.‎ ‎“Some cabbage would be a proper choice for a good stone soup! ”said the third soldier. Another woman said,“I think I can probably find some cabbage,”and (56) she ran. ‎ ‎“If only we had a bit of beef and some potatoes,this soup would be fit for a rich man's (57).”The villagers thought it over,then ran to fetch what they had in their homes. A rich man's soup,and all from a few stones! It seemed like (58)!‎ The soldiers said“, If only we had a little milk,this soup would be fit for a king! ”And so other villagers (59) to get some milk.‎ ‎“The soup is ready,”said the cooks,“and all will (60) it,but first we need to set the tables.”Some of the villagers said,“Such a great soup would be better (61) some bread and cakes,”so they brought the (62) two things and the meal was (63) by all. Never had there been such a (64) meal. Never had the villagers had such delicious soup,and all made from stones! They ate and drank and danced well into the night.‎ In the morning,the villagers gathered to say goodbye.“Many thanks to you,”they said,“for we shall (65) go hungry now that we have learned how to make soup from stones.”‎ ‎51.A.hungry B.bored C.sleepy D.sick ‎52.A.drew B.threw C.left D.placed ‎53.A.see B.tell C.imagine D.notice ‎54.A.but B.so C.or D.while ‎55.A.cook B.do C.invent D.make ‎56.A.about B.in C.off D.out ‎57.A.health B.money C.dream D.table ‎58.A.art B.magic C.interest D.supper ‎59.A.tried B.returned C.managed D.came ‎60.A.want B.buy C.use D.taste ‎61.A.over B.besides C.with D.like ‎62.A.first B.last C.other D.only ‎63.A.enjoyed B.given C.needed D.brought ‎64.A.cheap B.proper C.special D.public ‎65.A.later B.ever C.sometimes D.never ‎【答案】 51‎-55 A D A B D 56‎-60 C D B C D 61‎-65 C B A C D ‎（四）（2009年恩施州）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ A new term has begun. Teachers are 41 about the fact that new students are not easy to deal with. They like to bring cellphones and MP3 players to school. What is 42 , some students even use cellphones 43 out-of-class matters in class, or sometimes just for fun. Some 44 students listen to MP3 players when they are having a lesson that they are not interested in.‎ ‎ Are these new students really that 45 ? “Yes.” says Delaney Kirk, a professor at Drake‎ ‎University. 46 she adds it’s not their fault. 47 , the teachers should be blamed(责备). Mrs Kirk first began thinking about students’ manners six years ago. “I had my first class in which students were sleeping or talking to each other. It seemed that 48 well had nothing to do with them.” she says. “At first, I got worried about this.” but then I said to 49 , “You’re giving 50 , and you need to manage this kind of situation. These students need to know more about manners. It’s time to help them develop some good 51 . They shouldn’t waste time doing nothing when they are young. Sooner or later, they may regret the time they 52 .”‎ ‎ Mrs Kirk also ‎53 ‎‎ a list of suggestions to help teachers better manage their classes. The following are among her suggestions:‎ l On the first day of class, tell students how they will benefit(受益) by taking the class and the importance 54 listening carefully in class.‎ l Do not allow them to bring cellphones or MP3 players to the class at all.‎ l Tell them how to use cellphones or MP3 players 55 .‎ ‎( ) 41. A. excited B. worried C. surprised D. interested ‎( ) 42. A. bad B. worse C. good D. better ‎( ) 43. A. do B. doing C. to do D. did ‎( ) 44. A. other B. the other C. others D. another ‎( ) 45. A. rude B. polite C. friendly D. boring ‎( ) 46. A. But B. However C. And D. So ‎( ) 47. A. Such as B. For example C. Instead of D. Instead ‎( ) 48. A. learn B. learned C. learning D. learns ‎( ) 49. A. me B. myself C. I D. mine ‎ ‎( ) 50. A. math B. English C. Chinese D. lessons ‎( ) 51. A. ideas B. speeches C. habits D. classes ‎( ) 52. A. had wasted B. waste C. have wasted D. will waste ‎( ) 53. A. makes B. brings C. gets D. takes ‎( ) 54. A. on B. of C. at D. by ‎( ) 55. A. careful B. carefully C. proper D. properly ‎【答案】 41~45 BBCAA 46~50 ADCBD 51~55 CCABD ‎（五）（2009陕西省）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ One Monday morning，I was standing waiting for the train and suddenly felt ill．I couldn’t stand still，and the world began to sway(摇摆)and then went black．All I heard was“Oh，my God，she’s falling．” The next thing I 31 was that the doctor was asking me my name．This happened 32 I Was too tired．I was so busy cleaning my new house that I didn’t eat 33 last weekend．‎ The doctor told me that a gentleman waiting for the 34 saw me fall down．He got to my side 35 ，and told others to call 911．He stayed with me 36 the ambulance(救护车) arrived．Then he went with me to the hospital，which made him 37 his train．The doctor told me the gentleman didn’t want to leave his name．‎ I don’t know who this gentleman is． 38 if he reads this article and remembers a young lady fainting(晕倒)at the train station，I’d like 39 to know that l want to say“Thank you．”to him。Whenever I meet with such a thing，I will do the same as he 40 to me．And I’11 pass on the kindness to others．‎ ‎31．A．met B．forgot C．said D．remembered ‎ ‎32．A．so B．because C．though D．however ‎ ‎33．A．little B．much C．few D．many ‎ ‎34．A．train B．plane C．bus D．car ‎ ‎35．A．at first B．just now C。at least D．at once ‎ ‎36．A．while B．since C．until D．as soon as ‎ ‎37．A．catch B．miss C．drop D．meet ‎ ‎38．A．Or B．Although C．For D．But ‎ ‎39．A．me B．him C．her D．you ‎ ‎40．A．does B。do C．did D．will do ‎ ‎【答案】 31-35D B B A D 36‎-40 C B D B C ‎（六）(2009深圳市）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ John，11 years old,was in bed in hospital．Several days before, while he was __16__in a baseball game, he fell and hit his head．The doctors believed that he might __17__get well. “He seems to have given up hope. So medicines alone won’t __18__.Perhaps he needs something else,” said a doctor.“When I visit him, all he ever  says is that he would like to meet Babe Ruth．”   To meet Babe Ruth，of course, was not  __19__．In America, Babe Ruth was as  __20__a man as the President himself, and he was the most famous baseball player．   The next day John’s father managed to tell Babe Ruth about the story of his son on the phone. Twenty-four hours later, as the boy __21__ in his hospital room,in walked __ 2__.Young John could hardlt believe his own eyes!    The great baseball player sat down at John’s bedside, sang， “Now, listen，kid,you’ve got to get well. I’ve brought you a new American League baseball，__23___you must start throwing it．” For John this was the beginning of a new life．__24__his doctors’ surprise ,the boy walked out of the hospital on his own a few weeks later. How was able to live a healthy life---all because of the___25__ of Babe Ruth．   16. A．looking    B．playing    C. taking    D．sitting   17．A. never     B. ever    C．always    D．certainly   18．A．fit    B．make    C．go    D．do   19．A. easy    B．1ucky    C .difficult    D．successful   20．A. waited    B．1ied    C. prepared    D. lay   22．A. his father   B．his doctor   C．Babe Ruth   D.the president   23．A．though    B．because    C．or    D.so   24.A.In     B．To    C At    D．For   25. A.story    B．basketball    C.present    D．1ife ‎【答案】16-20 BADAB 21-25 DCDBC ‎（七）（2009江苏省扬州市）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ My 14-year-old brother John and I saw the coat at the same time. The thick black wool of the coat was soft, and it cost only $28. We looked at each other, saying 16 , but John’s face was shining with joy. Dark woolen coats were 17 with boys just then, and could cost several hundred dollars. But this coat was even better and much 18 .‎ John 19 the coat and bought it at once. John wore the coat to school the next day and came home with a big smile. “ 20 did the kids like your coat?” I asked. “They loved it,” he said. I started calling him “Lord（老爷）John”.‎ Over the next few weeks, a change came over John. He became more polite, more thoughtful and more pleasing. He would 21 his classmates his pens; he would bring his father a cup of tea when he 22 ; he would help a blind man cross the road.‎ When my mother told this to one of his teachers, he said, “It must be 23 !” One day, in the library, my brother and I ran into a friend. “Could this be John?” he asked. John shook hands with him, like 24 !‎ What really changed John was his own attitude（态度）. If you think you are a gentleman or a lady, you can become a 25 one.‎ ‎16. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything ‎17. A. common B. popular C. fit D. excellent ‎ ‎18. A. cheaper B. more expensive C. softer D. thicker ‎19. A. watched B. wore C. put on D. tried on ‎20. A. What B. What for C. How D. How about ‎21. A. give B. lend C. take D. show ‎22. A. got home B. went out C. came in D. went to school ‎23. A. his friend B. his brother C. his coat D. himself ‎24. A. a teacher B. a gentleman C. a big man D. a father ‎25. A. good B. talented C. suitable D. perfect ‎（八）（2009甘肃省兰州市）‎ 完形填空：阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。(10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ Eyes Can Speak Much meaning can be carried clearly, with our eyes, so it is often 41 that eyes can speak.‎ Do you have such kind of 42 ? In a bus you may look at a stranger, but not too long. And if he 43 that he is being looked at, he may feel uncomfortable. The same in daily life. If you are looked at for more than necessary, you will look at yourself up and down, to see if there is 44 wrong with you. If nothing goes wrong, you will feel 45 toward the person who is looking at you that way. Eyes do speak, right?‎ Looking too long at someone may seem to be impolite. But sometimes things are different. If a man looks at a woman for more than 10 seconds ,it may mean that he wishes to attract（吸引）her attention, to make her understand that he 46 her. When two people are in a conversation, the speaker will only look at the listener from time to time, 47 make sure that the listener does pay attention 48 what he or she is speaking. Lovers will enjoy looking at each other or being looked at for a long time, to show something that 49 cannot express.‎ Clearly, eye contact should be done according to the relationship between two people and the place 50 you stay.‎ ‎41. A.spoken B.said C.told D.talked ‎42. A.experience B.eyes C.mind D.news ‎43. A.found B.knew C.finds D.saw ‎44. A.anything B.something C.everything D.nothing ‎45. A.happy B.angry C.sad D.thankful ‎46. A.loves B.hates C.thanks D.looks at ‎47. A.in order that B.so that C.in order to D.for ‎48. A.for B.of C.with D.to ‎49. A.eyes B.words C.minds D.body ‎50. A.which B.that C.where D.there 答案 41-45 BACAB 46-50 ACDBC ‎ （九）（ 2009新疆阜康市）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ We are lucky to live in a rich country where we have many things. However, most of us usually 31 some things.‎ Electricity is one thing 32 we waste most. Lights, TVs, 33 and other things are often kept on even when no one is using them. We should turn them off when we do not need them. It 34 less than a second to do it. Anyhow, not wasting electricity save money, because we do not have to 35 the electricity we do not use.‎ The second thing that we often waste is water. Fresh water is precious*, 36 it shouldn’t be wasted.It is only a simple matter of turning off a tap*. I am sure 37 can do this easily if he wants to.‎ ‎ 38 big waste is food. My mother 39 cook so much food that much of it was thrown away. I told her we had wasted so much 40 . She thought I was right and now cooks __41_ what we can eat.‎ ‎ It is not 42 to be wasteful. I find there is a simple 43 of not wasting things. That is to use only what we 44 . Do not touch what we do not need. 45 this way we can stop being wasteful.‎ ‎31. A. use B. wash C. waste D. forget . ‎ ‎32. A. what B. that C. whose D. who ‎ ‎33. A. radios B. apples C. bikes D. doors ‎34. A. brings B. costs C. keeps D. takes ‎ ‎35. A. afford B. save C. pay for D. care for ‎ ‎36. A. though B. because C. so D. but ‎ ‎37. A. nobody B. something C. everybody D. nothing ‎38. A. Others B. Other C. Another D. The other ‎ ‎39. A. planned to B. used to C. was able to D. was afraid to ‎ ‎40. A. electricity B. water C. food D. money ‎ ‎41. A. mainly B. only C. mostly D. specially ‎ ‎42. A. right B. fine C. bad D. necessary ‎ ‎43. A. way B. thing C. plan D. project ‎ ‎44. A. buy B. need C. bring D. get ‎ ‎45. A. On B. In C. For D. At ‎ 答案31‎-35 C BADC 36-40 CCCBC 41-45 BAABB ‎（十）（2009哈尔滨市）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Will you be happy if you have a new Nike T-shirt on?Probably you will．But what if you see a friend ‎36 a more fashionable(时髦的)and more beautiful one?You may not feel as satisfied ‎37 you expect to and the feeling of happiness may disappear in a minute．‎ ‎ Why are we not s0 happy躺we should be?，11le secret is：we focus on(专注)what we want instead of what we have．We keep making OUr list of desires(愿望)longer and longer．As a result，‎ we are not pleased with what we have 38 owned．We say to ourselves,“I’11 be happy when this desire is satisfied．”However,another desire appears when this one is met．So。we still don’t feel happy though we have got what we want．Happiness 39 when we always have new desires hard to satisfy．‎ ‎ Luckily．there is a way to be happy．Think mol'e about what we have than what we want．Rather tllan wish you were 40 to have an enioyable vacation on the beach．think of 41 fun you have had nelil"home．Similarly，instead of hating to do much homework，42 teachers for making you have the chance to practice mole．The list of what you have can also be endless．Each time you find yourself falling into“I wish life weI'e different”trap(陷阱)，take a deep breath and think of 43 you have evei"had．‎ ‎ Pay lnol'e attention to what you have，and you’11 probably get mOle of what you want． 44‎ example，your good attitude toward doing homework can bring exeeUent grades in exanlt8‎ because 45 makes perfect．‎ ‎ Start to focus on what we have!The more we feel satisfied．the more happily we’ll live．‎ 根据短文内容选择最佳答案。‎ ‎( )36．A．wearing B．to wear C．wore ‎( )37．A．very B．as C．too ‎( )38．A．already B．yet C．far f )39．A．call’t be found B．Call be found C．can find ‎( )40．A．used B．sad C．able ‎( )41．A．how B．what C．whose ‎( )42．A．thank B．refuse C．dislike ‎( )43．A．everything B．thing C．nothing ‎( )44．A．As B．For C．On ‎( )45．A．exercises B．grade C．practice 答案 36—40．ABAAC ‎4l—45．BAABC ‎（十一）(2009江苏省常州市) 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Once there was a grasshopper(蚱蜢), who was the best hopper(跳跃者) in the world. She taught other grasshoppers how to hop. Soon all grasshoppers were hopping well, so she felt very 11 ‎ Then one day an eagle showed up. She immediately 12 to teach the eagle how to hop, as she was sure that hopping was the key to 13 , but every time she advised the eagle to hop, he just said, “There is ‎ no need. You are 14 with hopping, but I can fly. “‎ ‎“Stop this silly talking of flying!” screamed the grasshopper. “Flying is ‎15 in your imagination. “‎ The next day, some of the grasshoppers went to talk to the eagle. “How is it that you don’t know how to hop, yet you still talk of flying? It 16 our teacher’s orders. “ ‎ ‎“Hopping is useful, but when you can fly, it is no longer 17 .” said the eagle.‎ ‎“Tell us more, “ said the grasshoppers.‎ The eagle began telling them what the world 18 he grass fields was like. It was a world that included mountains, rivers and oceans(海洋).‎ Then the eagle took one 19 grasshopper in his powerful talon()K) to the sky. The grasshopper could see the mountains, rivers and oceans that the eagle had 20 .‎ After the eagle landed, he saw a spark (闪光) in the grasshopper’s eyes. The grasshopper told others what he had seen in the sky. Therefore, the grasshoppers dreamt of flying in the sky. ‎ ‎11. A. angry B. relaxed C. stressed D. proud ‎ ‎12. A. forgot B. decided C. failed D. refused ‎ ‎13. A. business B. weakness C. happiness D. sadness ‎ ‎14. A. satisfied B. strict C. patient D. careful ‎ ‎15. A. just B. even C. hardly D. ever ‎ ‎16. A. turns down B. puts off C. goes against D. works out ‎ ‎17. A. harmless B. dangerous C. necessary D. safe ‎ ‎18. A. past B. through C. under D. beyond ‎ ‎19. A. sad B. brave C. attractive D. frightened ‎ ‎20. A. imagined B. created C. changed D. described ‎ 答案11. D 12.B 13.C 14.A 15.A 16.C 17.C 18.D 19.B 20.D ‎（十二）（2009辽宁锦州市）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Some people believe that dreams can tell them what will happen in the future. 36 knows why this is so, but there are many stories about people who had dreams that___37__. One of these people was a man ___38__‎ ‎ John Chapman, who lived in Swaffham in England many years ago.‎ ‎ John Chapman dreamt that he __39___ on London Bridge and a man told him how to become rich. John Chapman was a poor man and he needed ___40__, so the next day he decided to left for London. ___41__ was 100 miles from Swaffham to London. He walked for few days and at last he ___42__ London Bridge. There were many people on the bridge, but they weren’t ___43_ in John Chapman. No one __44___ him. After three days, John Chapman decided to go home, __45__ before he could do this, a shopkeeper came up to him.‎ ‎“I’ve been watching you,” he said. “Are you __46__ someone?” ‎ ‎“Yes,” said John. “I had a dream about a man here. He would help me to get much money.”‎ ‎“Oh,” said the shopkeeper. “You shouldn’t believe in dreams. __47_ I believe in dreams, I’d be in Swaffham right now. I had a dream a few days ago about a man called John Chapman from Swaffham. He had __48__ in his garden, near an old apple tree.”‎ John Chapman was __49__ by what the shopkeeper said. At once he went home and dug near an old apple tree. He soon found many pieces of gold. He was so happy __50__ he gave some of the gold to his church. For the rest of his life, he was a rich man.‎ ‎36. A. Nobody B. Anybody C. Somebody D. Everybody ‎37. A. came out B. came up C. came true D. came to ‎38. A. call B. to call C. calling D. called ‎39. A. is standing B. was standing C. will stand D. stands ‎40. A. dream B. future C. money D. apple ‎41. A. This B.It C. That D. Its ‎42. A. reached B. arrived C. got D. went ‎43. A. interest B. interests C. interesting D. interested ‎44. A. listened to B. talked to C. said to D. needed to ‎45. A. as B. and C. but D. or ‎46. A. waiting for B. asking for C. caring for D. looking for ‎47. A. When B. Where C. If D. How ‎48. A. money B. apple C. tree D. gold ‎49. A. angry B. surprised C. happy D. amazed ‎50. A. which B. that C. until D. unless 答案36 – 40 ACDBC 41 – 45 BADBC 46 – 50 ACDBB ‎（十三）2009朝阳市阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ ‎ 答案61‎-65C D B A C 66‎-70 C A DDB 十四（2009河北省）阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ ‎ 答案46-50 B A C D A 51-55 B A C B D ‎（十五）（2009山东泰安）‎ 阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从41—50 各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Once there was a king who told some of his people to dig a pond (池子).The king then told his people that one person 1 each family had to bring a glass of milk during the night and put it into the pond. So, by the morning, the pond should be 2 of milk.‎ After 3 the order, everyone went home. As one man prepared his milk, he thought that since everyone was bringing milk, he would just ‎4 a glass of water and put that into the pond instead. 5 it was dark at night, no one would notice it, so he quickly went and put the water into the pond and 6 home.‎ In the morning, the king went to visit the pond. To his 7 , the pond was only filled with water! What happened? Yes! Everyone had the same idea 8 that man. They all thought, “I don’t have to waste my milk. Someone else will do it.”‎ Dear friends, when you plan to help poor people or people in trouble, do not think that 9 will take care of it. Instead, it starts with you. If you don’t do it, no one else will, so change yourself and make a 10 .‎ ‎1. A. at B. from C. on D. with ‎2. A. filled B. empty C. crowded D. full ‎3. A. giving B. refusing C. receiving D. offering ‎4. A. hide B. steal C. waste D. drink ‎5. A. If B. Since C. While D. After ‎6. A. left B. came C. returned D. arrived ‎ ‎7. A. surprise B. satisfaction C. joy D. taste ‎8. A. with B. to C. as D. of ‎9. A. others B. the others C. none D. neither ‎10. A. face B. mistake C. living D. difference ‎【答案】1—5 BDCAB 6—10 CACAD ‎(十六)（2009宁波）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、c、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ Once, in a small village, lived a family with eight children. Two of the children loved 1 very much, but the family was so poor that it was impossible to send 2 of them to study at the art college at the same time. After many discussions, the two boys finally ‎3 a plan. They would toss(抛) a coin. The loser would go 4 into the mines (煤矿) and, with his earnings(赚得的钱), 5 his brother studying at the college. Then, when the brother who won the toss finished his studies, after four years, he would support the other brother studying at the 6 ‎ ‎ James won the toss and Jack went down into the mines. James worked with all his heart and his paintings were much 7 than those of most of his teachers, and by the time he 8 , he was beginning to make a lot of money for his paintings.‎ ‎ 9 James returned, the family held a big dinner for his great success. Soon after the meal began, James 10 up from his seat to drink a toast (举杯祝酒) to his dear 11 He said, "Jack, now you can go to the art college and your 12 will come true. I will take care of you. "‎ ‎ But Jack said 13 , "Brother, the four years in the mines has done too much to my hands, so it' s too 14 Now I can' t even hold a glass. "‎ ‎ To show his great love and respect, James drew his brother' s hands with 15 towards the sky.‎ He called his drawing "The Praying Hands", which became very famous years later.‎ ‎1. A. painting B. books C. school D. money ‎2. A. any B. all C. both D. neither ‎3. A. looked out B. worked out C. took out D. got out ‎4. A. off B. away C. up D. down ‎5. A. support B. agree C. follow D. let ‎6. A. home B. mine C. college D. school ‎7. A. better B. worse C. cheaper D, older ‎8. A. arrived B. graduated C. walked D. waited ‎9. A. Before B. When C. Though D. While ‎10. A. picked B. turned C. looked D. stood ‎11. A. brother B. sister C. father D. mother ‎12. A. way B. idea C. dream D. practice ‎13. A. happily B. surprisedly C. angrily D. softly ‎14. A. early B. late C. good D. helpful ‎15. A. legs B. feet C. arms D. fingers ‎【答案】1. A 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A6. C 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D 11. A 12. C 13. D 14. B 15. D ‎（十七）（2009绍兴）‎ 阅读下面短文，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎“Hi! John.” Mary ran towards me with a bright smile, saying, “I’m going to have a dance performance(表演) tonight. I hope you’ll come. Here is the ticket. Don’t forget!” Then she ‎1 in a hurry.‎ ‎ “What? Dance? Is that 2 ? ” I asked myself. Mary was not such kind of girl. She was quite 3 one. I had never seen her wearing colorful clothes. In fact, she really did not know 4 to dress up. What a terrible thing!‎ ‎“I should go to, I must go to.” I thought.‎ I arrived at the hall with the ticket, fond my 5 and sat down. Her performance was the seventh one. I knew I would have a 6 time before her turn, for I had no sense of art, 7 her performance was worth watching, no matter how ling I would wait.‎ Time went 8 , I tried my best not to fall asleep.‎ Just then, came the 9 , “Let’s welcome the next exciting dance – Latin!”‎ Hearing this, I opened my eyes as large as possible, 10 to lose anything. Wearing a golden and shining skirt, Mary appeared. She 11 with a sweet smile, looking like a pretty butterfly flying…I could 12 believe my eyes.‎ After all the performance ended, I 13 her at the gate.‎ ‎“Hi!” She stood in front of me with her crystal(水晶) shoes. “How do you feel?”‎ ‎“Fantastic!” I answered.‎ ‎“Ha, ha. I knew 14 would be.” She could not hide her excitement, laughing ‎15 a child.‎ At that time, I realized that every girl has a pair of special shoes which are like the crystal shoes of Cinderella.‎ ‎1. A. came B. jumped C. left D. moved ‎2. A. possible B. lucky C. funny D. careful ‎3. A. modern B. common C. perfect D. careful ‎4. A. why B. where C. when D. how ‎5. A. seat B. room C. gate D. way ‎6. A. great B. short C. hard D. relaxing ‎7. A. or B. so C. but D. and ‎8. A. quickly B. slowly C. safely D. easily ‎9. A. words B. sentences C. sounds D. cries ‎10. A. hoping B. fearing C. planning D. hating ‎11. A. walked B. skated C. danced D. stood ‎12. A. seriously B. hardly C. nearly D. certainly ‎13. A. waited for B. looked for C. paid for D. cared for ‎14. A. I B. you C. she D. it ‎15. A. as B. like C. for D. at ‎【答案】1-5 CABDA 6-10 CCBAB 11-15 CBADB ‎（十八）（2009黔东南州）‎ Once a king was walking around a pool with his ministers（大臣）.Suddenly, he came up with（想出） an idea. He asked,“How many baskets of 1 are there in the pool?” The ministers couldn’t give an answer. The king was angry, “ You 2 answer my questions in three days!” Three days passed, but 3 of the ministers had the answer. Just then, a child said that he knew it. The king told the ministers 4 the child to the pool. To his surprise, the child 5 and said with a smile, “It is 6 . No need to go to the pool.” This made the king pleased. “All right. Let us know 7 .” The child said, “If you know the 8 of the basket, the answer is known. 9 it is as big as the pool, there is one basket of water; half as big, two baskets… ” “ Stop! That’s it .You have got the answer. They were thinking of things ‎10 a wrong way .”‎ ‎ Sometimes to get out of the difficulty, one must change one’s way of thinking. ‎ ‎1. A. fish B. flowers C. water ‎2. A. can B. must C. may ‎3. A. none B. all C. one ‎4. A. led B. leading C. to lead ‎5. A. refused B. agreed C. thought ‎6. A. easy B. important C. hard ‎7. A. what’s it B. where it is C. what it is ‎8. A. shape B. size C. weight ‎9. A. Because B. If C. But ‎10. A. use B. in C. on ‎【答案】1.C 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. B ‎【2010广西.桂林】四、完形填空 （每小题1分，共10分） ‎ 请阅读下面短文，选择最佳答案，将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。‎ Smiling is the best way of making friends.‎ When I was thirteen 46 old, my father found a job in the city. So my family moved there. I also came to a 47 school near where we live. My old school was far away. At first, I did not know anyone in my class. I was very lonely 48 I was afraid to make friends with my classmates. I 49 talk to anyone about my problem, and I didn’t want my parents to 50 me.‎ Then one day, something good happened. I was sitting at my desk 51 as usual while my classmates were talking happily with each other. At that moment, 52 came into the classroom. I didn’t know who he was. He passed me and then turned back. He looked 53 me and, without a word, smiled. Suddenly, I felt happy, lively and warm. That smile changed my life. I started to talk with the other classmates ‎ and made friends. Day by day, I became 54 to everyone in my class.‎ ‎ 55 the smile, I have moved on to a new life. Now, I believe that the world is what you think it is. So smile at the world and it will smile back. ‎ ‎46. A. days B. weeks C. months D. years ‎47. A. old B. new C. same D. easy ‎48. A. because B. before C. after D. if ‎ ‎49. A. couldn’t B. mustn’t C. needn’t D. won’t ‎50. A. talk to B. look after C. worry about D. ask for ‎51. A. early B. unhappily C. quickly D. wonderfully ‎52. A. a girl B. a boy C. some girls D. some boys ‎53. A. of B. on C. at D. into ‎ ‎54. A. closer B. older C. cooler D. colder ‎55. A. Instead of B. Look forward to C. Pay attention to D. Thanks to ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了一个小男孩一个无意的微笑对我所产生的重大的意义。‎ ‎46. D 解析：据常理通常用年龄表示人的生命的长度。‎ ‎47. B 解析：由全家搬到父亲工作的城市推断，我进了新的学校。‎ ‎48. A 解析：我不敢与同学交朋友与我非常孤独有因果关系，用because引导原因状语从句。‎ ‎49. A 解析：and连接意义并列的结构，由不想父亲担心我推断，我没有跟任何人说起。‎ ‎50. C 解析：由我没有跟任何人说起推断，我不想父亲担心我。‎ ‎51. B 解析：我平常孤独，由跟平时一样推断，我不高兴地坐在自己的座位上。‎ ‎52. B 解析：下文用he指代，由此推断，一个男孩走进教室。‎ ‎53. C 解析：表示盯着某人看的过程，用look at“看”，其他选项不符文意。‎ ‎54. A 解析：由我开始同学交谈与交朋友推断，我与其他人关系亲密了。‎ ‎55. D 解析：我是因为那个男孩的微笑而改变生活状态的，故“谢谢那一笑”。‎ ‎【2010山东。泰安】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分, 满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出能填入短文相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Stuart and Steve were twin brothers. Stuart loved to play basketball. But Steve loved to read books.‎ One day Stuart was playing basketball 41 he fell and broke his leg. When they took him to the hospital, the doctor said he wouldn’t be able to play for six months. Steve went 42 him and brought him books on basketball. At first Stuart wasn’t going to read them. Then he began to read them and 43 that there were ways he could play basketball better. He began to think that books weren’t that 44 .‎ When Stuart’s leg started getting better, Steve would help him by going for walks with him. 45 Stuart’s doctor said he could start playing basketball again. Then Stuart showed Steve how to toss (投) for baskets. Steve found that he enjoyed it. ‎ Then Stuart was ready to 46 the basketball games. Steve went to games and enjoyed himself. They then 47 practiced basketball and read books together.‎ So you can see, when 48 happens, something good may also happen. Steve showed Stuart about books and Stuart showed Steve about basketball. So you can also 49 showing others something that you like to do and they can show you something that they like to do. 50 you can find new things to do.‎ ‎41. A. until B. when C. after D. where ‎42. A. on seeing B. to call C. to visit D. to look ‎43. A. saw B. looked C. read D. found ‎44. A. good B. bad C. better D. worse ‎45. A. But B. However C. Finally D. So ‎46. A. take part B. win C. lose D. join in ‎ ‎47. A. always B. never C. seldom D. much ‎48. A. anything good B. something nice C. something bad D. anything wrong ‎49. A. try B. practice C. enjoy D. like ‎50. A. On the way B. By the way C. All the way D. In this way ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述一对双胞胎兄弟互相学习的故事，向人们说明了“祸兮，福之所倚”的道理。‎ ‎41. B 根据题意知，在打篮球的时候摔了腿，其他选项不符合逻辑，故选B。‎ ‎42. C 去做某事应是go to do sth, 看望某人用visit。‎ ‎43. D根据短文内容是通过读书发现了或找到了更好的打篮球的方法。‎ ‎44. B结合上句可知他认为书不是那么的不好。‎ ‎45. C从两句的意思看出两句不是转折关系或因果关系，故选C。‎ ‎46. B 用排除法做此题。参加“take part in” 或“join”，两词不能交叉使用，故排除A 和D。结合下句可知应是赢得了比赛，而不是输掉了比赛。‎ ‎47. A 结合上下句应是总是在一起练习打球，读书。‎ ‎48. C 根据内容“当坏事发生时，好事也可能在发生”，选C。‎ ‎49. A根据句义“你应尽力向别人展示你喜欢的东西，别人也会展示给你他们喜欢的东西”。‎ ‎50. D固定词组的考察。On the way, 在路上；by the way, 顺便说一下，用于转换话题；in this way, 用这种方法。‎ ‎【2010山东。泰安】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分, 满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出能填入短文相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Stuart and Steve were twin brothers. Stuart loved to play basketball. But Steve loved to read books.‎ One day Stuart was playing basketball 41 he fell and broke his leg. When they took him to the hospital, the doctor said he wouldn’t be able to play for six months. Steve went 42 him and brought him books on basketball. At first Stuart wasn’t going to read them. Then he began to read them and 43 that there were ways he could play basketball better. He began to think that books weren’t that 44 .‎ When Stuart’s leg started getting better, Steve would help him by going for walks with him. 45 Stuart’s doctor said he could start playing basketball again. Then Stuart showed Steve how to toss (投) for baskets. Steve found that he enjoyed it. ‎ Then Stuart was ready to 46 the basketball games. Steve went to games and enjoyed himself. They then 47 practiced basketball and read books together.‎ So you can see, when 48 happens, something good may also happen. Steve showed Stuart about books and Stuart showed Steve about basketball. So you can also 49 showing others something that you like to do and they can show you something that they like to do. 50 you can find new things to do.‎ ‎41. A. until B. when C. after D. where ‎42. A. on seeing B. to call C. to visit D. to look ‎43. A. saw B. looked C. read D. found ‎44. A. good B. bad C. better D. worse ‎45. A. But B. However C. Finally D. So ‎46. A. take part B. win C. lose D. join in ‎ ‎47. A. always B. never C. seldom D. much ‎48. A. anything good B. something nice C. something bad D. anything wrong ‎49. A. try B. practice C. enjoy D. like ‎50. A. On the way B. By the way C. All the way D. In this way ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述一对双胞胎兄弟互相学习的故事，向人们说明了“祸兮，福之所倚”的道理。‎ ‎41. B 根据题意知，在打篮球的时候摔了腿，其他选项不符合逻辑，故选B。‎ ‎42. C 去做某事应是go to do sth, 看望某人用visit。‎ ‎43. D根据短文内容是通过读书发现了或找到了更好的打篮球的方法。‎ ‎44. B结合上句可知他认为书不是那么的不好。‎ ‎45. C从两句的意思看出两句不是转折关系或因果关系，故选C。‎ ‎46. B 用排除法做此题。参加“take part in” 或“join”，两词不能交叉使用，故排除A 和D。结合下句可知应是赢得了比赛，而不是输掉了比赛。‎ ‎47. A 结合上下句应是总是在一起练习打球，读书。‎ ‎48. C 根据内容“当坏事发生时，好事也可能在发生”，选C。‎ ‎49. A根据句义“你应尽力向别人展示你喜欢的东西，别人也会展示给你他们喜欢的东西”。‎ ‎50. D固定词组的考察。On the way, 在路上；by the way, 顺便说一下，用于转换话题；in this way, 用这种方法。‎ ‎【2010福建•龙岩】Ⅵ. 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分） ‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的三个选项（A、B和C）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ There are a lot of holidays for Chinese people, such as National Day, May Day, etc. However, Chinese people look on Spring Festival 46 their most important one of all. Spring Festival is a traditional festival in China. It’s a festival for families to get 47 . And it’s also my favorite festival, especially 48 I was a child. Because in those days my life was very 49 . When the Spring Festival came, I could have plenty of delicious food to eat. Also I could ‎50 a very long holiday and have a good rest. On that day I could 51 beautiful clothes. And the most important thing is that I could receive much New Year’s gift 52 . So every year, I expected the Spring Festival would come soon. When I 53 up, it’s no longer as important 54 me as before. For our country has developed a lot. Our life is 55 than before. It’s like that I’m having spring festival every day!‎ ‎46. A. for B. as C. at ‎47. A. down B. up C. together ‎48. A. when B. if C. unless ‎49. A. rich B. poor C. real ‎50. A. find B. enjoy C. need ‎51. A. buy B. see C. wear ‎52. A. money B. paper C. coin ‎53. A. look B. get C. grow ‎54. A. to B. of C. on ‎55. A. worse B. better C. shorter ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了春节对中国人都意义，尤其是对小孩子，因为在这一天，他们可以得到好多令他们高兴的东西，比如好吃的食物，漂亮的衣服，还有珍贵的压岁钱。‎ ‎46．B look as“看作”，look for“寻找”, look at“看”。‎ ‎47．C get together“聚在一起”，固定搭配。‎ ‎48．A when“当……时候”。句义是“当我还是小孩子的时候”‎ ‎49． A ‎ 根据下文，孩子可以在春节这一天得到好多令他们高兴的东西，比如好吃的食物，漂亮的衣服，还有珍贵的压岁钱可判断应该是选富有“rich”。‎ ‎50． B enjoy“享受”，根据句意是享受假期。‎ ‎51． C wear beautiful clothes 穿漂亮的衣服。‎ ‎52． A New Year’s gift money 压岁钱。‎ ‎53． C whenI grow up 当我长大时 ‎54. A to 意为“对我来说”。‎ ‎55． B 根据上下文的意思可知，是生活越来越好。‎ ‎【2010四川·广安】第二节：完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 先通读下面的短文，读懂大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选择可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项.‎ ‎【四川·广安】（A）‎ One day a woman got into her car and started driving home after work. Suddenly, she saw a yellow car behind her. The 41 was a man. Wherever she drove, the young man followed her. When she 42 at the traffic lights, the yellow car stopped behind her.‎ The woman was afraid, so she drove 43 to the police station. She was very 44 when she found the car stopped behind her. At that time, she saw a woman outside the police station. She knew that she was a policewoman because she was wearing a police uniform. She jumped out 45 her car and ran to her. But the young man just smiled and came up to return the purse which was dropped on the street by the woman.‎ ‎41. A. worker B. driver C. passenger ‎42. A. stop B. stops C. stopped ‎43. A. quickly B. easily C. happily ‎44. A. interested B. moved C. surprised ‎45. A. at B. on C. of ‎【主旨大意】 本文女主人公下班后开车回家，突然发现一个男司机开着一辆黄色的车在自己后面追随，她很害怕，就开车到公安局，才知道那个男司机是给他送被她掉在街道上的钱包.‎ ‎41.B 根据“a yellow car behind her”知道男的是driver.故选B.‎ ‎42.C 根据撒花姑娘下文的时态知道用一般过去时，故选C.‎ ‎43.A 根据女主人公很害怕，所以她快速的把车开到公安局.故选A.‎ ‎44.C 根据文中她把车停在公安局后后面的车也停在她的后面，所以她很惊奇.故选C.‎ ‎45.C 根据文中她跳下车，所以用out of.故选C.‎ ‎【2010四川·广安】（B）‎ Long long ago, there was a man whose name was Frank. He loved his 46 very much. A special day was coming. It was his wife’s birthday. Frank decided 47 something for her.‎ The next day he 48 home and said to his wife, “I bought something 49 you.” “Thank you!” said his wife 50 . “What have you bought for me?” “I’ve bought a gold ring. Here it is.” He took it out for his wife to see. Carelessly, he dropped it onto the ground. He began to look for it on the ground, 51 it was dark in the house and he could not see 52 . Then he went out and began to look for it in the street.‎ He looked and looked. After a while, a friend came along. “What’s the matter with you?” asked his friend. “I am 53 for my ring. It was for my wife. But I lost it just now.” said the poor man. “ 54 did you lose it?” “I lost it in my house.” “You lost your ring in your house, but you are looking for it in the street. How foolish you are!” “Ah,” said the man, “but it is dark in my house. I will never find it there. Anyhow, here in the street, it is much 55 . I can see everything more clearly.” My dear friend, do you think Frank could find his gold ring in the street?‎ ‎46. A. wife B. daughter C. son ‎47. A. to show B. to buy C. to cook ‎48. A. go B. goes C. went ‎49. A. for B. with C. to ‎50. A. angrily B. sadly C. happily ‎51. A. but B. so C. because ‎52. A. something B. anything C. nothing ‎53. A. asking B. calling C. looking ‎54. A. Where B. When C. Why ‎55. A. darker B. brighter C. harder ‎【主旨大意】Frank在妻子生日的时候给妻子买了一个戒子，由于粗心掉在家里的地上，但是家里太黑暗，他到街道上去寻找.他朋友问他他说家里太黑永远也找不到，而街道明亮什么都可以看见.‎ ‎46.A 根据后文知道是妻子，故选A.‎ ‎47.B 根据后文知道是买了一个戒子，故选B.‎ ‎48.C 根据上下文的时态知道用一般过去时，故选C.‎ ‎49.C buy sth. for sb.是固定短语，根据下文“What have you bought for me?”也可以判断填for，故选C.‎ ‎50.C 丈夫给自己买了戒子，所以她很高兴，故选C.‎ ‎51.A 根据文意，戒子掉在地上他寻找，但是由于黑暗他看不见任何东西.故选Ａ.‎ ‎52.B　根据文意，由于黑暗他看不见任何东西.故选Ｂ.‎ ‎53.C　根据文意知道正在寻找戒指，故选Ｃ.‎ ‎54.A　根据答语“I lost it in my house.”知道是询问地点的，故选A.‎ ‎55.B 根据后句“I can see everything more clearly.”知道街道比家里明亮，故选B.‎ ‎【2010甘肃.定西】六，完形填空(每空1词，共10分) ‎ ‎ Of all the things we eat and drink，water is the 1 important. The human body can go 2 food for a long time，but two 3 three days without water could make people 4 . ‎ A lot of people don’t understand how 5 water the human body needs 6 well and many people don’t drink enough，especially in 7 weather. Most people drink 8 they are thirsty but in fact they need more water，especially when they take 9 . ‎ A man’s body is 65 to 75 percent of 10 . If we don’t have enough water，we fell tired and may become ill. ‎ ‎( ) 1. A. more B. most C. less D. least ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述了水对我们人类的重要性，没有了水人类就无法生存。从而讲到我们应当多喝水保证我们身体所需要的水分。‎ ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】前面的Of all the things说明了表示的范围超过了三者，所以用最高级。且从后文后知，这里是说水的重要性，所以排除D，选B。‎ ‎ ( ) 2. A. with B. on C. without D. by ‎【答案】C ‎ ‎【解析】表示伴随情况，用with或without。由下文的but和without可知，这里前后是形成对比，所以此处用with。‎ ‎ ( ) 3. A. or B. and C. of D. but ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】or表示“或者”的意思。用在这里表示“两三天”。‎ ‎ ( ) 4. A. died B. to die C. dies D. die ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】make是个使役动词，后面直接接动词原形。‎ ‎ ( ) 5. A. many B. little C. few D. much ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】water是个不可数名词，所以用much修饰。little用在这里不合题意。‎ ‎ ( ) 6. A. work B. working C. to work D. works ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】这里要用动词不定式作补语。‎ ‎ ( ) 7. A. hot B. cold C. cool D. warm ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】前面说到人们喝的水都不够，尤其是在炎热的天气里，因为天气炎热体内会散发更多的水分，所以就显得喝的水不够，故选A。‎ ‎ ( ) 8. A. so B. that C. when D. since ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】when引导时间状语从句，这里表示大部分人只是当渴了的时候才喝水。‎ ‎ ( ) 9. A. fun B. exercise C. exercises D. work ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】take exercise做运动。exercise是不可数名词，不能用复数。故选B。‎ ‎ ( ) 10. A. blood B. water C. air D. food ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】由后面的“If we don’t have enough water.”即可判断此处选B。‎ ‎【2010安徽省卷】‎ VII. 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ ‎ A ‎ A group of frogs were traveling through the forests, but unluckily two of them fell into a hole. The other frogs tried to help them. When they saw how 51 the hole was, they cried to the two frogs that they could not be saved. The two frogs didn't 52 and tried their best to jump up out of the hole. The other frogs 53 saying that they were sure to die. 54 , one of the two frogs, who heard what the other frogs were saying, 55 . Then he fell down and died.‎ ‎ The other frog, however, 56 to jump as hard as he could, and at last made it out. When he 57 , the other frogs asked, "Didn't you hear us?" The frog, who had a poor 58 , explained, "I thought you were encouraging me all the timid."‎ ‎ The story teaches us a 59 : There is power(力量) of life and death in the tongue. An 60 word to those who are down can help them out while a discouraging word can kill them.‎ ‎51. A. small B. deep C. big D. wide ‎52. A. care B. refuse C. insist D. think ‎53. A. kept B. finished C. practiced D. stopped ‎54. A. Luckily B. Finally C. Suddenly D. Happily ‎55. A. went on B. ran away C. jumped out D. gave up ‎56. A. happened B. continued C. planned D. wanted ‎57. A. got out B. ran away C. got off D. woke up ‎58. A. smelling B. eyesight C. hearing D. looking ‎59. A. way ]3. skill C. sentence D.‎ ‎ lesson ‎60. A. interesting B. exciting C. excellent D. encouraging ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文是一则寓言故事，两只掉在深洞里的青蛙，一只听说了根本出不来，一时失望掉在里面摔死了，而另一只呢？却把别人的话语当成了鼓励与鞭策，坚持不懈地努力，最终取得了胜利，这就教育我们：同样是别人的语言，你当成鼓励可以帮助你，否则完全也可以害死你。‎ ‎51. B 通读全文，尤其后面的“不能挽救”和jump up以及掉下去就摔死，更能体现是太“深”了。‎ ‎52. A 这里构成not care不介意。‎ ‎53. A 构成keep doing sth坚持；继续做某事。‎ ‎54. B 最后；终于有一个听见了，而不是幸运地或突然地。‎ ‎55. D 听到其他青蛙的话，即了解了事实，自然就“放弃”。‎ ‎56. B 然而，没有听到的青蛙是“继续”努力。‎ ‎57. A 上句说到它成功了，也就是从里面“出来”get out.‎ ‎58. C 由上文的没听见也可以知道是它的“听力”hearing差。‎ ‎59. D 考查词组teach sb a lesson“给某人以教训，给某人上了一课”。‎ ‎60. D 和后面的discouraging相对应，所以这里是：鼓励的话语可以使人脱离困难。‎ B ‎ Everybody dreams. Some people think dreams can tell us about the future. Other people think dreams tell us about ourselves. It's like our 61 is talking to us. Why are dreams 62 strange and hard to understand? Some people think our brain uses 63 to talk to us. When we fly, swim, or fall down in our dreams, it has a 64 meaning. Lots of doctors help people 65 their dreams. They find that dreams tell us about our 66 and fears.‎ ‎ These days, many scientists 67 that dreams are very important. During the day, we have many 68, and our brain receives a lot of information. When we dream, our brain 69 information that is not important, and puts the most important information into our 70. As we learn more about the brain, we may find answers to our questions about dreams.‎ ‎61. A. body B. spirit C. brain D. heart ‎62. A. never B. seldom C. ever D. often ‎63. A. symbols B. examples C. numbers D. pictures ‎64. A. special B. serious C. similar D. great ‎65. A. finish B. forget C. understand D. continue ‎66. A. hopes B. rights C. positions D. abilities ‎67. A. reply B. believe C. doubt D. worry ‎68. A. experiences B. dreams C. mistakes D. inventions ‎69. A. passes on B. looks into C. throws away D. asks for ‎70. A. feelings B. stories C. lives D. memories ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文介绍了一篇科普小短文，一般认为做梦可以预测未来，其实梦是个人对于自身经历和体验的重新再现，从这点科学家可以解释梦仅仅是大脑的对事物的部分映射，片面的可以理解为预测。‎ ‎61. C 通读上下文，特别由上文的做梦可以预测未来、下文中也题到了our brain可知，也就正如我们的“大脑”在和我们说话，因此选择答案C.‎ ‎62. D 为什么梦常常是奇怪的难以理解的？实际情况也是这样，而不是很少或从来没有。‎ ‎63. A 结合上下文，做梦能预测未来只是一种标志或符号，并不是例子或图片。‎ ‎64. A 做梦中的飞或什么的，只能具有特殊的意思，不会和实际相同或有什么伟大意义。‎ ‎65. C 我们平常也说“解梦”，understand the dreams.‎ ‎66. A 总结本段意思就是：做梦可以预测未来，也就是梦可以告诉我们对未来的恐怖与希望hopes.‎ ‎67. B 通读全文，概括本段意思，科学家相信梦时候总要的，并非怀疑、担心或回答。‎ ‎68. A 空后的and是并列连词，后面是大脑得到很多信息；前面是我们有很多的经历 experiences.‎ ‎69. C 这里解释了做梦就是大脑摒弃（throw away）了不重要的信息，保留了重要的。‎ ‎70. D 我们的大脑是把重要信息储存在记忆力memories里面,才形成了梦。‎ ‎【2010河北省卷】Ⅵ. 完形填空（共 10 小题，每小题 1 分，计 10 分） ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Homesick is a compound (复合的) word made up of HOME and SICK. You know what each ‎ 46___ means on its own, of course. But do you know the meaning 47 ___ they are used together? The definition (定义) of homesick is SICK FOR HOME. It means you miss your home.‎ Now think for a minute _ 48 _ SEASICK. If you change the word HOME in the definition to the word SEA, would the definition _49 _ SEASICK? Does seasick mean SICK FOR SEA? It means something quite 50 . Seasick means SICK BY THE MOVEMENT ON THE SEA. When you are _51 , the only place you want to be is at home. When you are seasick, _ 52 you want to be is at sea.‎ Have you ever _‎53 a person being heartsick? Heartsick doesn’t mean that something is wrong with a person’s heart. People are heartsick when they are 54 _ deep inside as if (好像) their hearts are broken.‎ And we also have other compound words, such as handshake and 55__ . Perhaps you may write definitions for them. It must be helpful to know something like this in your English study.‎ ‎46. A. word B. phrase C. sentence D. passage ‎47. A. how B. why C. when D. where ‎48. A. for B. from C. about D. like ‎49. A. get B. fit C. read D. have ‎50. A. right B. wrong C. same D. different ‎51. A. homesick B. heartsick C. seasick D. carsick ‎52. A. the first place B. the last place C. the only place D. the safe place ‎53. A. thought over B. thought out C. heard from D. heard of ‎54. A. hurt B. hit C. loved D. moved ‎55. A. hobby B. height C. heaven D. handbag ‎【主旨大意】本文主要告诉了我们如何理解一些复合名词的含义，这对我们的英语学习是很有帮助的。其中本文主要介绍了homesick，seasick，heartsick等词的含义。homesick意为“想家的”， seasick意为“晕船的”， heartsick意为“伤心地”。‎ ‎46. A word意为“单词”。 Phrase意为“词组”。 Sentence意为“句子”。 Passage意为“篇章”。‎ ‎47. C when 意为“当……时候”，句义为“但是，你知道他们在一起用的含义吗？”‎ ‎48. C think about意为“思考，考虑”，是固定搭配。‎ ‎49. B fit意为“适合”，句义为“如果你把单词home换成sea，定义还适合seasick这个单词的含义吗？”‎ ‎50. D different意为“不同的”，有上下文可知。 ‎ ‎51. A homesick意为“想家的”，句义为“当你想家的时候，你唯一想呆的地方就是家”。‎ ‎52. B 文中seasick 意为“晕船的”， 句义为“当你晕船的时候，你最后想呆的地方才是海”。‎ ‎53. D heard of意为“听说”，句义为“你听说过悲痛的人吗？”‎ ‎54. A hurt意为“伤害”， 句义为“悲痛的人指的是那些内心被深深的伤害过的人。”‎ ‎55. D有句中的handshake可知答案。‎ ‎【2010湖北·武汉】三、完形填空（本题共15分，每小题1分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从41---55各题所给的A、B、C、D四各选项中，选出一个最佳答案。‎ Denny Crook was a famous photographer. He traveled all over the world, taking pictures for magazines and newspapers, and won many prizes.‎ ‎“I’ll do anything to get a good photo,” he often said. “I’ll go anywhere at any time, even if it is (41).”‎ And he told the (42). He had photos of earthquakes, forest fires, floods and even wars. If something interesting happened, Denny went to photo it.‎ He was a married man and his wife often asked him to take her with him, but he always (43).”I’ll travel for my work, not for (44),” he told her . “You won’t ‎ enjoy yourself, and I won’t have (45) to look after you. Sometimes there’s not even anywhere to (46), and I have to sleep outside. I often don’t have a good (47) or a bath for days. You won’t like it.”‎ ‎“Denny, I’m not a child,” his wife didn’t (48). “I can look after myself. Please take me with you the next time you go overseas.”‎ Denny did not say anything, but he (49) about it, and when he was asked to go to Africa he said to his wife, “You can come to Africa with me if you want to. I’ve got to take photos of wild (50) there. It should be interesting and not too uncomfortable.”‎ His wife was very (51), and at first she had a very enjoyable time.‎ Then Denny went to off to (52) some lions to photo. His wife went with him, but before long they became separated. She walked down one path while he walked down the other.‎ Suddenly, Denny heard her (53). He ran back and saw her running toward him. A huge lion was chasing her.‎ Quickly Denny took his camera out of its case and (54) it at his wife and the lion.‎ Then he shouted, “(55), woman! I can’t get you both in the picture!”‎ ‎41. A. dangerous B. natural C. convenient D. impossible ‎42. A. lie B. reason C. news D. truth ‎43. A. allowed B. refused C. failed D. joked ‎44. A. wealth B. prize C. pleasure D. luck ‎45. A. money B. time C. interest D. ability ‎46. A. meet B. work C. shop D. stay ‎47. A. meal B. picnic C. room D. party ‎48. A. agree B. understand C. reply D. complain ‎49. A. worried B. forgot C. asked D. thought ‎50. A. land B. flowers C. animals D. people ‎51. A. confused B. excited C. surprised D. disappointed ‎52. A. find B. feed C. drive D. shoot ‎53. A. singing B. crying C. laughing D. cheering ‎54. A. threw B. fired C. showed D. pointed ‎55. A. Hurry up B. Look out C. Slow down D. Go ahead ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文是人物故事。讲述了摄影爱好者Denny的故事。本文主要叙述了Denny一次带着他的妻子去非洲拍野生动物的。当一头狮子袭击他的妻子的时候，他也没忘记拍照。‎ ‎41.A 通过下文的“He had photos of earthquakes, forest fires, floods and even wars”可知，他去的都是危险的地方。‎ ‎42.D tell the truth为固定搭配，意思为“说实话”。‎ ‎43.B 从后句“You won’t enjoy yourself,”可知他拒绝了他的妻子要求。‎ ‎44.C 句意：我去是为了工作，不是为了打发时间。所以选C项。‎ ‎45.B 因为是去拍照，所以没有时间照顾。‎ ‎46.D 从后句的“I have to sleep outside.”可知，经常没有地方呆。‎ ‎47.A 因为没有地方呆，所以吃饭或洗澡也就成了问题，故答案为A。‎ ‎48.A 从句意可知，他的妻子不同意他的说法，故答案为A。‎ ‎49.D 固定短语think about…，表示为“考虑，思考”，故答案为D。‎ ‎50.C 从句意理解去非洲应当是拍野生动物，所以选C。‎ ‎51.B 通过后句“at first she had a very enjoyable time”可知，开始他的妻子非常兴奋。‎ ‎52.A 从句意可知应当是找狮子拍照。‎ ‎53.B 从后句“A huge lion was chasing her.”可知，他老婆应当是哭了。‎ ‎54.D 从整句可知他应当是掏出相机按下快门，所以答案为D。‎ ‎55.C 句意：慢一点，女士。我不能让你们两个都在这个照片里。故答案为C。‎ ‎【2010福建•晋江】(B) 完形填空: 从每小题A、B、C三个选项中，选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。(10分)‎ ‎ When people find something valuable and return it to its owner, they are often given a reward. This is because the person not only found what was lost but also spent time 46 its owner or taking it to the police station.‎ There was once a young boy 47 found a woman’s purse in a shopping centre.‎ ‎ Inside the purse there 48 some money and the woman’s driving license. Her name and 49 were printed on the license, so the boy knew where she lived. That evening he went to her house and 50 her door. When she opened it, he said, “I found your purse,” and handed it to her.‎ ‎ “Thank you very much,” she said. She opened her purse and took out all the money. She wanted to give the boy a small reward, 51 there were only bills of ＄‎20 in the purse and she thought that $ 20 was too 52 to give the boy. “I’m sorry,” she said, “but I don’t have any small 53 to give you.”‎ ‎ The boy said, “That’s all right,” and he went away.‎ ‎ A few days later he found 54 woman’s purse. It also had her driving license in it, so he knew where she lived. He went to her house and said “I found your purse,” and handed it to her.‎ ‎ “Thank you very much, “she said. She opened her purse and took out all her money.‎ ‎ “That’s ‎55 ”‎, she said, “Before I lost my purse I had a $100 bill and a $20 bill in it. Now I have a $100 bill, a $10 bill and two $5 bills.”‎ ‎ “Yes,” the boy said, and smiled.‎ ‎46. A. to find B. finding C. find ‎47. A. who B. whose C. which ‎48. A. is B. were C. was ‎49. A. e-mail B. address C. age ‎50. A. cut down B. knocked on C. broke into ‎51. A. so B. but C. or ‎52. A. little B. few C. much ‎53. A. change B. menu C. purse ‎54. A .another B. the other C. other ‎55. A interesting B. exciting C. strange ‎ ‎【主旨大意】这篇短文主要是讲小男孩两次拾到钱包，归还给主人时，发生的一些有趣的故事。‎ ‎46. B 根据spend …(in) doing sth. 花费时间（或）金钱做某事, find “找到，寻找”意思。‎ ‎47. A 考查定语从句，先行词是人，故引导词用who。‎ ‎48. C there be 中的be动词由后面的主语单复数形式决定的，即some money 为不可数名词，“一些钱”，整篇故事用的过去式，故用was。‎ ‎49. B 根据下文“能找到她的住址”，可确定名字和地址都印在驾照上。‎ ‎50. B knock on “敲门”，break into “破门而入”，故B正确。‎ ‎51. B 根据下文“I’m sorry”可知，“她没有给小男孩报酬”，所以用转折连词but。‎ ‎52. C 根据句意可知，“要给男孩$20，感觉有点太多”，所以too much正确。‎ ‎53. A 根据句意可知“他没有零钱给这个孩子”，故选change “零钱”。‎ ‎54. A another “又一，再一”的意思。‎ ‎55. C 根据下文可知，“钱包里钱数没少，但是钱的面值有所变化”，所以她感到奇怪，故C正确。‎ ‎【2010湖北·咸宁】五、完形填空 阅读下面一则短文，掌握其大意，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,找出可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。（每小题1分，共15分）‎ Learning Chinese may seem difficult to foreigners outside China. However, Daisy Raffan, an 36 girl in Britain, hopes to bring the 37 to the young people.‎ Daisy has 38 an online learning website to teach the language to as 39 people as possible, all over the world.‎ With China’s fast development in the world, Daisy thinks 40 important for people to learn the language sooner rather than later.‎ Daisy has been learning Putonghua 41 the age of five. Two years ago, 42 she decided to pass on what she had learned, she 43 the idea for the website, kidschineseclub.com. ‎ She said: “People are afraid to learn Putonghua. One of the main reasons is that they think it’s an 44 language to learn, but I have had fun 45 it .And I hope what I have done is easy and fun.”‎ Her 46 offers a series of lessons, which are videos of Daisy teaching a group of students on topics from greetings and numbers to Chinese culture.‎ Daisy’s website has 47 the support of several important persons —the ‎ teenager says she has received a letter praising(赞扬) her work from Gordon Brown, 48 is the British Prime Minister(首相).‎ She said: “I wrote to him and told him what I was doing and got a letter 49 . He said that what I was doing was a really good idea. I thought it was amazing. I was excited that 50 was supporting what we’re doing.”‎ ‎36. A. 18 years old B. 18-year-old C. 18-years-old D. 18 year old ‎37. A. language B. idea C. information D. gift ‎38. A. put up B. showed up C. set up D. thought up ‎39. A. much B. more C. many D. most ‎40. A. that B. this C. them D. it ‎41. A. for B. at C. since D. in ‎42. A. before B. after C. if D. although ‎43. A. came out B. came on C. came over D. came up with ‎44. A. impossible B. interesting C. excellent D. easy ‎45. A. does B. do C. doing D. to do ‎46. A. e-mail B. magazine C. essay D. website ‎ ‎47. A. won B. made C. given D. beaten ‎48. A. whom B. which C. who D. /‎ ‎49. A. in B. back C. down D. up ‎50. A. someone such important B. so important someone ‎ C. such important someone D. someone so important ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲诉了在国外传授汉语是非常困难的，然而Daisy Raffan却把这件事变为现实，且变得比较容易，她的方法主要是制作了网页，上面有她的讲课和与学生就留的录像，这种方式赢得了很多人甚至英国首相的赞誉。‎ ‎36. B 合成形容词18-year-old用连字符号连接，这时的名词不加-s，且这种形容词只做定语不做表语。‎ ‎37. A 承接上文说的学汉语很难，这位年轻人却想把这门language语言带给年轻人，即教会他们汉语。‎ ‎38. C 在网上制作学习网页用set up,其余的讲不通。‎ ‎39. C 修饰后面的people可数名词用many，且在as…as的中间需要原级，所以选择答案 C.‎ ‎40. D 固定结构think it adj. for sb. to do sth. “认为做某事怎么样”，所以选答案D.‎ ‎41. C 本句子用的是完成时态，所以是从5岁开始since the age of five,容易迷惑的是固定词组at the age of…在…岁时，这里不是选答案B,而是C.‎ ‎42. B 句意承接，是两年后，在她决定传递她所学的知识之后，而不是之前，所以选答案B.‎ ‎43. D 固定词组come up with表示“想出”。‎ ‎44. A 人们害怕学普通话的原因是，人们认为学普通话是impossible不可能的，其余三者都意思恰恰相反。‎ ‎45. C 固定用法have fun doing sth.高兴做某事；做某事快乐。‎ ‎46. D 承接上下文说的都是她制作的网页website，给人们提供了一系列的讲课和录像。‎ ‎47. A 她的网页赢得了很多人的支持，而不是made制作，given给予，或beaten打败。‎ ‎48. C 这里是非限定性的定语从句，修饰人在这里用who。‎ ‎49. B 构成固定用法get a letter back收到回信。‎ ‎50. D 不定代词someone的定语后置，且在形容词important前用so副词来修饰。‎ ‎【2010黑龙江·哈尔滨】三、完形填空(本题共10分，每小题1分)根据短文内容选择最佳答案。‎ When you step into a new environment．you must have a strong wish to fit in．Fitting in means making more friends，  36   more influence(影响) on others and getting more chances to live a happier life．Here is some    37   that Call help you．‎ Be confident．Confidence attracts most people．Everyone is special and there is only one person like you in this world．Spend   38   thinking about your strong points．If so，you will be able to build up confidence step by step．You won’t have much difficulty fitting in．‎ Be kind to everyone．Kindness is the bridge to your own happiness．  39   people notice your kindness，they will return it one day．Always ‎ give more than you receive，and think more of others than of   40  ．A person who cares for others is popular everywhere．‎ Be active in group activities．Various activities like playing football   41   help you to be known to others．You may add more friends to your circle．At the same time，you’ll be amazed to see how much they like you．  42   wasting time being alone，go out to dance and sing together with others to develop friendship．‎ Be optimistic(乐观的)．Optimism makes both you and others feel pleased．It makes a good first impression(印象)．A pleasant smile costs the   43   and does the most．Humor(幽默) catches others’ attention as well．People win like you for making them live   44  ．‎ ‎ If you follow what is mentioned above，you   45   by people around you．As a result，you will fit in very well and enjoy your new life．‎ ‎(    )36．A．had               B．to have              C．having ‎(    )37．A．advice            B．advices             C．suggestions ‎(    )38．A．sometimes    B．some times         C．sometime ‎(    )39．A．Though          B．When                C．Until ‎(    )40．A．you              B．your                     C．yourself ‎(    )41．A．can               B．have to                 C．needn’t ‎(    )42．A．Instead of    B．As well as           C．As long as ‎(    )43．A．1ittle              B．less                    C．1east ‎(    )44．A．friendly          B．happily              C．clearly ‎(    )45．A．will accept     B．won’t accept      C．will be accepted ‎【2010主旨大意】文章是一篇说明文。介绍了当你步入新的环境时，你一定有强烈的愿望去适应它。适应意味着交更多的朋友，对他人有更大的影响以及有更多的机会过幸福的生活。文章讲述了适应新环境的四个建议：自信，对人友善，积极参与小组活动和保持乐观。‎ ‎36. C 此处是动名词做means的宾语，与前面的making和后面的getting并列。‎ ‎37. A advice建议，是不可数名词，故排除B项，在根据句中的is 是单数，故排除suggestions。‎ ‎38. C sometimes有时候，some times一些次，some time一段时间，根据前面的spend可知是花费一段时间。‎ ‎39. B 这里是个时间状语从句，意思是：当人们注意到你的善良的时候，他们就会回报的。though虽然，until直到。均不合语境。‎ ‎40. C 根据句意是：与自己相比，要多考虑他人。‎ ‎41. A 根据语境是踢足球能够帮助你被人了解，而不是必须或者是不需要被人了解。‎ ‎42. A 根据后面的go out to dance and sing together with others to develop friendship.可知是与之对比，不是自己一个人，而是和朋友在一起。再根据动名词wasting可知，用Instead of。‎ ‎43. C 根据句意微笑的花费当然是很小，与后面的most构成对比。‎ ‎44. B 根据前面的humor幽默，可知能使人过的快乐、幸福。‎ ‎45. C 根据后面的by 和句意可知你将被接受，与accept成被动关系。‎ ‎【2010贵州·铜仁】II、完形填空（10分） (阅读下面短文，然后根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的选项中选择能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡的相应位置将其涂黑。)‎ A traveler came out of the airport. There were a lot of 36 . He asked every taxi-driver’s name. Then he took the third one. It 37 5 dollars to go from the airport to the hotel. “ 38 does it take to hire(雇请) you for the whole day?” The man asked. “100 dollars,” said the taxi driver. This was very 39 , but the man agreed. Then the taxi-driver showed him all the parks and museums in the city. In the evening they went 40 to the hotel. The traveler gave the taxi-driver 100 dollars and said, “ What about tomorrow?” The taxi-driver 41 the man and said, “Tomorrow? That will be 42 100 dollars.” But the man s aid it was OK. The taxi-driver was very 43 to be getting more money.‎ The next evening, after taking the traveler to visit the same parks and museums, the taxi-driver 44 another 100 dollars, he felt guilty(有罪的)because 100 dollars a day was a lot of money. “So you’re from New York.” said the taxi-driver. “I have a ‎45 in New York. Her name is Susan. Do you know her?” “Sure. She gave me 200 dollars to give you!”.‎ ‎36. A. trains B. trucks C. taxis ‎37. A. cost B. paid C. spent ‎38. A. How many B. How long C. How much ‎39. A. cheap B. low C. dear ‎40. A. ahead B. back C. across ‎41. A. looked at B. looked after C. looked for ‎42. A. the other B. another C. other ‎43. A. angry B. unhappy C. pleased ‎44. A. received B. gave C. borrowed ‎45. A. brother B. son C. sister ‎【主旨大意】短文讲述了一则荒诞幽默的故事。一个人花200美元雇一辆出租车在城市中游览了两天，最后付款时却告诉司机这200美元是司机的妹妹请他交给这位司机的。‎ ‎36.C　由下一句中的taxi-driver可知，选C。‎ ‎37.A　动词辨析。spend主语通常是人，是指人花费、付出时间或金钱，常用句式sb spend time/money on sth, sb spend time/money (in) doing sth.。Cost主语通常是事物，指事物花费、消耗人的金钱，常用句式(doing/to do) sth cost sb money, it cost sb money to do sth。Pay通常指付款，常用句式sb pay money for sth。故选择A。‎ ‎38.C　询问价钱应用how much。‎ ‎39.C　100美元的价格很高，从短文第二段第三行中，he felt guilty(有罪的)because 100 dollars a day was a lot of money亦可知应选择C。cheap便宜，low低(low price)，dear昂贵(同expensive)。‎ ‎40.B　回到某地go back to sp.。‎ ‎41.A　短语辨析。Look at看着，look after照顾，look for寻找。句意为“司机看着这位男子说”。‎ ‎42.B　词语辨析。The other指两者当中的另一个，another指额外另外的、除……之外的、超过两者中的任意另一个，other指其他的，别的。‎ ‎43.C　推测理解。出租车司机又能多挣100美元，心里应当是愉悦的(pleased)。‎ ‎44.A　 Received得到收到，gave给予，borrowed借得。句意为司机得到了200美元，故选择A。‎ ‎45.C　细节理解。由后面‘Her name is Susan’知此处指的是一个女性，而brother和son均是男性。‎ ‎【2010江苏·镇江】二、 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。‎ What do you think of stress? Is it a good thing or a bad thing?‎ Most of the students think stress can do harm 16 them in some ways. There’s a story about a teenager in a middle school. He even 17 his study because of the stress from school and family. We also usually 18 that someone turns to psychological doctors because of heavy working stress. There is no doubt that some people think stress is a dangerous wolf.‎ On the other hand, other people argue that stress is not a bad thing. They 19 stress can produce momentum(动力）in the end. For them, right attitude and action can reduce stress and make it 20 . When I was a child, my mom always pushed me to study hard. She wished I could go to an ideal 21 for further education. I experienced stress for the first time. Porn to a poor family, I deeply knew 22 was not easy for us, and everything my mom did to me was just to hope I could live a better life in the future. 23 the saying goes, “no pains, no gains.” So I did what my mom expected because I didn’t want to let her down. At last, I did measure up(达到标准） to my mom’s expectation and go to college 24 . Thanks to my mom’s push! Thanks to the stress! In this way, I don’t think stress is a bad thing.‎ Overall, stress is not a bad thing in 25 . The key is how we deal with it.‎ ‎16. A. for B. in C. to D. of ‎17. A. began with B. showed off C. gave up D. cheered for ‎18. A. wonder B. decide C. promise D. hear ‎19. A. doubt B. believe C. disagree D. forget ‎20. A. useful B. difficult C. strange D. terrible ‎21. A. company B. college C. factory D. farm ‎22. A. life B. spirit C. opinion D. silence ‎23. A. Then B. But C. As D. Or ‎24. A. quietly B. wildly C. specially D. successfully ‎25. A. himself B. myself C. itself D. herself ‎【2010主旨大意】你怎样看待压力？它是好事情还是坏事情呢？有的人认为它对人们造成很大的伤害，比如因压力过大而放弃学业或者向心理医生求助，而有的人则认为压力并不是坏事，它能促进人们把压力转化为动力，发挥潜力。其实，压力本身并没有错，重要的是我们对待压力的态度。‎ ‎16. C do harm to sb. 为固定搭配，意思为“对某人有害”。‎ ‎17. C begin with以……开始；show off炫耀；give up放弃；cheer for为……欢呼。这个例子是围绕该段的中心句----第一句话来举的例子，所以应该是不好的一方面，那位男生因为压力放弃了学业。‎ ‎18. D wonder猜想；decide决定；promise允诺；hear听说。只有hear符合语境。‎ ‎19. B doubt怀疑；believe相信；disagree不同意；forget忘记。本段内容围绕与上一段相反的观点来写，认为压力是对人们有力的，所以用believe符合文意。‎ ‎20. A useful有用的；difficult困难的；strange奇怪的；terrible可怕的。对待压力的正确态度和行为能够减少压力，使它有用。‎ ‎21. B 妈妈希望我上一所理想的大学深造。‎ ‎22. A 生活的艰难让“我”知道了生活的不易。下文中“hope I could live a better life in the future”也有所提示。‎ ‎23. C as the saying goes为固定搭配，意思为“正如俗话所说，常言道”。‎ ‎24. D quietly安静地；wildly疯狂地；specially特别地；successfully成功地。我成功地考入了大学。‎ ‎25. C stress为无生命的名词，用itself来表示其反身代词形式。‎ ‎【2010江苏·苏州】完形填空 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的A、‎ B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑．‎ ‎ These days，cars are designed using computers．Let’s look at how a new car is created．‎ ‎ First，several 16 talk about the new car and any good ideas that they have．Then they sit down at their computers and 17 many sketches．The best two or three drawings are chosen and then more detailed drawings of 18 are developed on the computer．You can change the size，shape or colour of any part on the computer to see 19 the car would look and then you can choose the best design．‎ ‎ Both the inside and the outside of the car have to be designed．Part of the inside of the car is 20 so that the designers can sit in it．They can feel if there is enough 21 inside and if they can reach 22 ．Then some cars are built-there are more than 15，000 parts of a car to 23 ．‎ ‎ When everything is known to be 24 ，the cars are made in the factory．Again，computers are used to make sure that all the parts are 25 as they are needed．The factory usually stays open all through the night so that the car production never stops．‎ ‎16．A．drivers B．designers C．workers D．salesmen ‎17．A．draw B．order C．type D．enjoy ‎18．A．bicycles B．trains C．cars D．buses ‎19．A．how B．if C．what D．that ‎20．A．covered B．painted C．locked D．built ‎21．A．metal B．glass C．leather D．room ‎22．A．nothing B．somebody C．everything D．nobody ‎23．A．choose B．test C．show D．repair ‎24．A．safe B．easy C．cheap D．fast ‎25．A．rare B．electronic C．comfortable D．ready ‎【主旨大意】本篇是一篇说明文，介绍一款新车从创意构思到最后定型的过程。‎ ‎16.B 通读全文可知，设计师讨论新车和他们好的注意 ‎17.A 通过上文，设计师讨论研究，然后坐在电脑前，画出许多草图。‎ ‎18.C本文介绍的是新车的研发。‎ ‎19.A 考察疑问词。通过在电脑上改变车的尺寸形状颜色来看看新车看起来是什么样的。‎ ‎20.D 车的里面建造出来，以便设计师可以坐在里面。cover覆盖painted上漆 locked上锁built建造。‎ ‎21.D 他们可以试试里面是不是有足够大的空间。room 意思是“空间，地方”。‎ ‎22.C．他们可以试试是不是能够接触到每个东西。‎ ‎23.B 应为15,000车的零件被检测。‎ ‎24.A 当一切零件被检测是安全的时候，工厂里才制造。‎ ‎25.D 再次电脑检测车的所有零部件以确保它们是准备好的。‎ ‎【2010甘肃•兰州】三、完形填空 (共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。‎ The 2010 Winter Olympic Games will take place in Vancouver and Whistler(惠斯勒) from February 12 to 28. As the world’s 41______ athletes will compete there, Canada is preparing for it well.‎ It will be broadcasted(播出) in Canada’s two 42______languages——English and French. Billions of television viewers worldwide will 43______ the opening ceremony of the 2010 Winter Olympic Games. Athletes from more than 80 44______ will compete in 86 medal events over 17 days. Then the Paralympics(残奥会) will 45______ from March 12 to 21. Canada has 46______ millions of dollars preparing. Thousands of spectators will visit the country. Canada will be 47_____ it all.‎ The building of Olympic gyms began in 2005. Opening and closing ceremonies will be held indoors, at BC Place Stadium. It’ll 48______55,000 seats. Some competitions, 49______ ski, and bobsled, will take place in Whistler. It’s a ski village. During the Games, roads will be closed. More than 15,000 policemen will work to 50______ the peace throughout the Games.‎ The United States is the only country to host the Winter Games four times. Team USA hopes 2010 will be a golden year.‎ ‎41. A. worst B. best C. cleverest D. tallest ‎42. A. special B. unusual C. official D. ordinary ‎43. A. watch B. notice C. look D. hear ‎44. A. cities B. towns C. villages D. countries ‎45. A. run B. begin C. stop D. end ‎ ‎46. A. paid B. took C. cost D. spent ‎47. A. full of B. ready for C. worried about D. afraid of ‎48. A. give B. serve C. hold D. host ‎49. A. with B. including C. as D. so ‎50. A. keep B. make C. let D. protect ‎【文章大意】2010年的冬奥会将‎2月12日至28日在加拿大的温哥华和惠斯勒举行。届时将有全世界最优秀的运动员在这里参赛，这次冬奥会将有来自80个国家的选手在这17天当中角逐86枚奖牌。而残奥会将在‎3月12日至21日举行。一些竞技项目，例如滑雪和长撬比赛将在惠斯勒举行，那里是冰雪故乡。在整个比赛期间，道路将被封闭，近15,000名警察全程维护比赛的安全进行。美国队希望2010冬奥会将是个金牌之年。‎ ‎41. B【解析】根据题意是“全世界最优秀的选手将在这里比赛”，故选B。‎ ‎42. C【解析】这里要用到的是“官方语言”，故用official languages。故选C。‎ ‎43. A.【解析】“观看冬奥会”用动词watch, 故选A。‎ ‎44. D【解析】根据题意是“将有来自80个国家的运动员”，country用复数。故选D。‎ ‎45. A【解析】根据后面的一个时间段“from March 12 to ‎21”‎这里应该是“在此期间举行”，begin有“开始”的意思。是短暂性动词。而run 有“进行活动，运行”的含义。故选A。‎ ‎46. D【解析】本题主语是人，用spend（in）doing sth.的句型。故选D。‎ ‎47. B【解析】依据题意是“加拿大将为此做好充分准备”，“为…做准备”用be ready for的形式。故选B。‎ ‎48. C【解析】根据题意：它将提供55,000个座位。“提供，服务于”用serve。选C。‎ ‎49. B【解析】依据题意：“一些比赛，包括……”including是介词：包含、包括。故选B。‎ ‎50. A【解析】“保护和平”用keep the peace。故选A。‎ ‎【广东·广州】三、完形填空。（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从26-35各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ The Japanese Macaca monkey has been studied in the wild for over 50 years, in 1952. on one small Japanese island, scientists dropped some 36 made dirt for the monkeys. The monkeys liked their taste, but they found the dirt 37. One clever 18-month-old monkey found he could 38 the problem by washing the sweet potatoes in a nearby river. She taught this to her mother. Her 39 also learned this new way and they taught their mothers too.‎ All the younger monkeys 40 learned to wash the dirty tweet potatoes to make them 41 to eat. But many old monkeys found it very hard to learn this and still ate the 42 sweet potatoes.‎ Then something very surprising 43 . In the autumn of 1958. scientists found that the monkeys on other nearby 44 began washing their sweet potatoes too. Scientists still don't fully understand how this knowledge was 45 from one island to another.‎ ‎36, A. sweet potatoes B green plants C. hard stones D. fresh nuts ‎37, A. beautiful B. terrible C difficult D. interesting ‎38. A. find B. reach C. solve D. understand ‎39. A. children B. brothers C. sisters D. friends ‎40. A quietly B. easily C angrily D. awfully ‎41. A. nicer B. smaller C. lighter D. drier ‎42. A. small B. large C. new D. dirty ‎43. A. took on B. took off C. took place D. took away ‎44. A. trees B. islands C. beaches D. rivers ‎45. A. lowed B. dropped C. passed D. left ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文介绍了猴子们学习洗甘薯时，发生的有趣的情况，年轻的擅长学习， 年老的不擅长学习；另一些小岛的猴子君然也学会了洗甘薯。‎ ‎36．A 根据下文第四行的甘薯可知，故选A。‎ ‎37．B 根据短文内容发现甘薯上的脏东西很讨厌。。‎ ‎38．C 动词词义的考查。本剧意思是“通过用河水洗甘薯解决了这一问题。Solve解决。‎ ‎39. D 由这两句话“She taught this to her mother. Her 39 also learned this new way and they taught their mothers too.“可知他们的妈妈不一样，说明不是兄弟姐妹。‎ ‎40. B 由下句老猴子们发现洗甘薯不容易，可知前边小猴子们很容易学会了洗甘薯。‎ ‎41. A 通过洗净脏东西可以使甘薯更好吃。‎ ‎42. D 由句意可知老猴子们发现洗甘薯很困难，因此他们继续吃脏的甘薯。‎ ‎43. C 考查词组的意思。Take place 发生。‎ ‎44. B 与第一段 “island”相对应。‎ ‎45. C 句意为：这个知识是怎么传递过去的。‎ ‎【2010湖北·宜昌】VI. 完形填空：先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。共15小题，计15分。‎ Some students cheat(作弊) because they’re busy or lazy and they want to get good grades without (41) the time studying. Other students might feel that they can’t (42) the test without cheating. Even when there seems to be a “good reason” for cheating, it isn’t a good (43).‎ A student who thinks cheating is the only way to pass a test (44) to talk with the teacher and his or her parents so they can find some better ways together. Talking about these problems and (45) them out will help feel better than cheating.‎ ‎ If a student gets (46) cheating, the teacher may give a “(47)” on the test, send him or her to the head teacher’s (48), and call his or her parents. Worse than the (49) grade may be the feeling of having disappointed those people, (50) parents and teachers. A parent may worry that you are not an (51) person and a teacher might watch you more (52) the next time you’re taking a test.‎ There are plenty of reasons why a kid shouldn’t cheat, but some students have already cheated. If that’s you, it’s (53) too late to stop cheating. Cheating can become a (54), but a student is always able to act better and make better (55). It might help to talk the problem over with a parent, teacher, or friend. ‎ ‎41. A. taking B. spending C. costing D. using ‎42. A. write B. exercise C. pass D. expect ‎ ‎43. A. idea B. purpose C. custom D. conclusion ‎44. A. decides B. hopes C. refuses D. needs ‎ ‎45. A. breaking B. dreaming C. missing D. working ‎ ‎46. A. caught B. offered C. appeared D. suggested ‎ ‎47. A. prize B. result C. zero D. treat ‎48. A. office B. school C. seat D. conversation ‎ ‎49. A. natural B. dangerous C. anxious D. bad ‎ ‎50. A. and B. besides C. like D. among ‎ ‎51. A. outside B. advantageous C. interesting D. honest ‎ ‎52. A. closely B. bravely C. certainly D. hardly ‎ ‎53. A. always B. never C. once D. neither ‎ ‎54. A. menu B. medicine C. habit D. match ‎ ‎55. A. education B. decisions C. challenges D. risks ‎ ‎【主旨大意】 本篇短文分析了学生作弊的原因，以及作弊给学生带来的影响。‎ ‎41. B根据句意，有的学生不花费时间学习。‎ ‎42. C 通过考试，用pass ‎43. A作弊不是一个好想法。‎ ‎44. D 那些认为作弊是通过考试唯一途径的的学生需要和老师，家长谈一谈。‎ ‎45. D work out 解决问题的意思。‎ ‎46. A 作弊被抓，只能用caught ‎47. C 作弊被抓，试卷可能会判零分。‎ ‎48. A 作弊可能会被带到校长的办公室。‎ ‎49. D 由于作弊被抓，那些糟糕的分数一定会引起人们的的失望。‎ ‎50. C like 这里是 类似. 像的意思。‎ ‎51. D 作弊的人就会被认为不诚实。‎ ‎52. A作弊的学生，下次考试老师一定会监场更严。故选Ａ。‎ ‎53. B never too ……to再。。。。。。也不过分，是固定用法。‎ ‎54. C 作弊也会变成一种习惯。‎ ‎55. B 作弊能使学生获得更好的分数。‎ ‎【2010四川·达州】完形填空（共15小题。每小题1分，计15分）‎ 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎(A)‎ It is very 31 for us to stay in good health. We must have good eating and sleeping habits in life. Eating more fruit and vegetables 32 good for us .We are supposed to 33 at least 8 hours a day and take part in the healthy activities as 34 as possible, for example, climbing mountains, running in the morning or swimming. It is necessary to keep 35 and get on well with the people around us.‎ ‎31. A. important B. unnecessary C. impossible D. importance ‎32. A. are B. am C. be D. is ‎ ‎33. A. asleep B. sleepy C. sleep D. slept ‎34. A. much B. many C. little D. few ‎ ‎35. A. happiness B. unhappy C. happy D. happily ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文告诉我们怎样才能保持身体健康。‎ ‎31 A‎ 保持身体健康对于每个人都很重要。答案B,C,D 都是否定意思，故答案选Ａ。‎ ‎32 D动名词作主语，谓语用单数，故答案选Ｄ，‎ ‎33Ｃ　动词不定式后跟动词原形，故答案选C ‎34Ｂ　健康活动用的是复数，much,little 用于不可数名词，few表示少数。故答案只能选Ｂ。‎ ‎35Ｃ　根据短文意思，保持心情快乐对身体健康非常必要。又因keep+形容词。故答案只能选Ｃ。‎ ‎（B）‎ Life in 30 years will be 36 because many changes will take place, but what will the changes be?‎ ‎ The population is growing fast. There will be 37 people in the world and most of them will live longer than before. Computers will be 38 smaller and more useful, and there will be at least one in every home. And computer studies will be one of the important ‎39 in school.‎ ‎ People will work fewer hours than they are doing now, and they will have more free time for sports, watching TV and traveling. Traveling will be much cheaper and 40 . And many more people will go to other countries 41 holidays.‎ There will be changes in our food, too. More land will be used for 42 new towns and houses. Then there will be less 43 for cows and sheep, so meat will be more expensive. Maybe people won’t eat it every day, they will eat more vegetables and fruit instead. Maybe people will be healthier.‎ Work in the future will be different, too. Dangerous and hard work will 44 by robots. Because of this, many people will not have 45 to do. This will be a problem. ‎ ‎36. A. same B. difference C. different D. difficulty ‎37. A. little and little B. less and less C. many and many D. more and more ‎38. A. much B. many C. more D. most ‎39. A. subject B. subjects C. way D. games ‎ ‎40. A. easily B. more easily C. easy D. easier ‎41. A. for B. with C. at D. in ‎42. A. build B. building C. to build D. builds ‎43. A. rooms B. room C. spaces D. sea ‎44. A. done B. do C. be done D. be did ‎45. A. works enough B. enough works C. work enough D. enough work ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文为我们描绘了３０年后世界所发生的变化。‎ ‎36Ｃ　三十年后生活会与现在不同．Same 相同；difficulty困难；be后跟形容词，故答案应选Ｃ。‎ ‎37Ｄ根据前一句，人口增长很快，那么世界上就会越来越多。More and more是固定短语，故答案应选Ｄ。‎ ‎38A在四个选择项中，只有much能修饰形容词比较级，故答案应选Ａ。‎ ‎39B因为电脑的重要，所以电脑的学习必将成为学校学习的重要科目。故排除Ｃ，Ｄ；又因one of+复数名词，故答案应选Ｂ。‎ ‎40D much 修饰形容词比较级，故答案应选Ｄ。‎ ‎41A‎ go for holiday 去度假是固定短语，故答案选Ａ。‎ ‎42Ｂbe used for doing 被用作干某事也是个固定用法。更多的土地被用来建新城镇和房子，故答案应选Ｂ。‎ ‎43Ｂ根据上文，土地少了，牛羊就少了生存的空间。所以Ｃ，D可以排除；又因room做空间讲时，是不可数名词，故答案应选Ｂ。‎ ‎44Ｃ根据句意，艰苦的工作将会被机器人代替。故本句应用被动语态，又因将来时的被动语态构成为will be+过去分词，故答案应选Ｃ。‎ ‎45Ｄwork做“工作”讲为不可数名词，故排除A，Ｂ；enough修饰名词，应放在名词的前面，故答案应选D。‎ ‎【2010江苏·连云港】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项 Although it was autumn, the snow was already beginning to fall in Tibet (西藏).Our legs were so heavy and cold that 16 felt like big pieces of ice.Have you 17 seen snowmen ride bicylces? That’s what we looked like! Along the way children who were 18 long wool coats stopped to look at us. In the late 19 ‎ we found it was so cold that our water bottles froze (结冰).However, the lakes 20 like glass in the setting sun and loooked wonderful.‎ Wang Wei rode in front of me as usual. She was in high spirt and I knew I didn’t need to 21 her.To climb the mountains was hard work but as we 22 us, we were surprised by the view. We seemed to be able to see for miles, and we were so high that we found ourselves cycling through clouds. After a while, we began going 23 the mountains. It was great fun especially as it slowly became much 24 .At the foot of the mountains, colourful butterflies flew around us and we saw many sheep eating green grass. Then we had to 25 ‎ Our caps, gloves and trousers for T-shirts and shorts.‎ In the early evening we stopped to 26 .We put up our tent and then we ate. Afte supper Wang Wei went to sleep but I stayed 27 .At midnight the sky became clearer and the stars grew brighter.As I 29 below the stars I thought about how far we had already travelled.‎ We will reach Dali in Yunan Province soon, where our cousins will join us. We 30 hardly wait to see them!‎ ‎16. A.we B.you C.they D.it ‎17. A.never B.ever C.even D.yet ‎18. A.dressed in B.put on C.taken off D.dressed up ‎19. A.morning B.afternoon C.evening D.night ‎20. A.shine B.shining C.shines D.shone ‎21. A.follow B.encourage C.remind D.discover ‎22. A.looked at B.looked after C.looked for D.looked around ‎23. A.up B.down C.around D.into ‎24. A.colder B.drier C.warmer D.wetter ‎25. A.charge B.check C.chase D.change ‎26. A.make beds B.make friends C.make camp D.make money ‎27. A.alive B.alone C.away D.awake ‎28. A.cloudy B.foggy C.noisy D.quiet ‎29. A.lie B.lied C.lay D.laid ‎30. A.may B.can C.must D.shall ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文叙述了秋天作者和朋友一起骑车在西藏游玩亲身经历。‎ ‎16 C根据句意，这里应填代词指代腿，legs是复数，故答案选C。‎ ‎17B Have you ever(never)……?你曾经做过（没做过）某事，根据题意，题意是肯定的，故答案选B ‎18Ａ.be dressed in 固定结构，表示穿着某种衣服。故答案选A。‎ ‎19Ｂ根据下文可以推测，这里的时间应该是下午，故答案应选Ｂ。‎ ‎20D 根据前句，此句应用过去式，故答案应选Ｄ。‎ ‎21 B 王薇精神状态好，所以就不必鼓励她，故答案应选B.‎ ‎22 D 根据题意，这里应是往四处看，look at看；look for 寻找；look after 照顾，照看；look around 环顾四周，故答案应选D。‎ ‎23 B，根据题意，这里是下山，故答案应选B ‎24 C‎ 海拔低，气温升高，故答案应选Ｃ。‎ ‎25 D，因为天气气温变化，所以应换衣服，故答案应选D ‎26 C‎ 晚上不能赶路，只能宿营，故答案应选C ‎27D 王薇睡了，而我醒着，这从后一句可以看出。‎ ‎29C根据题意，这里的lie应是“躺”的意思，又因句子要用过去式，故答案应选Ｃ。‎ ‎30B can’t wait to do是固定词组，是急不可待做某事。‎ ‎【2010宁夏】完形填空（共10小题，计分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从41-50各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ What’s a typical（典型的）day like in Buenos Aires（布宜诺斯艾利斯）? For Diego, who lives with his parents in a house in Buenos Aires, a school day starts 41 . If his mother doesn’t wake him up at 6:‎00 a.m., his dog Luna will. Diego 42 himself quickly and takes Luna for a walk.‎ Then it’s time to get ready for school. Diego puts on his school clothes and eats a quick 43 . He slings（抛）his heavy schoolbag over his shoulder and gets onto the city bus for the 25 minutes’ 44 to school.‎ Diego is in the seventh year of primary school. Classes start at 8:‎00 a.m. with math, followed ‎ 45 history and music. At 1:00 p.m., Diego and his friends have their lunch. After lunch, Diego heads to English class. This is one of his favorites, 46 the students practise English by writing e-mails to students in 47 countries.‎ ‎ When the 48 class ends, Diego and his friends 49 the bus to a city park to play football. Then he’s back home to start on homework. If he finishes in time, Diego will cook dinner. His parents come home from work at about 8:00 p.m., and 50 they sit down to dinner. After dinner, Diego does some reading or ‎ watches TV before getting ready for bed!‎ ‎（ ）41. A. quickly B. early C. late D. slowly ‎（ ）42. A. dress B. dressed C. dressing D. dresses ‎（ ）43. A. lunch B. breakfast C. supper D. dinner ‎（ ）44. A. walk B. way C. ride D. road ‎（ ）45. A. at B. for C. by D. about ‎（ ）46. A. because B. if C. since D. unless ‎（ ）47. A. other B. others C. another D. the others ‎（ ）48. A. first B. second C. third D. last ‎（ ）49. A. fetch B. carry C. take D. bring ‎（ ）50. A. only B. just C. also D. then ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了布宜诺斯艾利斯一位学生典型一天的学习生活 ‎41Ｂ 上学早用 e arly ‎42D 根据并列谓语takes可知答案应选D ‎43Ｂ，根据短文，早上起来，应吃早饭 ‎44Ｃ　２５分钟的行车路程要用ride ‎45C‎ followe by 是接着，依次的意思 ‎46Ａ　此句和前句是因果关系，故排除B D;since在表示原因时，意为“既然”故答案应选A ‎47Ａ　other跟复数名词，others后不用跟名词；another 跟单数；tho thers也不跟名词，故答案应选Ａ ‎48D 根据题意，最后一节课要用last.‎ ‎49C‎ 乘车要用take ‎50D and then表示顺承关系。‎ ‎【2010湖南·娄底】完形填空（共10小题，计10分） ‎ 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C 3个选项中，选出1个最佳答案。 ‎ When I had something difficult to do， I used to ask my mother for help. But she always said， “Do it  yourself， dear.” I was not     11     at all. I thought she was the     12     mother in the world! ‎ For example， one day， I decided to      13    some friends to my home. My bedroom was not in order. Books were everywhere. And I didn’t make the bed. I asked my      14    to help me clean it，   15       she still said， “Do it yourself， girl.” ‎ Because of my “lazy mother”， I have to      16     my clothes and clean my room. I have to help my parents      17     I even have to go to the dentist by myself. It is really hard   for me to do everything well， but I have learned      18    . ‎ As time goes by， I understand my mother. She makes me clever and diligent (勤奋的)    19    a great mother!  ‎ A     20      mother is worth（等值于） one hundred teachers! Don’t you think so? ‎ ‎11. A. old                                  B. glad                        C. thin ‎ ‎12. A. tallest                       B. most foolish             C. laziest  ‎ ‎13. A. leave                        B. invite                       C. visit ‎ ‎14. A. mother                            B. father                      C. brother ‎ ‎15. A. or                                   B. when                       C. but ‎ ‎16. A. wash                        B. lead                        C. knock ‎ ‎17. A. do housework          B. go swimming           C. go camping  ‎ ‎18. A. on show                   B. by mistake                     C. a lot ‎ ‎19. A. Which                      B. What                      C. Who ‎ ‎20. A. young                       B. good                       C. happy ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文记述了一位母亲对孩子的正确教育：从小养成独立做事的好品格。‎ ‎11 B要妈妈帮忙，她不帮，我不高兴，故答案选Ｂ ‎12C认为妈妈懒惰，故答案选Ｃ ‎13B，根据上下文，应该是邀请，故答案选B ‎14A‎，邀请妈妈帮忙 ‎15C此句是转折关系，故选C ‎16A‎ 洗衣服用wash ‎17A做家务用do housework ‎18C‎ 学了很多 用learn a lot ‎19B 感叹句引导用what ‎20B好妈妈用good ‎【2010四川·内江】阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ One day ,Petet went to see his doctor . “I am always tired when I ‎41 in the morning .”he said .”Do you sleep well ?” the doctor asked .”Well , not 42 . I dream so much . I have being like this for a long time .”Peter amswered .‎ ‎“Well , sometimes dreaming is good 43 us ,”said the doctor .”Maybe ,”Peter said .”But my trouble is 44 I always dream about hard work ! Last night , as soon as I fell 45 , I dreamt that I went to the 46 to plant trees all night long !Then several nights agl , I dreamt that I was on old ‎47 in a terrible storm at sea .We had to work for hours to stop ‎ the ship from sinking . It seems that , in my dreams I always have very difficult jobs to do .”‎ ‎ “What about the sleeping 48 that were given to you several days ago ?Don’t they work ?”the doctor adked .‎ ‎ “Yes , but mot well . But if I don’t take one ,I will be awake all night .”‎ ‎ “Then try 49 before you go to sleep . 50 , listen to light to music ,”the doctor said .‎ ‎41A‎. wake up B. go to bed C. sleep ‎ ‎42A‎. hardly B. suddenly C. really ‎ ‎43A‎. for B. of C. with ‎ ‎44A‎. what B. that C. how ‎ ‎45A‎. sleep B. sleeping C. asleep ‎ ‎46A‎. house B. garden C. library ‎ ‎47A‎. ship B. train C. plane ‎ ‎48A‎. pill B. medicine C. pills ‎ ‎49A‎. relax B. to relax C. relaxed ‎ ‎50A‎. By the way B. And so on C. For example ‎【主旨大意】 本篇短文记述了一位失眠患者的故事。‎ ‎41 A‎，早上醒来用wake up ‎42C‎，不真正的好用not really ‎43A‎ be dood for 对……有好处 ‎44B这里是that引导的宾语从句 ‎45C‎ fall asleep是入睡的意思 ‎46Ｂ　栽树只能在花园里 ‎47Ａ从at sea看出 Peter在船上 ‎48Ｃ　安眠药 sleeping pills ‎ ‎49B try to do 尽力做某事 ‎50C‎ by the way随便问一下 and so on 等等 for examole 例如. ‎ ‎【2010四川·宜宾】 完形填空。 (共10个小题，每小题1分，计10分)‎ 认真阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，并将其番号填入题前括号内。‎ Marc sat next to me when we were in Hill Junior School. He had a serious ‎36 in communicating with people. One always had to guess what he was saying. 37 , most of my classmates did not like to be with him because his hands and shirts were always 38 . I tried to let him know the importance of being clean by 39 him several times a day to wash his hands. But he just could not understand.‎ ‎　　One day, our teacher Miss West walked up to Marc. 40 saying anything, she took Marc to the washroom. Slowly, Miss West washed his 41 and told him that he should keep himself clean. She did that every day for one month. 42 , Marc understood.‎ ‎　　Miss West’s love has given me a good example to follow when I 43 my job. I always remember to teach my students by showing them the right 44 to do things. And most important of all, I always remember to give them 45 to learn and to grow up.‎ ‎( )36. A. question B. problem C. accident D. hobby ‎( )37. A. Instead B. However C. Besides D. Except ‎( )38. A. dirty B. clean C. new D. old ‎( )39. A. talking B. saying C. speaking D. telling ‎( )40. A. With B. Without C. After D. Above ‎( )41. A. face B. feet C. shirts D. hands ‎( )42. A. At last B. At first C. Such as D. So far ‎( )43. A. did B. am doing C. have done D. am going to do ‎( )44. A. ways B. answers C. time D. food ‎( )45. A. more advice B. less advice C. more time D. less time ‎【主旨大意】好的老师对学生的一生都有影响。‎ ‎36B有严重问题，用problem ‎37Cinstead代替，however 然而 besides除。。。。。。之外还有except 除。。。。。。之外，根据题意，应选Ｃ ‎38Ａ，同学不喜欢和他在一起，因为他脏 ‎39D tell sb to do sth 告诉某人做某事 ‎40B without saying没说什么 ‎41D wash hands 洗手 ‎42A‎ at last最后；at first 起初such as例如；so far到目前为止 ‎43Ｂ 我正在做的 ‎44A正确的方法 ‎45Cmore time 更多的时间 ‎【2010重庆】根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个能正确填入相应空格内的最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ Wang Ling, a middle school girl, felt angry with her parents after getting a boy’s phone call. “A classmate called me to discuss homework. We talked 41 just a few minutes before my parents got mad,” said the girl. “They asked whether I liked the boy. I said I didn’t, 42 they wouldn’t believe me.”‎ Wang’s trouble is not strange at all because puppy love (早恋) becomes a big headache for 43 parents and schools. They worry that puppy love will be bad for 44 . Her school makes it a rule not to allow any talk or any physical contact (身体接触) 45 one boy and one girl alone.‎ Many students say they understand 46 parents and teachers are so nervous about puppy love. But some think they are going too far. “We have our own thoughts and we know what to 47 with it,” said Wang Ling.‎ ‎ Another girl, Jiang Ting, liked making friends with boys. “Boys and girls can learn from each other,” she said. “My mother asks me to study hard. However, she 48 stops me from making friends with boys.” Once Jiang told her mother she might fall in love with a boy. Her mother let Jiang make 49 own decision. Soon Jiang found that she didn’t like him any more because the boy was not as 50 as what she had thought before. And she did worse and worse in her subjects because she spent much on it. At last she understood the worry from schools and most parents about puppy love.‎ ‎41. A. for B. in C. with D. to ‎42. A. because B. if C. but D. and ‎43. A. both B. none C. either D. neither ‎44. A. game B. study C. match D. housework ‎45. A. during B. between C. around D. about ‎46. A. how B. what C. who D. why ‎47. A. play B. live C. do D. fill ‎48. A. never B. already C. ever D. just ‎49. A. its B. my C. his D. her ‎50. A. good B. bad C. heavy D. thin ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讨论了中学生早恋 ‎41A‎ for加时间段，in加时间用于将来时态。‎ ‎42C‎ 前后句是转折关系 ‎ ‎43A‎ both……and 两者都，早恋是父母和学校都头疼的问题。‎ ‎44Ｂ 他们担心早恋对孩子学习有影响，‎ ‎45Ｂ　between……and…..什么与什么之间，这里只男孩与女孩之间。‎ ‎46Ｄ　许多学生理解父母和老师焦虑他们早恋的原因 ‎47Ｃ　do with 处理对待，有的学生认为他们该怎样对待。‎ ‎48A有的父母对于孩子早恋持开放的态度，从不阻止。‎ ‎49Ｄ make her own decision做她自己的决定。‎ ‎50A‎ 没有以前她认为的好。‎ ‎【2010浙江·义乌】完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握大意。然后从A.B.C.D四个选项中选出最佳选项 ‎ I was waiting for the bus when I met the woman. “You look 26 . Come and sit here,” she said. “ 27 are you going?” ‎ ‎“I don’t know.I just want to catch a 28 and see what it will be like at the end.”‎ ‎“I’m afraid you’ll see 29 there. Why don’t you enjoy the sights on the way?” ‎ ‎“How can I do that while my heart’s 30 ?” I asked sadly. My best friend had left me.‎ The woman seemed to understand my feeling. “Don’t cry, little girl. I’ve had a similar experience to you. Thirty-five 31 ago, my husband left our three children and me. I was deadly sad. I decided to kill myself and the children, so I took 32 to the sea. 33 ，they seemed to know what would happen, so they 34 loudly. Their cry suddenly woke me 35 . How could I 36 my hope to live for one of life’s problems? After that, I worked hard to raise the children. Now they all live 37 and one of them has his own family. ‎ Then the woman gave me a 38 , “We should never wait for the door to 39 before us. We should find the key to the 40 or try to find another way” ‎ The bus came and I got on it with a smile ‎26. A. tired B. excited C. happy D. well ‎27. A. What B.How C. Where D. When ‎28. A.train B. bus C. boat D. plane ‎29. A. nothing B.everything C.something D. anything ‎30. A. smiling B.breaking C. singing D. dancing ‎31. A. days B. weeks C.months D. years ‎32. A.her B.them C. him D. it ‎33. A.So B. Or C. Besides D. However ‎34. A. laughed B.talked C. spoke D. cried ‎35. A. in B. out C. up D. down ‎37. A. give away B. give up C.get up D. stand up ‎37. A. happily B. sadly C.badly D. hopeless ‎38. A. cry B. shout C. hit D. smile ‎39. A. open B. close C. lock D. mend ‎40. A. classroom B. office C. door D. shop ‎【主旨大意】这篇短文通过作者和一名妇女的交谈，告诉我们，无论我们遇到怎样的困难和挫折，我们都应勇敢地面对。‎ ‎26 A‎ 作者心情不好，显得很疲惫 ‎27Ｃ 去哪儿，用where ‎28Ｂ 乘公共汽车 ‎29A‎ 看不到任何东西 ‎30Ｂ heart breaking 心碎 ‎31Ｄ从她的孩子已经成家可以看出，应该是年 ‎32B三个孩子用他们代替 ‎33D前后句转折关系 ‎34Ｄ孩子明白将要发生什么，所以他们大哭起来 ‎35C‎ wake up醒来 孩子的哭声使她觉醒 ‎36Ｂgive up 放弃了轻生的想法 ‎37A如今生活都很幸福 ‎38Ｄ她给了我一微笑 ‎39A我们不应等待着门打开 ‎40Ｃ我们应找到门的钥匙 ‎【2010浙江·东阳】完形填空（本题有15个小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ ‎ One will feel happy when others flatter (奉承) him in his face. It is said that the best way of flattering someone is to give him a “top hat” 31 . ‎ A student was going to leave the capital to become 32 official (官员) in a city far away. Before he started, he came to say 33 to his teacher.‎ ‎“It is 34 job to be a good official.” his teacher said. “ you must be strict 35 yourself and never be careless.”‎ ‎“Don’t worry about me, sir.” The student answered. “I have already 36 anyone hundred top hats, which will 37 those people quite happy.”‎ ‎“But we are really gentlemen! 38 could a real gentleman do such a thing ? ” His teacher was a bit _39 . “ Never forget 40 I taught you in class!” ‎ ‎“ 41 are always right, sir. I also hate such things. But, sir, 42 no one really gentleman like you can be seen in the world now.” said the student. It seemed that he had to do so.‎ ‎ 43 hearing this, the teacher was pleased. “What you said is true!”‎ ‎“I have 44 one top hat already. Now I have ninety-nine 45 .” the student ‎ said to his friend later on when he asked the student what he had talked with the teacher about.‎ ‎( ) 31. A. to dress B. dressing C. wearing D to wear ‎( ) 32. A. a B . the C. an D. /‎ ‎( ) 33. A. hello B. goodbye C. OK D. thanks ‎( ) 34. A. not an easy B. not easy C. a good D. difficult ‎( ) 35. A. about B. with C. from D. to ‎( ) 36. A. made B. bought C. prepared D. repaired ‎( ) 37. A. give B. let C. keep D. make ‎( ) 38. A. How B. What C. Why D. When ‎( ) 39. A. pleased B. angry C. excited D. sorry ‎( ) 40. A. that B. how C. why D. what ‎( ) 41.A. You B. We C. They D. Us ‎( ) 42. A. hardly B. about C. almost D. nearly ‎( ) 43. A. Before B. After C. Because D. If ‎( ) 44. A. sent out B. bought C. sold D. borrowed ‎( ) 45. A. left B. already C. yet D. else ‎【主旨大意】本文通过老师和学生的的告别，说明“戴高帽”是奉承人的最好方式。‎ ‎31Ｄ不定式作宾补 ‎32Ｃ元音音素前用an ‎33B say goodbye to sb向某人告别 ‎34Ａ　成为好官这项工作不容易 ‎35Ｂ　be strict with sb对某人要求严格 ‎36Ｃ　预备高帽 ‎37 D make sb happy使某人高兴 ‎38A‎ 真正高尚的人怎么会做那样的事情 ‎39B有点生气 ‎40Ｄwhat引导的宾语从句 ‎41Ａ对老师的赞美 ‎42Ａ　hardly 几乎 ‎43Ｂ在听到学生在没得话后，老师高兴了 ‎44Asend out送出 ‎45Aleft 剩下，送出一顶，还剩99顶高帽。‎ ‎【2010福建•晋江】三、完形填空。(B) 完形填空: 从每小题A、B、C三个选项中，选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。(10分)‎ ‎ When people find something valuable and return it to its owner, they are often given a reward. This is because the person not only found what was lost but also spent time 46 its owner or taking it to the police station.‎ There was once a young boy 47 found a woman’s purse in a shopping centre. Inside the purse there 48 some money and the woman’s driving license. Her name and 49 were printed on the license, so the boy knew where she lived. That evening he went to her house and 50 her door. When she opened it, he said, “I found your purse,” and handed it to her.‎ ‎ “Thank you very much,” she said. She opened her purse and took out all the money. She wanted to give the boy a small reward, 51 there were only bills of ＄‎20 in the purse and she thought that $ 20 was too 52 to give the boy. “I’m sorry,” she said, “but I don’t have any small 53 to give you.”‎ ‎ The boy said, “That’s all right,” and he went away.‎ ‎ A few days later he found 54 woman’s purse. It also had her driving license in it, so he knew where she lived. He went to her house and said “I found your purse,” and handed it to her.‎ ‎ “Thank you very much, “she said. She opened her purse and took out all her money.‎ ‎ “That’s ‎55 ”‎, she said, “Before I lost my purse I had a $100 bill and a $20 bill in it. Now I have a $100 bill, a $10 bill and two $5 bills.”‎ ‎ “Yes,” the boy said, and smiled.‎ ‎46. A. to find B. finding C. find ‎47. A. who B. whose C. which ‎48. A. is B. were C. was ‎49. A. e-mail B. address C. age ‎50. A. cut down B. knocked on C. broke into ‎51. A. so B. but C. or ‎52. A. little B. few C. much ‎53. A. change B. menu C. purse ‎54. A .another B. the other C. other ‎55. A interesting B. exciting C. strange ‎ ‎【2010主旨大意】这篇短文主要是讲小男孩两次拾到钱包，归还给主人时，发生的一些有趣的故事。‎ ‎46. B 根据spend …(in) doing sth. 花费时间（或）金钱做某事, find “找到，寻找”意思。‎ ‎47. A 考查定语从句，先行词是人，故引导词用who。‎ ‎48. C there be 中的be动词由后面的主语单复数形式决定的，即some money 为不可数名词，“一些钱”，整篇故事用的过去式，故用was。‎ ‎49. B 根据下文“能找到她的住址”，可确定名字和地址都印在驾照上。‎ ‎50. B knock on “敲门”，break into “破门而入”，故B正确。‎ ‎51. B 根据下文“I’m sorry”可知，“她没有给小男孩报酬”，所以用转折连词but。‎ ‎52. C 根据句意可知，“要给男孩$20，感觉有点太多”，所以too much正确。‎ ‎53. A 根据句意可知“他没有零钱给这个孩子”，故选change “零钱”。‎ ‎54. A another “又一，再一”的意思。‎ ‎55. C 根据下文可知，“钱包里钱数没少，但是钱的面值有所变化”，所以她感到奇怪，故C正确。‎ ‎【2010湖北•荆州】Ⅳ. 完形填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ 先阅读短文，然后从文后每小题的四个选项中选出一个可以填入短文中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎ A young man was about to finish school. For a long time he had 26 to get a beautiful sports car. He knew his father could well 27 it, so he told him that a sports car was all he wanted. ‎ ‎ Then on the morning of his graduation（毕业）,he was called to his father’s room. His father told him how 28 he was to have such a fine son, and told him how 29 he loved him. He handed his son a beautiful gift box. 30 , the young man opened the box and found a lovely Bible（圣经）with his name ‎ on it. Angrily, he raised his 31 to his father and said, “With all your money you give me a Bible? ” He then 32 out of the house, leaving the Bible. ‎ ‎ Many years passed and the young man was very ‎33 in business, and had a beautiful home and a wonderful family. 34 that his father was very old, he thought perhaps he should go to see him. He had not seen him 35 that graduation day. Before he could go, he received a 36 telling him that his father had died. He had to go home immediately and take 37 of the things that his father left him. ‎ ‎ When he began to search through his father’s important papers, he saw the still new Bible, 38 as he had left it years ago. He opened the Bible and began to 39 ‎ the pages. As he was reading, a car key with a tag（标牌）‎ dropped from the back of the Bible. On the tag was the ‎ ‎ 40 of his graduation, and the words “PAID IN ‎ FULL”. Sadness and regret（悔恨）filled his heart. ‎ ‎26. A．expected B．believed C．enjoyed D．felt ‎27. A．afford B．spend C．cost D．pay ‎28. A．excited B．proud C．angry D．anxious ‎29. A．far B．much C．long D．often ‎30. A．Interested B．Tired C．Surprised D．Relaxed ‎31. A．hand B．head C．voice D．sound ‎32. A．looked B．moved C．walked D．rushed ‎33. A．careful B．helpful C．wonderful D．successful ‎34. A．Wanting B．Suggesting C．Noticing D．Realizing[来源:中.考.资.源.网]‎ ‎35. A．on B．since C．after D．from ‎36. A．bag B．ticket C．phone D．book ‎37. A．care B．part C．notes D．time ‎38. A．just B．only C．always D．already ‎39. A．use B．open C．turn D．close ‎40. A．place B．date C．test D．name ‎【主旨大意】毕业那天儿子没有得到想要的跑车，一气之下离家出走；多年后儿子成家立业，想起了已到暮年的父亲。父亲在儿子到家之前去世了，父亲当年送给他的礼物，一本圣经崭新如初。‎ ‎26. A 解析：由下文语境推断，年轻人“期望”有一辆漂亮的跑车。‎ ‎27. A 解析：由他跟父亲说出了自己的想法推断，他认为父亲能够“提供”他所要的。‎ ‎28. B 解析：由语境推断，父亲跟他说他因为有这样的儿子而“骄傲”。‎ ‎29. B 解析：由感到骄傲推断，父亲多么爱他的儿子；how much这里表示程度。‎ ‎30. C 解析：由发现盒子里的礼物是圣经推断，儿子感到“吃惊”。‎ ‎31. C 解析：据常理推断，发怒时说话通常“提高”音量。‎ ‎32. D 解析：由他留下了圣经推断，他从房子里跑出来。‎ ‎33. D 解析：由他漂亮的房子幸福的家庭推断，他是成功的商人。‎ ‎34. D 解析：由他觉得应该去看看父亲推断，他“认识到”父亲老了。‎ ‎35. B 解析：主句用完成时态，则用since引导时间状语。‎ ‎36. C 解析：由告诉他父亲去世了推断，他“接到”一个电话。‎ ‎37. A 解析：take care of是固定搭配，意思是“照顾”。‎ ‎38. A 解析：这里用just强调父亲送给他的礼物一如当年，意思是“就，正好”。‎ ‎39. C 解析：由打开书推断，他开始翻动页面；turn意思是“翻”。‎ ‎40. B 解析：父亲在儿子毕业那天送礼物给儿子，故标签上是毕业的日期。‎ ‎【2010河南】三、完形填空(10小题，每小题l分，共10分)‎ 先通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案，并将其标号填入题前括号内。‎ ‎ Long ago，in a small village of Wakefield lived two farmers，Harry and Peter．Harry was very hard．working while Peter was 36 ．Every day Harry got up early and came home late，but Peter walked around for fun．‎ ‎ One summer there was no 37 and the crops(庄稼)were dying．Harry thought，“I must do something to save these crops，or they shall die．”With this ‎38 in mind，he went out to find a river so that he could dig a canal(沟渠)to his ‎ field．He walked on and on, feeling tired and thirsty．After a 39 search，he found a river full of blue water．He was very happy．He started digging a canal to his field. 40 it was noon his wife sent their daughter to bring Harry home 41 lunch．But Harry did not go．He did not want to leave his work unfinished．He completed his work 42 at night．He Was very satisfied．‎ He went home。had a good meal and 43 into a sound sleep．‎ ‎ Peter did the same．But he was not at all determined(有决心的)．He also 44 digging a ‎ canal to his field but he didn’t have his work completed．His field did not get 45 water ‎ and all his crops died．‎ ‎ Harry’s field would be watered when needed．He had a good harvest because of his hard work．‎ ‎( )36．A．cruel B．1azy C．careless D．silly ‎( )37．A．rain B．wind C．cloud D．river ‎( )38．A．feeling B．dream C．problem D．thought ‎( )39．A．quick B．long C．slow D．special ‎( )40．A．Whether B．Although C．When D．Unless ‎( )41．A．for B．to C．with D．at ‎( )42．A．early B．far C．1ate D．deep ‎( )43．A．fell B．1ooked C．turned D．walked ‎( )44．A．stopped B．1oved C：forgot D．started ‎( )45．A．clean B．enough C．1ittle D．fresh ‎【2010主旨大意】Harry与Peter住在同一个村子里。Harry勤奋，Peter懒惰。一年大旱，Harry与Peter都想挖沟引水，Harry执着坚持，庄稼久旱逢水；Peter半途而废，庄稼颗粒无收。‎ ‎36. B由Peter walked around for fun推断，他很懒惰。‎ ‎37. A由庄稼会死推断，夏天没有下雨。‎ ‎38. D由语境推断，句子意思为：带着这个想法……。‎ ‎39. B由He wallked on and on推断，他走了很长路。‎ ‎40. C分析全句，从句表示时间，故用when引导时间状语从句。‎ ‎41. A介词for可表示目的，for lunch意思是“去吃中饭”。‎ ‎42. C由他不半途而废推断，他很晚才完成工作。‎ ‎43. A fall into sleep是固定搭配，意思是“入睡”。‎ ‎44. D上文说明Harry挖了一条沟渠，下文表示Peter“也”开始挖。‎ ‎45. B由他的庄稼死了推断，他的田里没有足够的水。‎ ‎【2010潍坊】三、完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎    阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ ‎    A 14-year-old boy from the USA was described as a hero yesterday after he saved the life of a woman in another country．‎ Dean Bluey from Dallas，Texas，was a school boy who has much  31  in computer．One day，he  32  an email to a friend on the Internet．Suddenly he received a message saying “Help! Pain! Help!”．"The message was from Finland，  33  kilometers away from America．‎ ‎“I didn't know  34   I should do，”Dean said to a reporter afterwards．“It was really difficult to tell if the message was real．”So Dean did nothing at first． 35   the message kept coming．‎ ‎“By then it was easy to see that someone was in trouble,” Dean explained. He   36  and discovered that the sender was a student called Tarja, who was alone in a university library. She was ill. What was  37  , there was no phone around her. Her only way of communicating with the world was by email. Dean got in touch   38   the police immediately. And they realized that the situation was quite serious. They called the police in Finland. Then an ambulance rushed to the library.   39  , she was still alive and was sent to the hospital quickly.‎ ‎       “I'm glad she's OK,” Dean said. “It's hard to believe, but   40   saved her life.”‎ ‎31．A．interest                B．interested            ‎ ‎ C．interesting              D．interests ‎32．A．sent                     B．sends                   C．was sending            D．is sending ‎33．A．thousand               B．thousand of          C．thousands               D．thousands of ‎34．A．how                    B．what                    C．where                    D．when ‎35．A．So                      B．And                    C．But                        D．As ‎36．A．telephoned           B．replied                 C．found                    D．talked ‎37．A．better                         B．worse                   C．harder                    D．easier ‎38．A．with                    B．on                       C．to                          D．at ‎39．A．Hardly                B．Happily               C．Luckily                  D．Carefully ‎40．A．a boy                         B．doctors                 C．the police             D．email ‎【主旨大意】一个14岁的美国男孩通过网络挽救了芬兰的一位患病的女学生的生命。‎ ‎31．A根据句子的结构可知此处应该使用名词，much用来修饰不可数名词，所以，正确答案为A项。B、C项是形容词；D项interests不可以-s。‎ ‎32．C由句意“一天，他正在用因特网给朋友发电子邮件”可以判断出此处的时态应该为过去进行时was sending。A项为一般过去时；B项为一般现在时；D项是现在进行时。‎ ‎33．D thousands of的意思是“成千上万，数千”。 thousands of表示“数千的...”（主要是形容东西，事物很多，数以千计）它已经不是确切的要表示“千”的意思了，若果是表示量词，比如一千（one thousand/a thousand，两千two thousand)就不用加s。‎ ‎34．B考查疑问词的辨析。根据句意“我不知道我应该做什么”可知此处应该使用what表示“什么”，引导宾语从句，在从句中作do的宾语。how表示“怎么样”；where指“‎ 地点”；when用来指“时间”。‎ ‎35．C根据前句和本句之间的关系可以得知此处表示“转折”。so的意思是“所以”，表示“因果”；and表示“并列”关系；as意思是“由于”，故选择C项。‎ ‎36．B本题考查动词的辨析。telephoned表示“打电话”；replied的意思是“回答，答复”；found表示“发现”；talked意思为“告诉”，回复邮件应该使用动词replied，因此，答案为B项。‎ ‎37．B联系前句，结合句意“她周围没有电话”可以判断出此处指的是“更糟糕的是”，worse表示“更坏的”。better表示“更好的”；harder的意思是“更坚硬的”；easier表示“更容易的”。‎ ‎38．A考查固定短语的使用。get in touch with sb.的意思是“和某人取得联系”为固定搭配，所以，正确答案为A项。‎ ‎39．C 【解析】本题考查副词的辨析。由she was still alive可以推断出此处指的是“幸运地”。hardly的意思是“几乎不”；happily表示“高兴地”；luckily意思为“幸运地”；carefully表示“细心地”。‎ ‎40．D通过全文可知是“电子邮件挽救了她的生命”。email的意思是“电子邮件”，A、B、C三项不符合句意。‎ ‎【2010黑龙江·鸡西】. Cloze test (本题共15分,每小题１分)‎ ‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ ‎ The Dragon Boat Festival is celebrated 36 the fifth day of the fifth lunar month by 37 ‎ zongzi and holding dragon boat races.‎ ‎ The festival began during the period of Warring States（战国时期), and has a 38 of more than 2,000 years. The date of the festival is said to be the date 39 Qu Yuan died. He was a wise and upright（正直的）man, and was loved 40 people. He wanted the emperor of Chu 41 against the State of Qin with the cooperation（联合）with the State of Qi, 42 was refused and sent to the border area. During his stay in other states, he wrote 43 poems expressing his strong feelings for Chu. On the day when Chu was defeated by Qin, Qu Yuan 44 into Miluo River expressing his strong love for his native land by taking 45 own life.‎ After the 46 of Qu Yuan, people of Chu went to Miluo River to mourn（哀悼）over the great 47 they loved so much. Some threw eggs and rice wrapped in leaves into the river to feed the fish 48 keep them away from Qu Yuan. Some doctors poured realgar wine 49 the river to kill snakes and other animals that might try to eat Qu Yuan.‎ Now the Dragon Boat Festival has become a 50 festival for the Chinese people.‎ ‎( )36. A. at B. on C. in ‎( )37. A. eating B. to eat C. ate ‎( )38. A. vacation B. history C. date ‎( )39. A. when B. where C. why ‎( )40. A. in B. with C. by ‎ ‎( )41. A. to fight B. fighting C. fight ‎( )42. A. or B. but C. so ‎( )43. A. much B. a lot C. many ‎( )44. A. jumped B. looked C. turned ‎( )45. A. his B. he C. him ‎( )46. A. die B. death C. dead ‎( )47. A. emperor B. doctor C. poet ‎( )48. A. in order that B. so that C. in order to ‎( )49. A. into B. from C. out of ‎( )50. A. modern B. traditional C. international ‎【主旨大意】这篇短文主要是讲龙舟节的来历，2000多年前屈原劝谏皇帝未成，而跳汨罗江自杀，为纪念他而自然形成的节日。‎ ‎36. B 在正月15，是具体的一天，用介词on.‎ ‎37. A 介词by后要跟动词的-ing形式. ‎ ‎38. B 龙舟节有着悠久的历史history. 竟然超过了2000年的历史。‎ ‎39. A 定语从句修饰的是date日期，屈原死的时间，当屈原死的时候，用when来引导。‎ ‎40. C 这里的was loved是被动语态，为人们所喜爱，用及诶从By.‎ ‎41. A 固定用法want sb. to do sth. 想要某人做某事，这里就需要不定式结构.‎ ‎42. B 前面劝皇帝联合作战，后面遭到拒绝，前后意思转折，用连词but.‎ ‎43. C 空后的poems是可数名词的复数，要用many或a lot of,因此选择答案C.‎ ‎44. A 后面是河流river，加上历史知道是屈原跳进河里，用jump.‎ ‎45. A 固定词组take one’s own life自杀，用形容词性的物主代词。‎ ‎46. B 这里的after是介词并非连词，没构成句子，要用死的名词形式death.‎ ‎47. C 由上文的poems诗,可知他写诗是诗人,这一节日是纪念诗人。‎ ‎48. C 后面的keep是动词原形，用in order to来构成目的状语。‎ ‎49. A 构成pour…into…把…倒入…，即把白酒倒进河里。‎ ‎50. B 现在的龙舟节是个传统的节日，而不是现代的或国际的。‎ ‎【2010广东·广州】三、完形填空。（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从26-35各题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ The Japanese Macaca monkey has been studied in the wild for over 50 years, in 1952. on one small Japanese island, scientists dropped some 36 made dirt for the monkeys. The monkeys liked their taste, but they found the dirt 37. One clever 18-month-old monkey found he could 38 the problem by washing the sweet potatoes in a nearby river. She taught this to her mother. Her 39 also learned this new way and they taught their mothers too.‎ All the younger monkeys 40 learned to wash the dirty tweet potatoes to make them 41 to eat. But many old monkeys found it very hard to learn this and still ate the 42 sweet potatoes.‎ Then something very surprising 43 . In the autumn of 1958. scientists found that the monkeys on other nearby 44 began washing their sweet potatoes too. Scientists still don't fully understand how this knowledge was 45 from one island to another.‎ ‎36, A. sweet potatoes B green plants C. hard stones D. fresh nuts ‎37, A. beautiful B. terrible C difficult D. interesting ‎38. A. find B. reach C. solve D. understand ‎39. A. children B. brothers C. sisters D. friends ‎40. A quietly B. easily C angrily D. awfully ‎41. A. nicer B. smaller C. lighter D. drier ‎42. A. small B. large C. new D. dirty ‎43. A. took on B. took off C. took place D. took away ‎44. A. trees B. islands C. beaches D. rivers ‎45. A. lowed B. dropped C. passed D. left ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文介绍了猴子们学习洗甘薯时，发生的有趣的情况，年轻的擅长学习， 年老的不擅长学习；另一些小岛的猴子君然也学会了洗甘薯。‎ ‎36．A 根据下文第四行的甘薯可知，故选A。‎ ‎37．B 根据短文内容发现甘薯上的脏东西很讨厌。。‎ ‎38．C 动词词义的考查。本剧意思是“通过用河水洗甘薯解决了这一问题。Solve解决。‎ ‎39. D 由这两句话“She taught this to her mother. Her 39 also learned this new way and they taught their mothers too.“可知他们的妈妈不一样，说明不是兄弟姐妹。‎ ‎40. B 由下句老猴子们发现洗甘薯不容易，可知前边小猴子们很容易学会了洗甘薯。‎ ‎41. A 通过洗净脏东西可以使甘薯更好吃。‎ ‎42. D 由句意可知老猴子们发现洗甘薯很困难，因此他们继续吃脏的甘薯。‎ ‎43. C 考查词组的意思。Take place 发生。‎ ‎44. B 与第一段 “island”相对应。‎ ‎45. C 句意为：这个知识是怎么传递过去的。 ‎ ‎【2010辽宁·沈阳 】 Do you have the ability to live cheaply? Now here's a true story of an American girl，Sarah．‎ ‎ 21 Sarah left university，she began to live in New York City on her own．She ‎22 a job in a publishing house，but the salary(薪水)was 23 $30，‎000 a year．Her parents thought her life would be hard，but Sarah 24 Iive on her salary and stilI saved $5，‎000 in a year．How was that ‎25 in one of the most expensive cities in the world?‎ ‎ Cheap living 26 starts with keeping the big cost small．For most people，that 27 housing．So Sarah chose to share a flat with three other friends．Her next biggest cost was 28 ．When she ate out，she went to cheap restaurants． 29 she bought a $9．99 whole chicken at a local restaurant．She then 30 the chicken bones(‎ 骨头)home and made soup out of them．Nowadays young people often ‎31 a lot of money on entertainment(娱乐)．But Sarah said，“I enjoy walking ‎32 in New York City．I love going to museums and parks．” Did Sarah feel poor 33 cheap living? Not really．She even managed to take two trips，one to the Netherlands， 34 to Portland．‎ ‎ “Don't think of saving money as something 35 ．It's a kind of game，”said Sarah．‎ ‎21．A．Until B．Because C．After D．Unless ‎22．A．found B．tried C．asked for D．Iooked for ‎23．A．more than B．less than C shorter than D．higher than ‎24．A．can B．may C．could D．might ‎25．A．difficult B．possible C．useful D．different ‎26．A．already B．sometimes C．hardly D．always ‎27．A．helps B．becomes C．makes D．means ‎28．A．food B．rest C．studying D．playing ‎29．A．Soon B．Finally C．Once D．Again ‎30．A．prepared B．took C．caught D．picked ‎31．A．pay B．lend C．spend D．save ‎32．A．along B．up C．down D．around ‎33．A．by B．up C．at D．between ‎34．A．another B．the other C．others D．the others ‎35．A．hard B．interesting C．nice D．great ‎【主旨大意】本文叙述了了一位美国女孩勤俭生活的故事 。‎ 答案 ‎21 C大学毕业之后，应用after ‎22A找到工作，应用found ‎23B根据句意，应是少于故答案选B ‎24C表示能力，用can;又因句子是过去式，故答案选Ｃ ‎25B 对女孩生活花费那么低可能性产生疑问。‎ ‎26D便宜的生活总是从大的花销节约开始。‎ ‎27Ｄ房子是最大的开销 ‎28A第二大花销是吃饭 ‎29C一次用once ‎30B 把……带回家，用take ‎31C‎ spend……on,在某方面花费 ‎32D在纽约四处走走 ‎33Ａby 通过 ‎34B one ……the other一个。。。。。。另一个 ‎35A把便宜的生活作为艰难的事情 ‎【2010湖北·襄樊】三、完形填空（本大题满分10分，每空1分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Computer games are very popular． It is natural for people to want to 41 ，so playing against a computer or against a friend on the computer can be 42 to stop．“Just one more game，” often turns into another game， then another．‎ Computer games do have their 43 ． They are excellent for training hand / eye coordination（协调）．Surgeons（外科医生） who played computer games as chitdren are often more skilled．Computer games can also be great for teaching students． The students are open to learning while playing． They can study for longer than a 44 would be able to teach．Students can also learn at their own speed and not feel pressured to match classmates． And with computers you can ‎45 a task as many times as you like． The more you do this， the better you will get， until you can do it perfectly．‎ But like anything else in life， things should be balanced． Too much time on the com purer can 46 your eyes． Regular breaks are needed． If students cannot 47 playing computer games， they won’t do as well in other areas in their life--not just schoolwork，but in developing important social skills such as how to talk with people and how to work with others as part of a 48 ．And if they are 49 taking regular exercise，their health will become worse．‎ Computer games have their place，but people must also remember it is important to ‎50 a balanced lifestyle．‎ ‎41．A． win B． lose C． fight D． race ‎42．A． easy B． necessary C． difficult D． natural ‎43．A． rules B． advantages C． disadvantages D． mistakes ‎44．A． teacher B． parent C． doctor D． computer ‎45．A． make B． practice C． put off D． discover ‎46．A． break B． hurt C． relax D． close ‎47．A． enjoy B． start C． stop D． keep ‎48．A． family B． game C． match D． team ‎49．A． often B． no longer C． always D． still ‎50．A． refuse B． give up C． stay away from D． have ‎【主旨大意】短文介绍了电子游戏对人们的好处和坏处。‎ ‎41A玩游戏，想赢是很自然的事情。‎ ‎42C玩游戏很难停止 ‎43B玩电子又有许多好处，，从下文可以看出。‎ ‎44A电子游戏比老师更具有吸引力。‎ ‎45B通过电脑他们尽可能多的练习他们喜爱的的任务 ‎46B在电脑前过多时间会伤害眼睛。‎ ‎47C根据句意，不停止玩电子游戏，就会影响其他。‎ ‎48D团体部分用part of a team ‎49B 如果他们不再进行有规律的活动，他们的健康状况就会越来越糟糕 ‎50D拥有平衡的生活方式 ‎【2010江苏·盐城】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎ Red is the color of China. Among all the l6 ，red is most easily seen. The color red is fresh and pure， ‎17 in China we call it China Red. Chinese people are attracted by the color red not only because it makes people excited，but also because it has 18 meaning in Chinese culture and history．‎ ‎ No country in the world has ever ‎19 a color in such a way as China. Here, red ‎ is a Symbol. It gives color to the soul(灵魂)of the nation. In the past，red represented dignity(尊严)‎ and mystery．Even now, Chinese people 20 the color much more than we do. It can be said that “China Red” is an everlasting theme for China, and an 21 color for the Chinese people.‎ ‎“China Red” has ‎22 a very popular word，attracting the world’s attention.‎ ‎ Finding red-colored things in China is very 23 ，as you can see the color everywhere. All traditional red things have been playing special ‎24 in China：the walls of ancient palaces，the ‎25 flag，Chinese knots，lanterns，traditional paper-cuts，and even red tanghulu.‎ ‎ Red is the color of the 26 ，health，harmony, happiness，peace，richness and so on. Only ‎ real things and events can fully 27 and explain its beauty．The color can be 28 and ‎ ‎ meaningful only when it’s connected with people.‎ ‎ In China, red is more than just a color．It carries the ancient history and 29 of the Chinese nation. China Red is 30 with mysterious charm beyond description and it is right Here in China waiting for you to feel, to discover!‎ ‎16. A. colors B. news C. papers D. paints ‎17. A. but B. or C. and D. while ‎18. A. poor B. rich C. simple D. correct ‎19. A. used B. shared C. drawn D .affected ‎20. A. need B. dislike C. hate D. love ‎21. A. interesting B. expensive C. easy-going D. important ‎22. A. spoken B. said C. become D. got ‎23. A. hard B. easy C. sudden D. warm ‎24. A. roles B. games C. cards D. places ‎25. A. national B. international C. local D. foreign ‎26. A. rainbow B. fear C. worry D. luck ‎27. A. believe B. show C. talk D. write ‎28. A. large B. quiet C. alive D. peaceful ‎29. A. art B. culture C. business D. ability ‎30. A. pleased B. crowded C. filled D. satisfied ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了红色在中国的特殊含义。‎ ‎16A根据下句，这句应是在所有的颜色中，故答案选A。‎ ‎17C顺承关系，应选Ｃ ‎18B在中国文化和历史中，红色具有丰富的内涵，rich丰富的意思。‎ ‎19A世界上没有一个国家像中国这样运用颜色。故答案选A ‎20D我们现在喜欢红色胜过以前 ‎21D一种重要的颜色 ‎22C中国红变成了一个流行词。‎ ‎23B在中国，看见红色东西是非常容易的 ‎24A红色的东西在中国扮演着特殊的角色。‎ ‎25A‎ national flag国旗 ‎26D红色是一种幸运的颜色从后文可看出 ‎27B只有重大事才可以完全展示 ‎28C颜色只有和人们联系起来才具有生命力 ‎29B红色蕴含着古代的历史和文化 ‎30C中国红充满着神秘的魅力超越了它本身的含义。‎ ‎【2010黑龙江·齐齐哈尔】Cloze test(本题共15分，每小题1分)‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ Hello, everyone!‎ ‎ Thank you very much for __36__ to this concert. I hope you have enjoyed the ‎ performance. __37__ you know, all the performers have given their time to help us.‎ ‎ This concert is to __38__money for the children in Africa. Every day hundreds of children in Africa die because they__39__ have enough to eat. There are two__40__ . First, there is no work for the children`s parents. Second, the governments in many African countries do not have the money to help__41__ poor.‎ ‎ Most African countries are poor. The land is not good for growing food and the weather is also__42__ for farming. The Feed Africa Fund__43__ millions of dollars every year on food for the poor people in Africa. This money comes from the people like you – kind, generous people __44__ do not want to see children die from hunger.‎ ‎ Every dollar you give this evening will go to the Feed Africa Fund. Just one dollar can buy enough food to feed a __45__ of four for three days. __46__ it: only one dollar can feed four people for three days.‎ ‎ __47__ do you spend on food every day? Ten dollars? Twenty dollars? I am sure you can spend a little __48__ on your own food so that you have a few dollars for the Feed Africa Fund.‎ ‎ Please be kind and generous! Give your money with a helping hand. Your money __49__ make a difference in others` life and __50__. Thank you!‎ ‎( )‎36 ‎A coming B going C running ‎( )‎37 ‎A For B Since C As ‎( )‎38 ‎A ask B raise C save ‎( )‎39 ‎A don`t B didn`t C won`t ‎( )‎40 ‎A ways B reasons C results ‎( )‎41 ‎A a B an C the ‎( )‎42 ‎A good B bad C nice ‎( )‎43 ‎A takes B costs C spends ‎( )‎44 ‎A who B whom C which ‎( )‎45 ‎A home B family C house ‎( )‎46 A Think about B Thing of C Think out ‎( )‎47 A How many B How much C How heavy ‎( )‎48 ‎A fewer B less C more ‎( )‎49 ‎A can B can`t C need ‎( )‎50 ‎A you B your C yours ‎【主旨大意】这是一篇介绍举办募捐音乐会目的意义的短文。‎ ‎36A‎ 到来，用 come .‎ ‎37C‎ as you know正如你所知道的，故答案选C ‎38B为非洲的孩子筹钱，raise money 筹钱。‎ ‎39A这句中every day是一般现在时，故答案应选A。‎ ‎40Ｂ没有足够吃的原因有两个，way 方法；reason原因；result结果，故答案选Ｂ ‎41C‎ the +形容词，表示一类人，故答案选C。‎ ‎42Ｂ　be bad for 对….不利，天气对农业不利。故答案选B。‎ ‎43Ｃ　spend …on 在…花费，故答案选Ｃ。‎ ‎44Ａ　who 引导的定语从句。这些钱来自于像你们具有爱心、同情心不愿看到那些非洲孩子死于饥饿的人。‎ ‎45Ｂ a family of four一个四口的家庭 ‎46A‎ think out想，考虑；think of 想起；think out 想出，根据上下文，故答案应选A。‎ ‎47B food 是不可数名词，要用how much 来提问。‎ ‎48B，a little 后跟比较级，又因food是不可数名词，要用little而不用few,故答案应选Ｂ ‎49A‎，你的钱能改变别人的一生，can 能；can’t 不能；need需要，故答案选A。‎ ‎50C你的生活，用名词性物主代词，故答案选C。‎ ‎【2010湖北·孝感】V. 完形填空(共l0分，每小题1分)‎ Mr. White works sin in an office. He is very _____ and has no time to have a good rest. Every evening, when he comes back _____ his office, he`s always tired and wants to go to bed early, _____ his wife often has a lot of interesting things to tell him after supper. She doesn`t stop talking until he falls _____. But it`s usually too late and Mr. White has to ____ early in the morning when she is asleep.‎ ‎ One day the man _____ terrible and couldn`t go to work. He decided to go to ____. And Mrs. White went with him. Before her husband said ____ was the matter with him, the woman had told the doctor all and the doctor, he said to her, “The bottle of medicine is for your husband and the pills are for you.”‎ ‎“For me ?” the woman said in surprise, “I`m fine. I don`t need _____ medicine.”‎ ‎“I don`t think so, madam,” said the doctor.”They are sleeping pills. Your husband will soon be all right if you take them.”‎ ‎41. A. happy B. busy C. angry D. sorry ‎42. A. off B. in C. from D. to ‎43. A. But B. And C. So D. Or ‎44. A. sleepy B. sleeping C. asleep D. to sleep ‎45. A. awake B. go to bed C. stay up D. get up ‎46. A. feels B. felt C. falls D. fell ‎47. A. the market B. the park C. the office D. the hospital ‎48. A. that B. if C. what D. how ‎49. A . brought B. bought C. took D. caught ‎50. A. some B. any C. no D. hardly ‎【主旨大意】短文叙述了一对夫妻去看病的事。‎ ‎41B，从后句没有时间休息可以看出 ‎42Ｃ，从办公室回来 ‎43A‎，转折关系，他想早休息但他妻子有许多有趣的事要告诉他。‎ ‎44C‎，fall asleep入睡 ‎45D他们睡得晚 他不得早起当他妻子睡的时候。‎ ‎46B从couldn’t可以看出应用felt ‎47D,有病去医院 ‎48C‎ what is the matter生了什么病 ‎50B我不需要药，否定句用any.‎ ‎【2010江西·南昌】A)请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该项涂黑。(每小题1分)‎ ‎ Mike Hayes proved he was smart in his first year at college．In 2007， 51 he Was a student at the University of Illinois．he came up with an idea to 52 his tuition fee(学费)and college costs problem．Hayes thought everyone could afford to give him a penny．‎ ‎ He wrote to Chicago Tribune writer Bob Greene．‎ Hayes wanted each of the newspaper’s 53 to send him a penny．Greene thought the idea sounded ‎ 54 and agreed to do it．‎ ‎ “Just one penny．”Hayes said．“A penny doesn’t ‎ 55 anything to anyone．If everyone who is reading your paper looks around the room right now，there will be a 56 under a seat，or on the comer of the desk，or on the floor．That’s all I’m 57 ．A Denny from each of your readers．”‎ ‎ In less than a month，the Many Pennies for Mike Fund(基金)had around 2．3 million pennies．Not everyone sent ‎58 a penny，many even sent dollars．Money was received from every state in the United States．So，Hayes reached his$28，000 target(目 标)and 59 to get money for his degree in food science from the University of Illinois．‎ ‎ Perhaps the last word is best left to his father．Bill Hayes：“When Mike first told me about his 60 ，I just laughed and said that I thought it was foolish--Which shows you that he’s smarter tIlan I am．”‎ ‎51．A．before B．because C．while D．if ‎52．A．solve B．make C．spend D．cause ‎53．A．editors B．readers C．managers D．Writers ‎54．A．bad B．tree C．relaxing D．fun ‎55．A．buy B．mean C．show D．pass ‎56．A．newspaper B．book C．dollar D．penny ‎57．A．asking B．writing C．saying D．doing ‎58．A．only B．almost C．also D．over ‎59．A．kept on B．called on C．went on D．put on ‎60．A．dream B．idea C．problem D．study ‎【主旨大意】Mike Hayes在上大学一年级的时候就证明了他的聪明才智，他给芝加哥论坛报的作者Bob Greene写信，希望读这张报纸的每个读者能给他一便士以便他完成学业。结果不到一个月的时间，Mike就完成了他的目标。‎ ‎51. C 2007年Mike是Illionois大学的学生，while当......的时候；before在......之前；because因为；if如果，由句意可知答案为C。‎ ‎52. A 根据文章的意思可知，他想出的办法能解决他的学费问题，因此答案为A。‎ ‎53. B 根据下文可知，此处应为报纸的读者们，因此答案为B。‎ ‎54. D bad差点；true真实的；relaxing令人放松的；fun有意思的，由上下文的意思可知答案为D。‎ ‎55. B 本句句意为“一便士对人们来说没有什么。”mean意味着，因此答案为B。‎ ‎56. D 本段最后一句（A penny from each of your readers.）有暗示。‎ ‎57. A句意：那就是我想要的。Ask要求（某人给某物）；其他三个不符合题意。‎ ‎58. D 根据下文“many even sent dollars”可知，有些人送的不仅仅是一便士。‎ ‎59. C 由上文可知，钱还在不断地有人捐助他，继续应该用go on来表示，因此答案为C。‎ ‎60. B his idea与第一段中he came up with an idea相呼应。‎ ‎【2010江西·南昌】B)请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从方框中所给的词中选出最恰当的l0个，用其适当形式填空，并将答案填写到答题卷的相应位置。每个词限用一次。(每小题1分)‎ angry well hope also relax song think tired clean when finger medicine ‎ ‎ I am a doctor．People often come to see me because they have colds or coughs．People 61 come to see me because they are sad or nervous。Sometimes 62 helps．Sometimes talking helps．But many doctors 63 that music can help people ‎ feel better．I asked a few of my patients(病人)how music helps them．‎ http://www.zk5u.com/ “Sometimes l was 64 when l was a child．My family said，‘Play your feelings on the piano! ’Sometimes I play a loud 65 0n the pian0．Soon I feel calm．I can laugh and cry through my 66 0n the piano．It’s natural for me．It’s like breathing(呼吸)．‎ ‎ “Listening to music helps me feel 67 ．I like to listen to music and dance when I 68 my house．’’‎ ‎ “I play the violin．I like playing at night 69 it is quiet．After playing I am tired and I am happy．I always sleep 70 after playing my violin．”‎ ‎ Are you a musician? Good! Keep playing．If you are not a musician，listen to music and sing or dance．It’s good medicine．‎ ‎【主旨大意】作者是一名医生，他认为除了药物可以治病之外，谈话、音乐都可以帮助人们感觉好起来。作者通过几个音乐缓解心情的例子告诉我们音乐是一副灵丹妙药。‎ ‎61. also 根据上一句“人们感冒或咳嗽时来找我”，可知此句应为“人们悲伤或不安时也来找我”。‎ ‎62. medicine 句意：有时候药物会起作用。‎ ‎63. think此处应填一个动词作谓语。所给出的动词中，只有think符合题意。‎ ‎64. angry 所给词中带有感情色彩的形容词有angry，tired，又根据下文so I feel calm可知弹钢琴之前应是生气的。‎ ‎65. song play a song意为“弹一首歌曲”。‎ ‎66. fingers 句意：我能在钢琴上通过手指来表达哭和笑。‎ ‎67. relaxed feel relaxed为系表结构，意为“感觉很放松”。‎ ‎68. clean clean one’s house意为“打扫房间”。‎ ‎69. when 句意：我喜欢在晚上安静的时候拉小提琴。When意为“当......时候”。‎ ‎70. well/better 副词well修饰动词sleep，表示“睡得好”，也可以用well的比较级better。‎ ‎【2010江苏·无锡】二、完形填空 ‎ 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（本大题共l0分，每小题1分)‎ The sun was shining quite brightly as Mrs Grant left her house, so she decided not to ‎ ‎16 an umbrella with her. She got on the bus to the town and before long it began to rain．The rain had not stopped l7 the bus arrived at the market half an hour later．Mrs Grant stood up and absent—mindedly(心不在焉地)picked up the umbrella that was l8 on the seat in front of her.‎ ‎ A cold voice said loudly，“That is mine，Madam!”‎ ‎ Suddenly remembering that she had come out without her umbrella，Mrs Grant felt 19 ‎ for what she had done，trying at the same time to take no notice of the unpleasant 20 the owner of the umbrella was giving her．‎ ‎ When she got off the bus，Mrs Grant made straight for a shop where she could buy an umbrella．She found a pretty one and bought it .Then she 21 to buy another as a present for her daughter. Afterwards she did the rest of her 22 and had lunch in a restaurant.‎ ‎ In the afternoon she got on the homeward (回家的)bus with the two umbrellas under her arm, and sat down. Then she 23 that, by a curious coincidence(巧台)，she was sitting next to the woman who had made her feel 24 that morning.‎ ‎ That woman now looked at her，and then at the umbrellas. “You’ve had quite a good ‎ 25 ,” she said.‎ ‎16. A. keep B. bring C. take D. leave ‎17. A. before B. until C. though D. when ‎18. A. hanging B. appearing C. dropping D. losing ‎19. A. angry B. sorry C. lucky D. glad ‎20. A. reply B．call C. suggestion D. look ‎21. A．promised B. decided C. agreed D. remembered ‎22.A.hiking B. shopping C. trying D. searching ‎23.A.meant B. explained C. saw D. forgot ‎24. A .jealous B. bored C. satisfied D. uncomfortable ‎25.A.day B. meal C .Journey D. present ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了Mrs Grant在公交车上错拿了一把雨伞，以及由此引出的幽默故事。‎ ‎16. C根据前一句中的“Mrs Grant离开家时天空很晴朗“可知，她决定不带雨伞，take an umbrella是固定搭配，因此答案为C。‎ ‎17. D 根据后文她拿错伞，可知当汽车到市场时雨还没有停，“当....的时候”应该用连词when，因此答案为D。‎ ‎18. A 由外面正在下雨及关键词“心不在焉的”，可知她应该是顺手拿起“挂在”她前面的雨伞，因此答案为A。‎ ‎19. B 等她知道拿错伞后，一定是不好意思，因此答案为B。‎ ‎20. D 伞主人此时的脸上应该是非常不高兴，因为最需要伞的时候，它却被别人给拿走了，因此答案为D。‎ ‎21. B 本题题意为“然后她决定再买一把当作礼物送给女儿。”“决定”应该表示为decide，因此答案为B。‎ ‎22. B 她去市场的目的是购物，因此答案为B。‎ ‎23. C 她坐上车后才“看见”，故用动词saw。‎ ‎24. D本句句意为“她正坐在那个上午让她感到尴尬的妇女旁边，因此答案为D。‎ ‎25. A 这正是文章的幽默所在，那个妇女以为Mrs Grant又拿错了别人两把伞，故讽刺她说“你今天太幸运了”。‎ ‎【2011上海】D. Read the passage and fill in the blanks with suitable words .( 在短文的空格内填入适当的次,使其内容通顺. 每空格限填一词, 首字母已给 ): ( 14分)‎ ‎ At one time, making a film was an expensive activity only for a small group of people and film companies. Not only were the tools and machines expensive but the cost of film was also far greater than most people could afford. However, modem ‎ technology has c 92 all that.‎ ‎ New technology has really opened up the world of film-making for film fans. Now a camera does not cost m 93 and most young people are certainly able to pay for it. So all you need is to get one for yourself. With that, you may then start your own film-making.‎ ‎ However, film-making is t 94 work. You probably need many other people to help you.‎ For example, the p 95 of actors and actresses is very important in your film. Of course, these actors and actresses may be your schoolmates, friends or family members. You don’t even need to pay them a cent while they are glad to be part of your job.‎ ‎ B 96 , you need to make up a story. Can you write your own one? If you have good imagination, you can create an attractive story e 97 . Many world-famous film makers and producers are also good story-writers. If not, perhaps you need someone else to write it for you.‎ An excellent story is the key to making a s 98 film.‎ ‎【主旨大意】‎ 文章指出，随着生活水平和现代科技的提高，人们自己制作一部电影已经不再是什么稀罕的事。文章指出要制作一部优秀的电影，除了优秀演员之外，还需要有一个好的剧本，这是电影成功的保证。‎ ‎92. changed 【解析】上文提到在过去，制作一部电影是一件十分昂贵的事，只有少数人和电影公司才能干。然而现在随着时间的推移，现代科技将这一切都改变了，故填changed；‎ ‎93. much 【解析】本句意为“现在一部相机花费并不多”，价格大多数人都能坦然接受，故填much;‎ ‎94. tiring 【解析】该句意为“然而，电影制作是一件很累人的事”，work是不可数名词，故要说tiring work，不能加a;‎ ‎95. population 【解析】下文中都是在谈论电影中的那些男女演员，加上谓语动词是单数，故应填population；‎ ‎96. besides 【解析】上边提到了演员，下边接着讲述应该要有剧本，故填besides；‎ ‎97. character 【解析】这个地方讲“如果你的想象力丰富，那么你就能够创作出一个具有吸引力的人物，……”，故答案填character;‎ ‎98. successful 【解析】该句意为“一个优秀的故事是电影成功的关键”，故答案填successful; ‎ ‎【2011山东聊城】五、选词填空（共10小题，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从所给单词中选出适当的词，并用其正确的语言形式填在标有题号的空白处，使语意通顺、完整。（每空一词且每个单词只能用一次）‎ beautiful, same, classroom, deeply, friend, classmate, do, know, look, anything, because, successful ‎ ‎ My teachers thought I was the worst student. My family also had the 11 thought as my teachers. ‎ ‎ When I was going to give up my studying, a new teacher, Miss White came to our school. She was young, 12 and knowledgeable (知识渊博的).‎ ‎ One day, I was sitting alone in my 13 , Miss White came up to me and talked to me happily. Soon her smile away my unhappiness. ‎ ‎“Do you think I can go to college?” I didn’t 14_____ why I asked such a question. I thought she must say “no”. 15______ everyone else said so. But she said, “Dear, you can do 16______ you want. Just try, and you’ll get closer to success. I believe you are the best!”‎ I was touched 17______ by her words. I decided to study hard. From then on, we became good 18______. She often helped me with my study in her free time.‎ In the end, I 19_______ well in my studies and went to a good college. Miss White is an angel(天使). Her words have kept me going forward. She helped me to see that I am special and can be 20____ in life.‎ Keys: ‎ ‎11. same 判断推理题。根据前一句话意思我的老师认为我是学生，后面应该是我的家人也有同样的想法。‎ ‎12. beautiful 细节判断题。根据句意，她既年轻、漂亮又学识渊博。‎ ‎13. classroom 细节推理题。根据上下文意思，得出答案classroom。‎ ‎14. know 细节判断题。根据语境意思，我不知道我为什么问这样的问题。‎ ‎15. Because 细节判断题。根据上文我的心里想法，得出答案。‎ ‎16. anything 细节推理题。这是一句常用语，只要你想做到的，你就能够做好任何事情。‎ ‎17. deeply 细节推理题。老师的话深深地触动了我。‎ ‎18. friends 细节判断题。根据上下文意思，得出我和老师成为好朋友了。‎ ‎19. did 细节判断题。根据语境意思，是一般过去时，所以应该用动词的过去式。‎ ‎20. successful 细节推理题。 根据上下文意思，得出答案是成功的。‎ ‎【2011 山东烟台】阅读下面短文，根据短文内容及首字母提示补全文中所缺的单词, 答案写在题后的横线上。‎ ‎“Sorry” is a word that people in Britain often say in their daily life. ‎ One day while I was w 1 on the street, a young man ran by hurriedly, brushing（轻擦）against my handbag. He continued his way, but turned b 2 and said “sorry” to me. Even in a rush, he didn’t f 3 to say “sorry”. One day, after I bought some bananas, the shopkeeper was passing me the change, but I wasn’t ready for it and a coin dropped onto the ground. “Sorry, Madam,” he said w 4 bending to pick it up. I was s 5 why he said “sorry” to me. Another time, I stepped on a man’s f ‎6 ‎ at the entrance to a cinema. At the same time, we b 7 said “sorry”. ‎ Slowly, I got to know that when something unpleasant happens in daily life, the British don’t c 8 much about who is wrong. If someone is in trouble, a “sorry” is always n 9 . Perhaps that is w 10 I seldom see people quarrel on the buses or streets in Britain. ‎ ‎【主旨大意】‎ 文章介绍了sorry这个词在英国人日常生活中被广泛使用，同时sorry也让人与人之间的关系更加和谐。‎ ‎1. walking 【解析】根据上下文可以看出这个句子是过去进行时，故此处填walking。‎ ‎2. back 【解析】根据句意和上下文，可以知道这个人转身说了句“sorry”,故此处填back。‎ ‎3.forget/ fail 【解析】根据上下文可以知道这个人虽然不停地跑着，也没忘记说sorry，故此处填forget/fail。‎ ‎4. while 【解析】根据句意可知，这个人一边说sorry，一边将掉在地上的硬币捡起，故用while。‎ ‎5.surprised 【解析】该句意为“我感到很惊讶，他居然对我说‘对不起’ ”。(因为这不是他的错)，故填surprised。‎ ‎6. foot/ feet 【解析】该句意为“还有一次，我在电影院的门口不小心踩到了别人的脚。”此处要填foot/feet。‎ ‎7. both 【解析】接上句“我们两个都说了‘对不起’”，所以填both。‎ ‎8.care 【解析】这里是说英国人不很在乎谁对谁错，故要填care。‎ ‎9. necessary 【解析】该句意为“如果某人处于困难之中，‘对不起’总是需要的”，故填necessary。 ‎ ‎10. why 【解析】该句意为“或许这就是我们为什么在英国很少见到大街上或者公共汽车上吵架的原因吧”，此处填why。‎ ‎【2011湖北·武汉】   五、词与短语填空（共5小题，每小题2分，满分10分）‎ ‎    先阅读短文，然后用下面方框中所给的单词或短语填空，使全文在逻辑上正确。（提示：选项中有一个是多余的。）‎ ‎    go back / mad / need / mind / hurry up / polite ‎    We asked some people what annoyed them. Here’s what they said:‎ ‎    I don’t like waiting in line when a shop assistant has a long telephone conversation. When that happens, I usually say, “Would you (71) helping me?” And I don’t like it when shop assistants follow me around. Then I say, “Could you please no follow me around? I’ll ask you if I (72) some help.” Usually the shop assistants say they are sorry, but sometimes they get (73). If that happens, I won’t (74) to that store again.‎ I get annoyed when someone talks to me while I’m reading. This happens to me al the time in the school library. When it happens, I usually talk to the person ‎ because I want to be (75). But because I’m polite, people don’t know I’m annoyed. So they do the same thing again. Perhaps in the future I should try not to be so annoyed.‎ ‎ 71.mind 72.need 73.mad 74.go back 75.polite ‎【2011黑龙江绥化市填词型】(D)‎ Everybody likes to have a good time, but do you know that laughing is very good for your health? Scientists believe that laughing can help your body fight illness. Because of this, an Indian doctor opened the first laughter club in 1995.‎ Now there are more than 1,000 laughter clubs around the world. A laughter club is a place where you can go to laugh in your way for happiness and good health. Steve Wilson, the man who took laughter clubs to America, said, "We laugh with each other, but never at each other. At first, the laughter exercise feels a bit false. But soon the laughter becomes real. "‎ Laughter is very important when we communicate with other people. It helps us make friends and understand each other better. We can laugh with people all over the world. It is the same in any language. So never be afraid to laugh. It's good for your health. ‎ Fill in the blanks according to the passage. Only one word for each blank.‎ Laughing can make us happy and (71)__. The first laughter club (72)_opened in 1995. Now there are (73)_1,000 laughter clubs all over the world. We can go to a laughter club to laugh for our health, but remember (74)__to laugh at each other. Laughter is an international language. It is (75)___to each other's understanding. Let's laugh with people around us.‎ ‎【主旨大意】“笑一笑十年少”，微笑不但有助于身体健康，而且微笑还是沟通的第一张名片。‎ ‎71, healthy 72 .was 73. over 74. not 75, helpful / important / useful / necessary/good ‎【2011泰州】 Your maths teacher may wear old-fashioned clothes and always pronounce your name wrongly. Your English teacher may love to start classes with tests. Perhaps ‎ it is hard f 1 you to accept these. But they eat pizza, go to movies and enjoy sports at weekends, just like you.‎ ‎ So how can you g 2 along with your teachers? Here are some tips.‎ ‎ F 3 ,do the following things: Don’t be late for school. H ‎4 in your homework on time. Be polite to your teachers.‎ ‎ Second, show an interest in the subject. Even if you are not g 5 at your maths or English, you should do your b 6 to learn it and show your teacher that you are a hardworking student.‎ ‎ You can also come to your teacher during his/her spare time. Use this time to get some help or talk about your progress in class. You may be surprised to learn that your teacher is more relaxed in his/her free time t ‎7 in his/her working hours.‎ ‎ A good relationship with your teachers will help you now and in the f 8 .There may be some t 9 you will always remember because they change you and your life. After f 10 school, you may even go back to visit them. And they are always proud of that.‎ 答案：1.for 2.get 3.First　4.Hand　5.good　6.best 7.than 8.future 9.things 10. ? ‎ ‎【2011•宁夏】从下面方框中选择适当的词填入短文中，使短文通顺正确（注意有些词要用适当的形式）。方框中有两个多余的词。‎ leave, if, arrive, all, bike, but, success ‎ Last Sunday my brother and I went fishing. We got up very early that day. When we (76) __________ home, the moon could still be seen in the sky. The morning air was cool and I felt wind on my lace. This made us very comfortable. We laughed and talked (77) __________ the way while we were riding our (78) __________. By about six we were already sitting by the river. Fishing is not easy. If you want to be (79) __________, you must be very careful. That day we had another good catch. We caught a lot of fish and enjoyed ourselves very much. It was late when we got home. We fell a little tired (80) __________ happy. Fishing is a very good sport. I like it very much.‎ 答案：76. left 77. all 78. bike(s) 79. successful 80. hut ‎(2011湖南岳阳中考)（D） ‎ 阅读填空 根据下面短文内容，在短文的空格处填上一个恰当的词，使短文完整、通顺。‎ Our eyes are very important to us. They are like cameras. We can see beautiful things and colors around us. 56 our eyes. But if we don’t take care of them, they may hurt. 57 do we protect our eyes?‎ ‎0n sunny days, the sun shines brightly. So we’d better 58 our sunglasses. When we read, we shouldn’t stay too close to our books and the light shouldn’t be too bright 59 too dark. We mustn’t read in bed. It’s 60 for our eyes. We mustn’t rub our eyes with dirty hands or play games on computer too long.‎ ‎56. with 57. How 58. wear 59. or 60. bad ‎【2011 四川广安】B.短文填空（共8小题；每小题1分，满分8分）‎ 根据短文内容和首字母提示，把所缺单词填写在短文后面相应的横线上，使句意完整。‎ It's very important for us to keep h___1_____in our everyday life. Here is some a____2____for you. First, you should have healthy diet. Different food helps us in different w_____3____. You should eat more fruit and vegetables instead o____4____hamburgers, Beijing roast duck and so on. If you choose the right food, you can have healthy eating habits. Second, doing exercise is good f___5_____your health. For example, climbing mountains, riding bikes or swimming. Third, you should s_____6____at least eight hours a day and you shouldn't work or study too hard. Finally, remember that s ____7____is bad for your health, so don't smoke, you will become m____8__healthier.‎ 1. ‎_______ 2.________ 3.________4.________ 5.________ 6._______7._________8.________‎ 答案：1. healthy 2. advice 3. ways 4. of 5. for 6. sleep 7. smoking 8.much ‎【2011山东临沂】八、短文填空（共12小题，计12分）‎ A）在短文的空格内填入适当的词，使其内容通顺，每空格限填一词，词首字母已给。‎ Teenagers are always stressed out now. They are often too busy to think about their diets and exercise. The truth is, healthy eating, along with regular exercise. Is the only way to k___83_fit.‎ During your teenage years, it is important to give your body the energy it needs. Teenager girls need about 2,200 calories(卡路里)a day and boys need a bit more. Doctors suggest 2,800 calories for teenage boys. 50% of your calories should come f 84 rice, bread, vegetables and fruit. You also need to d ‎85 a lot of water, six to eight glasses a day. Enough water will improve your skin and give you healthy hair.‎ Exercise can help to make you look good, feel good and be healthy. Scientists suggest that teenagers should spend at l 86 30 minutes exercising every day.‎ When you exercise, your body produces something. It makes you feel r 87 and energetic. It can even help you sleep better at night and let you pay more a 88 when you study.‎ Let’s eat healthily and take regular exercise.‎ 答案：83 k_______ 84. f _______ 85. d _______‎ ‎86. l _______ 87. r _______ 88. a _______‎ ‎83. keep 84. from 85. drink 86. least 87. relaxed 88. attention ‎ ‎【2011四川德阳】第二节短文填空（共5小题，每小题1分，满分5分）‎ ‎ 根据短文内容和首字母提示，把所缺单词的正确形式完整地填写在短文下的横线上。‎ ‎ At school many things happen to us. We may feel excited when we succeed in a school play. We may feel sorry if we lose an important _‎76 g____. We want to keep the memory（记忆）in our lives. How to keep memories? Our teacher, Mr. Smith, has taught us how to _77 r___ things to make our own yearbook. A yearbook is a kind of book which is used to memory exciting moments. It’s usually made at the end of year. Last _78 D___, we began to make our yearbook. First we chose the persons that had done something special, then some students interviewed them, some _79 w____ down ‎ their stories, others took photos of them. Finally our teacher helped us to put the things _80 t____. Then we had our first yearbook.‎ ‎ 76 __________ 77 __________ 78 __________ 79 ___________ 80 __________‎ 答案：71. game 72. remember 73. December 74. wrote 75. together ‎【2011乌鲁木齐】Ⅳ.短文填空（共5小题，每小题1分，满分5分）‎ A passenger told all air hostess(空姐) that he needed a cup of water to take his 91 when the plane just took off. She said to him, “I’ll bring you the water 92 ten minutes."‎ Thirty minutes later, when the passenger ring for service sounded, the air hostess ran ill a hurry .She Was so busy that she 93 to bring him the water. As a 94 .the passenger couldn’t take his medicine in lime. The air hostess hurried over to him with a cup of wale. but he 95 it.‎ After a short while, the air hostess came up to him with a smile,” Could you please tell me what I can do for you, sir? "The passenger turned around without any words. The second time .also with a sweet smile, "Would you like 96 I can do for you?” Again the passenger refused. ‎ In the following hours 013.the flight, each time the air hostess passed the passenger, she would ask him ‎97 a smile whether he needed some help or not. But the passenger never replied to her. When the passenger was going to get 98 the plane, he asked the air hostess to hand him the passenger's booklet (小册子).She knew that he would write down terrible words about her job. 99 .still with a smile she handed it to him.‎ Getting off the plane. the air hostess opened the booklet, and smiled because the passenger wrote,” How can I refuse your twelve sweet 100 ?"‎ ‎91. medicine 92. in 93. forgot/failed 94.result 95.refused 96.something/anything 97 with 98 off 99.However 100.smiles ‎【2011浙江舟山】五、词汇运用（本题有15小题，每小题1分；共15分）‎ A. 根据短文内容和所给中文提示，写出短文空白处各单词的正确形式。每空限填一词。‎ These days, a Chinese girl’s travel diary has become a hit online. ‎ Zhao Xing, with only a 56 （地图）, a travel bag and 30 yuan, left the Chinese mainland for the 57 （第一）time to Taiwan. At the 58 （机场）, she was helped by a man who even told her his phone number. A bus driver was kind enough to 59 （叫醒）her up when she fell asleep on the ride. ‎ In Taiwan, Zhao told the man who 60 （给）her a ride that she was from Beijing. The man asked if there was 61 （任何事）else he could do to help make her journey 62 （更好的）.‎ ‎ “After coming back and thinking over everything I’ve experienced, I realized that the people impressed me the most, not the beautiful scenes or tasty food,” Zhao 63 （写）in her online diary.‎ From Beijing to Taiwan, so close, so 64 （遥远的）away. Zhao’s wish is to encourage others to realize their 65 （自己的）dreams of making the world a smaller, more friendly place for all. ‎ ‎56. map 57. first 58. airport 59. wake 60. gave 61. anything 62. better 63. wrote 64. far 65. own ‎ ‎【2011湖北十堰】第二节：选择单词，用其适当的形式填空，使短文意思正确、通顺（每词先用一次）‎ ‎ book, finish, be, one, great, will, live, from, dream, move ‎ A little girl called Fan Yi has caught many people’s attention recently. The little writer’s ___________(81) English story, Swordbird, was on the New York Times’ bestseller list for children’s fiction.‎ Fan Yi was born in Beijing in 1997. She ___________(82) her second grade of primary school in Beijing. She ___________(83) to the US with her parents at the age of 7. She has shown ___________(84) interests in birds since she was a little girl.‎ When Fan ___________(85) studying American history at school, she read many articles(文章) about the September 11 Attacks(9.11事件). She wanted all people to ___________(86) in peace with each other. Around that time, she had a(n) ‎ ‎___________(87) one night. In the dream, some birds fought with each other. Fan got an idea ___________(88) the dream and turned it into a story. In it, she showed her idea of peace in the world. ‎ In the future, Fan will write more ___________(89) for the Swordbird series. Will she become another J.K Rowling? We ___________(90) have to wait and see. ‎ Keys:‎ ‎81. first 解析：此处用one的序数词 ‎ ‎82. finished 解析：根据句意是完成学业，用过去时。 ‎ ‎83. moved 解析：move to… 搬到…… ‎ ‎84. great 解析：great修饰后面的interests。‎ ‎85. was 解析：过去进行时。‎ ‎86. live 解析：want sb. to do sth. 想要某人坐某事 live in…住在……‎ ‎87. dream 解析：从one night看出，是做了一个梦。‎ ‎88. from 解析：from来自 ‎89. books 解析：write books 写书 ‎90. will 解析：根据上一句，得出答案：我们将拭目以待。‎ ‎【2011肇庆】六、短文填空（本题共10分，每小题1分）‎ 根据短文意思，在答题卡上的相应位置写出一个恰当的单词，使句子通顺、完整。‎ ‎“How many common English words were invented by Shakespeare?” How long did 41_ take people to find the answer to this question 15 years ago? And now? You can google it 42_ find the answer immediately!‎ Larry Page and Sergey Brin met in 1995, 43 they were both studying computer science at a university. They dreamed of producing something that could answer 44 questions in seconds. They decided to make a better and faster search engine(搜索引擎) 45 January 1996. At that time 46 would give them money for their project, so they had to borrow money from family and friends. Soon they started their own company. Its name Google comes from math. A ‘google’ is 47 very high number —1 followed by a hundred zeros.‎ The google search engine was soon used by thousands of people worldwide 48 it ‎ was fast, easy and correct. By 2002 it became the 49 (big) search engine on the Internet. Google hopes that in the future all the world’s information 50 be put on the Internet, so that everybody can find everything.‎ ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了google搜索引擎的发展历史。‎ ‎41. it 42. and / to 43. when 44. any 45. in ‎ ‎46. nobody 47. a 48. because 49. biggest 50. will / can ‎【2011陕西】Ⅷ.短文填空。‎ 用方框中所给词的适当形式填空，使短文完整正确。‎ old, shoe, stand, foot, pick, small, feel, clear, need, use ‎ Learn to share(分享)‎ One day, while I was sitting in my car in a parking area, I noticed a young boy in front of my car. "What is the boy doing?" I asked myself and looked closely. "Oh, he is 61. picking up a coin from the ground. " When he 62. stood up, we saw each other 63. clearly , He was not 64. older than ten and was wearing one blue glove(手套) and One brown glove. His coat was too 65. small for him.‎ As he walked away, I saw his 66. shoes , which were too old to wear, I rolled down my window and called him over.‎ ‎1 asked him if he 67. needed some money. He replied, "No. That's okay. "‎ The parking area was wet, 1 could tell that his 68. feet were cold because he kept moving his weight from one foot lo the other,‎ ‎"Please," 1 held Out a five-dollar bill(钞票). "It's not much, but when the money is shared, it is much more 69. useful . " I said.‎ He look off one of his gloves and took the money from my hand. His small hand was red and cold.‎ He smiled and went away after saying "Thank you!" to me. That smile made me 70. feel warm in the cold winter.‎ ‎【 2011大庆】VII. Reading Comprehension(本题共15小题，A题每小题1分，B题每小题2分，共20分)‎ ‎(A) Fill in each blank with a proper word with the help of the first letter.‎ Wood-block printing was invented sometime between the 4th and the 7th c ‎56 in China. The earliest book that we have was p ‎57 in 868 and was found in a Dunhuang cave. Wood-block printing took a long time because a new block was needed for every p ‎58 in z book. By the 1 Ith century printed books could be f 59 all over China. They included books of Confucius' thoughts, dictionaries, and books on maths. In 1340, books could be printed u-sing two c 60 , black and red.‎ A 61 the Chinese learnt about printing so early, printing was not introduced in other parts of the world for hundreds of years. It is thought that when the great Italian traveler Marco Polo visited China in the 13th century, he s 62 printed books. It is possible that Marco Polo brought that k 63 to Europe. But printed books did not come to Europe u 64 1450 when a German called Johann Gutenberg i ‎65 a printing machine. Twenty-four years later, in 1474, an Englishman called William Caxton printed the first printed book in English. His second book was about the game of chess. Caxton printed about a hundred books, and some can still be found today in museums.‎ ‎56. c_____57. p_____ 58. p_____59. f_____ 60. c_____‎ ‎61. A_____ 62. s_____ 63. k_____ 64. u_____ 65. i_____‎ 答案： 【文章大意】 本文介绍了木版印刷的历史和它的发展过程。 1. century 木版印刷在公元4世纪到公元7世纪在中国发明的。 2. published 由后面可知，最早的书于868年被出版。 3. page 由木版印刷的介绍可知，最先的木版印刷对每一本书的每一页都需要一个新木块。 4. found 随着木版印刷的发展，在11世纪之前，这些印刷的书在中国到处都能发现。 5. colors 由后面可知，表示两种颜色。 6. Although 句意：尽管中国人了解印刷如此早，但印刷数百年来没有传到世界别的地方去。由句意可知，表示让步，用although引导。 7. saw 马可•波罗来到中国看到了印刷的书。 8. knowledge 由上文可知，欧洲的印刷书可能是马可•波罗把这种学问带去的。 9. until not…until直到……才。 10. invented 由句意可知，在1450年，名叫Johann Gutenberg的德国人发明了印刷机器。 ‎ ‎【2011沈阳】A）阅读短文，然后从方框中选出可以填入文中空白处的单词。‎ area because help means its during better answer new ‎ What’s the most popular school activity among American students? The 69 is the school dance. Most American high schools have at least two dances 70 the year, one in winter and the other in spring. Students attend these events 71 it’s a great opportunity for them to meet 72 friends.‎ At the dance, there will be snacks and photo booths (机器拍照亭), as well as strict（严格的） rules to 73 create a healthy and enjoyable evening for all students. And all the dancers will be given a security check（安检）before they come into the dance 74 . This is acceptable. But some rules may be a little bit over the top（过分). For example, a school once asked 75 students to keep a standing position while they were dancing. That 76 the students couldn’t do anything freely. You’d 77 not break the rules because you’ll be asked to leave there, or even worse, be placed on a do not invite list.‎ 答案：69. answer 70. during 71. because 72. new 73. help ‎ ‎74. area 75. its 76. means 77. better ‎【2011江苏徐州】六、短文填空（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）注意：请写出完整的单词 根据短文内容和所给的首字母，写出短文中所缺的单词，使短文完整、合乎情景。‎ Hi everyone, I’ve been in Xuzhou for over a week now. I’m having a g 56 time. During the first f 57 days I visited some tourist attractions — Yunlong Lake, Yunlong Hill, Guishan Han Tomb(汉墓), etc. Most p 58 were crowded with tourists, so yesterday I went shopping and I b 59 some souvenirs. Today I went to an interesting art gallery. I got lost on my w 60 back to the hotel, but it didn’t matter— I found a really good market w 61 lots of small shops. I ate in the hotel the first night, but usually I go out and have dinner in a restaurant b ‎ ‎62 the food is fantastic. I’ve s ‎63 a lot of money, but it’s certainly worth it. I like people in Xuzhou. They are s 64 nice people! I’ve taken many photos so you’ll be able to see f 65 yourself when I come back home next Wednesday. See you then!‎ ‎56. great 57. five 58. places 59. bought 60. way 61. with 62. because 63. spent 64. such 65. for ‎【2011重庆江津】What Is English?‎ ‎ What is 76 ?Of course, it’s 77 language. But for us, it’s 78 only just a language but also a very important tool(工具).It’s a necessary skill(技能) for our life and success in the 21st century.‎ ‎ Why should we learn the language well? Why should we spends so 79 time 80 learning English? The answer 81 clear: to make ourselves better, to make our country stronger and to communicate freely(自由交流) with the world. This is one of the 82 important jobs for us.‎ ‎ Let’s learn English well to let others get to know Chinese.‎ ‎ Let’s learn English 83 to make China better.‎ ‎ 84 learn English well to make our future brighter.‎ Let’s learn English well 85 make our world a better place.‎ ‎76. 77. 78. 79. 80. ‎ ‎81. 82. 83. 84. 85. ‎ 答案：76. English 77. a 78. not 79. much 80. in 81. is 82. most 83. well 84. Let’s 85. to ‎ ‎【2011本溪】that, from, easy, look, whether, old, believe, any, with, meaning, also, notice ‎ Ears are part of your body. Have you 46 the size and shape of your ears before?‎ ‎ The size and shape of your ears show your character(性格) more than 47 other part of the face. Other parts of the face change shape as we get 48 ,but ears do not change their shape. They only change in size.‎ ‎ Reading people’s character 49 their ears is a very old science. In the past, people thought that a person 50 big ears had a good character. They thought that the person was dangerous if he had small ears in nearly white color. They 51 thought that the shape of the ear showed ‎52 a person was musical or not. Today, too, many people 53 that the size and shape of the ear help you know if a person is musical.‎ ‎ Ears are all different, and each different things has a 54 . Ears that are always red mean that a person may get angry 55 .Ears that are always cold and nearly white mean that a person has nervous character.‎ ‎(B)46.noticed 47.any 48. older 49. from 50. with 51. also ‎ ‎52. whether 53.believe 54. meaning 55.easily mean also room for tired ‎【2011浙江宁波】（C）根据短文内容，用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空，每词限用一次。‎ Some colors make us feel calm and peaceful. Blue is one of these colors. Wearing blue clothes or sleeping in a blue 　81　 is good for the mind and body. Blue can 　82　 mean sadness. Someone who is feeling sad may say “I’m feeling blue.” Some colors make us feel happy. Orange is such a happy color. It can bring you happiness and cheer you up when you are sad. If you feel 　83　 or weak, please wear colors that make you feel energetic. Green can give you energy, because it 　84　 new life. And you can also wear red. That makes it easier 　85　 you to take action. ‎ Keys:‎ ‎81. room 82. also 83. tired 84. means 85. for ‎【2011湖南怀化】第一节.阅读下面的短文，然后根据汉语或英语首字母提示写出所缺英语单词的正确形式。（共5个小题，每小题1分）‎ I had a very unusual experience on（61）星期天。At around ten o'clock in the morning, I was walking down the street when a UFO landed in (62)f_____ of me. You can imagine how (63)奇怪的it was! An alien got out and walked down the Center Street. I (64)跟随it to see where it was going, and I was very surprised when it went into a souvenir shop. While it was looking at the souvenirs, the assistant called the (65)p_______.‎ ‎61____________ 62___________ 63________ 64___________. 65________‎ Keys:‎ ‎61. Sunday 62. front 63. strange 64. followed 65. police ‎【2011襄阳】七、短文综合填空 （本大题满分11分，每空1分）‎ ‎ 先阅读短文，然后根据短文内容从方框内所给的单词中选择最恰当的词（注意词形变化）填入空白处，使短文完整、通顺。一词只填一次。方框中有两个词是多余的。将填入的答案写字答题卡上的相应题号后。‎ care write show copy have noise visit so parents deal subject job join Talk to someone if you are having problems with schoolwork. Speak up as soon as can, so you can get help right away before you fall behind.‎ You 73 are often a great place to start if yoou need help. Talk about your problem with them. They might be able to 74 you how to do a difficult math problem or help you think of a topic to write about for English class. They also can be helpful by finding that perfect place in the house for you to do your homework and keeping supplies, like pencils, on hand. They also can cut down on distractions (分心的事) like 75 younger brothers and sisters！‎ Teachers are also important to you because they can give you advice about the assignment (作业) you are 76 trouble with. They also can help you set up a good system for writing down your assignments and remembering to put all necessary books ‎ and papers in your backpack. Teachers can give you study tips and offer ideas about how to 77 with homework. Helping kids leamis their job, 78 be sure to ask for advice.‎ Many schools ,towns and cities offers after-school 79 to kids. They often help kids with their homework and organize kids to ‎80 in different kinds of activities. There, you will not only be able to get some help from adults, but also from other kids.‎ You cn also use the Internet to 81 online homework help sites. These sites can lead you to good arresources (资源) for research and offer tips and guidance about many 82 . But be careful about just 83 the information from an Internet website. Talk with your teacher about how to use the resources properly.‎ ‎73. parents 74. show 75. noisy 76. having 77. deal 78. so 79. care ‎ ‎80. join 81. visit 82.sujects 83. copying ‎【2011•河南省】五、词语运用(10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ 阅读短文，从方框中选择适当的词并用其正确形式填空，使短文通顺、意思完整。请将答案写在相应题号后的横线上。每空限填一词，每词限用一次。方框中有两个词是多余的。‎ receive minute when helpful early if I from waste three year but Michael Leung, a famous TV host (主持人) in Hong Kong, wrote a letter to his son. It is not only 66 to children, but also good for all ages. The following are chosen 67 his letter.‎ ‎1. Life is short. While you are 68 it today, you'll realize you are at the end of it tomorrow. So the earlier you start to value your life, the 69 you can enjoy it.‎ ‎2. You might not be successful 70 you don't study hard, although a lot of successful people haven't 71 higher education.‎ ‎3. I don't expect you to support (供养) me for the rest of 72 life, so I'm not going to do the same for you. You will be living on your own when you grow up.‎ ‎4. You can require yourself to be nice to others, 73 you shouldn't expect the same from others.‎ ‎5. I've been buying the lottery (彩票) for almost twenty 74 , but I'm still poor. I have never got the 75 place even once. So you have to work hard to be successful. There is no free lunch in the world.‎ ‎66._____ 67.______ 68. _______ 69.______ 70.______‎ ‎71. _____ 72. _____ 73.________ 74.______ 75.______‎ ‎【主旨大意】香港著名主持人Michael Leung给他的儿子写了一封信，这封信不仅对儿童有帮助，对各个年龄的人来说受益匪浅。‎ ‎66. helpful 67. from 68. wasting 69. earlier 70. if ‎71. received 72. my 73. but 74. years 75. third ‎【2011凉山】根据短文内容和首字母的提示，把所缺单词完整地填写在短文后的横线上。‎ ‎ Nowadays, it’s common to keep dogs as pets. We can often see dogs’ owners taking them for a walk. But have you h 86 of taking penguins for a walk? Here i ‎87 a piece of news from Japan. In Tokyo Zoo, penguins go out for a walk in line every day. It is said that this can make them happy and stop them from being homesick(想家的).The penguins in the zoo didn’t eat as ‎ w 88 as they did in South Pole(南极) and they were u 89 to the keepers when they first got to the zoo, maybe they were not used to the life in the zoo. So the zoo keepers c 90 up with this good idea. They just let them walk as they did in South Pole. Now, all these penguins have become happy.‎ ‎86._________ 87.__________ 88.___________ 89.____________ 90.__________‎ 答案：86. heard 87. is 88. well(wonderfully) 89.unfriendly(unpleasant) 90.came ‎【2011·南京】B 根据短文内容及首字母提示，填写所缺单词。‎ As we know, museums are building where many valuable and important objects are kept so that people can go and see them. For example, art museums are places where people can learn about v 1 cultures. More and more popular “design museums” that ‎ are opening today, however, perform quite a different role. U 2 most are museums, the design museum shows objects that are easily found in our daily life, such as fridges and washing machines.‎ The a 3 of design museums is that they are places where people feel familiar with the exhibits(展品). Being different from the art museum visitors, design museum visitors s 4 feel frightened or puzzled. This is partly because design museums clearly show how and why mass-products(批量产品) work and look as they do, and how design has i 5 the quality of our lives. Art museum exhibits, on the other hand, would most probably fill visitors with a feeling that there is something b 6 their understanding.‎ Several new design museums have opened their doors in r 7 years. Each of these museums has tried to satisfy(满足) the public’s growing interest in the field with new i 8 . London’s Design Museum, for example, shows a collection of mass-produced objects from electric typewriters to a group of Italian fish-tins. The choices open to design museums seem f 9 less strict than those to art museum, and visitors may also sense(感觉到) the humorous part of our society while walking around such exhibits as interesting and unusually attractive toys c 10 from our everyday life. ‎ 答案：1. various 2. Unlike 3. advantage 4. seldom 5. improved ‎6. beyond 7. recent 8. ideas 9. far 10. collected ‎【2011浙江丽水】B. 根据短文内容和所给中文提示，在空白处填入单词，每空限填一词。‎ ‎ Melbourne is in Australia. It is a beautiful city with huge gardens, great 66________(公园) and many amazing buildings. Many people come to 67________(参观) it every year. ‎ ‎ Melbourne is also an 68________(古老的) city in Australia. It has an interesting 69________(历史) of more than 170 years. The first people came in 1835, and in the 1850s, gold was discovered. Because of this, Melbourne became a very 70________ (富裕的) city. Many new buildings were 71________(建造) at that time. ‎ ‎ And 72________ (今天), Melbourne is one of the world’s greatest cities. It is known for its beauty and its famous universities. It is also Australia’s top city ‎ for sports. Many of them are very 73________(流行的). For example, young people are mad about 74________(足球) here. In 1956, the Olympic Games came to the city, and for the first time they were showed live on TV around the world. ‎ ‎ Melbourne is a nice 75________(地方) and you can always have great fun here. ‎ 答案：66. parks 67. visit 68. old/ancient 69. history 70. rich 71. built 72. today 73. popular 74. football/soccer 75. place ‎ ‎【2011山东】五、综合填空（共10空，计10分）‎ 阅读短文，根据上下文在横线上填入所缺的单词，使短文内容完整、连贯。将完整的单词写在短文后面的横线上。‎ ‎　 School education is very important and useful. The students both learn knowledge and get an 1 . Yet, no one can learn everything from 2 . The scientists，such as Edison，Newton，Galileo and Einstein, didn’t learn everything from school. They learned a lot of knowledge 3 school or in practice by themselves. A 4 , even he knows a lot, can’t teach his students everything.‎ ‎　　 The teacher’s 5 is to show his students how to learn, how to read and how to think. A good teacher with rich experience in teaching can 6 his students the methods of study. Through these methods the students are 7 to learn and get a lot of things by themselves.‎ Usually it is very 8 for the students to remember some knowledge, 9 it is very difficult to use it for problems. If a teacher really shows the students the ability of how to 10 knowledge, it means the teacher has learned lots of knowledge by himself (or herself). The success in learning shows he or she knows how to study. ‎ ‎1. _______ 2. ________ 3. _________ 4. _______ 5. _________‎ ‎6. _______ 7. ________ 8. _________ 9. _______ 10. ________‎ 答案：1. education 2. school 3. outside 4. teacher 5. job 6. teach 7. able 8. easy 9. but 10. use ‎ ‎【2011•无锡】六、短文填空 ‎ ‎ 先通读下面的短文，然后根据短文内容和所给首字母，在空格内填入一个适当的词，使短文意思完整。所填单词必须在答题卡标有题号的横线上完整写出。（本大题共6分， 每格0.5分）‎ ‎ In many countries, people t__________ (1) by car or by bike. They also get from place to place using p__________ (2) transport such as buses and trains. However, some people live in parts of the world where it is i__________ (3) to build roads. In these places, animals or other f__________ (4) of transport have to be used.‎ ‎ It is difficult to w__________ (5) in snow but easy to ski over it. So in places like Alaska, people use skis. If they want to go faster, they get dogs to p__________ (6) them on sleds(雪橇). Riding a snowmobile(雪地摩托) is a more m__________ (7), but expensive way of getting around on snow.‎ ‎ In desert(沙漠) like the Sahara in North Africa, people s__________ (8) get around on camels. Camels survive w__________ (9) in the desert, not because they can s__________ (10) water in their bodies though! They can survive without water for two weeks and without f__________ (11) for up to a month. H__________ (12) can only go without water for about three to five days.‎ 答案：1. travel 2. popular 3. impossible 4. 5. walk 6. pull 7. modern8. sometimes 9. well 10.save 11 food 12. He ‎【2011清远】Ⅵ. 短文填空共10小题，每小题1分，共10分 ‎ 阅读下面短文，从所给的12个词或词组中选出10个词或词组，并用其适当形式填空，请将答案写在答题卡的相应位置上。‎ mean, take, wash, look at, on, slow, clean, while, when, you, boy, child Bob lived in a small town. Later, he got a job in a big city so he had to move there with his wife and two _ 71_.‎ ‎_72__ the first Saturday in their new home. Bob __73 his new red car out of the garage(车库). He 74 it when a neighbor came by. 75 he saw Bob’s car, the neighbor stopped and __76__ it for a minute. Then Bob turned and saw him.‎ The neighbor said, “That's a nice car. Is it __77 ?”‎ ‎"Sometimes" Bob answered.‎ The neighbor was puzzled. "Sometimes?" he said, "What do you __78__?” ‎ Bob answered __79 ,"Well, when there's a party in town, it belongs to my daughter. When there's a football game somewhere, it belongs to my son. When I've washed it, and it looks really nice and __80 , it belongs to my wife. And when it is dirty, it's mine."‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了Bob洗车与邻居的对话。得出：他的车只有要洗的时候才属于他。‎ ‎71. children 72. On 73.took 74.was washing 75.When 76. looked at 77. yours 78. mean 79.slowly 80. clean ‎ ‎【2011沈阳】B)阅读短文，然后用短文括号中所给词的适当形式填空。‎ Believe it or not: the more TV you watch, the 78 (little) happiness you get. This is the result of a new study. It shows that unhappy people watch more TV than happy people.‎ Well, you may say that you enjoy 79 (watch ) TV. In fact, TV gives you happiness for a short time, but unhappiness for a long time.‎ Why? It is because, if you watch TV, you cannot take part in many other good 80 (activity). And sometimes, if you are unhappy, you 81 (usual) prefer being a couch potato(整天坐在沙发上看电视的人)，right? Watching TV is relaxing to you.‎ Then if you want to be happy, what should you do? You can read newspapers, visit 82 (you) friends, go to parties, … but don’t watch television all the time. Now turn off the TV, and take a walk outside. It’s the 83 (one) step to being happy!‎ 答案：78. less 79. watching 80. activities 81. usually 82. your 83. first ‎【2011山东德州】六．综合填空共10分，计10分 阅读短文，根据短文内容及首字母提示，在空白处填入一个适当的单词。‎ She is Liu Hui ,a middle school student in Anhui, one of the “ stay-at-home children” in her town. Liu Hui is 12 years old and lives (66) w _________ her sister. Her parents left home to make money in big cities when she was (67) o ________ four.‎ ‎ Liu Hui has to take (68) c _________ of her younger sister. They have to stay at home alone (69) b ________ they have to go to school.‎ ‎“I used to feel (70) s ________ without my parents at home,” she said, “but now I know (71) w _________ they do so. They have to go away to make money for (72) u _________ so that we can live a better life.”‎ Every day, Liu Hui gets up at 6:‎30 a.m. and cooks (73) b ______________. Then the two girls go to school. They have supper at 6:00 p.m. Then Liu Hui does housework and (74) h _____________ her sister with her homework. She usually goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.‎ Though busy, Liu Hui is still the (75) b ________ student in her class. She said, “My life is OK. But I still hope my parents will come back and live with us.” ‎ ‎66. with 固定短语live with sb.“和某人一起居住”。‎ ‎67. only 根据句意“当她只有四岁的时候，她的父母离开家到大城市去赚钱了”，故答案为only。‎ ‎68. care 固定短语take care of“照顾，照料”。‎ ‎69. because 根据句意，后半句是前句的原因，“因为他们要上学”，故答案为because。‎ ‎70. sad/sorry 句意：父母不在家，我常常感到难过。故答案为sad/sorry。‎ ‎71. why 根据句意：但是现在我知道他们为什么这么做。后句表示原因。‎ ‎72. us 根据后面的从句“为了我们能够生活的更好”，推测为是为我们赚钱，故答案为us。‎ ‎73. breakfast 根据前面的时间推算，应该是起床后做早饭。‎ ‎74. helps 固定短语help sb. with sth.“帮助某人某事”。‎ ‎75. best 根据句意“刘慧仍然是班级最好的学生”。‎ ‎【2011•扬州】六、缺词填空（共10空；每空1分，计10分）‎ 根据短文内容和首字母提示，在下文空格处填入适当的词使短文完整。在答题卡标有题号的横线上，完整写出空缺处所填单词的正确形式。（每空一词）‎ You’re standing with your classmates. E 66 is talking except you. Perhaps you’re afraid they will laugh at when you say. Maybe you just aren’t b 67 enough ‎ to speak.‎ Shyness is like a snake that crawls（爬进）into our mouth and s 68 us speaking. But we shouldn’t let it stay there.‎ I am 29 years old. Even today, that snake still sometimes v 69 me. When I was in high school, I was so shy that I wouldn’t talk to anyone except my parents and best friends. If a stranger asked me the ‎ w 70 to a local shop, it was as if I’d forgotten how to talk. One summer, I got a j ‎71 in a restaurant and that helped a lot. It meant I had to talk to customers（顾客）. I had to tell them how m 72 ‎ their meal cost. I had to ask them if they want to drink Coke or Sprite.‎ This job taught me how to speak with people.‎ You may be too young to find a part-time job. But you can look for other c 73 to speak with people. You can offer to help an old woman carry her heavy bag. O 74 you can go to get a newspaper for your family. ‎ If you do these things for a while, the ‘shyness’ snake will soon begin to l 75 you alone. It’ll look for another mouth to crawl into.‎ 答案：66. Everyone 67. brave 68. stops 69. visits 70. way ‎ 71. job 72. much 73. chances 74. Or 75. leave ‎【2011山东德州】六．综合填空共10分，计10分 阅读短文，根据短文内容及首字母提示，在空白处填入一个适当的单词。‎ She is Liu Hui ,a middle school student in Anhui, one of the “ stay-at-home children” in her town. Liu Hui is 12 years old and lives (66) w _________ her sister. Her parents left home to make money in big cities when she was (67) o ________ four. Liu Hui has to take (68) c _________ of her younger sister. They have to stay at home alone (69) h ________ they have to go to school.‎ ‎“I used to feel (70) s ________ without my parents at home,” she said, “but now I know (71) w _________ they do so. They have to go away to make money for (72)‎ ‎ u _________ so that we can live a better life.”‎ Every day, Liu Hui gets up at 6:‎30 a.m. and cooks (73) b ______________. Then the two girls go to school. They have supper at 6:00 p.m. Then Liu Hui does housework and (74) h _____________ her sister with her homework. She usually goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.‎ Though busy, Liu Hui is still the (75) h ________ student in her class. She said, “My life is OK. But I still hope my parents will come back and live with us.” ‎ ‎66. with 67. only 68. care 69.however 70. sad 71. why 72. us 73. breakfast 74. helps 75. hard-working(拿不准)‎ ‎【2011福建莆田】Ⅱ. 短文填空 根据短文内容和以下提示：1）首字母提示，2）汉语提示，在每个空格内填入一个适当的英语单词。所填单词要求意义准确，拼写正确。（10分）‎ Dear editor,‎ I am a high school student. I'd like to tell you something about 78. _ friend, Wu Gang. A few days ago, he told me that he was going to stop school. He said that he wanted to start his own business. I tried my 79 to get him to change his mind. However, I know it's difficult 80. f him to change his mind. He studies hard, 81.b he doesn’t do well in his studies. Now he is tired of studying. He plays computer games day and 82. (晚上). I still think that he should finish his studies. The course is more important than the 83 . Now there are only 60 days ‎84._ before the final examination. I'm not 85._ (确定)whether I can persuade (说服) him to continue his studies. Could you 86._ (给) me some advice? I really need your help. I’m 87.l_ forward to your reply.‎ Best wishes!‎ Sincerely,‎ Yu Li ‎78. __________ 79. __________ 80. f_________ 81. b__________ 82. __________‎ ‎83. __________ 84. __________ 85. __________ 86. __________ 87. l__________‎ ‎78. my/a 79. best 80. for 81. but 82. night 83. result 84. left 85. sure 86. give 87. looking ‎【2011广西贺州】V. 综合填空。（每小题1分，共10分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，根据上下文及所给的首字母提示，填入一个适当的词，使短文意思完整，并将完整的单词填写在答题卡相应的位置上。‎ What are you going to do if you are in a burning house? Do you know how to save (86) yourself? Please read the following passage.‎ Knowing what to do during a fire can save your life. It's important to know the right way to escape (逃跑), such as (87) exits and stairways, but not lifts(电梯).‎ From the lower floors of buildings, escaping from the windows is possible (88). Leaving from windows may get the least chance of being hurt. When you are on the second floor, it's usually not high from the ground. It's about the height (89) of an adult. It's safer to jump (90) out of the house than to stay in it.‎ It's important to protect (保护) yourself when you' re waiting (91) for help. Be sure to keep the door closed. If you don't do that, smoke (92) may come into the room where you are. It's harmful to you. In that condition, you had better (93) keep your head low to make sure that you can breathe fresh air rather than smoke.‎ If you are on high floors, you can go up (94)till the roof. You can try your best to attract people's attention. Don't shout all (95) the time because you need to save energy and wait for rescue(救援).‎ ‎【主旨大意】：本文是说明文。本文主要告诉我们在大火中如何逃生。‎ ‎86.save 87.as 88.possible 89. height 90.jump 91. waiting 92.smoke 93. better 94. up 95. all ‎ ‎【2011广东】五、看图短文填空（本大题有10小题，每小题1.5分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，并借助上下文和插图补充所缺信息。每个空只能填写一个意义相符、形式正确的单词。并将答案填写在答题卡相应题目的答题位置上。‎ ‎ Li Ming is a middle school student. His 15th birthday is coming on 71 3rd. One day, Li Ming walked past the shoe shop at the street corner. Once again, he stopped to look at the shop 72 . He felt happy to see the shoes that he wanted very much were still there. He really wanted to have 73 for his birthday. Looking down at his old shoes, he felt sorry for himself. ‎ He sadly walked away and thought 74 to tell his mother about it. He knew she would give him 75 he liked if she could. But he also knew very well she had little money for that ￥1299-Nike Shoes. He 76 not to go home at once, as he didn’t want to upset his mother. So he went to the park and sat on the 77 . There he saw a girl in a wheel chair. He noticed that the girl 78 the wheel with her hands. Li Ming watched her carefully and was 79 to find that the girl had no feet. He looked at his own feet, “It’s much ‎80 ‎ to be without shoes than without feet.” He thought. There was no reason for him to feel so sorry and sad. He went away and smiled, thinking he was luckier. ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了李明生日快到了，他看中商店的一双鞋，希望能在生日时妈妈能买给他。但他知道鞋很昂贵，妈妈也没有那么多的钱，但他真的很喜欢这双鞋。当他的心情很糟时，他看一个女孩坐在轮椅上，她没有脚，只能用手拨动轮子前行时，李明看了看自己的脚。他想“没有鞋比没有脚好多了”于他再没有理由感到难过了。于是他高兴地回家了，他认为他是幸运儿。‎ ‎71. July 72. window 73. them 74. how 75. anything/everything 76. decided ‎ ‎77. grass/ground 78. moved/pushed 79. surprised 80. better.‎ ‎【2011浙江台州】五.词汇运用(本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分)‎ A．根据短文内容和所给中文提示，在空白处填入单词。每空限填一词。‎ Sunday, May 1st I have been here in Singapore ___56___(和) my family for a week. This country is actually a___57___(城市). It’s small but clean. This morning it was ___58___ (晴朗的), so we got up ___59___ (早)and went to the beach. I ___60___ (打)beach volleyball with others. My parents walked ___61___ (慢慢地)on the soft sand. We ___62___(全体) had a good time there. In the evening, we arrived at Night Safari. We saw a young ___63___(老虎). It was very cute!‎ Tomorrow my parents will ___64___(带去) me to the Singapore Flyer, which is the ___65___(最大的) Ferris wheel in the world! It’s an exciting place. I am looking forward to it.‎ ‎56. with 57. city 58. sunny 59. early 60. played 61. slowly 62. all 63. tiger 64. take 65. biggest ‎【2011重庆】Ⅶ．短文填空。(每空2分，共20分)‎ 根据下面短文内容，在短文的空格处填上一个恰当的词，是短文完整、通顺。‎ ‎ Now students’ English handwriting(书法) gets worse and worse. That makes their teachers feel worried. Is your English handwriting beautiful? If 76 , here are four steps that really work!‎ ◆ Use paper with lines ‎ Using paper with lines can keep you writing straight 77 of up or down when you write English words or sentences. Those lines on the paper can help you to write words in the right size. Be sure to 78 the lined space completely. And make sure those capital letters(大写字母) are written properly.‎ ◆ ‎ Slow down ‎ If your writing is hard to read, try slowing down a little. For some kids, going slower makes the handwriting clear. If you write too 79 , it’s hard for you to stop where you should, and even worse, you may make more 80 .‎ ‎◆ Hold your pencil right When you hold your pencil the correct way, writing is much 81 . Some kids ‎ press down really hard when they write. That makes the handwriting not nice. Try to be relaxed and don’t hold the pencil so hard. Let your writing appear nice and clean. If you do so, people will guess you are a student ‎82 a good habit.‎ ◆ Draw more picture Drawing can improve your handwriting. You need to use the skills to control(控制) your pencil better 83 you are drawing pictures. Even though you have no change to draw at school, you can practice by 84 at home.‎ Handwriting is very important. Imagine you are a world-famous movie star or a well-known sports player, what do you do when your 85 run up to you? Give them your autographs (亲笔签名), of course！‎ ‎76. not 根据下文要给出四个练好书法步骤，可知是对上句意思的否定，所以填入not 表示“如果不是的话，……”。‎ ‎77. instead 考查固定短语instead of “代替，而不是”；根据句意应是“用格子纸可以使你书写笔直而不是或上或下”。‎ ‎78. fill 根据句意应是“正确的填入到格子空间里”。‎ ‎79.fast/quickly 根据上句意思写慢点。如果你写得太快，很难停下来，所以填入fast/quickly。‎ ‎80.mistakes 根据意思“更糟糕的是，你可能会制造/犯更多的……”‎ ‎81.better/nicer/easier 根据意思“正确握笔，书写会……”，much这里修饰的是形容词的比较级，并且表示好的方面。‎ ‎82.with 根据该句的意思“伴随有好习惯的学生”。‎ ‎83.when/while/as 这空缺少连接两个句子的连词，另外根据意思“当什么的时候……”‎ ‎84.yourself by 为介词，填入yourself表示“你可以在家自己练习”。‎ ‎85.fans 根据上下句的意思，“你成了明星，要你签名是当然会是你的迷了”，所以是fans。‎ ‎【2011安徽】完形填空(共20小题；每小题1．5分，满分30分)阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。‎ A Mr. Black loved his daughter Helen very much. Every day he spent all of his free ‎ time 51 with her. One night, he had much work to do, 52 couldn't play with his daughter. In order to keep her 53 , he found a map of the world in a magazine and cut it into pieces. When he 54 ,Helen came running to him and was ready to play. Mr. Black said he had 55 time to play fight now. He told the girl to put the pieces of paper back together to a map of the world, and then they could both play.‎ ‎ About half an hour later, Helen came to her father and said, "Okay, it's finished. Can we play now? " Mr. Black was surprised saying, "That's 56 Let's go and see. " And sure enough, there was the picture of the world; all put together, every ‎57 in its place.‎ ‎ Mr. Black said, "That's surprising! 58 did you do that?" Helen said, "It was 59 . On the back of the page was a picture of a 60 .When I put the man together, the whole world fell into place. "‎ ‎ 51. A. working B. running C. playing D. walking ‎ 52. A. or B. and C. but D. then ‎ 53. A. sleepy B. warm C. free D. busy ‎ 54. A. left home B. got home C. let the office D. got to the office ‎ 55. A. no B. enough C. much D. some ‎ 56. A. right B. wrong C. possible D. impossible ‎ 57. A. map B. picture C. piece D. page ‎ 58. A. How B. Why C. When D. Where ‎ 59. A. hard B. simple C. difficult D. different ‎ 60. A. boy B. girl C. man D. woman ‎【主旨大意】本文讲的是一位疼爱女儿的爸爸，经常和女儿玩耍。有一天，很忙的他为了让女儿能自己玩，把撕碎的世界地图让女儿拼起来，女儿很快弄完。原来女儿看的是反面的人形。‎ ‎51.C 由下句couldn’t play with提示，平时他喜欢和女儿“玩耍”。.‎ ‎52. B or“否则”，表示条件；and “和”表示并列；并且”；but “但是”表示转折；‎ ‎ then“然后”，表示承接 ；此处表示两个并列的动作had和couldn’t , 要用B。‎ ‎53. D 父亲没有时间和女儿玩耍，所以目的是让女儿也忙起来。故选D。‎ ‎54. B 女儿跑来找他玩，提示我们应该是在家里。由此推测是刚到家。故选B。‎ ‎55. A 此处表达的是“没有时间玩”，故用no。其它几个词则表示能有时间玩。‎ ‎56. D 由surprise “惊讶”提示，父亲觉得这么快完成是不可思议的。故选D。‎ ‎57. C 由前文…put the pieces of paper back提示，应该是把piece “碎片”放好了。‎ ‎58. A 此处表示询问方式“你怎么做到的”。故选A。‎ ‎59. B hard “难的”；simple“简单的”；difficult“困难的”；different “不同的”.由女儿的介绍可知，很简单。故选B。‎ ‎60. C 由下句the man提示，这应该是一张男人图片。故选C。‎ B ‎ Three small fish lived in the sea. When they were very young, their parents died. They had to 61 each other day after day. Finally, they grew up and 62 to swim deeper and further.‎ ‎ One morning. the three fish were 63 to a shallow (浅) water by a big wave (浪). A small boat was taken there. too. It was hard for the fish to go back to the sea because the boat was fight in front of them. The largest fish realized that they were 64 and said they had to find a way to leave there as fast as possible. The second largest fish 65 with his elder brother, but the youngest one did not. He said that there was much 66 for their activities, so he would not worry at all and still swam around 67.At last, the largest fish returned to the 68 by jumping over the lowest part of the boat. The second largest fish also succeeded in 69 his eider brother in the other side of water. But the youngest one didn't follow them and still swam joyfully.‎ ‎ Two hours later, when the 70 rose up, the water in the small shallow corner dried up. The fish who did not try to return to the sea died of lack(缺乏)of water.‎ ‎ 61. A. listen to B. look after C. talk with D. worry about ‎ 62. A. dared B. hated C. refused D. stopped ‎ 63. A. allowed B. given C. invited D. taken ‎ 64. A. in safety B. in doubt C. in danger D. in peace ‎ 65. A. agreed B. talked C. compared D. discussed ‎ 66. A. time B. food C. water D. air ‎ 67. A. slowly B. sadly C. luckily D. happily ‎ 68. A. sea B. river C. lake D. pond ‎ 69. A. catching B. joining C. taking D. telling ‎ 70. A. storm B. stars C. moon D. sun ‎【主旨大意】本文讲了三条小鱼相依为命的长大，有一天，被带到了浅水处。最大的鱼意识到危险，便跳回深水。第二条也随之回去。只有最小的鱼不以为然，最后死于缺水。提示人们要意识到潜在的危险。‎ ‎61. B 由句意可知：三条小鱼的父母死后，它们不得不日复一日的相互照顾着。其中A意为“听”；B意为“照顾；照料”；C意为“交谈”；D意为“担心”。故选B。‎ ‎62. A 由句意可知：它们长大后不敢去更深更远的地方去游泳。故选A。‎ ‎63. D 由句意可知：一天早上三条小鱼被大浪头带到了浅水处。而且后一句中“A small boat was taken there, too”也可知应选D。‎ ‎64. C 由句意可知：因为那条船正好位于它们的前面，最大的这条鱼发现了它们正处于危险中，必须找到一条路尽快的离开。故选C。‎ ‎65. A 由句意可知：第二条大鱼同意它大哥的想法，但最小的鱼不同意。故选A，构成短语“agree with”。‎ ‎66. C 由句意可知：最小的鱼认为这儿有供它们活动的许多水。故选C。‎ ‎67. D 由句意可知：它(最小的鱼)不愿离开这儿，觉得在这儿仍旧能快乐地四处游动。故选D。‎ ‎68. A 由句意可知：最大的鱼回到海里。故选A。‎ ‎69. B join sb in…意为“和某人一起加入某种活动中”，故选B。‎ ‎70. D 由句意可知：两小时后，当太阳升起来后，浅水区的水被晒干。故选D。‎ ‎【2011浙江湖州】三、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，理解其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。‎ Alicia was a young woman who liked to exercise for her health. In fact, she walked ‎ five kilometers before 26 every morning, and went swimming once a week at the swimming pool. She didn’t smoke and never 27 . She didn’t eat chocolate. She didn’t eat sweet and fatty food, 28 . She weighted herself every day.‎ One day Alicia was on her daily walk when she saw a 29 sitting in a rocking chair under a tree. He looked very old and his hair was white. He looked thin and weak, and his hands were shaking, 30 he looked very happy.‎ He smiled at her and said, “Good morning! Lovely day, isn’t it?” ‎ He had a wide smile 31 his face, and his eyes shone with happiness. But Alicia saw that he did not have teeth.‎ ‎“Good morning!” replied Alicia. “Yes, it is a lovely day.”‎ Alicia thought he 32 very old and wise. She thought he must be at least 90 years old! She decided to ask him about the 33 of a happy old age.‎ ‎“I hope you don’t 34 me asking,” she said, “but what is your secret for being so happy at your age? I hope I can look as happy as you do 35 I am your age.”‎ The man in the rocking chair said, “My secret for 36 ? I smoke twenty packets of cigarettes every week, and drink three bottles of wine every day. I eat hamburgers and chocolates whenever I want. I never eat vegetables. I never walk anywhere and I never play sports. I sit at home every day.”‎ Alicia was 37 . She didn’t expect the man to give her an answer like that. She wondered how the man got to be so old when he did 38 wrong. She thought he should be 39 and unhappy. Perhaps she was wrong. Maybe, she thought, people could live a long happy life 40 eating well or doing lots of exercise.‎ ‎“How old are you?” she asked.‎ ‎“It’s my birthday today,” said the man. “I’m forty-seven!”‎ ‎26. A. lunch B. breakfast C. dinner D. supper ‎27. A. exercised B. drank C. worked D. slept ‎28. A. too B. also C. either D. still ‎29. A. man B. woman C. boy D. girl ‎30. A. so B. but C. and D. or ‎31. A. in B. with C. at D. on ‎32. A. saw B. looked C. listened D. found ‎33. A. secret B. dream C. plan D. future ‎34. A. stand B. mind C. allow D. enjoy ‎35. A. when B. since C. though D. for ‎36. A. health B. success C. happiness D. life ‎37. A. surprised B. worried C. excited D. relaxed ‎38. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎39. A. angry B. serious C. quiet D. sick ‎40. A. through B. from C. without D. by ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述一个注重饮食健康、也爱好晨炼的女孩见到一个“老人”，年龄虽大，看起来却很快乐的。通过交谈得知，这位不注重饮食和锻炼的“老人”却只有47岁。‎ ‎26 B 【解析】由时间状语“every morning”及常识可知，她是在每天早饭前进行散步五公里。‎ ‎27. B 【解析】第一段中介绍Alicia健康的生活方式和饮食习惯，所以这一句的意思是“她不吸烟也不喝酒”。‎ ‎28. C 【解析】either用于否定句句末;too用于肯定句句末;also用于肯定句句中。故选C。‎ ‎29. A 【解析】从下文的描述可知，he is a man。‎ ‎30. B 【解析】由上文：他看起来又瘦又弱，并且手一直在晃动，与后文的“happy”形成转折关系。‎ ‎31.D 【解析】on one’s face在某人的脸上，是固定词组。‎ ‎32. B 【解析】选B。look系动词，看起来，old and wise 做系动词look的表语。句意“他看起来年纪很大而且很博学。‎ ‎33. A【解析】从下文“but what is your secret for being so happy at your age?” 可以判断用secret。‎ ‎34. B【解析】句意：我希望你不要介意我的提问。mind sb.doing sth.介意某人做某事。stand意为“忍受、站立”， allow 意为“允许”，enjoy意为“享受”，这三项都不符合句意。‎ ‎35. A 【解析】句意：我希望当我在你这个年龄时。when ‎ 当……时候，引导时间状语从句；since后面一般跟“过去时间”；“for+时间段”往往用于完成时； though引导让步状语从句。‎ ‎36. C 【解析】根据上一段第二句话“what’s your secret for being so happy at your age?”可以看出是“快乐的秘密”。happy的名词形式为happiness.故选C。‎ ‎37. A 【解析】由下文两句话可知，对于“老人”的回答，她很惊奇。‎ ‎38. C【解析】词义辨析。根据倒数第四段中这位老人说的话，可以知道Alicia 认为他做的每一件事都对身体不好。‎ ‎39. D【解析】Alicia认为这位老人的这种生活方式、饮食习惯会使他生病或不高兴。angry 生气的，serious严肃的，quiet 安静的，sick生病的。‎ ‎40. C 【解析】Alicia以为他90岁左右，她误以为不用吃的很好或不用进行很多的锻炼就能够生活长寿、快乐。‎ ‎【2011湖南湘西】 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。(10小题，计10分)‎ Bob’s Travel Diary(旅游日记)‎ Tuesday, July 16th ‎ Today is rained ,so we went to a museum(博物馆).It was 36 boring. I found(发现) a small boy ‎37 in the corner. He was lost(迷路) and I helped him find 38 father. That ‎ 39 me feel very happy. I didn’t have 40 money for a taxi, so we walked back 41 ‎ the hotel. I was really tired.‎ Wednesday, July 17th ‎ Today the 42 was cool, so we decided to 43 tennis(网球).We played all morning. It was really fun. We had Sichuan 44 for dinner. 45 was delicious(美味可口的)!‎ ‎36. A. kind of B. with C. on ‎37. A. singing B. going C. crying ‎38. A. they B. his C. my ‎39. A. take B. made C. get ‎40. A. some B. no C. any ‎41. A. on B. to C. with ‎42. A. weather B. whether C. bus ‎43. A. go B. take C. play ‎44. A. bus B. car C. food ‎45. A. It B. He C.S he 主旨大意：本篇是日记，主要讲述了一天的所见、所闻、所做，主要考查了过去时的运用。‎ ‎36. 答案：A【解析】修饰后面的形容词boring，不用单独的介词，而是kind of“有点”。‎ ‎37. 答案：C【解析】根据下文可知，根据下文的迷路，可知是在“哭泣”。‎ ‎38. 答案：B【解析】人称代词的考查。我帮他当然是找到“他的”爸爸。‎ ‎39. 答案：B【解析】动词辨析 那件事“使我”用made，日记中用过去时。‎ ‎40. 答案：B【解析】代词的考察 由后句的走回可知是身上“没钱”了，所以用no。‎ ‎41. 答案：B【解析】考查介词 到达某地用介词to。‎ ‎42. 答案：B【解析】根据下文cool“凉爽”可知他是说天气“weather”。‎ ‎43. 答案：C【解析】动词辨析 打球用play，又由后面的played all morning也知。‎ ‎44. 答案：C【解析】名词辨析。是吃的“四川饭”用food。‎ ‎45. 答案：A【解析】代词考查 代替上文的食物不可数名词，用it。‎ ‎【2011沈阳】二、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读短文，然后根据内容从Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ With a determined(坚定的) look on his face, Chicago’s Michael McCarthy held on to the banister(扶手) and climbed to the top of the Willis Tower not long ago. The Tower stands 1,451 feet(442 meters) tall, the＿21＿ building in the US.‎ ‎ As he got to the last step, McCarthy ＿22＿ fell down, but that didn’t stop him. The 14-year-old boy finally finished climbing the 2,109 steps and arrived at the top, where he ＿23＿ cheers from many people.‎ ‎“I just want to show people that ＿24＿ a kid with no legs can do it, anyone can do it,” McCarthy said.‎ McCarthy, who was born without legs, has to wear prosthetic legs(假肢) and use a stick to walk. But McCarthy has a strong 25 . He believes having a disability(残疾)‎ ‎ shouldn’t stop anyone 26 achieving his or her success.‎ He has been in a special school 27 he was four. When he decided to climb the Willis Tower, his teacher, Jeff Kohn, was 28 by his determination(决心) and offered to help train him. They 29 more than ten hours practicing climbing stairs and keeping balance with the prosthetics and sticks on the steps every day. “ 30 seems that he never knows how difficult it is. 31 I was so tired that I asked him to rest for a day,”said Kohn. “But he said he was still full of energy and wanted more 32 .”‎ Kohn always walked with McCarthy for the climb. “I ‎33 ‎ the last ‎10 ‎floors, he went faster,” said Kohn. “He’s the most craven sportsman I’ve ever trained.” ‎ McCarthy said he was 34 of himself and that the tower now holds special meaning. “When I’m older, I’ll 35 to the building and say ‘Look at this building I climbed’,” he said. ‎ ‎21. A. largest B. highest C. earliest D. latest ‎22. A. seldom B. hardly C. always D. almost ‎23. A. enjoyed B. needed C. made D. kept ‎24. A. while B. after C. if D. though ‎25. A. heart B. hope C. body D. love ‎26. A. by B. for C. in D. from ‎27. A. as B. since C. until D. before ‎28. A. pleased B. beaten C. moved D. asked ‎29. A. used B. spent C. took D. wasted ‎30. A. Here B. There C. He D. It ‎31. A. However B. Sometimes C. Again D. Then ‎32. A. friends B. helpers C. time D. exercise ‎33. A. tried B. saw C. did D. met ‎34. A. thinking B. talking C. worried D. proud ‎35. A. point B. go C. turn D. hurry ‎【主旨大意】本文叙述了一位残疾少年McCarthy攀登美国第一塔的事迹，从而叙述了他是如何攀登第一塔和他自己的一些感触，也让我们明白身残志坚的道理。‎ ‎21. B 根据本文判断是美国最高的建筑物。‎ ‎22. D 由句意可知，当他到达最后一个台阶时，几乎要掉下来，故答案为D。‎ ‎23. A 句意：那里他欣赏着来自人群中的欢呼。故答案为A。‎ ‎24. C 根据句意：我只是想要向人们证明，如果一个没有腿的孩子可以做到，任何人都能做到。本句是if引导的条件状语从句，故答案为C。‎ ‎25. A 根据上下文可知应该是有一颗强壮的心，故答案为A。‎ ‎26. D 固定短语stop…..from….“阻止….”，故答案为D。‎ ‎27. B 句意：自从他四岁以来，他就上所特殊学校。故答案为B。‎ ‎28. C 根据后句可知，应该是被他的决心所感动，并帮助训练，故答案为C。‎ ‎29. B 固定搭配spend….doing sth.“花费时间做某事”，故答案为B。‎ ‎30. D 固定句型It seems that…..“看起来似乎…..”，故答案为D。‎ ‎31. B 根据上下文可知，应该是“有时候”，故答案为B。‎ ‎32. D 由上文可知，是想要更多的练习，故答案为D。‎ ‎33. B 句意：我看到最后的10个台阶，他走的更快了。只有B符合题意。‎ ‎34. D 固定短语be proud of“以….为骄傲”，故答案为D。‎ ‎35. A 短语point to…“指着….”，故选A。‎ ‎【2011雅安】B Dear Sigmund Friend My name is Simon and I am a Grade 9 student. I am crazy 31 football! I love 32 football, reading about football, and of course, playing football. My dream ‎33 a great football player. However, my love of football has become a big problem, and I would like your 34 .‎ I have 35 friends, and we always play football together at school or in the park after school. We like staying out late to play football. We often play for three hours or more and forget when to stop. Then I 36 trouble at home because my parents do not allow me to play outside after 6 p.m. I really do not understand why they are so strict. I feel stressed and angry 37 . I believe it is important for us to spend some time on our hobbies. They can help us relax and make our lives 38 .I wish I could have my parents’ 39 .‎ Is it bad to stay out late to play football? Should I spend less time on it? I really do not know 40 . Can you please advise me how to achieve a balance between my schoolwork and my hobbies? Thanks a lot.‎ Best wishes Simon ‎31. A. for B. with C. of D. about ‎32. A. watching B. seeing C. looking at D. looking ‎33. A. am to be B. is to be C. is to being D. are to be ‎34. A. book B. work C. advice D. school ‎35. A. much B. not any C. few D. plenty of ‎36. A. get in B. get into C. get on D. get off ‎37. A. from time to time B. from times to times ‎ C. between time and time D. between times and times ‎38. A. much interesting B. more interested ‎ C. more interesting D. the most interesting ‎39. A‎. support B. supported C. supporting D. supports[来源:中.考.资.源.网]‎ ‎40. A. why to do D. when to do C. what to do D. where to do ‎【主旨大意】本文是一名中学生，在他的爱好会学生生活之间出现矛盾时，向别人寻求帮助的信件。 ‎ ‎31. D【解析】考查词组be crazy about“对…感到疯狂”。‎ ‎32. A【解析】watching “观看比赛”；seeing “看电影”；looking at“看着”；looking不及物东西，不能直接加宾语。本句为看足球比赛，故选A。‎ ‎33. B【解析】dream作主语，系动词用is，be to do，“将要做某事”。‎ ‎34. C 【解析】由文章的倒数第三句“Can you please advise me how to achieve a balance between my schoolwork and my hobbies?”可知作者是为了寻求一些建议。‎ ‎35. D【解析】根据下句可知我有很多的朋友。plenty of“许多大量的”。‎ ‎36. B【解析】考查词组get into trouble “陷入困境”。 ‎ ‎37. A【解析】考查词组from time to time “不时的；时时的”。 ‎ ‎38. C 【解析】‎ 句意为：它（足球）能够使我们放松，使生活更有趣。应使用比较级形式。interesting用来形容物。‎ ‎39. A【解析】support，做名词，意为“支持；拥护”，不可数。‎ ‎40. C【解析】句意为：我确实不知道做什么。 ‎ ‎【2011山西】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ One summer day when I was in high school, my father sent me to buy some tools for our farm. I loved __31__ better than driving our family truck to do something. But this time I was not so happy __32__ my father had told me I would have to ask for credit (赊账)at the store.‎ ‎__33__ is a proud age. The young men at that age want respect (尊重)but not charity. I had seen many times that my friends were __34__ when they asked for credit. We lived in a poor village, __35__ was needed seriously. I knew clearly how difficult it might be to make the store owner believe me and get the credit. ‎ At Davi’s Brothers store., Buck Davi was talking to a farmer. After I finished __36__ the things I wanted, I walked to him. “I need to put these on credit.” I said to him __37__.‎ The farmer gave me a __38__ look. But Buck’s face didn’t change in the slightest. “ No problem.” He said in a relaxing voice, “ I believe your daddy will __39__ them in time.” Then he turned to the farmer, “ This boy is Jame William’s son.”‎ The farmer nodded to me in a friendly way. At that time, I __40__ pride. Jame William’s Son, there three __41__ opened a door to an adult’s respect and trust. ‎ That day I __42__ that a good name of great importance. My father’s good name had won our neighbors’ respect for our family. A good name, and the responsibility (责任)that came with __43__ encouraged us a lot. They made us be __44__than we might be. We also wanted to be regarded as good people. __45__ acting like good people for a long time, we became good out of good habits. ‎ ‎31. A. something B. anything C. nothing ‎ ‎32. A. because B. while C. unless ‎ ‎33. A. Six B. Sixteen C. Sixty ‎ ‎34. A. influenced B. cheered C. refused ‎ ‎35. A. health B. money C. freedom ‎ ‎36. A. choose B. choosing C. to choose ‎ ‎37. A. carefully B. angrily C. easily ‎ ‎38. A. pleasant B. kind C. strange ‎ ‎39. A. care for B. pay for C. look for ‎ ‎40. A. was full of B. was surprised at C. was famous for ‎ ‎41. A. letters B. words C. sentences ‎ ‎42. A. discover B. discovered C. have discovered ‎43. A. it B. him C. them ‎ ‎44. A. better B. stronger C. clever ‎ ‎45. A. With B. For C. By ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文通过讲述我去赊账的经历，阐述了好名声的重要性。‎ ‎31-35 CABCB 36-40 BACBA 41-45 BBAAC ‎31. C 根据句意可知我最喜欢开我们的卡车去做事了。Nothing为否定的意思。因此选C。‎ ‎32. A 根据句意这时我感到不高兴因为我爸爸已经告诉我必须去赊账，前后表示因果关系，因此选A。‎ ‎33. B 根据文章第一句One summer day when I was in high school可推测读高中的年龄为16岁。‎ ‎34. C influence 意为“影响”，cheer意为“欢呼”，refuse意为“拒绝”。根据句意可知选C。‎ ‎35. B 根据上下文可知钱是非常需要的。因此选B。‎ ‎36. B finish 后接动名词作宾语。Finish doing 意为“结束做某事”。 ‎ ‎37. A 根据此时作者的心情可知“我小心的对他说”。因此选A。‎ ‎38. C 根据下文“但是布克的脸一点也没有变”，可推测上文“农民给我奇怪的眼神”。‎ ‎39. B care for 意为“关心” pay for意为“付款”， look for 意为“寻找”。根据句意可知“我相信你爸爸将及时付钱的”。可知选B。‎ ‎40. A 根据句意“在那时我充满了骄傲”，充满应该用be full of.‎ ‎41. B 上文为三个单词，因此选B。‎ ‎42. B 根据上下文可知用一般过去时。因此选B。‎ ‎43. A a good name用it 代替。故选A。 ‎ ‎44. A 根据句意“他们使我们比我们可能的更好。”可知选A。‎ ‎45. C 根据句意“通过长时间像好人一样表现，我们有了良好的习惯”。By 意为“通过”‎ 表示方式。‎ ‎【2011广东】三、完形填空（本大题有10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ ‎ 通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在各小题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案，并将答题卡上对应的题目所选的选项涂黑。‎ One day a poor man was traveling on horseback. At noon, he tied his horse to a tree and then 46 to eat something. A few minutes later, a rich man came along and tied his horse to the same tree. ‎ ‎“Please tie your horse to another tree,” said the poor man. “My horse is wild. It will kill yours.”‎ ‎ 47 the rich man said, “I shall tie my horse as I like!” he tied up his horse and had his lunch nearby. After a moment they heard a terrible 48 , the two horses were fighting. They went up to them, but it was too 49 . The rich man’s horse was killed. “See what you horse has done!” cried the rich man. “You will have to ‎50 ‎ it.” And he brought the poor man before Mr. Know. ‎ Mr. Know asked the poor man some questions. But he made no 51 . At last Mr. Know said, “This man is dumb. He cannot speak.”‎ ‎ “Oh,” the rich man shouted 52 . “He can! He spoke to me when I met him.”‎ ‎ “Are you sure?” asked Mr. Know. “What did he ‎53 ‎ ?”‎ ‎ “He told me not to tie my horse to the same tree because his horse was wild and would kill my horse.”‎ ‎ “Oh,” said Mr. Know. “So he ‎54 ‎ you. Then can you expect to get money 55 him? ”‎ ‎ The rich man said nothing and left silently. ‎ ‎46. A. put down B. set down C. sat down D. turned down ‎47. A. So B. But C. And D. Though ‎48. A. song B. word C. bell D. noise ‎49. A. late B. slow C. hard D. quick ‎50. A. pay for B. look for C. wait for D. care for ‎51. A. idea B. mistake C. money D. answer ‎52. A. quietly B. angrily C. happily D. heavily ‎53. A. speak B. tell C. talk D. say ‎54. A. helped B. thanked C. warned D. ordered ‎55. A. for B. from C. with D. about ‎ 主旨大意：本篇短文主要讲述了一个穷人和一个富人把马栓在同一树上，由一穷人的马比较凶悍，把富人马杀死了。然后富人与穷人找法官打官司。穷人用聪明的智慧打赢了官司的故事。‎ ‎46答案：C 【解析】本题考查词组辨析。A项意为“镇压；制止”；B项意为“看作”；C英意为“坐下”；D项意为“调低”。由语境可知“在中午，他把马拴在树上，然后坐下来吃东西”，只有C项具有“坐下”的意思，故选C。‎ ‎47答案：B 【解析】由语境可知，这个穷人不让富人把马和他的拴在同一棵树上，但是这个富人却不听穷的话。此处表转折关系，故应填but.‎ ‎48答案：D 【解析】由下句“the two horses were fighting”可知他们听到了一声可怕的声音。四个项中只有noise意为“声音”。‎ ‎49答案：A 【解析】由They went up to them 及The rich man’s horse was killed可知，此应为形容词，且表示“晚了”的意思。A项意为“晚了”；B项意为“慢的”；C项意为“困难的”；D项意为“快的”。故选A。‎ ‎50答案：A 【解析】A 项意为“赔偿”；B项意为“寻找”；C项意为“等候”；D项意为“照顾”。由语境可知，这个富人是想让这个穷人赔偿他已死的马。故选A。‎ ‎51答案：D 【解析】别人问这个穷人问题，但是他并没有回答。‎ ‎52答案：B 【解析】A项意为“安静地”；B项意为“生气地”；C项意为“高兴地”；D项意为“沉重地”。联系上下文可知此时富人的状态是“生气在大声喊”，故选B。‎ ‎53答案：D 【解析】speak强调说话的能力，说某种语言。tell“告诉"。talk 指谈话say 指说的内容，带宾语。句意为“他说的什么内容？”强调说话的内容，故选D。‎ ‎54答案：C 【解析】此处具有“警告;告诫”的意思。四个选项中只有C具有此意，故选C。‎ ‎55答案：B 【解析】get from意为“从…处得到…”故选B。‎ ‎【2011四川德阳】B ‎ Everyone can feel stressed out because of too many things happening in your ‎ life. Teenagers, however, have __36__ opportunities to get stressed than people in any other age group. Being a teenager is hard.‎ ‎ You are not a children any more, but you are not __37__, even though you have to deal with some grow-up problems and made decisions by __38__. Families can be one of the biggest causes（原因）of stress, such as problems of arguing with __39__ or brothers or sisters. Teenagers also have lots of stress from __40__, either from their teachers or from their classmates. Some teenagers also feel __41__ about choosing their education after high school. Getting a place at university can be very difficult and some can’t __42__ to go to university. It is hard for some teenagers to get a job after they graduate. There are so many young people finishing school __43__ not enough jobs for them. Though there is a lot of stress, you can find many ways to __44__ it. Talking to people is one of the best ways to deal with stress. It may sound __45__, but it is helpful.‎ ‎( )36. A. more B. fewer C. many ‎( )37. A. a baby B. a teenager C. an adult ‎( )38. A. yourself B. himself C. myself ‎( )39. A. teachers B. parents C. classmates ‎( )40. A. family B. society C. school ‎( )41. A. relaxed B. stressed C. excited ‎( )42. A. afford B. offer C. refuse ‎( )43. A. and B. but C. or ‎( )44. A. agree with B. talk with C. deal with ‎( )45. A. simple B. difficult C. good ‎【主旨大意】本短文主要讲述了青少年面临的各种压力，包括来自家庭、学校及高中毕业后择校的压力，大学毕业后找工作的压力等，但是有一些压力可以通过与人交谈解决。‎ ‎36. A解析：此句后有than可知是比较级句子，由语境可知“青少年的压力比任何一个年龄段都要多”，fewer意为“更少的”与题意不符，排除；故选A。‎ ‎37. C解析：根据上下文可知“但你不是成年人”。故选C。‎ ‎38. A解析：你自己，用by yourself故选A。‎ ‎39.‎ ‎ B解析：联系上下文可此应填parents.句意“比如和父母、兄弟、姐妹的争吵问题”。故选B。‎ ‎40. C解析：由下“…either from their teachers or from their classmates.”可知此处应填school.‎ ‎41. B解析：联系上文及also可知，青少年高中毕业后在选择教育上，也感到有压力。‎ ‎42. A解析：由句意“考上大学可能是很困难的，但是有此学生没有条件去上大学”。故选A。‎ ‎43. B解析：由句意此处表转折关系，故用but.‎ ‎44. C解析：agree with意为“同意”；talk with意“和某人交谈”；deal with意为“处理”。句意“可是有一些压力，你能找到处理的方法”。故选C.‎ ‎45. A解析：句意“与人交谈虽然简单，但对缓解压力很有帮助”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011安徽芜湖】VII. 完形填空 （共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案。‎ A ‎ A king was old and he knew it was time to choose a new king. He told all the young people in the country, “I’ll give 51 of you a seed (种子). Plant it and bring it back one year later. Show me the plant that you bring. 52 I’ll choose a new king from you.”‎ A boy 53 Ling got a seed, too. He planted it 54 . But the seed doesn’t grow at all. A year later, Ling had to take his 55 box to the palace. Others all brought beautiful plants there and Ling felt 56 .‎ The king 57 the palace and look around. When he found there was nothing in Ling’s box. The king smiled and said to the others, “One year ago, I gave everyone a seed 58 couldn’t grow. But all of you, 59 Ling, have bought me plants and flowers. Ling was the only one with the honesty (诚实) and 60 to bring such a box. So he will be the new king! ”‎ ‎51. A. each B. neither C. both D. none ‎ ‎52. A. and B. but C. although D. so ‎53. A. liked B. helped C. named D. asked ‎ ‎54. A. careful B. carefully C. careless D. carelessly ‎55. A. full B. empty C. beautiful D. broken ‎ ‎56. A. sad B. excited C. happy D. satisfied ‎ ‎57. A. got B. arrived C. went D. arrived at ‎ ‎58. A. which B. who C. what D. it ‎ ‎59. A. besides B. with C. except D. as ‎ ‎60. A‎. skill B. courage C. experience D. fear[来源:学§科§网Z§X§X§K]‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文通过一位国王选新国王的故事，向人们说明了“诚实是做人的根本”的道理。 ‎ ‎51. A 意为：我会给每个人一粒种子。‎ ‎52. A and在本句中表示承接关系。‎ ‎53. C‎ 指一位名叫Ling的男孩。[来源:学§科§网Z§X§X§K]‎ ‎54. B plant是动词，其后应当用副词；根据下文可知：他认真地种下了这粒种子。所以选B。‎ ‎55. B 根据上文可知种子并没有生长，所以他带着一只空盒子去了皇宫。‎ ‎56. A 指他看到别人带着漂亮的植物，感到非常的难过。‎ ‎57. D get, go, arrive是不及物动词，带宾语时要加介词。‎ ‎58. A 这是一个定语从句，先行词是物，所以只能用which做关系代词。‎ ‎59. C 指除了Ling之外，你们中的人都带来了植物和花。‎ ‎60. B 指Ling是唯一一个具有诚实和勇气带来空盒子的人。‎ B In Australia, different people have different ways to enjoy themselves. They also have their own ideas about 61 to pass time. ‎ ‎ 62 children, about 80%, work hard in school because they have to take lots of exams. After school, they don’t want to stay at home reading books any more. 63 , they put aside their school bags and go out to play. ‎ Some old people 64 early in the morning. Then they go to park to 65 . ‎ It helps them know what is happening around the world. In the evening, they would prefer to stay at home 66 rather than do anything else. ‎ ‎ Young people enjoy having 67 trip on weekends. They go to mountains to have a picnic or go to the 68 to camp. They usually start on Friday and spend one or two days outside. Then on 69 evening, they start their way back home. 70 seems to be in a hurry, although a busy week is waiting for them again. ‎ ‎61. A. what B. how C. when D. why ‎ ‎62. A. Some B. Most C. All D. No ‎ ‎63. A. However B. Though C. Instead D. Or ‎ ‎64. A. get up B. come up C. stay up D. set up ‎65. A. read newspapers B. do sports C. enjoy themselves D. have breakfast ‎66. A. climbing hills B. watching TV C. go shopping D. going hiking ‎67. A. boring B. busy C. tiring D. relaxing ‎68. A. forest B. floor C. flat D. factory ‎ ‎69. A. Friday B. Sunday C. Tuesday D. Wednesday ‎ ‎70. A. Anybody B. Somebody C. Everybody D. Nobody ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了澳大利亚不同年龄阶段的人们的日常生活情况。‎ ‎61. B 根据句意：他们对于如何消磨时间也有自己的做法。‎ ‎62. B 根据下文件的about 80%可知。 ‎ ‎63. C Instead在这里表示转折。句意：放学后他们不想呆在家里读书，而是把书包扔在一边出去玩。 ‎ ‎64. A 指老年人早上起得早。‎ ‎65. A 从下文可知，他们去公园看报。‎ ‎66. B 他们晚上呆在家里看电视。‎ ‎67. D 根据下文介绍可知，年轻人周末进行令人轻松的旅行。‎ ‎68. A 根据句子的前半句可知A为正确答案。‎ ‎69. B 从前一句可知，他们周五开始，在外面呆一到二天，所以只能是在周日的晚上回家了。‎ ‎70. D 根据句子的后半部分可知：尽管一个繁忙的星期在等待着他们，但是似乎没有人显得很匆忙。‎ ‎【2011桂林】四、完形填空 （每小题1分，共10分）‎ 请阅读下面短文，选择最佳答案，将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。‎ Li Dong is a farmer. He has a very big 46 . On the farm, he grows oranges, grapes and bananas. Many people come to 47 his farm. He is a successful young man and becomes very famous.‎ In 2003, he went back to his hometown 48 he finished middle school. “What work can I do?” he said to himself. Then he had an idea. “I’m interested 49 farming. I can grow fruit!” He began to watch many 50 on TV about growing fruit. He also read a lot of books about it. Then he went to 51 on Mr Wang’s farm for two years. He learned a lot there. ‎ In 2005, he started his own fruit farm. 52 , Li Dong’s farm was small. But now, his farm is much 53 . His fruits are very good. He sends them to many big ‎54 in China, such as Shanghai, Beijing and Guangzhou. He also grows vegetables and raises chickens on his farm. His family eats very 55 food. He has a very happy family.‎ ‎46. A. farm B. park C. school D. shop ‎47. A. look B. take C. visit D. notice ‎48. A. since B. after C. though D. so ‎49. A. in B. on C. at D. for ‎50. A. games B. concerts C. programmes D. plays ‎51. A. see B. play C. eat D. work ‎52. A. At last B. At that time C. At this moment D. At once ‎ ‎53. A. big B. bigger C. the biggest D. biggest ‎ ‎54. A. villages B. schools C. cities D. farms ‎55. A. healthy B. bad C. terrible D. unhealthy ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了一个成功农民李东的故事。在他初中毕业后，他选择了种植水果，经过几年的打拼他获得了成功。‎ ‎46. A 【解析】根据上下文可知他是一个农民，因此他有一个大的农场。‎ ‎47. C 【解析】根据句意“许多人来参观他的农场”，可知选C。‎ ‎48. B【解析】根据句意“在2003年，他初中毕业之后返回他的家乡”，after表示“在…之后”。‎ ‎49. A【解析】be interested in为固定搭配意为“对…感兴趣”。‎ ‎50. C【解析】根据句意“他开始在电视上观看有关种植水果的节目”，可知选C。‎ ‎51. D【解析】根据下文“在那里他学到了很多”，可知他在王先生的农场里工作了两年。因此选D。‎ ‎52. B【解析】at last意为“最后”， at that time意为“在那时”，at this moment意为“此刻”，at once 意为“立刻”。根据句意“在那时，李东的农场是小的”。因此选B。‎ ‎53. B 【解析】much后加形容词的比较级表示“…的多”。‎ ‎54. C【解析】根据下文举例可知为许多大的城市。‎ ‎55. A【解析】根据句意“他的家人吃非常健康的食物”。可知选A。‎ ‎【2011湖南湘潭】阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项（共10小题，每小题1分）‎ ‎ More and more people are becoming interested in the internet. They have formed a bad habit. In fact,the bad habit has become a (31) —Internet Addiction Disorder (IAD网络综合症）. Staying (32） for more than six hours a day (33) working or studying, and feeling very upset from not being able to get online, are the two major symptoms (症状)of IAD ‎ Internet addiction(上瘾) is （34） in China now. A recent research （35） that 42% Of Chinese young people get quite interested in the web, while only 18% of Americans feel in the same (36) .‎ ‎ What causes IAD? Some people believe that It's the lack(缺乏) of family care. Most children in China are the (37) ones in their families. They are only told to (38) hard, but few really care about their personal interest .So some children would like to keep (39) away from the real world ‎ How can people stay away from IAD? Don t get online any more, go back to the real world and if it doesn't work, go to see the (40)___,‎ ‎31 A‎. disease B. task C. rule ‎32 A‎ .home B. online C. in school ‎33. A. because of B. Out of C. instead of ‎34. A. changing B. increasing C .becoming less ‎35 A‎. shows B. notices C knows ‎36 A‎. road B. way C. country ‎37 A‎. best B .worst C. only ‎ ‎38. A. study B. play C. think ‎39 A‎. themselves B. their parents C. their teachers ‎40 A‎. friend B. teacher C. doctor ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是越来越多的中国年轻人迷恋上网络，得了网络综合症。一些人认为那是因为中国的孩子大多是独生子女，父母只顾让他们好好学习，并没有考虑到他们的兴趣，所以很多孩子与现实世界脱离。‎ ‎31.A【解析】根据下文“Internet Addiction Disorder”可见坏习惯已经变成一种病。故本题选A。‎ ‎32.B【解析】根据下文“and…to get online”此处填online。故本题选B。‎ ‎33.C【解析】根据题意，一天上超过6小时网而不是学习和工作，或者不上网就感觉很低落是网络综合症的两种主要症状。instead of working or studying表示而不是学习和工作。故本题选C。‎ ‎34.B【解析】根据题意，现在，网络上瘾在中国呈上升趋势。increasing表示上升。故本题选B。‎ ‎35.A【解析】本题考查动词的辨析。show表示显示，notice表示通知，know表示知道。根据题意，最近调查显示，42%的中国年轻人对网络非常感兴趣。故本题选A。‎ ‎36.B【解析】本题考查词组的含义。in the same road在相同的路上，in the same way表示同样地，in the same country表示在相同的国家。根据题意，18%的美国人同样地也这样觉得。故本题选B。‎ ‎37.C【解析】根据下文“They are only told…”再结合句意，中国的大多数孩子都是独生子女。the only ones表示独生子女。故本题选C。‎ ‎38.A【解析】根据题意，他们只会被告知好好学习，很少人关心他们的个人兴趣。故本题选A。‎ ‎39.A【解析】根据上下文意思，所以一些孩子想把他们自己隔离在真实世界之外。keep themselves from表示把他们自己与……隔离。故本题选A。‎ ‎40.C【解析】由上文中提到，网络综合症是一种疾病可知，如果孩子们不能回到现实生活中，那就去看医生。故本题选C。‎ ‎【2011天津】三、完形填空（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Norman Bethune is one of China’s most famous heroes, but he wasn’t Chinese—he was Canadian. He gave his life to helping the Chinese people.‎ Norman Bethune 46 born in 1890. He became a ‎47 in 1916, and he went to the front to look after injured soldiers in the First World War. He saw many soldiers die in the war. Later he invented new treatments to 48 soldiers, and medical tools to use outside hospital. ‎ In 1938 he came to treat the Chinese soldiers in the mountains north of Yan’an. There were 49 doctors, so he had to work very hard. He opened hospitals to give treatment to local people and soldiers, and to train doctors and nurses. He also wrote books so that doctors could learn about new treatments.‎ Dr Bethune worked very hard without stopping to 50 . Once, he preformed operations 51 69 hours without stopping, and saved 112people. He 52 working in spite of cutting his hand during an operation. In the end, he died because he did not take care of his 53 .‎ Dr Bethune’s work with the Chinese soldiers made ‎54 a hero in China. There are books and films about him, and he is 55 remembered in both Canada and China.‎ ‎46. A. is B. was C. has been D. be ‎47. A. doctor B. nurse C. teacher D. worker ‎48. A. understand B. believe C. help D. count ‎49. A. little B. few C. much D. many ‎50. A. rest B. act C. agree D. think ‎51. A. from B. since C. with D. for ‎52. A. allowed B. continued C. forgot D. stopped ‎53. A. face B. leg C. foot D. hand ‎54. A. his B. he C. him D. one ‎55. A. still B. never C. hardly D. Regularly 文章大意：本文是一片记叙文，讲述了白求恩大夫的经历。他为中国人民的抗战作出了巨大贡献，并为此献出了生命，成为中国人民的英雄。‎ ‎46. B 【解析】出生在1890年，应该用过去式。‎ ‎47. A 解析：根据下文对他的描述，可以判断他是一名医生。‎ ‎48. C 解析：他发明了新的医疗方法来帮助士兵。‎ ‎49. B 解析：他必须努力工作，应该是医生很少，医生是可数名词，因此用few。‎ ‎50. A 解析： 白求恩大夫工作很努力，没有停下来休息。‎ ‎51. D 解析：一段时间之前用介词for。‎ ‎52. B 解析：尽管在一次手术中伤了手，他还是继续工作。Continue，继续。‎ ‎53. D 解析：从前文可以看出他伤了手，因此这应该是hand。‎ ‎54. C 解析：对中国士兵的工作使他成为中国人民的英雄，在动词后面用宾格作宾语。‎ ‎55. A 解析：在中和加拿大，他仍然被人们怀念。Still，仍然。‎ ‎【2011遵义】The question was once asked of a highly successful businessman,“How have you done so much in your lifetime?”‎ ‎ He replied,“I have 41 .I have turned my mind free to imagine 42 I wanted to do.Then I have gone to bed and thought about my dreams.In the night I dreamt about my dreams.‎ And when I awoke in the morning,I saw the way 43 my dreams real.White 44 people were saying,‘You can’t do that,it is 45 ,’I was well on my way to achieving what I wanted,”As Woodrow Wilson,28th President of the U.S.,said:“We grow great by dreams.All big men are ‎ ‎ 46 .”‎ ‎ They see things in the soft fog of a spring day,or in the red fire ‎47 a long winter’s evening.Some of us 48 these dreams die,but others feed,protect and look after them;keep them through bad days until they bring them to the sunshine and light,it comes 49 to the people who sincerely hope that their dreams will ‎ come true.‎ ‎ So please,don’t let anyone steal you dreams, 50 try to tell you they are too impossible.‎ ‎ “Sing your songs,dream your dreams,and hope your hope.”‎ ‎41.A.dreamed B.changed C.learned ‎42.A.how B.what C.which ‎43.A.to make B.to realize C.to achieve ‎44.A.another B.the other C.other ‎45.A.possible B.impossible C.important ‎46.A.dreams B.dreamer C.dreamers ‎47.A.on B.in C.at ‎48.A.had B.let C.kept ‎49.A.never B.sometimes C.always ‎50.A.or B.and C.but ‎41、A 42、B 43、A 44、C 45、B 46、C 47、A 48、B 49、C 50、B ‎ Every child has his own dream. Every child hopes to be an adult. 36 , is it really like what they imagine? As a boy 37 lives in modern times and in a modern city, I feel 38 ‎ pressure (压力) on me with the city’s development. Although we 39 worry about money, we still have some 40 problems, such as competition among classmates and expectation (期望) from parents. These experiences are very 41 to our future. But 42 , they really give me a lot of pressure. I still clearly 43 the happiness of my childhood. 44 , we had to face the fact with time passing by. We began to 45 this invisible (无形的) pressure come upon us. We get up before sunrise and 46 after sunset. We work and study 47 an adult, even harder. ‎ ‎ 48 we do is in order to get an excellent 49 . Growing up is very boring, but we 50 try to find happiness while growing up. I think friendship among our friends, the support from our parents and the encouragement from our teachers can help us. Why not enjoy the pleasure of growing up and its delicious taste?‎ ‎( )36. A. However B. And C. So ‎( )37. A. which B. who C. whom ‎( )38. A. less B. fewer C. greater ‎( )39. A. always B. often C. seldom ‎( )40. A. other B. another C. others ‎( )41. A. helpful B. happy C. bad ‎( )42. A. at first B. for example C. in fact ‎( )43. A. think B. remember C. forget ‎( )44. A. Luckily B. Unluckily C. Impossibly ‎( )45. A. see B. touch C. feel ‎( )46. A. come out B. come down C. come back ‎( )47. A. as B. like C. alike ‎( )48. A. What B. That C. How ‎( )49. A. progress B. mark C. success ‎( )50. A. should B. shouldn’t C. mustn’t ‎36—40 ABCCA 41—45 ACBBC 46—50 CBABA ‎【2011雅安】二、完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ 【2011雅安】A Dear Sigmund Friend I am a Grade 9 student. I have 21 problem, and I do not know how to deal 22 it.‎ I have a lot of homework every day, and I have no choice 23 to do it. I often stay up late to complete 24 , and then feel tired the next day.‎ Sometimes, I want to 25 to do so much work, but usually I just accept it. I understand that it is important to do my homework and 26 on time. However, I hardly have any spare time for my hobbies 27 playing volleyball and ping-pong. I really feel bad about that. I often doubt whether it is worth 28 so hard.‎ I am ‎29 a holiday without homework so that I can relax and have some time ‎ for my hobbies. What should I do? Can you offer me some suggestions? They will be of great value to me. I hope to 30 you soon.‎ Best wishes Millie ‎21. A. an B. a C. the D. (不填)‎ ‎22. A. with B. for C. to D. on ‎23. A. and B. so C. but D. then ‎24. A. the housework B. the exercise C. exercises D. the exercises ‎25. A. accept B. refuse C. take D. agree ‎26. A. hand it on B. hand it in C. hand in D. put it in ‎27. A. as B. such so C. such as D. as much as ‎28. A. reading B. playing C. walking D. working ‎29. A. looking for B. looking forward to C. looking after D. looking up ‎30. A. hear of B. hear about C. hear from D. hear ‎【主旨大意】本文以一个九年级学生的语气，谈论了自己面对的一些生活和学习中的烦恼。 ‎ ‎21. B【解析】一个烦恼，泛指用a。‎ ‎22. A【解析】考查词组deal with意为“处置；助理”。‎ ‎23. C【解析】考查词组have no choice but to do sth. “毫无选择地做某事”。‎ ‎24. D【解析】exercise意为“练习”可数名词，所作的练习不止一道题，用复数形式。‎ ‎25. B 【解析】accept“接受”；refuse“拒绝”；take“带走”；agree“同意”。根据后半句，但是有时我接受，可知前边的意思是“有时我拒绝”。‎ ‎26. B 【解析】词组为hand in“上交”。hand in为动词+副词的结构，代词作宾语放于动词与副词之间。‎ ‎27. C 【解析】such as意为“例如”。‎ ‎28. D 【解析】根据上文可知“我”一直在做作业，学习很刻苦。work hard“努力学习”。‎ ‎29. B 【解析】looking for “寻找”；B. looking forward to“渴望”；looking after“照顾；照看”；looking up“查字典”。句意为“我多么渴望没有作业的假期”。‎ ‎30. C 【解析】hear of“听说”；hear about“听说”；hear from“收到某人的来信”；‎ hear“听见”。句意为“我希望不久收到你的回信”。‎ ‎【2011浙江杭州】五、完形填空 Monty was the son of a horse trainer. When he was in his ninth grade, he was asked to write a __31__ about what he wanted to be and do when he grew up. ‎ ‎ That night he wrote a seven-page paper saying that someday he’d __32__ a horse ranch (牧场). He wrote about his dream in great detail and he __33__ drew a picture of a 200-acre ranch with all the buildings. ‎ ‎ He put a great deal of his __34__ into the project and the next day he handed it in __35__ his teacher. Two days later he received his paper back. On the front page was a large red F with a __36__ that read, “See me after class.” ‎ ‎ The boy with the dream went to see the teacher after class and asked, “__37__ did I receive an F?”‎ The teacher said, “This is an __38__ dream for a young boy like you. You come from a poor family. Owning a horse ranch requires a lot of __39__. You have to buy the land. You have to pay for other things. There is no__40__ you could ever do it.” Then the teacher added, “__41__ you rewrite this paper with a more realistic goal, I will reconsider your grade.”‎ The boy went home and thought about __42__ long and hard. He asked his father what he should do. His father said, “Look, son, you have to make up your own mind on this. However, I think it is a very important __43__ for you.”‎ Finally, after sitting with it for a week, the boy turned in the __44__ paper, making no changes at all. He said to the teacher, “You can keep the F and I’ll keep my 14 .”‎ ‎31. A. speech B. paper C. notice D. diary ‎32. A. paint B. win C. own D. sell ‎33. A. just B. almost C. ever D. even ‎34. A. heart B. life C. advice D. trust ‎35. A. to B. with C. from D. for ‎36. A. word B. letter C. note D. post ‎37. A. How B. Why C. When D. Where ‎38. A. unusual B. unforgettable C. unimportant D. unrealistic ‎39. A. money B. time C. space D. effort ‎40. A. wonder B. way C. problem D. matter ‎41. A. Though B. since C. Until D. If ‎42. A. himself B. him C. it D. itself ‎43. A. change B. gift C. message D. decision ‎44. A. long B. thick C. same D. correct ‎45. A. grade B. dream C. duty D. secret ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述的Monty是一位驯马师的儿子,他的作业是长大后的梦想写成一张纸。老师认为他的家庭贫穷，他的梦想不可能实现。让他重写一张。而在父亲的影响下，Monty仍然坚持自己的梦想，还是把原来那张纸交给了老师。‎ ‎31. B 根据下文可知，老师要求写一张纸，故选B。‎ ‎32. C 根据短文内容及文中句子“owning a horse ranch requires a lot of __39__”，可以推断选项B。‎ ‎33. D联系上下句，分析四个选项，可以推断他即写了还画了一个牧场，故选D。‎ ‎34. A根据题意可知他用心做作业，故选A。‎ ‎35. A固定词组的考察，把什么上交给谁，用hand in to sb，故选C。‎ ‎36. C 根据题意，并区别四个选项应是一张纸条，故选C。‎ ‎37. B 结合上下文应是询问得F的原因，故选B。‎ ‎38. D 根据下文的意思，可推断出老师认为他的梦想是不现实的，故选D。‎ ‎39. A根据下文意思，应是需要钱，故选A。‎ ‎40. B根据题意应是“方法，方式”。‎ ‎41. D连词的用法。 结合下一句，可知应选D。‎ ‎42. C 根据上下文，分析可知“他在考虑重写梦想的这件事”，故选C。‎ ‎43. D词意辨析。根据短文内容及四个选项中各词的不同意思，可推断出答案D。‎ ‎44. C依据下句的意思，可以推断出男孩上交的还是原来那张纸。故选C。‎ ‎45. B根据上句的意思，可以得知男孩让老师坚持原来的F，而自己还是坚持自己的梦想，故选B。‎ ‎【2011山东济宁】第二节 完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从每小题A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ On my way home I knocked into a stranger as he passed by. “Oh. I'm terribly sorry,” I said. “That’s all right. Please excuse me too; I wasn't even 26____ you. I wish I didn’t hurt you.”‎ We were very 27 . We said good-bye and went on our way.‎ But at home we often 28 our loved ones in a different way.‎ Later that day, while I was cooking the evening meal, my daughter stood beside me very quietly. When I turned, I nearly 29 her down. “Move out of the way.” I shouted. She walked away, tears (眼泪) in her eyes.‎ While I lay awake in bed, I realized how 30 I’d spoken. So I decided to get up to say sorry to my daughter. On the way to her bedroom, to my surprise, I found some 31 by the door of the kitchen. At that time my tears began to fall. I quietly went and got down on my knees by her 32 . She woke up and put her arms around my neck when I kissed her. Then I asked, “Did you pick these flowers for me?”‎ She smiled, “I found them out by the tree. I picked them 33 they're pretty like you. I knew you’d like them. I stood quietly in order to give you a surprise.” “Oh dear, I'm really sorry for the way I acted today; I shouldn’t have shouted at you.”‎ ‎“ That’s okay. Mom. I 34 you anyway.”‎ I suddenly realized what a clever way it is to explain the word 35 like this: (F) ather (A) nd (M) other, (I) (L) ove (Y) ou!‎ ‎26. A. saving B. helping C. calling D. noticing ‎27. A. sad B. angry C. polite D. proud ‎28. A. help B. treat C. criticize D. encourage ‎29. A. put B. took C. turned D. knocked ‎30. A. sadly B. rudely C. softly D. calmly ‎31. A. books B. clothes C. flowers D. vegetables ‎32. A. bed B. though C. before D. because ‎34. A. love B. need C. miss D. hate ‎35. A. father B. mother C. family D. daughter ‎【主旨大意】本文通过“我”在路上撞到一个陌生人而相互道歉的事，引申到“我”在家撞到女儿，却态度粗鲁而感到内疚去跟女儿道歉的故事，从而引出对家的含义不同的诠释。‎ ‎26. D 根据句意可知，应该是注意到某人，故答案为D。‎ ‎27. C 根据前面可以判断相互道歉，应该是“我们”之间有礼貌。‎ ‎28. B 应该是以不同的方式对待我们家里爱的人。‎ ‎29. C 句意：当我转身的时候，几乎撞到了她。故选C。‎ ‎30. B 结合上文可知，“我”意识到我的态度很粗鲁。‎ ‎31. C 根据下文“Did you pick these flowers for me?”可知应该选C。‎ ‎32. A 从后句中“She woke up”可知，“女儿”已经睡觉了，故答案为A。‎ ‎33. D 由句意可以推知，前后句是因果关系，故答案为D。‎ ‎34. A 从前句可以应该是爱她的妈妈。‎ ‎35. C 通过“(F) ather (A) nd (M) other, (I) (L) ove (Y) ou!”可知应该选C。‎ ‎【2011四川乐山】第二节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分, 满分15分）‎ 阅读下列短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~50各题所给的三个或四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。 ‎ ‎ 【2011四川乐山】 A July 4 is the birthday of the United States of America. Since 1776, people have 36 the Independence Day holiday every year.‎ What do people 37 on Independence Day? Many colorful and interesting things. They have fireworks shows in the evenings and sing songs. Some families organize picnics with barbecues (烧烤). Kids can 38 much delicious food like hotdogs.‎ And these parties are a good time to dress up. Some kids make July 4 hats 39 the stars and stripes(星条) of the country’s flag on them. And Independence Day is in summer. Many kids use stars and stripes fans to keep themselves 40 .‎ It’s a great day, but no one forgets that it’s 41 too. US people are proud of their 42 and proud of what the founders did for it. On Independence Day everyone gets the chance to show it.‎ ‎36. A. spent B. celebrated C. decorated ‎37. A. do B. make C. give ‎38. A. smell B. sell C. eat ‎39. A. for B. with C. at ‎40. A. hot B. warm C. cool ‎41. A. funny B. serious C. boring ‎42. A. country B. school C. home ‎【主旨大意】‎1776年7月4日是美国诞生日，每年美国人都会隆重纪念自己的国庆日。文章详细表述了庆祝过程中，人们会穿上盛装，举办焰火表演，享受烧烤美食。当然，国庆日对每一个美国人来说也是一个严肃的日子，人们在为祖国自豪的同时也不会忘记缅怀创立者的丰功伟绩。‎ ‎36、B根据句意，人们每年都要庆祝独立日。Spent表示度过这个节日，decorated是“装饰”的意思，与原文意思不符，故选B。‎ ‎37、A 根据下文的表述，可以知道这是本段的首括句:人们会在庆祝日做些什么呢？‎ ‎38、C家庭组织烧烤野营，孩子们当然会享受美食了。故选C。‎ ‎39、B考查定语。With短语作后置定语，带有星星和星条的帽子。‎ ‎40、C许多孩子为了装酷，用带星星和星条的扇子。Hot 和warm不符合文意。‎ ‎41、B 本句承上启下，在欢庆的同时，人们没有忘记这也是一个严肃的日子。‎ ‎42、A 人们为祖国而感到骄傲，本文是围绕国庆日进行表述的，B、C不切题意。‎ ‎【2011浙江丽水】三、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Eric was terribly ill. He couldn't move and had to spend all day in 31_________. Because his friends were not allowed to go near him, he felt quite 32_________ . Every day he just looked out of the 33 _________, doing nothing at all. As time passed, Eric became more and more hopeless.‎ One day, however, he saw something very 34 _________in the window. A panda was eating sandwiches there. Eric was very surprised. Before he could 35 _________what had happened, he saw a monkey playing the violin. After a while, he saw more and more 36_________ characters outside the window. This time he began to 37 _________a lot and could hardly stop.‎ No one would stop laughing when they saw a pig playing a drum, or a dog 38 _________a pair of glasses and acting like a teacher. Eric didn't tell anyone about this 39_________ he thought nobody would believe this. Anyway, those strange characters brought happiness back 40 _________his heart. Soon he got well and was able to go back to 41_________ again.‎ When class was over. Eric told his 42_________ about all the strange things he had seen. While he was talking, he saw something coming out of Tom's 43 _________. He wanted very much to know what it was, so he asked Tom 44 _________. Finally Tom had to 45_________ him what was in the bag. There, inside, were all the fancy-dress (假面) toys that Tom had used to cheer him up! ‎ ‎ And from that day on, Eric always did his best to make sure that no one was sad or lonely.‎ ‎31. A. school B. bed C. church D. class ‎ ‎32. A. happy B. tired C. sad D. excited ‎ ‎33. A. window B. book C. door D. wall ‎ ‎34. A. delicious B. warm C. useful D. strange ‎ ‎35. A. find out B. pick up C. take away D. get back ‎ ‎36. A. quiet B. brave C. funny D. dangerous ‎ ‎37. A. cry B. laugh C. run D. sing ‎ ‎38. A. making B. selling C. inventing D. wearing ‎ ‎39. A. because B. but C. so D or ‎ ‎40. A. for B. with C. into D. by ‎ ‎41. A. work B. school C. town D. hospital ‎ ‎42. A. parents B. brothers C. sisters D. classmates ‎ ‎43. A. eyes B. shoes C. jacket D. schoolbag ‎ ‎44. A. again and again B. as usual C. day and night D. in time ‎ ‎45. A. teach B. show C. lend D. sell ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述汤姆默默帮助病重男孩艾瑞克树立生活的希望的故事，告诉大家没有人是孤单悲伤地。‎ ‎31. B 根据句意艾瑞克不能动，只能是躺在床上。‎ ‎32. C 别的朋友都不和他玩，说明他感到很悲伤。‎ ‎33. A look out of the window 意为“向窗外看”。‎ ‎34. D 由后面的文章可知,这些事情很奇怪.‎ ‎35. A find out意为弄明白，pick up意为捡起，take away意为拿走，get back意为取回。‎ ‎36. C 只有funny和dangerous的比较级前面加more,但dangerous意为危险的，不符合本意。‎ ‎37. B 由上面的句子知道这些可笑人物特征让艾瑞克笑了。‎ ‎38. D 戴眼镜用wear.‎ ‎39. A 解释原因用because,‎ ‎40. C bring sth. into one’s heart给某人的内心带来…‎ ‎41. B 病好了之后当然要去上学了。‎ ‎42. D 下课之后，只能和同学们讲述自己的经历了。‎ ‎43. D 由下文“what was in the bag”可知，应该是书包。‎ ‎44. A again and again意为一次又一次地 ‎45. B show意为出示给某人看。‎ ‎【2011邵阳】‎ B)完形填空阅读短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的ABC三个选项中选出最佳答案。(共10小题，每小题1分)‎ Are only clever and good-looking students happy in the school? Best-selling ___31___ Xiao Nizi (Nini) doesn’t think so.‎ ‎ “___32___ has his own place in the sky." she said. "We're all special in our own ways.”‎ Nini, from Hunan, writes stories about young people in the school. Her books, ___33___ Devils Kiss and Un-e on Midsummer’s Night, are very ___34___ with students.‎ In her stories, the main characters arc usually common girls who are neither pretty ___35___ smart. But they always win the love of a Prince Charming(白马王子)，or ___36___ successful stars.‎ ‎"It’s not because of luck."' said Nini. ""They are ___37___ honest and they don't lie. They know what they arc good ___38___ and work hard to realize their dreams. "‎ Nini herself is like one of the characters in her stories. She was a shy girl at school. But she thought a lot and liked languages, and that made her ___39___ to be a writer. She hopes her stories ___40__ make more kids happy.‎ ‎31. A. writer B. reader C. speaker ‎32. A. Nobody B. Everyone C. Someone ‎33. A. as B. for example C. such as ‎34. A. successful B. popular C. funny ‎35. A. nor B. or C. but ‎36. A. become B. make C. take ‎37. A. still B. only C. ever ‎38. A. at B. for C. with ‎39. A. deciding B. to decide C. decide ‎40. A. can B. must C. need ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了湖南一个叫妮妮的女孩子，她写的故事的特点。‎ ‎31.A 【解析】根据第三段的…writes stories about young people可知。‎ ‎32. B 【解析】句意为：每个人在天空下都有自己的位置。‎ ‎33.C 【解析】 句意为：她的书，例如《恶魔之吻》，《仲夏夜之爱》都被学生们喜爱。for example; such as均意为“例如”。for example一般举一例；such as ‎ 一般举两个或者两个以上的例子。‎ ‎34. B【解析】 be popular with 意为“受欢迎的”。‎ ‎35. A【解析】本题考查词组：neither…nor“既不…也不”。句意为；她故事中的主人公都是普通的女孩子，既不美丽也不聪明。‎ ‎36.A 【解析】句意为：她们总是赢得白马王子的爱。或者成为明星。become“成为”。‎ ‎37.B 【解析】still 意为“依旧”；only意为“只是”；ever意为“曾经”。句意为：她们只是诚实，不说谎。‎ ‎38.A【解析】本题考查词组。be good at，意为“擅长”；be good for, 意为“对…有好处”；; be good with, 意为“与…相处的好”。句意为：她们知道自己擅长什么。‎ ‎39..C【解析】make sb. +动词原形。 ‎ ‎40.A【解析】句意为：她希望她的故事使年轻人开心。.‎ ‎【2011•株洲】 完形填空 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。（共10个小题，每小题1分）‎ ‎ One very cold morning, my, father and I were working on the farm. I asked him how long I must stay in the ____31____.‎ ‎ “About an hour.”he answered.‎ ‎ “I wish I could go hone now—my __32__ aches.”‎ ‎ “I am sorry, but can’t you stay till lunch time?”said my father.‎ ‎ “But my headache is getting __33__.”‎ ‎ “Well,” said he,“you may go home. I don’t want you to work if you are sick. Go straight home __34__ tell your mother to give you some rhubarb(大黄，一种苦药).It will __35__ you a lot.”‎ ‎ I went back home. However, I told my mother that my head was better, hoping not to __36__ the terrible medicine. But it was too __37__.She understood my __38__ as well as my father. So she prepared the rhubarb.‎ ‎ I had to swallow(吞) all of the rhubarb. Dear me! How bitter it was! I would rather __39__ all day in the field. But it cured(治愈) my laziness, and I learned that it is important to be __40__.‎ Friends, keep it, though there is another and a better reason.‎ ‎31. A. field B. hospital C. factory ‎32. A. tooth B. head C. stomach ‎33. A. better B. worse C. less ‎34. A. but B. or C. and ‎35. A. hurt B. worry C. help ‎36. A. take B. buy C. make ‎37. A. early B. late C. easy ‎38. A. joke B. duty C. problem ‎39. A. work B. play C. study ‎40. A. kind B. honest C, helpful 主旨大意：本文讲述了我为了逃避劳动，假装头痛，父母的治疗让我明白了诚实的重要性。‎ ‎31.A根据前句所述，我和父亲在农场劳动推断本句我询问还要在田间劳动多长时间，故选A项。‎ ‎32.B跳读下文所述“But my headache is getting…”推断此时我头痛，故选B项。‎ ‎33.B理解句意，推断我头痛得更厉害了，故选B项。‎ ‎34.C分析句子的逻辑关系，回家告诉妈妈给他吃大黄，这是顺连关系，故用and。‎ ‎35.C理解句意，吃大黄能帮助治疗头痛，故选C项。‎ ‎36.A吃药take the medicine，固定搭配。‎ ‎37.B跳读下文可知，母亲已经准备了药，此时，想不吃药已经迟了，故选B项。‎ ‎38.C理解句意，我的母亲和父亲一样知道我的病情及如何治疗，故选C项。‎ ‎39.A根据上文所述可知，在田间父子俩是在劳动的，故用动词。‎ ‎40.B联系上下文所述，推断我的头痛是为了逃避劳动，父母的治疗，让我明白了诚实的重要性，故选B项。‎ ‎【2011•广州】第二节 语法选择 Jack worked in a shop that sold clocks. He was always telling Harry ‎1 a new clock. But Harry, 2 lived next door to Jack, said he didn’t need one.‎ ‎“ 3 needs a clock,” Jack said. “How do you know when it’s time to get up?”‎ ‎“My landlord Mr. Smith turns on his radio at seven o’clock and listens 4 the news,” Harry said. “That’s my morning call.”‎ ‎“Ok. But how do you know when to go to work?”‎ ‎“By the time I 5 my breakfast, it’s eight o’clock, time to leave for the office. Then I walk there. When I arrive at my office, it’s nice o’clock. That’s 6 time I start work.”‎ ‎“Ok. But how do you know when it’s time to go home?”‎ ‎“The factory bell ‎7 ”‎ Harry told him.‎ ‎“But how do you know when it’s time to go to bed?”‎ ‎“The television programs come to end.”‎ By now Jack was really 8 . “Ok,” he shouted. “Now tell me what would happen 9 you woke up in the middle of the night and wanted to know the time.”‎ ‎“That’s easy,” Harry said, “I would knock heavily on 10 wall. Then you would shout at me, ‘What are you doing knocking on my wall at three o’clock in the morning?’”‎ ‎( )1.A. to buy B. buying C. bought D. buy ‎( )2.A. which B. whose C. that D. who ‎( )3.A. No one B. Neither one C. Everyone D. Someone ‎( )4.A. at B. to C. in D. on ‎( )5.A. eats B. have eaten C. ate D. was eating ‎( )6.A. a B. an C. the D.不填 ‎( )7.A. ring B. rings C. was rung D. ringing ‎( )8.A. anger B. angrily C. angry D. angering ‎( )9.A. if B. that C. why D. how ‎( )10.A. his B. their C. her D. your 主旨大意：本文讲述了在钟表店工作的杰克，建议邻居亨利买钟，遭到了拒绝的故事。‎ ‎1.答案:A 解析:考查固定结构。tell sb. to do sth.故选A项。‎ ‎2.答案:D 解析:考查定语从句先行词。这里指亨利个人，用who作为先行词。‎ ‎3.答案:C 解析:考查句意理解。这里杰克认为每个人都需要钟，故用everyone。‎ ‎4.答案:B 解析:考查固定词组。listen是不及物动词，后接宾语要有介词to。‎ ‎5.答案:B 解析:考查句子的时态，根据时间状语by the time推断，用现在完成时态，故选B项。‎ ‎6.答案:C 解析:考查冠词的用法。这里特指开始工作的时间、因此用定冠词。‎ ‎7.答案:B 解析:考查句子的时态。理解本句是指平常工厂的铃声响了，亨利就下班了，故用一般现在时态，故选B项。‎ ‎8.答案:C 解析:考查单词的用法。杰克生气了，be动词后接形容词，故选C项。‎ ‎9.答案:A 解析:考查句子的逻辑关系，分析句意可知，这是一个条件状语从句，故选A项。‎ ‎10.答案:D 解析:考查句意理解。此句意为：亨利将敲Jack的墙，亨利对杰克说，故用。‎ ‎【2011•广州】三、完形填空 It was the last day of school and I planned to travel to my friend’s hometown. I hadn’t seen him for years and this was a good 1 to meet him again.‎ I was busy at school so it was rather 2 when I came back home. It was already ‎10 o’clock at night. Time was running out. After a hurried meal I left. 3 I found a taxi very soon. Asking the driver to drive me fast to the station, I relaxed for a while, imagining what my friend looked like now. I was soon at the station and was sure that I would be able to 4 the train. Unfortunately, I fell on the way and lost some time. To my complete 5 , when I reached the platform, I saw that the train had just left! It was the last train so I had to 6 home.‎ My mother was glad to see me back as she had a feeling about my trip. But I was unhappy. I tried to relax and went to bed but I had a 7 sleep. The next morning I was very tired. As I was having breakfast the 8 arrived. I read over the pages and was shocked to 9 that the train I missed had had an accident. How 10 I was ‎ that I missed the train!‎ ‎( )1.A. sign B. chance C. sense D. dream ‎( )2.A. strange B. cold C. late D. quiet ‎( )3.A. Finally B. Suddenly C. Strangely D. Luckily ‎( )4.A. stop B. see C. catch D. miss ‎( )5.A. satisfaction B. hope C. surprise D. joy ‎( )6.A. call B. leave C. reach D. return ‎( )7.A. deep B. bad C. great D. heavy ‎( )8.A. newspaper B. ticket C. mild D. train ‎( )9.A. find B. hear C. feel D. remember ‎( )10.A. hopeful B. thankful C. careful D. painful 主旨大意：本文讲述了“我”准备晚间去看望朋友，因误点错过了火车，感到心情沮丧，从第二天的报纸上得知：那辆我没赶上的火车出了事故。‎ ‎1.答案:B 解析:考查辨别词意。理解句意得知，这是一次再次见到老朋友的好机会。sign意为：记号，标志；chance意为：机会；sense意为：感受；dream意为：梦想。‎ ‎2.答案:C 解析:考查句意理解。根据前后句意分析可知，已是夜里10点钟，相当迟了，故选C项。‎ ‎3.答案:D 解析:考查句意理解和辨别词意。分析句意可知，虽然很迟，还是很幸运地找到了出租车，finally意为：最后，终于；suddenly意为：突然地；strangely意为：奇怪地；luckily意为：幸运地，符合句意。‎ ‎4.答案:C 解析:考查句意理解和固定搭配。理解句意，我认为肯定能赶上火车，乘火车用动词catch或take，故选C项。‎ ‎5.答案:C 解析:考查句意理解和固定词组。理解句意，令我惊讶的是火车已离开了站台，to my surprise令我惊讶固定词组。‎ ‎6.答案:D 解析:考查句意题解和辨别词意。根据上文所述，我已错过了火车，就不得不回家了。call意为：打电话；leave意为：离开；reach意为：到达；return意为：回家。‎ ‎7.答案:B 解析:考查句意理解和辨别词意。根据上文所述，我原打算见老朋友，都没有赶上火车，因此心情不愉快推断，睡得不好。deep意为：深的；bad意为：坏的；great意为：好的；heavy意为：重的。‎ ‎8.答案:A 解析:考查句意理解。跳读下文所述，我在看报纸，故选A项。‎ ‎9.答案:A 解析:考查句意理解和词义辨析。理解句意：我在报纸上发现了我错过的那班车火车失事了，find意为：找到、发现；hear意为：听到；feel意为：感到；remember意为：记得。‎ ‎10.答案:B 解析:考查句意理解和词义辨别。理解句意，我对错过火车感到很欣慰的，hopeful意为：充满希望的，thankful意为：欣慰的；careful意为：小心的；painful意为：痛苦的。阅读理解 ‎【2011湖北黄冈】阅读下面短文，从短文后所给的四个选项中，选出可填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Ever since I was little, my favourite season was winter. I loved to play in the snow and enjoy the hot chocolate.‎ ‎__46_ , winter never gave me the special gift of snow on my birthday. I would ask my grandmother _47__ it didn' t snow on my birthday. She would laugh and tell me I asked too many questions. __48__ one day, she promised(许诺)that she would make it snow on my next birthday.‎ That year, __49__my birthday, my grandmother died. I was sad but angry because she had promised to make it snow. The day of my sixth birthday, I woke up and ran to the window, __50_ to see just one snowflake. But there was no snow. I felt mad at my grandmother. She had broken a promise.‎ By my sixteenth birthday, I _51_all hope of getting my snow, even though I still wished for __52_ . During my party, I stayed with my friends and family and was truly happy. I __53__ the best time ever! Then I saw the white snow __54__ down all around.‎ ‎ I was so excited that I ran around screaming(尖叫) and laughing. My friends all laughed ___55__ me, but I didn't care.‎ When I __56__ home, my grandpa said he had a gift for me. I was __57__ because he had given me a gift. It was a small white box, which looked old. I opened it. There was a crystal snow-‎ flake(冰晶雪花) with a card that __58__ , "Happy Birthday. "‎ How could this be? My grandpa said it was my grandmother's final __59_ on my "sweet sixteenth". I cried.‎ I was _ 60 that my smiling grandmother angel was and had been watching over me.‎ ‎46. A. Certainly B. Unfortunately C. Importantly D. Luckily ‎47. A. when B. how C. whether D. why ‎48. A. But B. Or C. Then D. So ‎49. A. on B. after C. before D. in ‎50. A. hoped B. hoping C. to hope D. hope ‎51. A. was losing B. lost C. would lose D. had lost ‎52. A. it B. her C. him D. me ‎53. A. had B. was C. played D. feared ‎54. A. fell B. to fall C. fallen D. falling ‎ ‎55. A. with B.at C.from D. off ‎56. A. arrived at B. remained C. got D. entered ‎57. A. excited B. confused C. pleased D. frustrated ‎58. A. wrote B.said C. explained D. appeared ‎59. A. order B. mistake C. wish D. decision ‎60. A. certain B. angry C. sad D. anxious 本文介绍了小作者从小就喜欢雪，希望在生日那天得到雪。她的祖母就许诺会给她的，不幸地是她的祖母在生日前去世了。她很生气。后来，结果证明了她的祖母临终的愿望也没有忘记给她礼物。‎ ‎46. B 根据句意“在我生日那天，冬天从来都没有给我一个特殊的礼物。”所以，应该是“不幸地”。故选B。‎ ‎47. C ‎ when意为“什么时候”；how意“如何”；whether意为“是否”；why意为“为什么”。句意为“我将问问我的奶奶为什么在我生日那天不下雪。”故选C。‎ ‎48. A根据上文中提到了“大笑”和下文的“许诺”，所以，应该表示转折。故选A。‎ ‎49. C 根据下文，作者还没有过生日，所以“在生日之前”。故选C。‎ ‎50. B hoping在此表示现在分词做伴随状语。故选B。‎ ‎51. D 句意为“在我16岁生日的时候，我已经失去了得到雪的所以希望。”根据标志词by可以判断用过去进行时态。故选D。‎ ‎52. A 用it来指代“雪”，snow不可数，故选A。‎ ‎53. A have the best time“表示过得很快乐。”故选A。‎ ‎54. D 句意为“我看到白雪四处飘下。”see sth. doing意为“看到事情正在发生”。故选D。‎ ‎55. B l augh at sb.意为“嘲笑某人”。故选B。‎ ‎56. C 句意为“当我到家的时候”。arrive at 意为“到达”；remain意为“保持”；get to意为“到达”；enter意为“进入”。因为home为副词，所以，不能加介词。故选C。‎ ‎57. B 因为作者已经收到了礼物，所以，当他爷爷说再给他礼物的时候，他感到很迷惑。故选B。‎ ‎58.B 句意为“有一个半隐半现的一片水晶雪花和一张写着‘生日快乐’的贺卡。”表示写着用“said”故选B。‎ ‎59. C 句意为“它是我祖母的临终愿望”。故选C。‎ ‎60. A 句意为“我向我面带微笑的天使般的祖母默默祈祷，我肯定她正护佑着我。她一直护佑着我。”“certain”表示“确信的”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011湖南怀化】第二节 完形填空 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，每小题1分）‎ Which part is the most important?‎ My mother used to ask me what the most important part of the body is. When I was 31 .1 thought music and talking were the most important things, so I said: “My 32 Mommy.”‎ She said; "No. many people are deaf and can’t hear anything but they live normal lives. But you 33 thinking about my questions and I will ask you again soon. "‎ Several years passed before she asked me again. This time I told her: “Mommy. 34 is very important to 35 , so it must be our eyes. "‎ She looked at me and told me: "You are learning fast, but your 36 is not right because there are many people who are blind and who arc happy and healthy all the same.”‎ ‎ Then, last year, my grandpa 37 .‎ Everybody was crying. My mom asked me: “Do you know the most important body pan now, my dear? The most important body part is your 38 .”‎ ‎ “Is it because it holds up (支撑)my head?” I asked.‎ ‎"No, it is because it can hold a head of a friend or a loved one when they 39 ."‎ she answered. “ Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometime in life. I only hope that you have enough love and friends in your life. So, you will 40 have a shoulder to cry on when you need it."‎ ‎31. A. older B. younger C. cleverer ‎32. A. ears B. eyes C. mouth ‎33. A. stop B. begin C. keep ‎34. A. mind B. heart C. sight ‎35. A. everybody B. somebody C. nobody ‎36. A. question B. problem C. answer ‎37. A. came B. died C. arrived ‎38. A. shoulder B. foot C. hand ‎39. A. laugh B. dance C. cry ‎40. A. never B. always C. seldom ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一位母亲在不同的时候问她孩子同一个问题，通过每一个答案，揭示一些人生哲理的故事。‎ ‎31. B 细节推理题。根据下文提到的“Several years passed”得出答案。‎ ‎32. A 细节推理题。根据妈妈的话“many people are deaf and can’t hear anything…”得出答案。‎ ‎33. C 细节推理题。根据妈妈的话，得出应该是继续思考。‎ ‎34. C 细节推理题。根据下文的句子“it must be our eyes”得出答案。‎ ‎35. A 细节理解题。此处考的是不定代词的用法，应该选A，比较合适。‎ ‎36. C 细节理解题。结合上下文的语境意思，得出答案。‎ ‎37. B 细节推理题。根据下文的句子“Everybody was crying.”看出答案。‎ ‎38. A 细节理解题。根据这句话“Is it because it holds up (支撑)my head?”可知答案。‎ ‎39. C 细节理解题。根据下文“Everybody needs a shoulder to cry on sometime in life.”可知答案。‎ ‎40. B 细节推理题。根据“I only hope that you have enough love and friends in your life.”得出答案。‎ ‎【江西省2011】三、完形填空（25分）‎ ‎（A）请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该项涂黑。（每小题1分）‎ It Seemed Like a Good Idea at the Time I really only meant it as a joke. I wasn't trying to steal anything honestly. ‎ My friend Matthew started bringing his new cell phone to class last week. He was walking around bragging (吹嘘) about it to everyone. He was saying, "My cell phone can download (下载) the newest 41 off the internet. "Then he 42 everyone by downloading a game and starting to play it. The pictures and sound were really 43 .‎ ‎44 class, he would use his cell phone to watch TV. The rest of us didn't have a phone like 45 , so we had to crowd around him. I was just trying to see the screen, 46 there were so many other kids that I could not see it clearly. I was getting really jealous (嫉妒).‎ But then yesterday, he forgot his cell phone at the end of class. He left it right on his desk. 47 noticed it was there except me. I decided to teach him a lesson. I took his phone quietly off the desk, and put it in my own bag. My 48 was to give it back to him the next day. I 49 wanted to see his reaction (反应). Maybe he would stop being such a show-off.‎ But this morning he rushed into class, screaming and yelling (吼叫). He was very 50 and almost mad. He started accusing (指责) different people of 51 his phone, but I had it in my 52 the whole time. He even started fighting with another classmate 53 Matthew was sure that person had taken it. The teacher sent them to the headmaster's office. They 54 got in a lot of trouble. Now I don't know what to 55 ! If I tell him that I took the cell phone, he'll think I stole it. If I don't tell him, then I really did steal it. How did I get into such a trouble?‎ ‎41. A. ads B. songs C. films D. games ‎42. A. gave B. showed C. lent D. asked ‎43. A. good B. bad C. noisy D. unclear ‎44. A. After B. During C. In D. From ‎45. A. hers B. ours C. his D. theirs ‎46. A. and B. but C. then D. so ‎47. A. Everybody B. Somebody C. Anybody D. Nobody ‎48. A. plan B. suggestion C. dream D. action ‎49. A. always B. hardly C. just D. sometimes ‎50. A. happy B. quiet C. sad D. angry ‎51. A. losing B. stealing C. playing D. using ‎52. A. desk B. hand C. bag D. pocket ‎53. A. if B. because C. until D. though ‎54. A. both B. all C. neither D. none ‎55. A. say B. take C. see D. do ‎【主旨大意】 “我”朋友新手机有新功能而大肆炫耀，为了不让朋友出风头、大肆炫耀。“我”想了一个在当时看来不错的办法，将他的手机藏起来。但事情的发展却使“我”左右为难。‎ ‎41.D 根据下文“下载下来玩游戏”，可知“手机能下载最新的游戏”。‎ ‎42.B 此处应为“通过下载游戏玩向同学演示”。‎ ‎43.A 新手机当然图画和声音都很好。‎ ‎44.A 应为“下课后，他用手机看电视”。‎ ‎45.C 代词的考察Matthew是男孩，此处的his是名词性物主代词，相当于his cell ‎ phone。“其余的我们没有和他的手机一样的。”‎ ‎46.B 连词的考察 应是转折关系“但是有许多孩子在哪儿”‎ ‎47.D 根据上下文，除了我没有人.‎ ‎48.A 词义辨析 “我的计划是第二天给他。”‎ ‎49.C 词义辨析 “我就想看看他的反应”。‎ ‎50.D Matthew的手机不见了，当然很生气快疯了。‎ ‎51.B 此处应为Matthew开始指责偷他手机的人。‎ ‎52.C 根据上文作者把Matthew的手机放在自己的包里。‎ ‎53.B 连词的考察Matthew开始与另一个同学打架，因为他确信那个拿了他的手机。‎ ‎54.A Matthew与另一位同学被送到校长办公室，他两个当然遇到很多麻烦。both两者都。‎ ‎55.D 句意为“我不知怎么做”‎ ‎【2011 山东烟台】三、完形填空（15分）‎ Today, it is a big problem for young graduates to get satisfying jobs. 41 that there are thousands of different kinds of jobs in the world. Choosing the right one itself is not easy. ‎ ‎“Finding a job” is not 42 as “choosing a job”. Many young people end up in a job because they are not 43 for it. Sometimes “Chance” may ‎44 a more important part than “decision”. ‎ Here are a few steps to help you think about jobs 45 you might enjoy doing after school or university. First, it is important 46 what kind of person you are, which special qualities 47 you outstanding among people and what you are interested in. There is a difference 48 an interest and a skill. If you like 49 and enjoy looking at pictures, that is an interest. But if you can ‎50 a horse that looks like a horse not a big dog, that is a 51 .‎ Then ask yourself a question,” In the following three areas--skills with people, skills with information and skills with things, which are your 52 skills?”‎ After 53 your skills, the next step is research. To 54 as many different kinds of jobs as possible, go to the library and read books, magazines ‎ and newspapers for information. Ask your friends 55 the work they do.‎ Finally, trust your own ideas and your own thinking! It is your own life, just find the job you really enjoy doing.‎ ‎41. A. It’s saying B. It’s say C. It is said D. It says ‎42. A. same B. as same C. so good D. the same ‎43. A. suitable B. fitted C. able D. like ‎44. A. take B. play C. have D. choose ‎45. A. which B. what C. if D. whether ‎46. A. feel B. realize C. to feel D. to realize ‎47. A. helps B. makes C. make D. help ‎48. A. both B. between C. from D. either ‎49. A. art B. music C. sports D. acting ‎50. A. ride B. feed C. draw D. treat ‎51. A. success B. skill C. hobby D. fact ‎52. A. good B. the best C. better D. best ‎53. A. examine B. have examined C. examining D. examined ‎54. A. find out B. look out C. find D. look at ‎55. A. what do they think of B. how do they think of ‎ C. what they think of D. how they think of ‎ ‎【主旨大意】今天，毕业生就业压力越来越大，很多人因为找不到合适的自己工作而烦恼。本文给出了毕业生在找工作时的四点注意事项：一是要正确认识自我，知道自己的兴趣所在；二是要找出自己专长；三是要尽可能多的找出目前有哪些工作；四是要相信自己，坚信自己的选择。‎ ‎41. C 【解析】该句意为“据说世界上有上千种不同的工作”，it is said意为“据说”，故选C；‎ ‎42. D 【解析】the same as 表示“和……一样”，该句意为“‘找工作’不同于‘选工作’”，故答案选D；‎ ‎43. A 【解析】本句意为“许多年轻人丢掉了工作是因为他们并不适合(这份工作)”, 短语be suitable for…意为“适合(于)……”, 故答案选A ‎44. B 【解析】‎ 这句话的意思是“有时候机会可能比决定扮演着更重要的角色”，play此处意为“扮演”play a more important part意为“扮演着更重要的角色，起到更重的作用”；‎ ‎45. A 【解析】考查定语从句的引导词。先行词jobs是“物”，所以用关系代词which来引导定语从句。故选A。‎ ‎46. D 【解析】该主句句型为“It is +adj.+ to do sth.”，意为“做某事是重要的”，该句意为“认识到你(自己)是个怎样的人是很重要的”，故正确答案选D；‎ ‎47. C 【解析】该句意为“这种特殊的品质使得你与众不同”，这是一个which引导的定语从句，因从句的主语为复数形式qualities，故要使用make；‎ ‎48. B 【解析】短语between…and…表示“在……和之间”，该句意为“兴趣和爱好是有差别的”；‎ ‎49. A 【解析】下文讲画马匹等事，这显然是在讨论艺术，故答案选A；‎ ‎50. C 【解析】这句是在讲画马匹，故要使用动词C，draw a horse意为“画一匹马”；‎ ‎51. B 【解析】该句意为“但是如果你能画一匹马，并看起来像马而不是像狗，那这就是一种技能了”，故选B；本段及下段都是在讨论技能，选项A错误；‎ ‎52. D 【解析】这是形容词good的最高级用作定语，修饰skills，故选D；‎ ‎53. C 【解析】after是介词，其后要使用动名词examining(“检查”)，所以答案选C；‎ ‎54. A 【解析】动词短语find out意为“找出，查明，发现”，是指费尽一番周折之后才“找到，发现”；find指偶然发现；由上下文可以看出此处应选答案A；look out意为“当心，小心”；look at意为“看……”均不符合题意；‎ ‎55. C 【解析】这是一个由what引导的宾语从句，其语序应用陈述句，正确答案为C；how是副词，不能充当do的逻辑宾语。 ‎ ‎【2011浙江衢州】三、完型填空 George Washington Carver was born in 1864. He was born a slave（奴隶）. When he was still a baby, his mother was dead. He was kept by his master.‎ ‎ All his life George loved __31___. When he was only seven years old, he already knew so __32__about plants that people in his hometown called him “the plant doctor”.‎ George wanted to learn as much as he could, but there was no __33___for black children where he lived. When he was ten, he left home to find a town that would ‎ allowed __34___children to attend school. He studied in Misscari and kanses __35___he finished high school. All this time he had to work to __36___his own expenses(费用). He worked as a cook and opened his own laundry.‎ In 1890, George began college. At first he studied art, but he still had a ___37__ of plants. He began to study agriculture. After he graduated, the famous inventor Thomas Edison asked him to work in his lab but George ___38___. He had other __39___. He started an agricultural organization for black students in Ala----.‎ In those days, many __40__in the south grew only cotton. This was __41__to the soil(土壤). After a while the __42____would not grow well. George Washington Carver wanted to help farmer in the south to grow plants like peanuts and sweet potatoes. These plants helped the __43___. Over the years he invented hundreds of ways to use these two plants.‎ George Washington Carver invented so many things that he was ___44__ “The wizard(奇才) of Tuskegee”. He died in 1943 at the __45___of 79‎ ‎31. A. animals B. plants C. buildings D. photos ‎32. A. much B. many C. little D. few ‎33. A. house B. farm C. hospital D. school ‎34. A. brown B. yellow C. black D. white ‎ ‎35. A. when B. until C. for D. since ‎36. A. cost B. spend C. pay D. take ‎ ‎37. A. love B. hate C. question D. surprise ‎ ‎38. A. accepted B. refused C. understood D. cared ‎ ‎39. A. situations B. suggestions C. plays D. plans ‎40. A. farmers B. scientists C. doctors D. inventors ‎41. A. helpful B. harmful C. careful D. wonderful ‎42. A. pumpkin B. peanut C. cotton D. potato ‎43.A. soil B. water C. air D. weather ‎ ‎44. A. seen B. looked C. found D. called ‎45. A. time B. year C. age D. season ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了一个奴隶孤儿George自强不息的奋斗经历。他不仅自学成才，而且矢志为改善黑人同胞的生活努力。‎ ‎31. B 根据后文可知George很喜欢植物，故选B。‎ ‎32. A George对植物知道很多，many后面要跟可数名词。‎ ‎33. D句意是：George想尽可能多的学习，住的地方没有黑人孩子的学校。‎ ‎34. C结合上句可知他找到一所接受黑人孩子的学校。‎ ‎35. B他在这两个地方学习，直到高中毕业。Until，直到。‎ ‎36. C 句意是：一直以来他必须自己工作（挣钱）支付学习的费用。cost, spend, take都是“花费”的意思，不符合句意。只有pay, 是“支付”的意思。‎ ‎37. A 开始他学的艺术，但他仍然喜爱之物。通过上下文可知，他一直很喜爱植物。‎ ‎38. B 根据前后文可知，他拒绝了爱迪生的邀请，故选B，refuse，拒绝。‎ ‎39. D从下文看出，他拒绝爱迪生，是因为他有自己的计划。‎ ‎40. A句意是：在当时，南方的农民只种植棉花。‎ ‎41. B 从下文看出，只种植棉花对土壤是有害的。故选B，harmful，有伤害的。‎ ‎42. C 结合上下文可知，长时间只种植棉花，对土壤不利，棉花的生长也不好。‎ ‎43. A 与上文对应，种植这些植物对土壤是有利的。‎ ‎44. D 句意：他发明了很多东西，因此被称为塔斯基吉的能手。be called 被称为。‎ ‎45. C 固定用法 at the age of 在……岁时 ‎【2011温州】二、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握大意，然后从每题所给的A、 B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ It snowed again.My seventh Christmas was round the corner.I dreamed of getting the present from Father Christmas until my elder sister dropped the bomb.“There is no Father Christmas.” ‎ ‎ I ran to my grandmother’s house, for she always told the truth.Grandmother was at home. I told _11_everything.“No Father Christmas?”she was a little_12_.“Don’t belive it.Put on your coat,and let’s go.”‎ ‎“Go?Where，Grandma?” I asked.‎ ‎ “Kerby’s Store.” ‎ As we walked through its doors. Grandma handed me the dollars and said.“Take the _13_and buy something for someone who needs it.I’ll wait for you in the car.”Then she turned and walked out of the Kerby’s.‎ For a few seconds I just stood there，holding the money，wondering_14_to buy，and who to buy it for. ‎ ‎ I thought of_15_I knew my family，my friends，my neighbours…I suddenly thought of Bobbie Decbar， a _16_with bad breath and messy hair.He sat right behind me_17_Mrs. Polack’s class.‎ Bobbie_18_went to any party during the winter.His mother always wrote a note, telling the teacher that he had a cough, _19_we all knew that he didn’t have a cough,and he didn’t have a coat.I decided to buy Bobbie a red warm coat_20_he would like.‎ ‎ That evening, grandma helped me wrap the coat in Christmas paper and ribbons, and_21_“To Bobbie.From Father Christmas”on it.Grandma told me Father Christmas never let people know that he _22_ them.Then she drove me over to Bobbie’s home ,telling that I was helping Father Christmas_23_ the presents.‎ ‎ Grandma parked the car along the street.and we hid behind the trees near Bobbie’s home .Then Grandma said to me.“All right , Father Christmas get going.”‎ ‎ I took a deep breath，rushed to his front door，put the present down_24_the door，rang the doorbell and flew back to the safety of the _25_and Grandma.We waited breathlessly in the dark for the front door to open.Finally it did and there stood Bobbie.‎ ‎ That night ,I realized that Father Christmas was alive and well.and we were on his team. ‎ ‎11. A. him B. her C. them D.you ‎12. A.angry B.happy C. tired D. afraid ‎13. A.book B. coat C. present D.money ‎14. A.what B. when C. where D.how ‎15. A. everybody B. nobody C. somebody D.anybody ‎16. A.girl B. boy C. man D.woman ‎17. A. for B. on C. in D.with ‎18. A‎.always B. often C. sometimes D.never[来源:中.考.资.源.网]‎ ‎19. A. so B. if C. but D.and ‎20. A. where B. that C. who D.why ‎21. A.read B. say C. write D.spell ‎ ‎22. A.helped B.belived C. taught D.made ‎23. A.give up B. give away C. put up D.put off ‎24. A.on B. behind C. outside D.over ‎25. A. shop B. cars C. door D.trees ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了有关圣诞老人和圣诞礼物的故事，它告诉我们只要助人为乐、与人为善，每个人都是受人喜爱的圣诞老人。‎ ‎11.B 人称代词的考察，根据上文跑回奶奶家，应用人称代词宾格her。‎ ‎12.A 根据奶奶说的“没有圣诞老人？不要相信”。应为“奶奶有点生气”。‎ ‎13.D 根据上文“奶奶交给我10美元”及下文“买一些有人需要的东西”可知拿的是钱。‎ ‎14.A 句意理解“那之前我站在哪里几秒钟，考虑着没什么东西，给谁买。”‎ ‎15.A 不定代词的考察 句意为“我想了我所认识的每个人，我的家人，我的朋友，我的邻居”。 everybody“每个人”， nobody “没有人；”somebody“某人” anybody一般用于否定句、疑问句表示“任何人”。‎ ‎16.B 根据下文“His mother always wrote a note, telling the teacher that he had a coug”可知Bobbie Decbar是个男孩。‎ ‎17.C 介词的考察“在……班里”，应用介词in.‎ ‎18.D 根据下文“他妈妈总是给他写假条”，“Bobbis 应是家里比较贫穷，没有外套。”所以应是“几乎不参加聚会。”‎ ‎19.C 连词的考察 此处应为转折关系 ‎20.B 定语从句关系代词的考察 先行词a red warm coat是物，在定语从句中做宾语，应用that. ‎ ‎21.C 此处应为在纸条上写道。‎ ‎22.A 句意理解，“奶奶告诉我圣诞老人从来不想让人知道是他帮助了他们。”‎ ‎23.B 短语辨析give up 放弃； give away 分发； put up悬挂，张贴；put off推迟延期。此句应为“我正在帮助圣诞老人挂礼物。”‎ ‎24.C 应为把礼物放在门外 ‎25.D 根据上文“奶奶把车停在街上，我们藏在Bobbie家附近的树后。”‎ ‎【2011山东】三、完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读短文内容，从下面各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Many kids think they are 36 . They think they aren't the prettiest or the smartest. At the same time, they think they aren't even the ugliest or the silliest, which would at least make them stand out. Everyone feels that way sometimes, ‎37 in middle school. Kids 38 realize how special they are.‎ It is 39 growing up. Growing up means understanding what you can offer the world. When you're young, you realize that just by being yourself, you do offer 40 to other people. Maybe you aren't the best, but that doesn't make you "not amazing".‎ Do yourself a favor. Think about your friends carefully. Write down a list of things that you like about them. Think about 41 you make friends with them. You will 42 know that in the end, no matter if they aren't the smartest or the prettiest or 43 talented, they are great in their own way. And they feel just the same 44 you!‎ Remember, it gets easier as you grow older. If you try your best, you are still pretty 45 .‎ ‎36. A. special B. ordinary C. unusual D. ugly ‎ ‎37. A. especial B. especially C. more often D. often ‎38. A. often B. more often C. not often D. seldom ‎39. A. part of B. one of C. some D. about ‎40. A. anything B. everything C. something D. some thing ‎41. A. reason B. season C. where D. why ‎42. A. get to B. got to C. have to D. getting to ‎43. A. / B. more C. most D. the most ‎44. A as B. to C. about D. for ‎45. A. smart B. amazing C. clever D. well ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是孩子们很小的时候，他们认为自己很普通，当他们慢慢长大，他们会思考能为社会贡献什么。有时候仔细想想自己的朋友，并不是因为他们多么优秀才会交朋友，当自己成熟时应尽自己所能做一些有用的事。‎ ‎36.B【解析】根据下文，他们既不是最漂亮的也不是最潇洒的，既不是最丑的，也不是最傻的。可见他们认为自己很普通，故本题选B。‎ ‎37.B【解析】根据上下文，本题题意：尤其是中学。especially表示尤其地，特别地。故本题选B。‎ ‎38.D【解析】本题考查副词的含义。often表示经常，more often表示更经常，not often表示不经常，seldom表示从不。联系上下文，孩子们从不觉得自己很特别。故本题选D。‎ ‎39.A【解析】根据上下文，题意为：第一段孩子们的想法只是成长中的一部分，当孩子们成熟时会明白要为社会贡献自己。It is part of growing up表示那只是成长中的部分，故本题选A。‎ ‎40.C【解析】本题考查不定代词的含义。anything任何事，everything每件事，something某事、某物，some thing一些东西，一些事情。根据题意，你会为他人提供某些东西。故本题选C。‎ ‎41.D【解析】根据下文阐述了孩子们跟别人交朋友的原因“they are great in their own way”，可知这里问的是原因，用why，故本题选D。‎ ‎42.A【解析】本题中出现了“will”可见后跟动词原形，再结合语境，最后你将渐渐明白。get to know表示渐渐明白，故本题选A。‎ ‎43.D【解析】本题考查形容词比较级的用法，文中the smartest or the prettiest为最高级可知此处用最高级，故本题选D。‎ ‎44.C【解析】本题考查介词的辨析。as表示像…，to对，about关于，for为，本题题意为：关于你，他们（朋友们）也这样认为。故本题选C。‎ ‎45.B【解析】本题考查形容词的含义。smart漂亮的，潇洒的，amazing令人惊叹的，well是副词。本题题意：如果你尽力做好的话，那还是非常令人惊叹的。故本题选B。‎ ‎【2011湖北荆州】Ⅳ. 完形填空(共10分,每小题1分) ‎    先阅读短文,然后从文后每小题的四个选项中选出一个可以填入短文中相应空白处的最佳答案。 ‎    One day a wise man was walking along the beach when he saw a young man far away picking up something and very gently throwing it into the sea. As he got (31) he called out to the young man, “Good morning! What are you doing?” ‎    The young man (32) , looked up and replied, “Throwing starfishes into the sea.” ‎    “Why are you throwing starfishes into the sea?” ‎    “The sun is up and the (33) is going away. And if I don’t throw them in they’ll  (34) .” ‎    “But, young man, don’t you (35) that there are miles and miles of beach and starfishes all along it. You can’t (36) make a difference!” ‎    The young man (37) politely. Then he picked another starfish and threw it into the sea, and said, “It made a difference for that (38) .”  There is something very (39) in each and every one of us. We have all been given the ability to make a difference to shape the future. We must each find our own starfish. And if we throw our starfish wisely and well, the (40) will be better.    ‎ ‎31. A. better B. farther C. closer D. faster ‎    32. A. continued B. stopped C. watched D. answered ‎    33. A. water B. wind C. boat D. fish ‎    34. A. leave B. die C. run D. lose ‎    35. A. believe B. realize C. expect D. guess ‎    36. A. possibly B. hardly C. especially D. fortunately ‎    37. A. replied B. argued C. spoke D. listened ‎    38. A. day B. time C. place D. one ‎    39. A. special B. brave C. strange D. lucky ‎40. A. family B. village C. country D. world ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章通过一个人将冲向岸边的海星扔回到大海里和两个人的对话说明了只要人人献出一点爱，这个世界将会更加美好。‎ ‎31. C 【解析】联系上下文可知向海里扔海星的年轻人离智者很远，故可猜测两人开始对话应该是走“近”他，故答案选C。‎ ‎32. B 【解析】联系下文可推知年轻人是“停下来”，抬起头回答智者的问题，故答案选B。‎ ‎33. A 【解析】根据常识可知海星被冲上岸是因为涨潮，如果太阳出来就会退潮了，故答案选A，意为“水退下去”。‎ ‎34. B 【解析】太阳出来潮水退去，海星暴露在海滩上，就会被晒死的，故答案选B，意为“死”。‎ ‎35. B 【解析】联系上下文可知是智者质问年轻人难道没有意识到海滩很长，而海滩上的海星又到处都有，故答案选B，意为“意识到”；而believe“相信”；expect“期待”；guess“猜”均不合句意，故排除。 ‎36. A 【解析】联系上下文可知智者认为年轻人的做法的无济于事的，故答案选A，意为“可能地”。‎ ‎37. B 【解析】从下文可知年轻人并没有听“争辩”，只是很有礼貌地陈述自己的观点，故答案选B，意为“争辩；争吵”。‎ ‎38. D 【解析】联系上下文可知年轻人一边把一个海星扔进海里，一边说话“对这个海星来说是有所不同的”，故答案选D，指代starfish。‎ ‎39. A 【解析】联系上下文可知我们每个人都有改变世界塑造未来的能力，可推知答案选A，‎ 意为“特殊的”。‎ ‎ 40. D 【解析】通读全文可知，本文旨在告诉我们：每个人都献出一份力，世界将会更加美好。故答案选D，意为“世界”。‎ ‎【2011连云港】二、完形填空(共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分)‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ ‎ One day, a boy found the cocoon(茧) of a butterfly and brought it home. A few days later, the boy saw a small ‎16 in the cocoon. He sat and watched for several hours as a butterfly struggled to make 17 body through that little hole. Suddenly it stopped.‎ ‎ So the boy 18 to help the butterfly, thinking the butterfly might be 19 .He took a pair of scissors(剪刀) and cut the hole 20 .The butterfly came out ‎ of the cocoon but it 21 ‎ a little different. It had a weak body and small, thin 22 .The butterfly didn’t start to fly. In fact, the butterfly spent the rest of its life crawling(爬行) around with a weak body and thin wings. It was never able to fly.‎ ‎ The boy acted with 23 but he didn’t understand why it could be like this. When a butterfly crawls out of the cocoon, it must struggle. The hard work of 24 out of the cocoon makes the fluid(液体) from the butterfly’s body into its wings. It helps the butterfly be 25 to fly. If the butterfly never has to squeeze(挤压) itself out of the cocoon, its wings will never get the fluid and it can never fly.‎ ‎ 26 struggles are what we need in our lives. If we lived our lives without any problems, we would never learn or grow. We would not be __27__ we could have been and we would never fly.‎ ‎ In our lives, pain and suffering is the key to all windows, and sometimes even 28 growth, without it , there’s no way of life. We can’t avoid 29 or problems. So, next time you are ‎30 a problem or difficulty, remember the butterfly. Struggle a little—then fly!‎ ‎ 16. A. hole B. worm C. tall D. snake ‎ 17. A. it B. it’s C. itself D. its ‎ 18. A. decided B. asked C. showed D. ordered ‎ 19. A. afraid B. interested C. surprised D. grateful ‎ 20. A. slimmer B. bigger C. shorter D. smaller ‎ 21. A. touched B. sounded C. looked D. smelt ‎ 22. A. wings B. feet C. eyes D. head ‎ 23. A. success B. excitement C. kindness D. humour ‎ 24. A. get B. getting C. to get D. got ‎ 25. A. ready B. quiet C. glad D. used ‎ 26. A. Somewhere B. Something C. Some time D. Sometimes ‎ 27. A. as helpful as B. as weak as C. as strong as D. as creative as ‎ 28. A. repeats B. recommends C. requires D. represents ‎ 29. A. happiness B. difficulties C. pleasure D. hope ‎ 30. A. served with B. growing into C. bringing in D. faced with ‎【主旨大意】本文通过一只蝴蝶遇到困难时少挣扎了一点，而是通过小男孩的帮助从茧里出来的故事。告诉我们一个道理：当我们遇到问题或困难时，多挣扎一下，就能起飞。‎ ‎16.A 根据上下文意思，句意：那小男孩发现茧子上有一个小洞。以及第一段的最后一行“through that little hole”。‎ ‎17.D 代词的用法。句意：让它的身体通过那个小洞。在这里要修饰“body”，用形容词性物主代词。‎ ‎18.A 句意：它停止了，因此小男孩决定帮助它。根据后一句：他拿出剪刀剪开洞。故选A。‎ ‎19.D 句意：小男孩决定帮助它，他认为蝴蝶会感激他。故选D。‎ ‎20.B 因为一开始那洞太小，蝴蝶才半天没爬出来，所以小男孩用剪刀把洞剪大来。‎ ‎21.C 句意：蝴蝶出来了，它看起来有点不同。“It had a weak body and small, thin”都是用眼睛看出来的。故选C。‎ ‎22.A 根据后一句“a weak body and thin wings”，前后照应。故选A。‎ ‎23.C 句意：虽然小男孩不理解为何会这样，但他还是用好心行动。故选C。‎ ‎24.B work of中“of”是介词，介词后加动名词。故选B。‎ ‎25.A 根据上下文意思：努力地离开茧子让蝴蝶身体的液体进入他的翅膀。它帮助蝴蝶准备飞行。be ready to “准备”，故选A。‎ ‎26.D 句意：有的时候奋斗/挣扎是我们生活中必须的。some time 表示"一些时间"或“一段时间”，可以用作名词或副词短语。sometimes用作副词，表示“有的时候”，可以把它放在句首，句尾或句中。故选D。‎ ‎27.C 根据句意：我们将没有原本有的强大，我们将永远不会飞。上下文：如果我们挣扎了，我们就会有原本的能力，没有挣扎，反倒落后了。故选C。‎ ‎28.D 句意：疼痛和苦难是所有窗户的钥匙，有时，甚至代表着成长。没有它，生活没有路。repeat“重复”， recommend“介绍，推荐”， require“要求”， represent“象征，代表”。‎ ‎29.B 根据下一行“problem or difficulty”，故选B。‎ ‎30.D 句意：下次你面对一个难题或困难时，记得那只蝴蝶。根据意思，故选D。‎ ‎【2011内蒙古包头】A Two brothers worked together on a farm. One was married and had a large 36 .The other had no wife yet. Although they lived in different houses, they shared everything they got from their farm.‎ One day, the single brother said to himself, “It’s not 37 that we share all the rice. I’m 38 and I need less than my brother.” So, every night he took a bag of rice from his store-room and 39 across the field 40 their houses, putting it into his brother’s store-room.‎ At the same time, the married brother thought, “It’s not fair to share all the rice. I’m married and I have my wife and children to 41 me when I am 42 . However, my brother has no one to take care of his 43 .” So, each night he also took a bag of rice and put it into his brother’s store-room.‎ Several months passed by. They found 44 strange that their rice never became less. Then, one dark night the two brothers ran into each other. Slowly they began to understand what was happening. Their bags fell onto the ground and tears 45 their eyes at once. ‎ ‎（ ）36. A. group B. family C. class D. team ‎（ ）37. A. right B. popular C. interesting D. wrong ‎（ ）38. A. poor B. happy C. alone D. rich ‎（ ）39. A. jumped B. played C. went D. rode ‎（ ）40. A. from B. through C. off D. between ‎（ ）41. A. look after B. look for C. look out D. look at ‎（ ）42. A. worried B. old C. healthy D. dead ‎（ ）43. A. hope B. children C. farm D. future ‎（ ）44. A. them B. this C. it D. that ‎（ ）45. A. appeared B. filled C. dropped D. rose ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述的是在农场做工两兄弟。其中一个娶妻生子，另一个独身。由于他们为对方着想，就相互地每晚对方送一袋大米。几个月后，他们奇怪地发现大米的袋数没有少。直到一个漆黑的夜里他们相遇，才明白了一切，他们的眼里立刻充满的泪水。真是情谊无价。‎ ‎36. B解析：由于一个结婚可知他有一个大的家庭，故选B。‎ ‎37. A解析：由语境可知此空应填right, 意为“是不正确的，我们分享所有的大米”。 ‎ ‎38. C解析：由句“The other had no wife yet”可知他是“独自一人”，故选C。‎ ‎39. C解析：go across 意为“穿过”。‎ ‎40. D解析：由句“they lived in different houses”可知，他们居住在不同房子里。也就是两个房子之间有一定的距离。故此空应填between.‎ ‎41. A解析：look after意为“照顾，关心”。‎ ‎42. B解析：由句意应为“当我老了的时候，我有妻子和孩子照顾”，故此空应填old.‎ ‎43. D解析：句意为“我哥哥没有照顾他的未来”。故选D。‎ ‎44. C解析：it代替上文的“这件事”。‎ ‎45. B解析： 根据语意可知“眼里充满泪水”，故用fill.‎ ‎【2011内蒙古包头】B When I was about 12, a girl in my class liked to point out my problems. I was too thin; I wasn't a good student; I talked too much; I was too __46__, and so on. At last, I became very angry and ran to my father.‎ He listened to me 47 . Then he asked, "Are these things true or not? Do you know what you are really like? Go and make a 48 of what she said and find the __49__ that are true. "‎ I did as he told me. To my great __50_ . 1 discovered that about half of the things were true. Some of them I couldn't change (like being very thin). But there were things 1 could and wanted to change. For the _51__ time, I got a clear 52 of myself.‎ I brought the list back to Dad. He refused to take it. "That's just for you." he said. "You know the truth about _53_ better than anyone else. When people say something that is true about you, you should find it helpful. "‎ Our world is full of people who think they know your business. Don't _54_ and feel 55 . Listen to them.‎ ‎( )46. A. beautiful B. proud C smart D. rich ‎( )47. A. bravely H. happily C. quickly D. quietly ‎( )48. A. joke B. programme C.list D. record ‎( )49. A. secrets B. mistakes C. lessons D. points ‎( )50. A. surprise B. interest C. opinion D. fact ‎( )51. A. first B. second C. next D. last ‎( )52. A. book B. picture C. drawing D. notice ‎( )53. A. yourselves B. myself C. herself D. yourself ‎( )54. A. clean B. open C. close D. wash ‎( )55. A. hurt B.safe C. pretty D.cheap B ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述的我被一同学指出一些缺点后，心里很不服气，最后在爸爸的帮助下，我意识到自己的缺点，同时也明白了，在生活中要多听取意见，接受批评，认真改正，才能健康的成长。‎ ‎46. B解析：由句意可知在我的缺点中有“我太自负”这一条，故选B。‎ ‎47. D解析：根据语境A（勇敢地）、B（高兴地）、C（迅速地）可知不符合句意，故选D。‎ ‎48. C解析：a list of…意为“……的清单”。‎ ‎49. D解析：根据句意可知，此处应表达为“要点”，应用points表示。故选D。‎ ‎50. A解析：联系上下可知，应表示为“让我吃惊的是……”。故选A。‎ ‎51. A解析：for the first time 意为“第一次；首次”。 ‎ ‎52. B解析：句意为“第一次,我对自己有了一个清楚的描绘。”picture在此意为“描绘”。‎ ‎53. D解析：yourself意为“你自己的…”。‎ ‎54. C解析：由句意为“不要听不进去”，可知此处应为close.‎ ‎55. A解析：feel hurt意为“感觉受伤害”。‎ ‎【河北省2011】Ⅵ.完形填空。‎ Beautiful pictures of mountains and forests, clear skies, flying birds, wild animals, silly faces — you can find them all in one place. 46 ? On a postcard! Have people always sent postcards? No! Before postcards, people 47 sealed (密封的) letters.‎ The 48 for the first decorated (装饰的) postcard came to John P. Charlton in 1861. He thought a simple card ‎49 a border would be a great way to send a note. Then in the late 1800s, postcards which had pictures on them 50 . By law, people had to write their note on the front—on the picture! The back was 51 for the address. Several years later, England allowed a divided-back (背面隔开的) postcard. Then people could write their 52 on the back left side. And they put the address 53 . During the early 1900s, the golden age of postcards, people around the world were more and more 54 picture postcards. In 1908, Americans alone mailed over 677 million postcards.‎ Today, postcards are the 55 most popular collection in the world after stamps and coins. You can always see or get a lot of newly-designed postcards, especially on New Year's Day.‎ ‎46. A. How B. When C. Why D. Where ‎47. A. liked B. hated C. found D. lost ‎48. A. advice B. picture C. idea D. card ‎49. A. above B. with C. under D. for ‎50. A. happened B. changed C. ended D. appeared ‎51. A. even B. only C. still D. ever ‎52. A. note B. word C. address D. letter ‎53. A. on the front B. on the back C. on the left D. on the right ‎54. A. surprised at B. interested in C. expected by D. worried about ‎55. A. first B. second C. third D. fourth ‎【文章大意】本文主要介绍了明信片的发展史。‎ ‎46.D【解析】由后文“on a postcard”可知：是询问在哪里能够找到这些山脉、森林等。‎ ‎47.A【解析】由前后文内容可知：以前人们喜欢用密封的信件。‎ ‎48.C【解析】由文意可知：首次想出装饰卡片主意的是John。‎ ‎49.B【解析】a simple card with a border 带有饰边的简单卡片。‎ ‎50.D【解析】由文意可知：带有图画的卡片是19世纪后期出现的。‎ ‎51.B【解析】由前后文内容可知：那时卡片的背面仅仅是用来写地址。‎ ‎52.A【解析】随着卡片的发展，到后来人们可在卡片的左侧写留言了，故选A。‎ ‎53.D【解析】由上文内容可知：左侧写留言，那么右侧可以写地址。‎ ‎54.B【解析】由后文“In 1908, Americans...postcard”可推知：人们对图画卡片很感兴趣了。‎ ‎55.C【解析】由文中的“stamps and coins”可知：是第三个最受欢迎的收藏品。‎ ‎【2011黑龙江绥化市】II. Close test (本题共15分，每小题1分)‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ Every child has his own dream. Every child hopes to be an adult. 31 is it really like what they imagine? As a boy 32 lives in modern times and in a modern city, 1 feel 33 pressure (压力) on me with the city's development. Although we 34 worry about money, we still have some 35 problems, such as competition among classmates and expectation (期望) from parents. These experiences are very 36 to our future. But 37 they really give me a lot of pressure. I still clearly 38 the happiness of my childhood. 39 . we had to face the fact with time passing by. We began to 40 this invisible (无形的) pressure come upon us. We get up before sunrise and 41 after sunset We work and study 42 an adult, even harder, 43 we do is in order to get an excellent 44 Growing up is very boring, but we 45 try to find happiness while growing up. I think friendship among our friends, the support from our parents and the encouragement from our teachers can help us. Why not enjoy the pleasure of growing up and its delicious taste?‎ ‎ ( )31. A. However B. And C. So ‎( )32. A. which B. who C. whom ‎( )33. A. less B. fewer C. greater ‎( )34. A. always B. often C. seldom ‎( )35, A. other B. another C. others ‎( )36. A. helpful B. happy C. bad ‎( )37. A. at first B. for example C. in fact ‎( )38. A. think B. remember C. forget ‎( )39. A. Luckily B. Unluckily C. Impossibly ‎( )40. A. see B. touch C. feel ‎( )41. A. come out B. come down C. come back ‎( )42.A.as B. like C. alike ‎( )43. A. What B. That C. How ‎( )44. A. progress B. mark C, success ‎( )45. A, should B, shouldn't C. mustn't ‎【主旨大意】 人们在成长的过程中面临很多压力和挫折，我们应积极面对，在克服困难的同时，感受人间关爱生活的美好。‎ ‎31、A表转折，根据句意：成年人就像他们想象的那样吗？‎ ‎32、B定语从句。先行词是人，引导词用who。‎ ‎33、C根据句意：面临更大的压力。用比较级。‎ ‎34、C根据下文：我们任然有困惑，可以看出我们对金钱的压力很小。‎ ‎35、A根据句意：还有别的困难，Other后跟名词。‎ ‎36、A根据上文：比赛以及父母的期望对我们的将来有帮助。‎ ‎37、C此处表示转折，在肯定有帮助的同时，也给我们带来了压力。‎ ‎38、B根据上文：由于压力的存在，因此对童年的幸福生活记忆犹新。‎ ‎39、B根据下文可知：我们不得不面对这样的事实。‎ ‎40、C感到无形的压力，故用feel。‎ ‎41、C此处与上文中的get up对应，即：在太阳升起前起床，在在日落后回家。‎ ‎42、B像一个成年人那样努力工作。Like此处是像-----一样的意思。‎ ‎43、A what引导的从句作主语。‎ ‎44、B目的是取得良好的成绩。Mark是可数名词。‎ ‎45、A尽管有曲折，我们还是应该在成长的过程中努力寻找幸福。‎ ‎【2011•广西柳州】完形填空（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，选择最佳的答案。‎ ‎ Last year my dad got a new job in a small town,__51__ my family moved there. On my first __52__ at the new school I was really worried. The teachers were friendly, but the __53__ was the other students. They didn’t seem friendly. I knew nobody and I couldn’t __54__ understand what they said.‎ ‎ During the break all the other students went out. I didn’t know where to go, so I ___55___ in the classroom. After a while, a ___56___ came back in and came up to me. I ___57___ what he wanted to do. He took ___58___ out of his bag and said to me,“Would you like something to ___59___?”It was an apple. Suddenly I felt really ___60___ and we began to talk.‎ ‎ It was Tony who gave me the apple and now he is my best friend. I am thankful to the apple, which started our friendship.‎ ‎51. A. or B. so C. but ‎52. A. day B. spring C. winter ‎53. A. project B. custom C. problem ‎54. A. hardly B. ever C. even ‎55. A. danced B. stayed C. sang ‎56. A. woman B. girl C. boy ‎57. A. knew B. wondered C. thought ‎58. A. something B. anything C. nothing ‎59. A. eat B. drink C. read ‎60. A. shy B. happy C. lonely ‎【文章大意】“一个苹果”带来的友谊。本文介绍了一名学生因父亲在小城镇得到份工作而全家搬迁。在新的学校，作者首先感到孤独，后来一名男生送给他一个苹果而开始新的友谊。‎ ‎【解析】51. B.根据句意：去年我的爸爸在小城镇得到份新工作，因此我的家搬到那里。故选B。‎ ‎52. A on my first day at the new school意为“在我的新学校的第一天”，语意通顺合理，其他选项语意不对。故选A。‎ ‎53.C 。根据句意：老师是友好的，但是麻烦的问题是其他的学生。Project课程， custom风俗，所以A,B选项语意不通。故选C。‎ ‎54. C 句意：我一个人也不认识，甚至不能理解他们说什么。Hardly“几乎不”，与couldn’t不能同时使用。Ever曾经，even甚至。故选C。‎ ‎55. B 句意：我不知道去哪，所以只能呆在教室。故选B。‎ ‎56. C 考查上下文的联系。根据下文提到he,可知是一个男孩。故选C。‎ ‎57. B knew知道， wondered 疑惑，thought想。句意：我想知道他想做什么。故选B。‎ ‎58. A something“某物”用在肯定句中，anything用在否定句或疑问句中，nothing“什么也没有”。根据句意：他从书包里拿出某物并对我说。故选A。‎ ‎59. A 根据下文提到的apple,可知是something to eat一些吃的东西。故选A。‎ ‎60.B 根据上文可知作者来到新的环境没有朋友而感到孤独，突然有同学送苹果给他，可知作者应该感到高兴。 故选B。‎ ‎【2011乌鲁木齐】 完形填空（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读短文，从41-50各题所给的ABC四个选项中，选出一个可以填入空白处的选项。‎ Mary and Donald Smith lived in the same building. Donald ‎41 a toy company. One day Donald gave Mary. the 4-year-old girl. a new toy. She played with it and said. "This is fun! A few weeks later Donald gave her 42 toy. She played with it and then said. "I'm not ‎43 in this toy. It doesn't work." For years Donald gave Mary new toys. and she gave him very good 44 about the toys.‎ When Mary was 13 years old. Donald showed her a new ball. Mary wanted to 45 the ball with small stones to make it 46 .The company made this change. Mary's idea was a great success! The company sold thousands of the balls. ‎ ‎ That Christmas. Donald gave Mary an 47 gift. He made her vice-president(副总裁) of the toy company. She made $‎200,000 a year. Her job was lo see 48 the new toys were fun. She worked 49 three or four hours a day at her job, then she had to do her homework.‎ Today Mary works at a college. The little vice-president with bright ideas helps students think about their 50.‎ ‎4I. A. owned B. rioted c. owns D. closes ‎42 A‎. other B. other C. the other D. another ‎43. A. excited B. interested C. relaxed D. bored ‎44. A. ways B. designs C. questions D. ideas ‎ ‎45 ‎‎ A‎. fill B. full C. add D. pour ‎46. A. noisy B. quiet C. light D. future ‎47. A. special B. awful C. amazing D. useful ‎48. A. when B. if C. as D. since ‎49. A.BI B. in C. for D. with ‎50. A. company B. toys C. homework D. future ‎【主旨大意】拥有玩具公司的Donald Smith，经常给邻居Mary礼物，Mary对礼物的评价帮助Donald Smith把自己的公司越做越好。‎ ‎41. A 句意为“拥有一家玩具公司”，本片故事是用过去时讲述的。‎ ‎42. D 代词的辨析，“几周后Donald Smith给了她另一个玩具”，another，“另一个”，表泛指。‎ ‎43. B 动词短语 由“It doesn’t work。”可知“我对这个礼物不感兴趣，”。‎ ‎44. D 她（Mary）对玩具的做出了很好的评价或看法。‎ ‎45. A “她想往球里面装小石子”，be filled with 装满，盛满 ‎46. A “球里面装上石子让它发出声音。”quiet 安静；light 轻；future未来，将来都讲不通。‎ ‎47. C 根据下文，可知Donald Smith给了Mary一份特殊的礼物。‎ ‎48. B 考察宾语从句的引导词。“她的工作是看看新玩具是不是很有趣。”‎ ‎49.C 介词的考察，“她一天工作三四个小时”‎ ‎50.D 名词辨析 “这个有聪明想法的女孩帮助学生们考虑他们的未来。”‎ ‎【2011•四川南充】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 先通途下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后面各题所给的选项中选出最佳答案，并将其字母代号填入提前括号内。‎ Yesterday when my son and I were eating dinner, I saw a policewoman walking past our house. A woman with a 36 look was following her.‎ I opened the 37 , went out and asked if everything was OK. The policewoman said that the woman's 38 had gone missing(失踪) an hour earlier. I said that we hadn't seen the girl, but we could 39 .1 explained to my son that we couldn't finish our ‎ ‎40 right then. He said,” Be a kind person, Dad. "We got in our car and 41 the girl all over the town. Along the way, a group of children were playing. 42 they heard what had happened, they said they would help 43 . They rode their bikes and joined us.‎ ‎44 the little girl was found safe a few miles away. I was so 45 to see many people help a stranger. It is a nice world.‎ ‎36. A. worried B. laughing C. surprised ‎37. A. mouth B. car C. door ‎38. A. son B. daughter C. mother ‎39. A. succeed B. eat C. help ‎40. A. housework B. dinner C. games ‎41. A. looked for B. looked at C. looked after ‎42. A. Before B. After C. Although ‎43.A. them B. you C. us ‎44. A. Luckily B. Possibly C. Sadly ‎45. A. proud B. strange C. happy ‎【主旨大意】文章讲述了作者和儿子帮助寻找失踪的女孩，后来又有些孩子自愿加入他们的寻找行列之中。女孩找到后，作者为有那么多人去寻找一个不认识的人而高兴。感到世界的美好。‎ ‎36.答案：A。有下文知，the woman 丢了孩子，故表情焦虑（worried）‎ ‎37.答案：C。与第一段知道作者和儿子正在家吃饭。故本题选C.‎ ‎38.答案：B。由下句“I said that we hadn't seen the girl,...”可知。‎ ‎39.答案：由下文知，作者去帮助寻找失踪的孩子，故说“...we could help.”‎ ‎40.答案：B.因为要去帮助寻找失踪的孩子，所以作者无法吃完晚饭（dinner）了 ‎41.答案：A。去寻找（look for）失踪的女孩。‎ ‎42.答案：B.寻找的过程中，作者要先讲述缘由，那些在路上玩耍的孩子听了“之后”才会明白发生了什么事情。故选B。‎ ‎43.答案：C .由下句的“joined us”可知。‎ ‎44.答案：A.幸运的是（luckily）小女孩被找到了。‎ ‎45.答案：C 看到那么多人帮助一个陌生人，我是那么的高兴（happy）‎ ‎【2011•四川广元】（A）‎ Everyone has his dream. ＿21＿do I .In ten years, I think I will be a reporter. I’ll live in Shanghai, because I want to Shanghai and ＿22＿in love with it last year. I think it’s a really beautiful city. ＿23＿ a reporter, I think I’ll meet lots of interesting ＿24＿.I think I’ll live in 25 apartment with my best friends, because I don’t like living 26 . I will have pets. I can’t have 27 pets now because my mother hates them and our apartment is too small. So in ten years, I’ll have many different pets. I might even keep a pet parrot. I’ll probably go skating and swimming 28 . During the week, I’ll look smart, and probably will ‎29 a suit. On weekends, I’ll dress more casually. That’s my dream. I’ll work 30 to make it come true.‎ ‎21. A. Neither B. So C. Nor ‎ ‎22. A. were B. fell C. fall ‎ ‎23. A. As B. For C. Like ‎ ‎24. A. men B. women C. people ‎ ‎25. A. an B. a C. the ‎ ‎26. A. alone B. together C. lonely ‎ ‎27. A. some B. no C. any ‎ ‎28. A. all day B. every day C. everyday ‎29. A. dress B. wear C. put on ‎ ‎30. A. hardly B. freely C. hard ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了作者10年后的梦想。‎ ‎21. B 句意：每个人都有梦想，我也是如此。这是So+助动词+主语的倒装句，表示与上文不同的人或物做同一件事情。‎ ‎22. B fall in love with为固定搭配，意为“爱上了……”，由last year可知，fall要用过去式形式fell。‎ ‎23. A as为介词，意为“作为”。‎ ‎24. C 作为记者，要约见很多人。‎ ‎25. A 句意：我要和朋友住在一所公寓里面。根据句意要用不定冠词，apartment是以元音音素开头的单词，故用an。‎ ‎26. C 结合上文“我要和朋友住在一起”，故“不喜欢独住”。‎ ‎27. A 根据上下文可知“有一些宠物”。‎ ‎28. B 根据题意选B。A和C不是修饰人的。‎ ‎29. B all day整天；every day每天；everyday为形容词，意为“日常的”。根据句意选B。‎ ‎30. C work hard 努力学习；努力工作。‎ ‎【2011四川达州】A The largest earthquake in Japanese history ‎31 in northern Japan at 2:46 pm of March 11, 2011. A tsunami (海啸) followed, causing major flooding in 32 areas of Japan, as well as many strong aftershocks(余震). So far more than 13,000 people ‎33 with about 14,000 people missing. When news of this disaster(灾难) 34 China, many Chinese people expressed their35 for Japan and the Japanese, remembering that Japan helped the Chinese during China’s 2008 Sichuan Earthquake. ‎ 31. A. was happened B. happened C. had happened D. happening 32. A. many B. much C. a lot D. lots ‎ 33. A. lost their life B. lose their lives ‎ ‎ C. have lost their lives D. have been died ‎ 34. A. reaches B. is reached C. got D. reached ‎ 35. A. support B. pride C. pleasure D. prediction ‎ ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是日本发生了历史上最大的地震，地震伴随着海啸，至今已有13,000人死亡，14,000人失踪。当消息传到中国时，中国人民对其表示极大的支持，在2008年汶川地震时，日本也帮助了中国。‎ ‎31.B【解析】根据文章可知，全文使用过去时态，所以用“happened”表示发生。故本题选B。‎ ‎32.A【解析】根据题意：随之而来的洪水跟很多余震一样造成了日本很多地方的洪水。文中“as well as many strong aftershocks”表明此处填“many”故本题选A。‎ ‎33.C【解析】根据上下文，到目前为止，13000人死亡，14000失踪。故本题选C。‎ ‎34.D【解析】本题考查动词的辨析。reached表示到达，get为不及物动词，后面加to也表示到达。故本题选D。‎ ‎35.A【解析】本题考查名词的辨析。support表示支持，pride表示自豪，pleasure表示乐事、乐趣，prediction表示预言。根据题意：很多中国人对日本及日本人表达了支持。故本题选A。‎ ‎【2011四川达州】B Tom is the son of a farm owner. One New Year’s Day, when he was 15, his father asked him 36 on the farm for one year when he was free. Tom was 37 with his father’s idea.“That isn’t my job. I have 38 school work to do.” Hearing this, his father said, “I promise to give you the best present if you 39 finish one year’s work.” Tom thought for a while and 40 .‎ Starting one Saturday, the boy got up early and worked hard until evening, just like 41 farmer. Time passed quickly. Tom’s crops(庄稼) grew well. 42 the last day of the year, the father called his son to him. “I’m happy to see that you have worked very hard the whole year,” said the father. “Now, tell me 43 you want.”‎ The boy smiled and showed his father a big piece of bread 44 his wheat. I’ve already got the best present: No pain, no gain. I think this is what you wanted me to know.” His father was 45 to hear that. ‎ 36. A. works B. work C. to work D. working 37. A. happy B. excited C. exciting D. unhappy ‎ 38. A. much too B. too much C. a lot D. many 39. A. can B. need C. must D. should 40. A. said B. answered C. agreed D. asked 41. A. other B. the others C. any else D. any other 42. A. On B. At C. In D. From 43. A. where B. what C. which D. why 44. A. made by B. made of C. made in D. made from 45. A. pleased B. unpleased C. unsatisfied D. sad ‎【文章大意】本文主要讲述的是Tom的爸爸答应Tom，如果他能帮着干一年的农活，就会给他一件礼物。Tom像其他农夫一样在地里干活，他的庄稼长得很好。一年过去了，爸爸问他要什么礼物，他认为他懂得了没有付出就没有回报是他要的礼物，爸爸听了很高兴。‎ ‎36.C【解析】本题考查动词不定式的用法。ask sb. to do sth.表示让某人去做某事。故本题选C。‎ ‎37.D【解析】从后文“That isn’t my job.”可以看出Tom并不乐意接这个工作。故本题选D。‎ ‎38.B【解析】本题考查词组的意思，much too表示太，too much表示太多，a lot表示很多，后接of可修饰名词，many表示许多，修饰可数名词。文中school work是不可数名词，故本题选B。‎ ‎39.A【解析】本题考查情态动词的用法。can表示能，need表示需要，must表示必须，should表示应该。根据题意：如果你能完成一年的工作，我可以给你一个礼物。故本题选A。‎ ‎40.C【解析】根据上下文意思，Tom想了一会儿同意了。agreed表示同意。故本题选C。‎ ‎41.D【解析】备选答案中the others和any else为名词，不能修饰名词，other修饰复数名词，any other修饰单数名词，表示任何其他的。故本题选D。‎ ‎42.A【解析】本题考查介词的意思。on表示某一具体时间，at表示在某一时刻，in表示在，from表示从，根据题意，在那年的最后一天。这里表示具体时间，故本题选A。‎ ‎43.B【解析】根据上下文，现在告诉我想要什么。what表示什么。故本题选B。‎ ‎44.D【解析】本题考查词组意思的辨析。made by表示由某人制造，made of表示由…制造，能看出原材料，made from表示由…制造，看不出原材料，made in表示在…制造。本题面包由小麦制造，看不出原材料，故本题选D。‎ ‎45.A【解析】根据题意，我已经得到了最好的礼物，没有付出就没有回报，我想这就是你想告诉我的吧，爸爸听了这番话很高兴。pleased表示高兴的，故本题选A。‎ ‎【2011凉山】‎ ‎ Do you know the 3-year-old girl named Dong Xinyi? She has a bright nickname(绰号)“Little Strong Girl”who looked after her disabled father. And many people all over China were moved by her.‎ ‎ When she was several months old, her father had an accident on his way home while riding his motorcycle and 38 his legs. Two years later, her mother left her ‎ father 39 the poor life. As an old saying goes,“The children of poor people do housework early.”Little Xinyi had to do family chores, such as cooking noodles, carrying water, cleaning rooms and washing clothes. She took good care of her father alone. The little girl brings happiness and hope to her poor family. And luckily, the local government has 40 medical treatment for her father. At the same time, the government is 41 planning to raise money for the girl’s 42 .Now, Dong Xinyi has got a chance to go to school like other kids.‎ ‎( ) 38.A.loses B. lost C. lose ‎( ) 39.A.because of B. instead C. because ‎( ) 40.A.provided B. noticed C. offered ‎( ) 41.A.too B. either C. also ‎( )42. A. information B. question C. education ‎ ‎ ‎【文章主旨】本文介绍了德州女孩董心怡的故事，这位三岁女童悉心照顾高位截瘫的父亲，通过网络等渠道快速流传，网友看后连呼感动：“穷人的孩子早当家，这孩子真是太坚强。”董心怡也被网友亲切地称为“坚强妞”。‎ ‎【解析】38. B。考查一般过去时态。由her father had an accident on his way home可知，事情发生在过去。‎ ‎39. A。because of后跟名词或名词短语；because引导原因状语从句，instead不能表原因。故选A。 ‎ ‎40. A。考查短语provide sth. for sb.意为“为某人提供某物”。‎ ‎41. C。考查词语辨析。Too一般用于肯定句，位于句末；either用于否定句，位于句末; also通常位于句中，且靠近动词。‎ ‎42. C。由下句句意她和别的孩子一样有机会上学可知，是政府将资助她的教育。‎ ‎ B【2011凉山】‎ ‎ Mosquitoes(蚊子)can be seen everywhere all over the world, especially in summer. And there are more than 2,500 kinds of them.‎ ‎__43_likes the mosquito, but the mosquito may like you. She thinks your blood is delicious.‎ She? Yes, she. It’s true that the male(雄性)mosquito doesn’t bite(咬)and only the ‎ female mosquito bites because she 44 blood(血液)to lay eggs. She is always 45 things or people she wants to bite. If she likes what she finds, she will bite. But if she doesn’t like your blood, she 46 to someone else for more delicious blood. Next time a mosquito bites you, just remember you’re different from others.‎ ‎ If the mosquito likes you, she will land on your body 47 letting you know. She bites you ‎ ‎ 48 quickly and quietly that you may feel nothing. After she bites, you will have an itch(痒)on your body because she puts something from her mouth together with your blood. By the time the itch begins, she has 49 .‎ ‎ And then what happens? Well, after her delicious 50 ,it’s dark. The mosquito feels 51 .‎ She just wants to find a place to have a good rest. There, on a leaf or a wall, she begins to lay eggs, 52 eggs.‎ ‎( ) 43.A.Everyone B. No one C. Someone ‎( ) 44.A.needs B. need C. want ‎( ) 45.A.finding B. wants C. looking for ‎( ) 46.A.will turn B. turns to C. turn ‎( ) 47.A.with B. without C. after ‎( ) 48.A.so B. such C. very ‎( ) 49.A.flies away B. flew away C. flown away ‎( ) 50.A.breakfast B. dinner C. lunch ‎( ) 51.A.tiring B. tired C. relaxing ‎( ) 52.A.3 hundreds B. hundred of C. hundreds of ‎【文章主旨】本文介绍了四大害虫之一“蚊子”。当夜晚来临，她是如何完成吸血过程呢？‎ ‎【解析】43. B。由下句句意“但是蚊子喜欢你”，可知，上句意为“没有人喜欢蚊子”。‎ ‎44. A。need在此为行为动词“需要”。主语为第三人称，故用needs。‎ ‎45. C。考查词语辨析。Find意为“找到”强调结果；look for意为“寻找”，强调找的过程。‎ ‎46. A。if引导的条件状语从句，从句用一般现在时表将来，主句用将来时态。‎ ‎47. B。由句意：她会停在你身上，不让你知道。‎ ‎48. A。so…that…意为“如此……以致……”，so后用形容词或副词。‎ ‎49. C。考查时态。By the time通常和现在完成时连用。‎ ‎50. B。由下句It’s dark可知是晚饭后。故用dinner。‎ ‎51. B。feel tired意为“感到疲倦”。‎ ‎52. C。hundreds of意为“成千上百的”。表示不确切的数字时，用数词的复数+of。‎ ‎【2011浙江金华】三、完形填空(共15小题，计15分)‎ ‎　　Jim Green has been in China for more than two years. He has been to many interesting     ‎31 in Beijing, but he has not yet been to many other parts of  32 . Last week he went to Mount Emei in Sichuan with his  33    .‎ ‎　　Many people like to travel by 34 , but the Greens think that travelling by train is the best. It is much 35 and far more enjoyable than a rushed journey by air. They had a wonderful train ride to Chengdu 36  they went on to Mount Emei by bus.‎ ‎　　The train was quite nice and tidy, and there weren't too many people in 37  sleeping car. The Greens could stand up and 38 around. It was a long journey, 39  none of them felt tired. They kept 40  the beautiful things out of the window. They talked, laughed and played cards. The conductor kept coming to give them hot water and 41   them newspapers. People nearby 42 with each other. A young man tried to speak English with Mr and Mrs Green. Jim thought the train was like a big moving party. He went to sleep quite 43  . He enjoyed listening to the sound of the running train and then fell asleep.‎ ‎　　When Jim woke up the next morning, the train was already 44 Chengdu. His train ride seemed really 45 , but his memory (记忆) of the pleasant journey will last long.‎ ‎31. A. schools      B.  places      C.  villages     D.  cities ‎32. A. England     B. America     C. China       D.  the world ‎33. A. friends     B.  classmates  C.  father       ‎ ‎ D.  family ‎34. A. air          B.  bus        C.  train          D.  ship ‎35. A. cheaper   B.  dearer     C.  dirtier       D.  quicker ‎36. A. before     B.  when      C.  after          D.  while ‎37. A. my          B.  your       C. our           D.  their ‎38. A. sit           B.  walk       C.  run            D.  dance ‎39. A. and         B. so          C.  also          D.  but ‎40. A. looking      B.  drawing   C.  watching       D.  getting ‎41. A. reading      B.  buying    C.  selling          D.  writing ‎42. A. talked        B. spoke      C.  told            D.  said ‎43. A. early          B.  late        C.  easily          D.  hard ‎44. A. beside        B.  to         C.  past            D.  near ‎45. A. quick         B.  slow       C. short            D.  Long ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了Jim一家乘坐火车到峨眉山旅行的情况，并给Jim留下了美好印象。‎ ‎31. B 根据第一段第二句话和最后一句话可知许多有趣的地方，故选B。‎ ‎32. C 根据第一段第一句话可推断出C项。‎ ‎33. D根据第二段第一句话中的“the Greens”可推断出D项。。‎ ‎34. A结合第二段可知选A。‎ ‎35. A cheaper意思是“更便宜”；dearer意思是“更贵”；dirtier意思是“更脏”；quicker意为“更快”，根据本句意思可推断应该是“比起很快的飞机旅行，火车旅行更便宜更快乐”，故选A。‎ ‎36. A依据本句可推断他们是在到达峨眉山之前坐火车去的成都，故选A。‎ ‎37. D 由本段第二句话可推断选项为D。‎ ‎38. B 固定短语的用法。“walk around”意为“到处走走”，故选B。‎ ‎39. D根据本自然段的整体意思可推断出“大家一点也不累”，故选D。‎ ‎40. C依据前后句意可推断大家都在观看窗外的美丽风景，故选C。‎ ‎41. C 根据本句意思可知“售票员一直给他们提供热水并卖给他们报纸”，故选B。‎ ‎42. A 固定短语的用法。“talk with sb”意思是“与某人说话”,故选A。‎ ‎43. B根据本段的最后一句“ He enjoyed listening to the sound of the running train”可推断Jim很晚才睡觉，故选B。‎ ‎44. D介词的用法。Beside“在、、、、、、旁边”； to意思是“向,往,到”； past 的意思是“经过”； near的意思是“在、、、、、、附近”，根据文章意思可推断出D项。‎ ‎45. C根据最后一段意思及“but”一词，可判断“Jim的火车旅行虽然很短但这次快乐的旅行将持续很长时间”，故选C。‎ ‎【2011山东泰安】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出能填入短文相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Jack ‎41 in a small town in England. He always stayed in England 42 his holidays, but last year he thought, “I’ve never been to 43 countries. All my friends go to Spain, 44 they like it very much, so this year I’m going there, too.” So he got on a 45 to Spain and 46 at the airport of the capital, Madrid, and stayed in a hotel for a few days. On the first morning he went 47 for a walk. In England people drive on the left, but in Spain they drive on the right. Jack forgot about this, and 48 he was walking on a busy street, a bicycle knocked him down.‎ Jack 49 on the ground for a few minutes and then he sat up and said, “Where ‎ am I?”‎ Just then an old man selling maps went past him. When he heard Jack’s words, he said to him 50 , “Maps of the city, sir?” ‎ ‎41. A. flew B. lived C. went D. dropped ‎42. A. for B. off C. with D. into ‎43. A. all B. both C. other D. any ‎44. A. and B. but C. though D. however ‎45. A. bus B. plane C. train D. bike ‎46. A. reached B. left C. arrived D. stayed ‎47. A. down B. up C. away D. out ‎48. A. before B. while C. since D. after ‎49. A. lay B. stood C. fell D. jumped ‎50. A. once again B. on time C. at times D. at once ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述杰克去西班牙旅游由于不懂交通规则而闹出笑话的故事，向人们说明了“凡事预则立,不立则废”的道理。 ‎ ‎41. B 根据题意知，杰克住在一个英格兰的一个小镇上，其他选项不符合逻辑，故选B。‎ ‎42. A 他常常带在英格兰度假，for his holiday表示目的。‎ ‎43. C根据短文内容他从未去过别的国家，other后面直接跟名词。‎ ‎44. A结合上句可知朋友们去了西班牙，而且他们也很喜欢，表示顺接关系。‎ ‎45. B从下文中的airport看出，杰克登上了去西班牙的飞机，故选B。‎ ‎46. C 固定词组。arrive at直接跟地点；而reach是及物动词，后面不跟at。 ‎ ‎47. D 结合上下句应是杰克外出散步。‎ ‎48. B 根据内容“当他在拥挤的路上散步时，一辆自行车撞上了他”，while后面跟延续性的动词。‎ ‎49. A根据句义“杰克在地上躺了一会儿然后站起来说我在哪儿”。‎ ‎50. D情景考查。此处当杰克自言自语时，恰好一位卖地图的人经过，他立刻说：“先生，城市的地图在这儿”。‎ ‎【2011四川乐山】B One day an old man went into a cafeteria (自助餐厅) to eat in America for the ‎ first time. He sat down at an empty table and waited for 43 to take his order. Of course nobody did. Finally, a woman with a plate full of food sat down opposite him and told him how a cafeteria 44 .‎ ‎ “Start out at that end,” she said. “Just go along the line and 45 what you want. At the other end they’ll tell you how much you have to pay.”‎ ‎“I soon learned that’s how everything works in the US,” the old man later told a friend. “ 46 is a cafeteria here. You can get anything you want 47 you are willing(自愿的) to pay the price. You can even get success, but you’ll never get it if you wait for someone to 48 it to you. You have to get up and get it yourself.” ‎ ‎ 49 , life everywhere is like a cafeteria. Don’t wait for things to happen to you. Success lies in your own 50 .‎ ‎43. A. his friend B. his wife C. a stranger D. someone ‎ ‎44. A. worked B. painted C. repaired D. planned ‎45. A. send out B. give out C. pick out D. look out ‎46. A. School B. Life C. Office D. Company ‎47. A. if B. because C. though D. until ‎48 A‎. carry B. lend C. move D. bring ‎49. A. In peace B. In the end C. In fact D. In a hurry ‎ ‎50. A. work B. hands C. opinion D. books ‎【主旨大意】通过一位老人在咖啡馆的经历告诉人们一个深刻的道理：不要等着天上掉馅饼，成功与幸福只有掌握在自己手中。‎ ‎43、D 老人按照自己的思维方式找到一个空桌坐下，然后等人（服务员）来接受自己的吩咐。‎ ‎44、A 以为端着满盘子食物的老太太告诉他咖啡馆内是如何运作的。此处work不应理解为“工作”，而应理解为“起作用”或“运行规则”。‎ ‎45、C 结合文意：直直的走过去然后挑选你所需要的。Pick out是挑选的意思。‎ ‎46、B本句是老人的心得，富有哲理：生活就像咖啡馆。‎ ‎47、A与46空合为一个整体：如果你愿意埋单的话，你可以得到一切。‎ ‎48、D 与上文整体理解：你不要指望任何人会把幸福和成功带给你。Bring是带来的意思。‎ ‎49、C语气的缓解，进一步阐述自己的观点，由“事实上”引出下文。‎ ‎50、B 整体理解点名文意：成功掌握在自己的手中。‎ ‎【2011浙江台州】三、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，理解其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，使文章完整、通顺。‎ ‎ It was Molly’s job to hand her father his paper lunch each morning before he went to work. One morning, besides his usual lunch bag, Molly 26 him a second paper bag. This one didn’t look so good. It was 27 and was held togethter with tape(胶带).‎ Her father kissed Molly and started off to work with the 28 bags.‎ On his lunch break, while he was eating, he looked 29 the second old bag: two small dolls, three small stones and some coins. The busy father smiled, finished eating and 30 away the bags, dolls and stones.‎ That 31 when they were having supper, Molly asked, “Where’s my bag, Daddy?”‎ ‎“What bag?”‎ ‎“The one I gave 32 this morning.”‎ ‎“I left it at the office, 33 ?”‎ ‎“I forget to put this note in it,” she said, “Those are the 34 I really love. I thought you might like to 35 with them. You didn’t lose the bag, did you, Daddy?”‎ ‎“Oh, no.” he said, lying (撒谎). “I 36 forget to bring it home. I’ll bring it tomorrow.”‎ When Molly put her arm around her father’s neck, he opened the 37 that read: “I love you , Daddy.”‎ Molly had given him her treasures (财富), 38 he had thrown them into the trash can (垃圾箱). So when he went back to the 39 , he went straight to the trash can and 40 all of Molly’s things. He put the treasures inside the bag and carried ‎ it home.‎ ‎26. A. handed B. asked C. helped D. bought ‎27. A. nice B. old C. empty D. expensive ‎28. A. two B. three C. four D. five ‎29. A. for B. after C. into D. around ‎30. A. gave B. put C. ran D. threw ‎31. A. morning B. noon C. evening D. midnight ‎32. A. you B. him C. her D. them ‎33. A. Who B. When C. Where D. Why ‎34. A. foods B. places C. people D. collections ‎35. A. study B. play C. deal D. fight ‎36. A. even B. just C. still D. hardly ‎37. A. card B. letter C. note D. book ‎ ‎38. A. so B. or C. but D. and ‎39. A. shop B. office C. bedroom D. school ‎ ‎40. A. turned up B. used up C. gave up D. picked up ‎【主旨大意】一个充满爱心的女孩将两个玩具、三个石头和一些硬币放在爸爸吃饭的另一个午饭袋里，然而粗心的爸爸却将它扔掉，当聪明的爸爸知道女儿的心思后，将这份女儿对自己的爱重新拾回来。‎ ‎26. A 根据题意每天将纸午饭袋交给爸爸是Molly的任务。其它选项不符合逻辑。‎ ‎27. B 根据上下文，可知这个纸袋看起来不漂亮，且里面装着东西。‎ ‎28. A 根据上文今天早晨Molly在平常的纸午饭袋旁又放了一个。‎ ‎29. C 短语辨析 look for寻找；lokk after照料，照顾； look into往……里面看；look around环顾。根据文章应为“往纸袋里面看”。‎ ‎30. D 根据文章大意应为把纸袋扔掉。‎ ‎31. C 根据下文 “当他们晚上吃晚饭时”。‎ ‎32. A 考查代词“今天早晨给你的”。‎ ‎33. D 根根据文意应为“有什么事，怎么了”。‎ ‎34. D 根据上文在第二个纸袋里，放有洋娃娃、小石头。硬币等收藏品。‎ ‎35. B 孩子认为爸爸可能和她一样喜欢玩这些东西。‎ ‎36. B 单词辨析even甚至；即使 just只是仅仅； still 仍然，hardly几乎不；“我只是把它忘了带回来。”‎ ‎37. C 根据下文可知Molly读的是以小纸条。‎ ‎38. C 考查连词的用法。由上文“Molly把她的财富给了他”和“他把它扔进垃圾桶”。可知，为转折关系。‎ ‎39. B 根据句意应为“回到办公室”。‎ ‎40. D 短语辨析。turn up出现；use up用尽；give up放弃；pick up拾起捡起。此处应为“他径直走向垃圾桶把Molly所有的东西捡起来”。‎ ‎【2011•铜仁】完形填空（10分） (阅读下面短文，然后根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的选项中选择能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡的相应位置将其涂黑。)‎ ‎ There are many kinds of pollution around us, 36 air pollution, soil pollution, noise pollution and light pollution. They are bad __37__ our health in many ways.‎ ‎ Burning gas, oil and coal creates air pollution. It can cause sore eyes and __38__ problems. ‎ ‎ With the increase of pollution and the development of industry, litter is everywhere. It makes our environment dirty. People put lots of rubbish in the land. Farmers use too many __39___ in the fields. They destroy the soil. So soil pollution has become serious.‎ ‎ Noise pollution can make people__40__. For example, people may lose their hearing if they work in a _41_ place for a long time. Too much noise can cause high blood pressure __42__. ‎ ‎ Working for a long time in strong, changeable light __43__ cause some kinds of illnesses. It makes people feel __44__ and is especially bad for the eyes.‎ ‎ With ___45__ pollution, our planet will become greener and our health will be better. Let’s be greener people.‎ ‎36. A. such as B. for example C. as well as D. because of ‎37. A. to B. in C. for D. of ‎38. A. breath B. breathe C. breathed D. breathing ‎39. A. chemical B. chemicals C. chemist D. chemistry ‎40. A. blind B. lame C. deaf D. healthy ‎41. A. noise B. noisy C. quiet D. quietly ‎42. A. as well B. too C. also D. either ‎43 A‎. must B. need C. should D. may ‎44. A. comfortable B. possibly C. terrible D. terribly ‎45. A. little B. less C. few D. fewer ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述污染的情况，来倡导人们争做“greener people”。‎ ‎36. A 根据后面的并列成份“air pollution, soil pollution, noise pollution and light pollution”可推断在举例，故选A。‎ ‎37. C 固定短语。be bad for ... 是固定短语，故选C。‎ ‎38. D 词形辨析。breath 名词，意思是“呼吸”；breathe 动词，意思是“呼吸”；breathed 是动词breathed的过去式或过去分词；breathing是breathe动词的现在分词或者动名词。由名词problems可推断应用动名词来修饰它，故选D。‎ ‎39. B chemical形容词“化学的”，或作名词“化学制品;化学药品”；chemist名词，“化学家”；chemistry 名词，“化学”。由many+可数名词复数可推断应选B项。‎ ‎40.C‎ 根据句子“people may lose their hearing if...”可以推断应该是“噪音问题可能使人们聋了。”故选C。‎ （2） B 根据前后句意可推断应该是“一个噪音的地方”；noise名词，意思是“噪音”，noisy形容词“噪音的”，故选B。‎ ‎42. A 四个选项的意思都是“也”。as well只能放在句末；too放在肯定句句末且前面要有逗号隔开；also放在句中或句末；either放在否定句句末且前面有逗号隔开。故选A。‎ ‎43. D 情态动词的用法。must意为“必须”（主观意志）；need意为“需要”；should意为“应该”（某件事宜于做）；may意为“可能，可以”；根据句意可推断出D项。‎ ‎44. C 由系动词feel可知后跟形容词，构成系表结果；再根据句子“is especially bad for the eyes.”可推断应选C项。‎ ‎45 B 根据句子“our planet will become greener and our health will be better. ”可知“更少的污染”；由pollution是不可数名词可推断选B项。‎ ‎【2011•扬州】完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，计15分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从文后各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ Mark was walking home from school one day when he noticed a boy ahead of him had dropped all of the books he was carrying. Mark helped the boy pick them up. 16 they were going the same way, he carried them for the boy. As they walked, Mark knew the boy’s name was Bill. Mark 17 ‎ discovered that he loved computer games, baseball and history and that he was having a lot of 18 ‎ with his other subjects.‎ They arrived at Bill’s home first and Mark was invited in 19 Coke and to watch some television. The afternoon passed 20 with a few laughs and some shared small talk, and then Mark went home. They 21 to see each other around school, had lunch together once or twice and then 22 ended up from the same high school. Just three weeks before they finished school, Bill asked Mark if they could have a talk.‎ Bill 23 him of the day years ago when they had first met. ‘Do you 24 wonder why I was carrying so many things home that day?’ asked Bill. ‘You see, I 25 out my locker because I didn’t want to leave a mess for anyone else. I had planned to 26 from home and I was going home to pack my things. But after we spent some time together 27 ‎ and laughing, I realized that 28 I had done that, I would have ‎29 a new friend and missed all the fun we would have together. So you see, Mark, when you picked up my books that day, you did a lot more. You 30 my life.’‎ ‎16. A. After B. Since C. Although D. Until ‎17. A. also B. still C. always D. almost ‎18. A. questions B. ideas C. trouble D. doubt ‎19. A. from B. with C. to D. for ‎20. A. quickly B. proudly C. freely D. pleasantly ‎21. A. continued B. hoped C. preferred D. offered ‎22. A. all B. both C. every D. none ‎23. A. removed B. reminded C. asked D. described ‎24. A. ever B. soon C. even D. never ‎25. A. checked B. took C. cleaned D. put ‎26. A. run away B. take away C. put away D. pass away ‎27. A. reading B. playing C. talking D. watching ‎28. A. before B. if C. while D. as ‎29. A. forgotten B. made C. became D. lost ‎30. A. helped B. saved C. changed D. improved ‎【主旨大意】迈克在回家的路上遇到了一位想辍学的学生比尔，就把他送回家并且和他谈心、玩耍，结果成了好朋友。朋友的热情点燃了比尔的生命火花，正是这个动力使比尔重新走进了学校的大门，然后坚持到毕业。‎ ‎16、B考查连词。 由于他们走同一条路，他就帮着小男孩拿着这些书。‎ ‎17、A根据文意：迈克不但知道小男孩的名字，还进一步知道他喜欢的科目。表示意思递进一层。‎ ‎18、C与此同时，迈克还了解到对于其他的学科，比尔感到有些困难。‎ ‎19、D 他们到达比尔的家后，招待迈克喝可乐，看电视。‎ ‎20、D由于谈笑风生，因此那天下午在愉快的氛围中度过。‎ ‎21、A他们继续彼此见面，在一起吃了一两次午饭。‎ ‎22、B因为故事中只有两个人，因此用both。‎ ‎23、B考查固定词组。Remind of意思是“使某人想起-----”。‎ ‎24、A 根据句意：你是否曾经想知道那天我为什么带着那么多的东西回家？‎ ‎25、B took 我带走我的物品是因为我不想给其他人留下一团糟。‎ ‎26、A run away我曾经想离家出走，run away是跑开的意思。‎ ‎27、C taking动词的用法，spend doing sth。‎ ‎28、B if现在我意识到：如果那样做了，我就会丢失一位新朋友。‎ ‎29、D lost 联系28同时理解。‎ ‎30、B saved 你挽救了我的生命。‎ ‎【2011·苏州】 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）、‎ 请先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每个小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Some time ago, my wife and I traveled to Sydney to visit my sister. We had taken more clothes than we needed and struggled onto the train.‎ In front of us, in a face-to-face seat, _16__ six young men in their early 20s. They were strong and 17 , and I disliked them immediately. They were laughing loudly, obviously 18 themselves and they ‎19 a foreign language.‎ As we went quickly 20 the countryside, I kept an eye on them as they joked around. Sometimes they took a look in our direction. When two of them got 21 , I relaxed a little. The rest of them 22 to laugh and joke in their own language.‎ When we finally arrived at our 23 , only one of them was left on the train. He was obviously 24 too and as I struggled towards him with my heavy luggage(行李), he reached out and asked in English: “Want a hand with that, mate?” ‎ He 25 the heavier bag up the station steps for us. We were pleasantly surprised and very grateful.‎ ‎16. A. sat B. stood C. lay D. lived ‎ ‎17. A. polite B. quiet C. lazy D. noisy ‎ ‎18. A. helping B. enjoying C. teaching D. devoting ‎ ‎19. A. told B. spoke C. said D. talked ‎20. A. above B. onto C. over D. through ‎ ‎21. A. off B. up C. along D. on ‎ ‎22. A. wanted B. started C. stopped D. continued ‎23. A. house B. hotel C. station D. shelter ‎24. A. bored B. worried C. excited D. frightened ‎25. A. carried B. left C. brought D. bought ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一对夫妇乘车去看望他们的姐姐。在车上几个年轻人非常的吵，我也不喜欢他们，后来我需要帮助的时候，他主动的帮我。这使我很感动。‎ ‎16. A 根据 “in a face-to-face seat”可知应是A。‎ ‎17. D 根据上下文意思，得出答案D。‎ ‎18. B enjoy后接反身代词。‎ ‎19. B 说某种语言用“speak”。‎ ‎20. D 是指从“countryside”的里面穿过去。‎ ‎21. A固定短语。get off意为“下车”。‎ ‎22. D 根据句意可知他们继续玩。故选D ‎23. C 根据句意可知应为到站。‎ ‎24. C 根据上下文可知他也兴奋。故选C。‎ ‎25. A 根据句意：他为我搬了更重的包。应选A。‎ ‎【2011•盐城】二、完形填空 阅读下面短文，掌握基大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ A passenger（乘客）told an air hostess（空姐）that he needed a cup of water to take medicine when the plane just took off. She told him that she would bring him the 16 soon.‎ Twenty minutes 17 , when the passenger's ring for service sounded, the air hostess realized it at once. She was kept so busy that she 18 to bring him the water. Therefore, the passenger was held up（延迟）to take his medicine. She hurried over to him with a cup of water, but he 19 it.‎ In the following hours on the flight, 20 time the air hostess passed the passenger, she would ask him with a smile 21 he needed help or not. But the passenger never 22 her words.‎ When he was going to get off the 23 , the passenger asked the air hostess to hand him the passenger's booklet（意见簿）. She was very 24 . She knew that he would write down sharp words, which might make her 25 the job. 26 with a smile she handed it to him.‎ Off the plane, she 27 the booklet, and cracked a smile, for the passenger put it, “ On the flight, you asked me if I needed help for twelve times 28 . How can I refuse 29 twelve sincere smiles?”‎ That's right! It was the twelve smiles of the air hostess that touched（感动）‎ the passenger 30 and of course she wouldn't lose her job!‎ ‎16. A. milk B. juice C. coffee D. water ‎17. A. late B. later C. ago D. after ‎18. A. remembered B. forgot C. wanted D. learned ‎19. A. accepted B. took C. refused D. received ‎20. A. some B. either C. another D. each ‎21. A. why B. when C. whether D. how ‎22. A. paid attention to B. thought of C. heard of D. worried about ‎23. A. coach B. bus C. train D. plane ‎24. A. happy B. cheerful C. sad D. excited ‎25. A. lose B. loses C. losing D. lost ‎26. A. And B. So C. Then D. But ‎27. A. opened B. closed C. destroyed D. hid ‎28. A. at all B. in all C. of all D. all over ‎29. A. her B. your C. their D. our ‎30. A. peacefully B. comfortably C. deeply D. slowly 答案：16. D由上一句“...he needed a cup of water to take medicine...”知空姐将给他送水 ‎17. B时间段后跟later表示“多长时间之后”。由上文知乘客在等空姐送水。故说“二十分钟后”‎ ‎18. B前文说“the air hostess realized it at once. She was kept so busy that...”汉意：空姐马上意识到（自己还没有送水），她一直很忙以至于...”显然是空姐“忘记送水了”。故用forgot ‎ ‎19. C前文说“她马上给客人送去一杯水”，又根据第三段的意思知道客人不接受服务，故but后应该是与前“相对的”动作。‎ ‎20. D根据上下文，应该说：空姐“每一次”经过客人的时候。故选D.‎ ‎21. C whether...or not 意为“是否”。‎ ‎22. A任凭空姐服务态度再好，但是乘客对她“从不理睬”。故选C.paid attention to ‎23. D前文是在飞机上发生的事。故说“当他要下飞机的时候”。‎ ‎24. C.从下句：She knew that he would write down sharp words,‎ ‎..（她知道他会写下批评的话）知道空姐当时心情应该是难过的。故选C.sad。‎ ‎25. A‎. make的宾语补足语应该用动词原形，即make sb.do 。故选A.lose ‎26. D.上文说“......那可能使他失去工作”。与下文的with a smile形成对比，故用But表转折 ‎ ‎27. A由下文知道空姐读了意见簿上的内容，所以应该先“打开”(opened)。‎ ‎28. B in all总共；at all根本；of all在所有…当中；all over遍及。本句意为“在飞行途中,你总共问了我十二次要不要帮忙。”故选B。‎ ‎29. B从上句中的“...you asked me...”知道“意见”是写给空姐的。故此处应该说...your twelve sincere smiles你的12次真诚的微笑 ‎30. C 考查副词词义。touched the passenger deeply意为“深深感动了乘客”。‎ ‎【2011江苏徐州】二、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 根据短文内容，从各题所给的ABＣＤ四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ When Amy wrote her first novel in secondary school, she never imagined that she would become a writer one day. Like many 16 writers on the Internet, the 17 woman got into this online world accidentally(偶然地).‎ Three years ago, Amy worked in a medical industry. Her job kept her busy for six months and left her almost 18 to do for the rest of the year. To fill the time, she started writing 19 on the Internet. Her first novel was about her neighbours and their life 20 she is familiar with.‎ Amy has been interested in writing 21 she was a child. At first, she just wanted to share her novels 22 people she knew. Then one day an editor of a famous website emailed her, asking her 23 she would like to sell the electronic copyright(授权) of one of her novels. She 24 immediately and the novel was moved to the VIP section of the website. She got $ 1,500 for that.‎ Now Amy is a full-time 25 . So far her eight novels have come out online, and five of them 26 .‎ ‎“The Internet made me famous and brought me 27 ,” she said. “I earn much more money now— about $‎60,000 a year. I am 28 with my career, but there is one problem — that my talent might run out after five years and I’ll have to 29 to ‎ work in the medical industry.”‎ ‎“ Before that day comes, I’ll keep 30 for the readers with my light and close-to-everyday-life writing style,” said Amy with a smile.‎ ‎16. A. other B. others C. another D. the other ‎17. A. 28-year-old B. 28-years-old C. 28 years old D. 28-year old ‎18. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎19. A. reports B. novels C. diaries D. plays ‎20. A. who B. which C. that D. whom ‎21. A. when B. while C. since D. until ‎22. A. about B. of C. to D. with ‎23. A. that B. if C. why D. how often ‎24. A. agreed B. disagreed C. refused D. left ‎25. A. housewife B. editor C. saleswoman D. writer ‎26. A. will print B. were printing C. printed D. were printed ‎27. A. success B. succeed C. successful D. successfully ‎28. A. unhappy B. angry C. satisfied D. proud ‎29. A. come B. go C. return D. get ‎30. A. to write B. writing C. write D. written ‎【文章大意】本文介绍了一名网络作家Amy的成名过程，以及她功成名退的良好心态。‎ ‎【解析】16. A。other后可跟可数名词复数，others不可。句意“像许多别的互联网作家一样”。‎ ‎17. A。考查复合形容词作定语。28-year-old作定语，中间要加连字符，且year不加s。故选A。‎ ‎18. D。由上文可知，她忙了6个月，而剩下的没什么什么事。‎ ‎19. B。由下文可知，她是在写小说。‎ ‎20. C。考查定语从句。先行词包含人和物时，用that。‎ ‎21. C。句意为“自从她是个孩子的时候，就已经对写小说感兴趣了”。‎ ‎22. D。考查固定搭配。Share...with...意为“和……分享”。‎ ‎23. B。句意为“……问她是否出售电子版权（授权）……”‎ ‎24. A。由下文可知，她只有同意，才得到了$ 1,500。‎ ‎25. D。由上文可知，她的职业是个作家。‎ ‎26. D。考查过去时的被动语态。句意为“……其中五部被印刷”。‎ ‎27. A。句意为“互联网使我出名并带给我成功”。Success为名词。‎ ‎28. C。be satisfied with意为“对……满意”。‎ ‎29. C。由上文可知，她以前在医疗行业工作，以后要做以前的工作。用return。‎ ‎30. B。keep后跟v-ing形式。‎ ‎【2011清远】Ⅲ. 完形填空(共10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ ‎ 请认真阅读短文，从所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ A new supermarket put on a notice at the entrance. It said, "Remember, once a week, one of our customers will get __ 41 goods. This may be your lucky day. " All the housewives_42 went to the supermarket wanted to be the lucky customer.‎ In the following several weeks, Mrs. Black _43__ did shopping in the same supermarket. Unlike many other customers, she never __44 hope. Her kitchen was full of things that she did not need. She dreamed of the __45__ when the manager of the supermarket would come and say to her. “Madam, this is your lucky day and __46__ in your basket is free."‎ One Friday morning, after she finished her shopping and had taken all the things _47 her car, she realized that she had forgotten to buy some tea. She went back to the __48__ to buy the tea. As she was waiting at the cashier(收银台), the manager of the supermarket came to __49 _ and said, “Congratulations. Madam! You are our lucky customer and all that you __50__ in your basket is free!"‎ ‎41. A. bad B. heavy C. free D. big ‎42. A. who B. which C. whose D. whom ‎43. A. never B. always C. sometimes D. seldom ‎44. A. gave out B. gave up C. gave in D. gave off ‎45. A. day B. week C. month D. year ‎46. A. thing B. something C. nothing D. everything ‎47. A from B. on C. to D. for ‎48. A. school B. supermarket C. car D. home ‎49. A. him B. she C. hers D her ‎50. A. put B. putted C. putting D. puts ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了Mrs. Black常去超市购物，而有一天Mrs. Black最终成为了超市的幸运顾客。‎ ‎41.C 根据句意：每周一次，有一个顾客将得到免费的物品。故选C。‎ ‎42.A 考定语从句引导词。先行词housewives“家庭主妇”是指人，排除B和C。同时本题中引导词在句中作主语，故选A。‎ ‎43.B 根据上下意思，Mrs. Black在超市推出每周免费一名活动后，在接下的几个星期里，她经常去同样的超市。故选B。‎ ‎44.B 动词词组辨析。句意：她永远不会放弃希望。故选B。‎ ‎45.A 句意：她梦想有那么一天超市的经理将会和她说她是幸运顾客。故选A。‎ ‎46.D 不定代词的用法。句意：这是你的幸运日，你篮子里的一切都是免费。故选D。‎ ‎47.C 句意：她把全部的东西带到车上。take sth to 把什么带到哪。故选C。‎ ‎48.B 句意：她返回去买茶。以及下句的“the manager of the supermarket came to”‎ 说明她返回的是超市。‎ ‎49.D 根据第二段的“the manager of the supermarket would come and say to her.”推出 “came to her”来到她身边。‎ ‎50.A 根据that you __50__ in your basket作定语从句修饰all，空白处作谓语，排除C和D。句意：你现在放在篮子里的东西。时间跟现在有关，故选A。‎ ‎【2011北京】五、完型填空（12分，每小题1分）‎ ‎"I can't believe what I’m hearing!" I thought to myself. Jeff was the last candidate (候选人) for president of Student Council. My best friend Tony came to me and said, “I’m sorry, Mike, I really thought you should be _ 36_ ."‎ Later that day, I happened to pass Jeff in the dining room. I offered him a 37 "congratulations" and walked to my usual table. To my surprise, Jeff put his plate beside mine.‎ ‎"I'm, er—I'm just wandering if you would … consider coming to work on my team," he said 38 . "You are really smart, and you would he a great manager."‎ ‎“I don't think so," I replied, feeling unsure.‎ ‎"Well, if you change your mind, we are meeting tomorrow,” he said before moving to another table.‎ All right, I thought about the 39 from Jeff. Maybe being a part of the election process ( 选举过程) would give ‎40 a chance to make important changes at our school. I decided to join them. ‎ My first goal was to 41_ a catchy advertisement. Within a few days, we designed a poster with Jeff's pictures showing him in a number of activities. No one could walk through any hallway 42_ passing Jeff's smiling face.‎ My next step was to 43 which new activities students would like to have at our school. Many of them wanted a chess club and. a volleyball team.‎ With tile information I had collected, Jeff met with the headmaster. The headmaster 44 to add these activities to our school program.‎ With my help, Jeff and our ideas were well 45 at school.‎ An eighth grader said, "It'll be like attending a new school with Jeff as president.‎ Hearing these words made my heart filled with 46 I had wanted to become president of Student Council to make a difference. I achieved that and more by working as a member of Jeff's team. He became the most popular candidate and I was a large part of his 47 . The fact that it has made a difference in other people's lives is the real prize. What a great feeling!‎ ‎36. A. beard B. chosen C. invited D. followed ‎37. A. polite B. loud C. warm D. cheerful ‎38. A. proudly B. quickly C. nervously D. regretfully ‎39. A. advice B. chance C. message. D. offer ‎40. A. them B. him C. me D. us ‎41. A. print B. invent C. create C. send ‎42. A. for B. from C. with D. without ‎43. A. carry out B. try out C. work out D. find out ‎44. A. agreed B. wanted C. expected D. asked ‎45. A. allowed B. received C. introduced D. required ‎46. A. pride B. surprise C. patience D. hope ‎47. A. hick B. spirit C. life D. success ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了体验幸福的三个秘密。‎ ‎36. 答案：B解析:词义辨析，动词联系上下文，上文给出the last candidate(候选人) ，下文对应的动词应该是 be chosen，：你应该被“当选”。‎ ‎37. 答案：A解析: 形容词感情色彩+联系上下文。由本段出现的第一个形容词usual 来判断作者的感情色彩是平淡的，故排除B. loud和D. cheerful选项，由 第二个形容词surprise 来判断，作者与Jeff的关系不是非常亲密所以排除C warm选项，跟Jeff说“祝贺”的时候自然是“礼貌”地说。‎ ‎38. 答案：C解析:根据前文的“er-，wondering，would...”，都是紧张的表现，可推断是有点紧张，所以答案选择C nervously。‎ ‎39. 答案：D解析: 考查名词的辨析，Jeff希望“我”能加入他的团队，对“我”来讲，这是给“我”提供了一个工作岗位，并非机会chance，选offer。‎ ‎40. 答案：C解析: 根据上文主语都是I，所以答案选择C. me所以是给予我机会。‎ ‎41. 答案：C解析: :词义辨析，根据句意：是想方设法创造有吸引力的广告，而不是发明或印刷，迷惑项是print；广告也不一定非要印刷，这是其实是“设计”的意思，只有create一词可以表示“创作、设计”的意思。‎ ‎42. 答案：D解析: 介词搭配 最能凸显出 poster 效果的介词是without 否定介词与前面的no 相呼应，双重否定表肯定，构成：人人都常经过的走廊里贴满了Jeff笑脸的广告。‎ ‎43. 答案：D解析: 短语辨析，carry out 实施， try out 尝试， work out 解决 find out 找出+事实，真相 ，结合上下文，wanted a chess club and a volleyball team,下文的 collect information，空后是宾语从句：“学生在学校里喜欢玩那些活动”，不是“算出，执行，实验”，而是“找出”得出答案为 D。‎ ‎44. 答案：A 解析:根据上下文，Jeff带着这些信息去见校长，校长也就“同意”把这些活动加上了。‎ ‎45. 答案：B 解析: receive 在此表示的是接纳并不是我们熟悉的收到，所以此题为难题。‎ ‎46. 答案：A解析: 我和Jeff的工作得到了他人的认可，心中感到自豪和满足，故答案选择A。‎ ‎47. 答案：D 解析: 此题考查句意分析能力。前文说他成了最受欢迎的候选人，接着有连词and，也就意味着要填的空即是He became the most popular candidate，这样看来，是Jeff的成功，所以选success。‎ ‎【2011陕西】Ⅴ. 完形填空。‎ In a small town in France, there was a farmer who lived alone. Every day he ‎31 a pound of butter to his neighbour, who was a baker, One day the baker decided to 32 the butter to see if he was getting a pound. After he weighed it, he found that he wasn't. The baker then took 33 farmer to the judge (法官).‎ The judge asked the farmer if he had any way to weigh the butler. The farmer replied. "I am so 34 that I do not have enough money to buy anything to weigh it, 35 I do have a kind of scale(天平). " The judge asked, "Then how do you weigh the buttery" The farmer replied, "Before the baker started buying butler from 36 , I had bought bread from him. So now every time when I bring home the bread from the baker, I put it On the scale and give him the butter of the same weight,"‎ We 37 what we give to Others in life. Whenever you take action, ask yourself this 38 , "Am I honest?"‎ Honesty or dishonesty can become a 39 . Some dishonest people can lie(说谎) without a red face. Others lie so much that they do not even 40 what the truth is any more. But who is it bad for? As a matter of fact, those who lie will hurt themselves by their own dishonest behaviour.‎ ‎31. A. gave B. fed C. threw D. sold ‎ ‎32. A. weigh B. watch C. cut D. use ‎ ‎33. A. / B. a C. an D. the ‎ ‎34. A. rich B. poor C. honest D. quiet ‎ ‎35. A. and B. so C. but D. or ‎ ‎36. A. I B. my C. me D. mine ‎ ‎37. A. get back B. look back C. give back D. turn back ‎ ‎38. A. answer B. question C. help D. idea ‎ ‎39. A. difference B. habit C. mistake D. difficulty ‎ ‎40. A. Study B. mean C. imagine D. know ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文通过一个买肉和买面包不给足斤两的故事，告诉我们诚信的重要性。同时指出其实诚实或者不诚实会成为一种习惯。‎ ‎31. D 解析: gave “给”；fed“喂养”；threw“扔”；sold“卖”。根据后边面包师称肉的重量，可知是卖给他的肉。‎ ‎32. A 解析: 句意为“他决定称肉的重量”。根据下句的weigh也可以选择。‎ ‎33. D 解析:前边提到了农民，再次提到用the。‎ ‎34. B解析: 农民说自己因为穷而不能买到称。‎ ‎35. A 解析: 没有钱买能称重量的东西，也没有天平。‎ ‎36. C 解析: from为介词，后加宾格代词。‎ ‎37. A 解析: get back“回来；得到回报”；look back“往回看”；give back“归还”；turn back“转身”。句意为“生活中我们给予别人什么，也会从给别人那里得到什么”。‎ ‎38. B 解析: 问自己这个问题。‎ ‎39. B解析:根据下一句“Some dishonest people can lie(说谎) without a red face.” 可知诚实与不诚实都会成为习惯。‎ ‎40. D 解析:句意为：其他人说谎太多，以至于不知道真正的事情是什么了。‎ ‎【2011广西百色】 One day, two friends were walking through the desert.__36__ the journey they had a quarrel, and one friend hit __37__ one in the face.‎ ‎ The one who was hit was hurt,__38__ he didn’t say anything. Instead, he wrote in the sand,“Today my best friend hit me in the face.”‎ ‎ They kept on __39__ until they found an oasis(绿洲).They decided to get some water. The one who had been hit fell into the mire(泥潭) and was in danger, but the friend __40__ him.‎ ‎ When he felt all right, he wrote on __41__.“Today my best friend saved my life.”‎ ‎ The one who had hit and saved his best friend asked him,“After I __42__ you, you ‎ wrote in the sand and now you write on a stone.__43__”‎ ‎ The other friend replied,“When someone hurts us, we should write it down in sand where winds of forgiveness(宽恕) can blow __44__ away. Bt when someone does something __45__ for us, we must write it in stone where no wind can ever blow it away.”‎ ‎( ) 36. A. After B. During C. For D. Before ‎( ) 37.A. some B. each C. another D. the other ‎( ) 38. A. and B. so C. but D. or ‎( ) 39.A. walking B. jumping C. singing D. running ‎( ) 40.A. hurt B. left C. hit D. saved ‎( ) 41.A. the desert B. a stone C. a tree D. the sand ‎( ) 42. A. killed B. helped C. hurt D. quarreled with ‎( ) 43 .A. When B. What C. How D. Why ‎( ) 44.A.it B. these C. them D. this ‎( ) 45.A.interesting B. good C. dangerous D. harmful ‎36-40 BDCAD 41-45BCDAB ‎【主旨大意】‎ 文章通过两个朋友之间发生的故事，讲述了如何处理朋友之间发生的矛盾及当别人给予了帮助该如何感恩。‎ ‎36.B 由文章的第三段第一句可知，他们是在穿过沙漠期间吵架的。故选B。‎ ‎37.D 表示两者之间的另一个用the other。‎ ‎38.C 由前句和后句可知，应表示转折，“但是他什么也没有说”。‎ ‎39.A由文章第一段的第一句“有一天，两个朋友在穿过一个沙漠”可知此处应是“他们继续走”。‎ ‎40.D 由下文“我的朋友救了我”可知。‎ ‎41.B 由下文“and now you wrote on a stone”可知是写在一块石头上。‎ ‎42.C根据前文的意思应是“在我伤害你之后，你写在沙子上。”，故选C。‎ ‎43.D根据句子的意思，他的朋友想要知道写在不同地方的原因，故选D。‎ ‎44.A前面用了it，此处也要用it代替。‎ ‎45.B根据文章的意思应是“当有人对我们做了有益的事”，故选B。‎ ‎【2011•河南省】I like all kinds of chocolate, especially bitter chocolate. So when Mother had bought one, i couldn't help thinking about 36 .‎ I was helping Father in the yard when suddenly I got an idea. I could cut a piece 37 that chocolate without anyone knowing it.‎ I waited 38 Mother went outside feeding the chickens. Then I told Father I wanted to go for a drink of water. I went into the room and got the 39 down. Just when I had the knife ready to cut, I heard Mother coming. So I had to put the chocolate 40 into my shirt, went to my room and 41 the chocolate there. And then I went back to 42 Father.‎ All the rest of the afternoon, I didn't dare to look at Father. Every time he spoke, it made me jump. My hands began shaking and my heart started 43 fast. I didn't want the chocolate any more. I 44 wanted to get a chance to put it back.‎ Have you ever had a similar 45 ?‎ ‎36. a. him b. her C. it D. this ‎37. a. off b. into C.on D. along ‎38. a. while b. after c. since D. until ‎39. a. water b. chocolate c. chicken D. shirt ‎40. a. silently b. easily c. slowly D. quickly ‎41. a. hid b. ate C. held D. returned ‎42. a. tell b. help C. find D. call ‎43. a. falling b. breaking c. beating D. jumping ‎44.a. still b. hardly c. just D. never ‎45. A. experience b. excuse c. mistake D. moment ‎【主旨大意】作者讲述了自己一次经历：因爱吃巧克力而在父母不知的情况下切下一块进而产生恐惧的心理。‎ ‎【解析】36.答案：C.上文提到“当母亲买了一个巧克力时”，故第二次再提到用it代替。‎ ‎37.答案：A.由上下文知作者切下一块巧克力，故用cut..off.‎ ‎38.答案：D.为了不让母亲知道，一直等到她去外面....“wait until”等到......时。‎ ‎39.答案：B.由上下文知作者拿的是巧克力。‎ ‎40.答案：D.正要用刀切巧克力的时候，听到母亲进来，于是就“迅速”放进衬衫里。‎ ‎41.答案：A.从下文“...wanted to get a chance to put it back”知作者走到自己的房间没有吃掉巧克力，而是“藏”了起来。‎ ‎42.答案：B.由第二段 “I was helping Father in the yard ”可知。‎ ‎43.答案：C.前文提到，作者不敢看父亲，......手开始颤抖，“心跳”加快。heart beat心跳 ‎44.答案：C. just=only.句意:我只想找机会把它放回去。‎ ‎45.答案：A.全篇讲的是一次经历。句意：你有类似的经历吗。‎ ‎（2011四川资阳）第二节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ A farmer had some little dogs to sell. As he was putting up an advertisement on the fence of his yard, a __31__ happened to pass by.‎ ‎ “I want to __32__ one of your dogs, sir .”‎ ‎ “Well,”said the farmer,“these dogs come from fine parents and cost a lot of __33__.”‎ ‎ The boy __34__ his head for a moment. Then he reached deep into his __35__ and pulled out some change. “I’ve got thirty-nine cents(美分). Is that __36__ to take a look? ”‎ ‎ “__37__,”said the farmer. And with that he let out a whistle(口哨),“Here, Dolly!”‎ ‎ Dolly ran out of the doghouse ___38___ by four little dogs. The boy’s eyes danced with joy.‎ ‎ As the dogs made their way to the fence, the little boy noticed something else moving inside the __39__.Slowly another little dog __40__; this one much smaller. It was doing its best to __41__...‎ ‎ “I want that one,”the little boy said.‎ ‎ The farmer said,“Son, don’t want that dog. He will __42__ be able to run and play with you like the other dogs would.”‎ ‎ The boy rolled up(卷起) one leg of his pants and showed a steel(钢) __43__.Looking back up at the farmer, he said,“You see, sir ,I don’t __44__ too well myself ,and he will need someone who __45__.”‎ ‎31. A. boy B. dog C. farmer D. son ‎32. A .sell B. see C. buy D. feed ‎33. A. time B. money C. work D. study ‎34. A. shook B. covered C. knocked D. dropped ‎35. A. pocket B. yard C. heart D. mouth ‎36. A. enough B. easy C. necessary D. simple ‎37. A. No B. Sure C. Sorry D. Thanks ‎38. A. sent B. driven C. followed D. taught ‎39. A. farm B. fence C. advertisement D. doghouse ‎40. A. died B. shouted C. appeared D. watched ‎41. A. catch up B. go away C. give up D. look out ‎42. A. sometimes B. always C. often D. never ‎43. A. hand B. back C. arm D. leg ‎44. A. speak B. run C. walk D. swim ‎45. A. asks B. understands C. thinks D. succeeds ‎【主旨大意】   本文作者讲述了一个残疾儿童买一只残疾小狗的事情。在平时的语言中，你会感到一种人性的美，和世间的浓浓温情。‎ ‎31. A 【解析】 由下文的“boy”可知。‎ ‎32. C 【解析】句意为“我想要买你的小狗”。‎ ‎33. B 【解析】由下文小男孩掏出了一些零花钱，可知小狗是要花费一些钱的。‎ ‎34. D 【解析】shook“摇头”；covered“覆盖”；knocked “敲打”；dropped“放下；低下”。‎ ‎35. A 【解析】由下文掏出钱来，可知是把手伸进口袋。。‎ ‎36. A 【解析】句意为“这些钱够吗？”‎ ‎37. B 【解析】由他把小狗们叫出来，可知这些钱是够的。‎ ‎38. A 【解析】sent“派；送”；driven“驾驶”；followed“跟着”；taught“教”。句意为“多利跑出来，身边跟着一群小狗”。‎ ‎39. D 【解析】根据上句别的小狗已经从狗窝中跑了出来，可知这只小狗还在狗窝里。‎ ‎40. C 【解析】died “死”；shouted“叫”；appeared“出现”；watched“观看”。句意为“另一只小狗出现了”。‎ ‎41. D 【解析】小狗尽力的向外张望。‎ ‎42. D 【解析】它永远不会像其他的小狗那样和你跑和玩耍。‎ ‎43.D 【解析】男孩卷起裤腿，可知露出了腿。‎ ‎44. C 【解析】男孩说“我跑的也不快”。‎ ‎45. B 【解析】小狗也需要一个人理解他啊。‎ ‎(2011四川宜宾) 第二节：完形填空。 (共10个小题，每小题1分，计10分)‎ 认真阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，并将其字母代号填入题前括号内。‎ My dad was a fisherman. He worked hard and stayed out until he caught enough 36 to feed the family nearly every day. When the weather was bad he would 37 me to school. An old truck was used in his fishing business. When we got to the school, he would give me a big 38 on the face and tell me to be a good 39 . It was so embarrassing for me. I was 12 years old, and my dad would still kiss me goodbye!‎ I remember the day when I decided I was too 40 for a goodbye kiss. When we got to the school and came to a stop, he had his usual big smile. He started to lean (倾斜) toward me, but I put my hand up and 41 , “No, Dad.” It was the first time I had ever talked to him that way. He had a surprised look on his face for a long time, and his 42 started to be wet. He turned and looked out of the windshield (挡风玻璃). “You’re 43 ,” he said.“You are a big boy—a man. I won’t kiss you any more.”‎ It wasn’t long after that when my dad went out to 44 and never came back. It was a day when most of the fishermen stayed at home except Dad. He had a big family to feed How I wish I had been a man then. If I had been a man, I would 45 have told my dad I was too old for a goodbye kiss.‎ ‎（ ）36. A. food B. birds C. animals D. fish ‎（ ）37. A. ride B. carry C. drive D. bring ‎（ ）38. A. kiss B. laugh C. look D. hand ‎（ ）39. A. man B. boy C. teacher D. fisherman ‎（ ）40. A. old B. young C. excited D. moved ‎（ ）41. A. spoke B. said C. repeated D. answered ‎（ ）42. A. hands B. feet C. eyes D. face ‎（ ）43. A. kind B. clever C. wrong D. right ‎（ ）44. A. school B. sea C. boat D. river ‎（ ）45. A. still B. ever C. never D. only ‎ ‎36-40 DCABA 41-45 BCDBC ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了渔夫爸爸每天辛苦捕鱼来维持一家的生计，天气糟糕时，他会开车送我上学。临别时，他经常会吻我的脸，但我感觉不好意思。后来我拒绝了，他理解了，但在我拒绝他后的不久，爸爸却永远地消失在大海里。‎ 解析：‎ ‎36. D 由上文，我的爸爸是个渔夫，可推测是抓到更多的鱼。故选D。‎ ‎37. C 由下文可知，一辆用来做鱼生意的旧卡车。 可知是开车送我。故选C。‎ ‎38. A由下文可知。我12岁了，爸爸依然要用吻我的脸说再见。故选A。‎ ‎39.B由上下文可知。我上学，我12岁了，爸爸让我做一个好孩子，而不是别的。故选B。‎ ‎40. A 根据句意：我记得我下定决心的那天，年龄大不能用吻脸来分别了。故选A。‎ ‎41. B 由句意：我把手举起来说，只是一般的说话，A：spoke 后通常接语言English等，比较正式，C：重复说，只是第一次说，显然不对，D：回答的意思，爸爸还没说。故选B。‎ ‎42. C 由句意：他的双眼开始湿润了，由孩子的话，虽然有些失落，但父亲心理更多的是欣慰与自豪感。其它的选项显然不符。故选C。‎ ‎43. D由下文可知，你是一个男子汉，以后我不会再吻你的脸了。可知父母认可了孩子的做法，“你做得对！”故选D。‎ ‎44. B由下文可知，全村大多数渔夫都呆在家，除了父亲。可知前面是出海打鱼了。故选B。‎ ‎45. C由句意：要是我早长大多好，就从来不会与父亲说长大了不能吻脸了。故选C。‎ ‎【2011•四川广元】（B）‎ Today people can use the phone to talk with others almost anywhere on the earth. ‎ But 31 you use the phone, you can’t see the person you are talking with. That 32 change in the future.‎ Now some people are using a kind of telephone called the picture phone or a vision phone(视频电话). Two people 33 are talking can see each other with it.‎ Picture phones can be useful when you have 34 to show the person you are calling. They may have other uses in the future. One day you may be able to ring up a 35 and ask to see a book. Then you’ll be able to 36 the book over your picture phone. Also you may be able to do shopping through your picture phone. If you see something 37 the newspaper that you want to buy, you can 38 the shop. People at the shop will show you the thing you’re ‎29 in over the phone. You’ll be able to shop all over the town and never even leave your room.‎ The picture phone is really a 40 phone. More and more people will use it.‎ ‎31. A. if B. when C. before ‎ ‎32. A. can’t B. must C. may ‎ ‎33. A. whom B. who C. which ‎ ‎34. A. something B. nothing C. everything ‎ ‎35. A. shop B. school C. library ‎ ‎36. A. read B. see C. watch ‎ ‎37. A. in B. about C. on ‎ ‎38. A. visit B. go C. call ‎39. A. interested B. bored C. interesting ‎ ‎40. A. useless B. helpless C. helpful ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了可视电话不仅能在打电话时，互相看到对方，而且还能通过它阅读书籍，购物等。在将来它的用处一定非常广泛。‎ ‎31. B 当你打电话时，你不能看到与你交谈的人。‎ ‎32. B 根据下文作者表达的意图可推测“10年后一定会有所改变”。‎ ‎33. B 这是一个定语从句，先行词为people指人，在定语从句中作主语，故用who。‎ ‎34. A 当你有东西要给你在通话的那个人看时，可视电话是非常有用的。‎ ‎35. C 由下文book可推测是打电话给“图书馆”。‎ ‎36. A 根据常识可知，在可视电话上读书。‎ ‎37. A 在报纸上用介词in。‎ ‎38. C 电话购物当然是“打电话”。‎ ‎39. A be interested in为固定搭配，意为“对……感兴趣”。‎ ‎40.A 由全文可知，可视电话是非常有用的。‎ ‎【2011呼和浩特】II. 完形填空（共20小题，每小题1分，满分20分）‎ ‎【2011呼和浩特】(A)‎ Do you often think of your parents? You may say, “Of course, I 16 . I buy a present for my mother on Mother’s Day and on Father’s day I give my father 17 , too.” But what about the other days of the year?‎ I have a friend whose parents live in another city. One day I went to see her. We had a nice talk. Then she wanted to 18 . So she dialed the number, but then she put down the phone. After about fifteen 19 , she dialed the number again, “Hi, Mom …” ‎ Later I asked, “ 20 did you dial the number twice?” She smiled, “My parents are old and 21 . They can’t get close to the telephone quickly. I always do so when I call them. I just want to give them 22 time to answer the call. ”‎ My friend is a good girl. She is 23 thinking about her parents. You also want to be a 24 child, right? Please remember to 25 your parents in every situation, not just on some important days.‎ ‎16. A. do B. will C. won’t D. don’t ‎17. A. a cake B. a kiss C. a present D. some money ‎18. A. have a rest B. make a call C. pay a visit D. go gor a walk ‎19. A.hours B. minutes C. seconds D. days ‎20. A. Why B. What C. How D. When ‎ ‎21. A. fast B. careless C. healthy D. slow ‎22. A. enough B. quick C. no D. little ‎23. A. never B. always C. seldom D. sometimes ‎24. A. bad B. clever C. sick D. good ‎25. A. protect B. look after C. think of D. listen to ‎【主旨大意】关爱父母不仅在于给了父母多少钱，买了什么礼物，还在于从小处时时想到父母。“我”的朋友考虑到妈妈年迈，不能很快地走到电话旁，而第一次拨号提醒，第二次再与妈妈通话。多么可亲可爱的人。‎ ‎16. A 此处为了避免重复，而使用了do 来代替“I think of my parents”‎ ‎17. C 根据上下文，可知“”母亲节我给妈妈买礼物，父亲节我也给爸爸买礼物。‎ ‎18. B 由下文“拨号”可知是打电话。‎ ‎19. C 由下文可知“我”的朋友考虑到妈妈年迈，不能很快走到电话旁。所以此处应为，大约15分钟后，其它不符合常理。‎ ‎20. A 由后面朋友的介绍，可知此处作者对朋友的做法感到不解，想问她“为什么拨两次号”。‎ ‎21. D “我的父母年迈，反应慢”。‎ ‎22. A “我想给他们足够的时间来接电话”‎ ‎23. B “她总是时时处处考虑到她的父母”‎ ‎24. D “你想成为一个好孩子吗”‎ ‎25.C “请从每一个处境考虑你的父母，而不要指在特殊的日子想到”‎ ‎【2011呼和浩特】(B)‎ Scientist Without Laboratories When you hear the word “scitentist”, what do you think of? Many people think scientist are people in clean white coats who work in labs. And some scientists do work in labs. But there are 26 scientist who work in woods and jungles. These scientists are called “animal behavior (行为) scientists”, and they study animals as they live in nature.‎ Why don’t these scientists catch animals and study them in zoos? The 27 is in the word “behavior”. Animals behavior scientists want to learn 28 animal behave in their wild homes. When animals live in cages (笼子) or in zoos, they do not act the same as they do when they are 29 . They may fight 30 each other, or they may not eat, or they may not raise (抚养) their babies as they usually would. To see real animal behavior, scitentists must go where the animals 31 .‎ So animal behavior scientists go into the jungles, the woods or the desert. There , their most important 32 are their eyes and ears. They watch and listen to the animals very 33 . They write down everything that happened in notebook. 34 ‎ they live near the animals, the scientists are careful not to frighten them. If the scientists are luncky, the animals will 35 no attention to them. Then the scientists can see how the animals really live.‎ The behavior scientists hope what they’ve learned about animal behavoir can provide clues (提供线索) to help people learn to live together more happily.‎ ‎26. A. another B. other C. others D. the other ‎ ‎27. A. answer B. question C. problem D. text ‎28. A. when B. where C. how D. why ‎29. A. happy B. free C. sad D. angry ‎30. A. of B.among C. for D. with ‎31. A. live B. run C. play D. eat ‎32. A. machines B. tools C. thoughts D. ways ‎33. A. truly B. carefully C. woderfully D. nicely ‎34. A. But B. Unless C. Though D. As if ‎ ‎35. A. pay B. spend C. take D. cost ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了人们所不熟知的另一种科学家---研究动物行为的科学家。文章介绍了他们为什么生活在森林里、丛林里的原因及他们的工作特点。‎ ‎26. B another表示“再，又” other“另外的，其它的，别的” others“表示除去一部分以后的另一些，二不是剩下的全体” the other“表示一定范围内出去一部分后其余的全体”‎ ‎27. A 由上文“为什么这些科学家不把动物捉回来在动物园里研究”可知答案是。‎ ‎28. C “科学家想了解动物在自然的家里是如何表现的。”‎ ‎29. B “当动物们生活在笼子里或动物园里，他们与在无拘无束情况下的表现是不一样的。”‎ ‎30. D 与……打架，fight …with ‎31. A “想了解动物真正的行为，科学家必须去动物生活的地方”‎ ‎32. B 由下文的“听、看动物”可知“他们最重要的工具是眼睛和耳朵”‎ ‎33. B 为了了解动物的行为，必须“认真地观察和听动物。”‎ ‎34. C “尽管科学家生活在动物附近，但他们尽量小心认真而不去吓到动物们。”‎ ‎35. A 固定短语pay attention to “注意”‎ ‎【2011哈尔滨】完形填空 Have you ever complained (抱怨) why life is so tiring? Does the sky sometimes 36 dark to you? Are your lessons sometimes not successful? Well, friends, cheer up and 37 all the time. If you see the world with your warm heart, you will find the whole world smiling to you.‎ On a sunny morning, you plan to have a walk to relax yourself. Just before you go out, it 38 starts to rain. Maybe you would feel very sad and start to complain about the weather. But dear friends, why 39 sit down and listen to the free concert that the nature brings you? And with the timely rain, crops(庄稼) in the fields will grow better and farmers will have a good harvest (收成).‎ ‎ 40 everyone wants to succeed in what he tries to do, life isn’t a bed of roses. It’s very common to meet difficulties on the way to success. 41 difficulty isn't terrible. The real terrible thing is that we are afraid of it. Difficulty is ‎42 a spring (弹簧). If you are 43 , it will be strong. So when you meet difficulties, don't give up. Instead, you should face them with a smile.‎ Attitude 44 everything. With an optimistic (乐观的) attitude, life is easy and 45 _. If you want to be happy, try to remember these five easy rules. Free your heart from hate; Free your mind from worries; Live an easy life; Give more; Expect less. The quickest way to receive happiness is to smile, the fastest way to lose it is to complain.‎ ‎36. A. seem B. seems C. seemed ‎37. A. cry B. smile C. complain ‎ ‎38. A. suddenly B. finally C. hardly ‎39. A. don't B. not C. didn’t ‎40. A. But B. For C. Although ‎4l‎. A. In fact B. From early on C. For example ‎42. A. unlike B. likes C. like ‎43. A. powerful B. weak C. confident ‎44. A. decides B. deciding C. to decide ‎ ‎45 A‎. please B. pleased C. pleasant 主旨大意：本文是一篇富含哲理的文章，要求人们面对困难不要退缩，知难而上，再大的困难也会被克服。‎ ‎36. 答案：A【解析】动词时态，由上下文同为一般现在时，句子主语是the sky，谓语动词用单数。故选A ‎37. 答案：B【解析】动词辨析。根据and前后的顺承，由上文中的“cheer up”，此空填smile。‎ ‎38. 答案：A【解析】描述早晨的假设状况，早晨下雨是突然的一件事，用suddenly。‎ ‎39. 答案：B【解析】考查特殊句式。Why not + 动词原形？表示提建议。‎ ‎40. 答案：C【解析】考查让步状语从句。根据句意：虽然人人都想成功，但是，生活并非安乐窝。‎ ‎41. 答案：A【解析】考查短语辨析，in fact“事实上”,句意：事实上，困难并不可怕。‎ ‎42. 答案：C【解析】这里是打比喻，困难就像弹簧，like在这里是介词。‎ ‎43. 答案：B【解析】词义辨析， 根据上句中把困难比作弹簧，本句结合比喻说明人和困难的关系：你弱它就强。‎ ‎44. 答案：A【解析】考查动词时态。attitude为不可数名词，谓语也要用单数。‎ ‎45. 答案：C【解析】考查词性，并列连词and前后词性一致, pleased用来形容人，故用pleasant。‎ ‎【2011本溪】During my second year of middle school, our teacher gave us a test. I studied hard and 36 well in all the subjects, so the questions were not difficult for me. 37 I stopped when I read the last one：“What is the 38 of the woman that cleans the school?”‎ Of course this was a joke. I saw the cleaning woman every day. She was short and about 60 years old. She had dark hair. But 39 would I know her name? I had never talked with her before. In fact, I had never even thought 40 talking to her. I started to feel rather guilty(惭愧的).Finally, I 41 my paper, without finishing ‎ the last question.‎ Before the class ended, one student asked,“Will be last question count(计入) toward 42 grade?”“Of course,”the teacher said,“In your life, you will meet many people. All are important. They deserve(值得) your attention and care, even if you just 43 and say hello to them.”‎ I’ve 44 forgotten that lesson. I should get to know all of the people who work and live around me. That was, perhaps, the most 45 lesson of my life. Later, I learned that the cleaning woman’s name was Dorothy.‎ ‎36. A. became B. made C. got D. did ‎37. A. So B. But C. Or D. And ‎38. A. address B. number C. name D. hobby ‎39. A. where B. how C. what D. when ‎40. A. about B. over C. for D. back ‎41. A. gave away B. took away C. handed in D. handed out ‎42. A. we B. us C. ours D. our ‎43. A. shout B. smile C. cry D. laugh ‎44. A. never B. ever C. already D. just ‎45. A. difficult B. interesting C. important D. exciting ‎(A)36-40 DBCBA 41-45 CDBAC ‎【2011广西崇左】A woman saw three old men sitting outside the door. She said, “I don’t think I know you, but you must be very hungry. Please come in and have something ___66_____.”‎ ‎“We don’t go into a house ___67_____ ”they replied.‎ ‎“Why is that?” she asked.‎ One of the old men answered, “His name is Wealth(财富), this is Success, and I am Love.” Then he said, “Now go in and ___68_____ with your family which one of us you want in your house.”‎ The woman went in and told her family what had happened, she said, “Let’s invite Wealth. We have been so ____69____.” Her husband disagreed, “My dear, why don’t ‎ we invite Success? Don’t you want me to be a successful man? Then her daughter asked, “Would it be ___70_____ to invite Love? Our life will then be filled with love!”‎ In the end the family decided to take the ___71_____ advice. The woman went out and asked, “____72____ one of you is Love? Please come in and be our guest.” Love got up and started walking to the house. The other two also got up and ____73____ him. Surprised, the lady asked Wealth and Success, “ I ___74_____ invite Love. Why are you coming along? The two old men answered, “If you had invited Wealth or Success, the other two would have to stay out, but since you have invited Love. ____75____ he goes, we go with him. Where there is Love, there is Wealth and Success.”‎ ‎66. A. to say B. to eat C. to use D. to drink ‎67. A. together B. alone C. crowdedly D. lonely ‎68. A. play B. exercise C. agree D. discuss ‎69. A. poor B. rich C. lucky D. happy ‎70. A. worse B. better C. less D. more ‎71. A. father’s B. mother’s C. daughter’s D. parents’‎ ‎72. A. which B. who C. what D. whom ‎73. A. left B. followed C. stopped D. pulled ‎74. A. only B. hardly C. never D. almost ‎75. A. whenever B. whatever C. however D. wherever ‎【主旨大意】：文章大意：本文介绍了一家人在爱、成功、财富中三者中选择，他们最终选择了爱，同时，爱带来了成功和财富。有爱就有成功和财富，财富和成功总是伴随着爱发生。‎ ‎66．B【解析】由题中hungry可知后面应是something to eat，故选B。‎ ‎67．A【解析】由第三段最后一句...which one of us you want in your house. 可知他们三人不能同时进入，所以应选A。‎ ‎68．C【解析】play with“和某人玩”；exercise “做锻炼”不符合题意；discuss with sb “和某人讨论”，通过第五段内容可知：一家人在讨论因该邀请谁。 选C。‎ ‎69．A【解析】poor“贫穷的”，rich“富有的”，lucky“幸运的”，由let’s invite Wealth可知他们想要邀请财富，渴望财富，所以他们的生活应该一直很穷。故选A。‎ ‎70．B【解析】根据下文：我们的生活将会充满爱。可知女儿希望邀请爱。故此句意：邀请爱不是……吗？幸福，成功，爱三者可供选择，所以选最高级。故选B。‎ ‎71．C【解析】从Our life will then be filled with love! 与下文Love got up and started walking to the house可知，采纳了女儿的建议，邀请了“爱”。故选C。‎ ‎72．A【解析】根据上文内容开始是妻子出去的，所以丈夫不知道哪一个是“爱”，所以当他出去邀请“爱”的时候要问“你们哪一个是爱？”故选A。 ‎ ‎73．B【解析】left “离开”，follow“跟随”，stop “停止”，pull “拉，托”，根据下文女主人的表现以及“we go with him”可知Wealth和Success“跟着”幸福进来了。故选B。‎ ‎74．A【解析】only “仅仅”，hardly “几乎不”，never “从不，绝不”almost “大多数”从上文可知主人只邀请了“爱”。故选A ‎75．D【解析】根据下文：那里有成功与爱，那里就有成功与幸福。可知：无论他（爱）去那里，我们（幸福与成功）都会跟着他。故选D。‎ ‎【2011广西贵港】Nick is a 14-year-old school boy. His life is full of exams and studies on weekday. He has ‎ ‎ 46 free time. He thinks playing computer games 47 the best way to make him relax. When he has free time, he sits in front of the computer. Just 48 that way, he doesn’t eat or drink for several hours.‎ Last weekend, he played games on the computer again. He was too 49 and didn’t want to move. He didn’t have 50 for six hours. When he had to go to the bathroom, he found he could not move. He 51 to the hospital. The doctor told him he should have a good rest and ‎ ‎ 52 exercise.‎ After coming back from the hospital. Nick follows the doctor’s 53 .He often plays soccer with his friends. 54 sometimes he still plays computer games on weekends, he 55 ‎ does it for long. Now he lives a happy and healthy life.‎ ‎46. A. few B. a few C. much D. little ‎47. A. is B. are C. be D. was ‎48. A. on B. for C. like D. since ‎49. A. excite B. excites C. exciting D. excited ‎50. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything ‎51. A. is taken B. was taken C. was taking D. took ‎52. A. pay attention to B. paid attention to C. take care of D. take out ‎53. A. dreams B. advices C. advice D. hobbies ‎54. A. Unless B. And C. Because D. Although ‎55. A. ever B. often C. never D. always ‎【主旨大意】：本文是记叙文。讲述了一个平时学习压力大，周末迷恋电脑的男孩。由于他玩电脑的时间太长，被送进了医院，而后他遵照医生的建议注意休息、锻炼，最终快乐的生活。‎ ‎46.D 【解析】few 修饰可数名次，much “很多”，little “没有”，根据上文“周末的生活中充满了考试与学习”。故“他没有空闲的时间”。故选D。‎ ‎47.A 【解析】句意陈述的是事实，主句用一般现在时态，从句也应该用一般现在时态，playing computer games 是一种动作，故选A。 ‎ ‎48.C 【解析】on “关于，在……上”，for “为了”，like“像”， since “自从”，根据句意：正如这种方式，他能好几个小时不吃不喝。故选C 。‎ ‎49.D 【解析】根据句意：他太兴奋了。空格中需要一形容词，exciting修饰物，excited修饰人。故选D。 ‎ ‎50.B 【解析】something “一些东西”用于肯定句中，anything “任何事情”用于否定句或者疑问句中，nothing “没有东西”，everything “每件事”。根据句意：六个小时他没有吃东西了。故选B。‎ ‎51.B 【解析】根据上文可知用一般过去时态，根据句意：他被送到了医院。主语与动词是被动关系。故选B。 ‎ ‎52.A 【解析】pay attention to “注意”， take care of“照顾，照看”， take out“取出”，根据句意：医生建议他应该好好休息并且注意锻炼。故选A。 ‎ ‎53.A 【解析】dream “梦想”， advice“建议”是不可数名词，故排除B 选项，hobby “爱好”根据上文可知：医生给出了建议。故选C。 ‎ ‎54.D 【解析】unless“除非”表示递进关系, and “并且”并列关系，because “因为”表示因果，although “虽然”表示转折关系。 根据句意：他经常与朋友去打球，……有时候他依然在周末玩电脑游戏。前后句是转折关系。故选D。‎ ‎55.C 【解析】ever“除非”表示递进关系,often“经常”，never “绝不”，always“经常”。根据句意：现在他生活的健康快乐。所以上文“：他绝不（玩电脑）很长时间了。故选C。 ‎ ‎【2011广西贺州】Ⅱ.完形填空。（每小题1分，共10分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的四个选项中选出最佳答案，并将答案的对应标号在答题卡上涂黑。‎ Once there was a father and a son. They were ill-tempered(坏脾气的) and never gave way to others.‎ One day the father decided to _46___some friends to dinner in his house. He __47____ his son to buy some meat in town. When the son got _48____his father wanted, he turned back and walked towards the town gate. Just then a man was coming from the outside. The gate wasn’t __49___enough to let two men in and out at the same time. But __ 50 of them would give way to the other. They___51___ straight face to face inside the gate hour after hour. But the father was worried. " What shall I do? My son hasn’t____52___ yet. I can’t wait any longer.” He wanted to know what the ___53____ with his son was. So he left his friends at home, and he himself went to the town to look for his son.‎ ‎“You may first take the ___54_____ home for my friends. Let me stand here against him ____55____.” He said to his son when he knew what had happened. ‎ ‎46. A. speak B. answer C. say D. ask ‎47. A. hoped B. told C. let D. wished ‎48. A. why B. where C. what D. which ‎49. A. long B. wide C. high D. narrow ‎50. A. either B. all C. both D. neither ‎51. A. stood B. went C. lay D. walked ‎52. A. gone B. bought C. returned D. been ‎53. A. wrong B. accident C. thing D. matter ‎54. A. meat B. dinner C. bread D. money ‎55. A. politely B. instead C. safely D. kindly ‎【主旨大意】：本文是一篇记叙文。父亲请朋友吃饭让儿子去买肉，当儿子买完出门时遇到了另一个人，他们谁都不肯让路，后来父亲找来，让儿子把肉送回家，自己替儿子继续站着对势的幽默故事。 ‎ ‎46.D 【解析】speak“说”其后跟语言；answer“回答”，say“说”其后跟内容；ask“叫，请”其后跟to do不定式。根据句意：一天他的父亲决定请一些朋友在家吃饭。故选D。‎ ‎47.B 【解析】hope“希望”，不能用hope sb to do sth这种形式；tell“告诉”，其后跟to do不定式，let“使，让”，其后跟动词原形；wished“希望”一般其后跟不能实现的愿望。故选B。‎ ‎48.C【解析】why “为什么”，where “哪里”，what“什么”， which “哪一个”，根据句意：当他买到他父亲想要的东西。空格中的词作want的宾语。故选C。 ‎ ‎49. B 【解析】long“长”；wide“宽”；high“高”，narrow“狭窄”。根据句意：这个门让两个人同时进来或者出去不足够宽。故选B。 ‎ ‎50. D 【解析】either表示“或者”，all表示“（三者或者三者以上）都”，both表示“（两者）都”，neither 表示“（两者）不”，根据句中but表示转折关系，其前后的句意相反或者相对，可知此处句意：“两人都不让路”。故选D。 ‎ ‎51. A 【解析】stood 表示“站立”，went表示“去”，lay表示“躺”，walked 表示“走”。根据上文可知句意：他们面对面站了一个小时有一个小时。故选A。 ‎ ‎52. C 【解析】gone 表示“去”，bought表示“买”，returned表示“回来”，been表示“去”。根据上文“父亲很着急”可知：“儿子还没有回来”。故选C。‎ ‎53.D 【解析】What’s the matter with…?表示“……怎么了？”固定句型。‎ ‎54.A 【解析】根据上文可知父亲让儿子去买肉。故选A。 ‎ ‎54.B 【解析】politely 表示“礼貌的”，instead表示“代替”，safely表示“安全的”，kindly表示“和蔼的，可亲的”。根据句意：让我在这里代替你站着反对他。故选B。 ‎ ‎【2011郴州】B) 完形填空（10小题， 共10分）‎ ‎"Eyes are windows of the soul." Everyone knows the 36 of the eyes. 37 more and more students are becoming near-sighted(近视). So how to protect the eyes is still a serious problem. Here is some advice on 38 protect your eyesight(视力).‎ You should not keep your eyes 39 for a long time. When reading, you should keep the books about a foot away from you. After reading for an hour 40 two, you 'd better ‎ have a 41 by looking into the distance(远处).‎ You must remember not to read in dark light or in 42, not to read on a moving bus or in bed. Doing eye exercises will help 43 to protect your eyesight. ‎ In a 44 , to keep 45 eyesight, we must have good studying habits.‎ ‎36. A. importance B. experience C. difference ‎37. A. So B. Because C. But ‎38. A. what to B. how to C. when to ‎39. A. working B. walking C. waking ‎40. A. and B. or C. as ‎41. A. talk B. rest C. by ‎42. A. the earth B. the star C. the sun ‎43. A. him B. us C. you ‎44. A. word B. sentence C. letter ‎45. A. bad B. good C. weak ‎【主旨大意】眼睛是心灵的窗户。我们应该怎样来保护眼睛呢？本文介绍了科学用眼的方法。‎ ‎36. A 考查名词的用法。每个人都知道眼睛的“重要性”； 37. C 考查连词的用法。前句和后句意义发生转折，所以用but； 38. B 考查动词不定式的用法。“如何”保护你的视力； 39. A 考查keep的用法。句意理解：你不应该使你的眼睛长时间“工作”； 40. B 考查连词的用法。一小时“或”两小时； 41. B 考查名词的用法和固定搭配。have a rest 固定词组； 42. C 考查名词的意义。in the sun 在阳光下； 43. C 考查代词的用法。前文中的主语一直是you，所以承接下来也应用you; 44．A 考查名词的用法。in a word 一句话； 45. B 考查形容词的用法。保持“好”的视力，用good。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【2011河源】When I was young, I liked to play jokes on people I knew, especially on my parents and friends. One day my mother was 46 and I was playing with my younger brother Tony.‎ Suddenly I ran to my mother and said,“Tony fell from the open window!”She was very 47 and ran out of the kitchen. Then I said,“Don’t worry, I’m just 48 .”And my mother shouted at me,“If you do it 49 ,I’ll hit you.”‎ ‎ One day I went swimming with my ‎50 in the sea. I wanted to play a joke on them. In the beginning, I went swimming 51 ,and I called out,“Help!”All my friends came to help me, only to 52 that I was joking. But the next time I wasn’t joking .I was so 53 that I swam in deep water. I tried my best to call my frineds for help, but this time nobody came to help me.‎ ‎ 54 ,They found I was telling the truth.They came and saved my life.They took me to the hospital.This is the best ‎55 in my life.From then on,I haven’t joked on anyone.‎ ‎ 46.A.writing B.sleeping C.cooking D.running ‎ 47.A.angry B.worried C.sorry D.excited ‎ 48.A.smiling B.saying C.playing D.joking ‎ 49.A.now B.then C.again D.once ‎ 50.A.friends B.classmates C.brothers D.parents ‎ 51.A.fast B.slowly C.well D.alone ‎ 52.A.find B.understand C.say D.think ‎ 53.A.careful B.careless C.fast D.slow ‎ 54.A.In the end B.At first C.Since then D.At that time ‎ 55.A.time B.sport C.lesson D.day ‎ 46—50 CBDCA 51—55 AACAC ‎【2011泰州】二、完形填空 阅读短文，从每题所给选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。（15分） ‎ An old farmer lived with his grandson. Each morning, the 16 got up early and read his Bhagavad Gita(薄迦梵歌).‎ ‎ One day the grandson asked,“Grandpa! I try to read the book like you 17 I can’t understand it, and I forget it easily. What’s the 18 of reading it?”‎ ‎ The grandfather said,“Take this coal(煤炭) basket down to the 19 and bring ‎ me back a basket of water.”‎ ‎ The boy did as his grandfather 20 ,but all the water ran 21 he got home. The grandfather laughed,“You’ll have to move faster next time.”‎ ‎ This time the boy 22 faster, but again the basket was empty. He told his grandfather that is was 23 to carry water in a basket. He wanted to use a bottle instead, but the old man said,“I just want a basket of water. You’re not 24 hard enough.”‎ ‎ The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run. He again put the 25 into the river and ran hard. But there wasn’t anything in it again. He said 26 ,“Look, grandpa, it’s useless!”‎ ‎ “Watch the basket.”said the grandfather.‎ ‎ For the first time the boy 27 the basket was different. It had changed from a dirty old coal basket into a 28 one, inside and out.‎ ‎ “Boy, you might not understand or remember 29 when you read the book, but when you read it, you will be 30 ,inside and out. That’s what you got from it.”‎ ‎16. A. son B. father C. grandfather D. grandmother ‎17. A. so B. but C. or D. and ‎18. A. time B. place C. use D. habit ‎19. A. house B. beach C. lake D. river ‎20. A. said B. saw C. liked D. did ‎21. A. as B. after C. until D. before ‎22. A. ran B. rode C. drove D. flew ‎23. A. difficult B. interesting C. impossible D. unimportant ‎24. A. hitting B. trying C. holding D. studying ‎25. A. hand B. bottle C. basket D. coal ‎26. A. sadly B. hopefully C. excitedly D. happily ‎27. A. forgot B. realized C. believed D. remembered ‎28. A. white B. clean C. new D. black ‎29. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything ‎30. A. different B. relaxed C. curious D. worried 答案：16‎-20 C B CＤＡ　21-25 ＢAAＢＣ 26‎-30 AＢBＤＡ ‎ ‎ ‎【2011重庆江津】Almost 41 child in cities has the chance to go to school, but not all children in the countryside 42 so lucky.‎ ‎ There is a boy called Xiao Hua. He is eight 43 old and lives in a small village in Sichuan. When he was young, he wanted 44 to school. But he could not. Because his family was 45 poor to pay the school fees(学费) for him, 46 his parents wanted to keep him at home. Instead of studying, Xiao Hua worked in the fields with his parents every day. Then the Hope Project(希望工程) heard about Xiao Hua. It agreed to help him to go to school. His wish of study came true, and now he is studying in a school.‎ ‎ Unluckily there are many thousands of children who can not go to 47 .You can join in the Hope Project and help these children. You know all the good 48 needs money. This project needs your help.‎ ‎ If you give the Hope Project ￥300 each year, it can 49 for one child to go to school for a whole year. 50 more money, the Hope Project can build new schools, buy good desks, chairs, blackboards and books .Let’s help the children together and give them a chance to have a good start in life.‎ ‎( ) 41.A.all B. both C. every D. no ‎( ) 42.A.is B. are C. am D. feels ‎( ) 43.A.days B. weeks C. months D. years ‎( ) 44.A.go B. goes C. to go D. going ‎( ) 45.A.to B. too C. so D. very ‎( ) 46.A./ B. so C. but D. and ‎( ) 47.A.park B. school C. factory D. post office ‎( ) 48.A.things B. works C. work D. jobs ‎( ) 49.A.pay B. cost C. take D. spend ‎( ) 50. A. In B. With C. On D. Under ‎41-45. CBDCB 46-50. BBCAB ‎【2011福建莆田】Ⅲ. 完形填空 从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳答案。（10分）‎ The lady with the white fence（篱笆）taught me to leave the gale to life open.. .‎ My husband died in an accident and I became very angry. I hated being alone. One day, as I was 43 down a busy street, I suddenly noticed a new fence around a house. I pulled off to really watch it. It was such a good 44 that I was deeply touched. I could not send 45 away. The fence still smelled of fresh paint.‎ ‎“Hello!" I came up and said to a lady in the back garden, “I came to see the fence. It's so beautiful!"‎ ‎“Oh! The fence is not there for me," the lady explained to me in a calm voice, “I live alone. _ 46_ so many people pass by every day, and I think they may be pleased to see something really attractive. 47 stop like you and come up to have a chat. "‎ ‎"But weren't you sad when they expanded (拓宽) the road and everything changed so much?"‎ ‎"Change is part of life and takes part in 48 us who we are. When something we do not like happens to us, we have two choices—to become a 49 person or to become a better person."‎ Her reply changed my life. I carefully left the gate open and drove on ‎50 ‎‎ a new feeling inside me. I could not tell 51 it was, but I could feel the thick stone wall around my angry heart breaking off. And ‎52 ‎‎ a pretty white fence was built. I decided that I would keep the gate open for everything and everyone that came my way.‎ ‎( ) 43. A. walking B. riding C. driving D. running ‎( ) 44. A. street B. paint C. house D. job ‎( ) 45. A. it B. them C. myself D. her ‎( ) 46. A. But B. Thus C. And D. As ‎( ) 47. A. Few B. A few C. Everyone D. None ‎{ ) 48. A. finding B. telling C. catching D. making ‎( ) 49. A. fitter B. bitter C. smarter D. sweeter ‎( ) 50. A. with B. for C. to D. by ‎( ) 51. A. when B. where C. who D. what ‎( ) 52. A. beyond B. once C. instead D. though 文章大意：在“我”经历了丧夫之痛后，对生活失去了信心。但一个妇女的话给了我很大的启迪，让“我”明白了：只要你敞开心扉，人人都可以走进你的生活。‎ ‎43.C 【解析】从文章中最后一段的第一句话可知“我”在开车。‎ ‎44. D【解析】句意是“那是如此好的一项工作以至于我被深深地打动了”。‎ ‎45.C【解析】根据上一句的意思，“我”有点乐不思蜀了。Send sb, away把某人送走。‎ ‎46.A【解析】根据句意应该是转折关系。‎ ‎47. B【解析】肯定句应用a few意为“有一些人”。‎ ‎48. D【解析】句意为“改变是生活中的一部分，并使我们明白我们是谁。”‎ ‎49.B【解析】对比关系，由后面的better推测它的反义词bitter.‎ ‎50. A【解析】带有，具有用with.‎ ‎51. D【解析】句意是“我说不出它是什么”。应该用what.‎ ‎52. C【解析】句意是“相反，建立了一个漂亮的白色的栅栏”。‎ ‎【2011广东深圳】完形填空 It was a Saturday afternoon. Mr. Green was reading a newspaper. Suddenly he heard his wife 16 in the next room. He hurried to her and asked, "What happened to you. my dear?”‎ ‎“Oh, dear!” his wife cried out, "My head hurts! 17 a doctor. Hurry up!” Their two children were both 18 at that moment and something was wrong with the telephone. Mr. Green 19 go to a hospital himself. Bad luck! All the ‎ hospitals in the town were 20 that day. Mr. Green didn't know 21 . Just then his friend, Mr. Brown, saw him and asked. "What is 22 ?" ‎ Mr. Green told him everything. The man .said. "Why not turn to 23 ? He can help you." ‎ Mr. Green remembered his friend, Mr. Black was a good doctor. He hurried to Mr. Black's.‎ When he got there, Mr. and Mr. Black were having their 24 meal . The doctor asked Mr. Green to drink with him. He was happy and sat 25 . After that they began to chat. And when Mrs. Black asked, “How is you wife?” “She is fine, thanks…” Mr. Green stopped at once — he remembered his wife was waiting for a doctor at home. ^‎ ‎16. A. crying B. laughing C. whispering D. singing ‎17. A. Look for B. Wait for C. Send for D. Ask for ‎18. A. in B. out C. up D. down ‎19. A. should B. could C. had to D. was able lo ‎20. A. expensive B. open C. free D. closed ‎21. A. when to go B. how to do C. where to go D. what to deal with ‎22. A. the matter B. the wrong C. trouble D. problem ‎23. A. Mr. Brown B. Mr. Black C. Mr. Green D. Mrs. Green ‎ ‎24. A. lunch B. supper C. morning D. evening ‎ ‎25. A. in bed B. on floor C. at the table D. at home ‎【主旨大意】格林夫人生病，格林先生去请医生，但是医院关门了。后来格林先生想到他的朋友布莱克先生也是一名医生，他就去了布莱克家。但到了布莱克家，他却忘了请医生的事，和布莱克先生喝起酒来。‎ ‎16. A 由下文：his wife cried out，可知应是“叫喊”。故选A。‎ ‎17. C look for寻找；wait for等候；send for派人去请；ask for请求。由句意：我头疼，快点派人去请医生。可以应选C。‎ ‎18. B 由下文：格林先生不得不自己去请医生。可见应该是两个孩子不在家，故选C。‎ ‎19.C 由上文：他们的两个个孩子那时不在家，电话出了故障。可见格林先生不得不亲自去请医生，故选C。‎ ‎20. D 由下文 “Mr. Green remembered his friend, Mr. Black was a good doctor. He hurried to Mr. Black's.”可知，格林先生在医院里没请到医生，应是医院关门了，故选D。‎ ‎21. C 由下文，他的朋友建议他去找布莱克先生。可见应是他不知道该去哪里找医生。故此选C。‎ ‎22. A What’s the matter是固定搭配，其他三个选项都不对。故选A。‎ ‎23. B 由下文：Mr. Green remembered his friend, Mr. Black was a good doctor.可知应是建议他去找布莱克先生。故选B。‎ ‎24 D 由本文的第一句话：It was a Saturday afternoon.可知故事发生在下午，应是吃晚饭，故此选D。‎ ‎25 C‎ 句意：医生邀请格林先生和他一起喝酒，他很高兴，然后坐在桌子旁。故选C。‎ ‎（2011广西南宁市）阅读下面两篇短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案，并在答题卡上按要求作答。‎ ‎（2011广西南宁市）A ‎ YoYo Ma was born in 1955 to Chinese parents living in Paris. He began to study the cello with his father at four. A year later, when he was 36 years old, he gave his first concert. The family soon moved to New York, America. Later he joined Julliard School, a school 37 gifted musicians. He went to Harvard University to study music and graduated in 1976.‎ ‎ YoYo soon became famous for his concerts. He always tries to play the cello with music from different countries like Brazil and China. He wrote 38 for the film Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon. It sounds brilliant.‎ ‎ YoYo is sometimes forgetful. He once 39 his cello in a taxi in New York. He was really ‎ 40 because it’s worth US $2,000,000.The taxi driver took it to a police station. YoYo was very thankful.‎ ‎36. A. four B. five C. six D. seven ‎37. A. for B. as C. by D. with ‎38. A. a story B. an article C. music D. a poem ‎39. A. forgot B. remembered C. missed D. left ‎40. A. excited B. worried C. lonely D. bored ‎【主旨大意】本文主要介绍了大提琴家Yo Yo Ma四岁开始学琴，5岁开始开音乐会，在1976年哈佛大学毕业，他变的非常出名。他有时是健忘的。‎ ‎36. A 【解析】根据上文他四岁开始学大提琴，一年之后为五岁，因此选A。‎ ‎37.D 【解析】根据句意“一个有才华音乐家的学校”，可知选D。‎ ‎38. C【解析】根据句意“他为电影crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon写了音乐”，可知选C。‎ ‎39. D【解析】leave sth in place意为“把某物忘在某地”，forget意为“忘记某事或忘记做某事”。根据句意“他把他的大提琴忘到了出租车上”。因此选D。‎ ‎40. B【解析】根据根据下文“他的大提琴值两百万美元”可知他非常的着急，因此选worried。‎ ‎（2011广西南宁市）B ‎ ‎ I heard a story about a famous scientist who had made several very important achievements.‎ What made him 41 from others?‎ ‎ He said it all came from 42 that happened when he was two years old. He tried to 43 ‎ a bottle of milk away from the fridge, but the slippery(光滑的) bottle fell, spilling its milk all over the 44 floor.‎ ‎ When his mother came in, 45 shouting at him, she said, “Robert, what a great mess(一团糟) you have made! I have never seen such a big puddle(水坑) of milk. Would you like to get down and play in the milk for a few minutes 46 we clean it up?”‎ ‎ Indeed, he did. After a few minutes, his mother said, “Robert, when you make a mess like this, you have to clean it up at last. So, 47 would you like to do that? We would use a towel or a mop. Which do you prefer?” He chose the towel and together they cleaned up the milk.‎ ‎ His mother then said, “We had a failed ‎48 in how to carry a big milk bottle with two small hands in the kitchen. Let’s go out and fill the bottle with water and see if you can ‎49 a way to carry it without dropping it.” The little boy learned that if he held the bottle at the top near the lip(杯口) with both hands, he could carry it without dropping it.‎ ‎ This scientist then said that it was at that moment that he knew he didn’t need to be afraid to ‎ 50 .So, what have you learnt from the story?‎ ‎41. A. serious B. similar C. different D. important ‎42. A. an experience B. advice C. a promise D. an idea ‎43. A. pass B. bring C. drink D. take ‎44. A. kitchen B. bedroom C. bathroom D. living room ‎45. A. from B. with C. because of D. instead of ‎46. A. after B. before C. as soon as D. since ‎47. A‎. when B. what C. how D. why ‎48. A. experiment B. condition C. survey D. research ‎49. A. look B. discover C. recognize D. develop ‎50. A. clean the floor B. spill milk C. make mistakes D. realize mistakes ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述一个著名的科学家在两岁时，从冰箱里取牛奶时洒了牛奶，而他的妈妈没有责骂他，而是鼓励他找到正确的方法去取奶。从此他知道他不需要害怕犯错误。因此取得了很多的成就。‎ ‎41. D【解析】根据句意“什么使他不同于其他人”，可知选D。‎ ‎42.A【解析】根据下文的故事可知那时他在两岁时发生的一次经历。因此选A。‎ ‎43. D 【解析】take.. away为固定短语意为“取走”。‎ ‎44.A【解析】冰箱应该放在厨房里。因此选A。‎ ‎45. D【解析】because of 意为“因为”，instead of意为“相反”。根据下文可知他的母亲没有对他喊叫。因此选D。‎ ‎46. B【解析】根据句意“在我们打扫干净之前，你愿意下来在牛奶里玩吗？”可知选B。‎ ‎47.C 【解析】根据句意“你想如何做那个？”可知选C ‎48.A【解析】根据句意“我们有了一个失败的经验”可知选A。‎ ‎49.B【解析】根据句意“看你是否能发现一种取牛奶而不掉落的方法”。Discover意为“发现”，因此选B。‎ ‎50.C【解析】根据文章大意可知“他知道他不需要害怕犯错了”。因此选C。‎ ‎【2011梧州】二、完形填空(每小题1分，共10分)‎ 阅读短文，从各题所给的四个选项中选出最佳答案。‎ The bell for class rang. All the students took out their 46 , waiting for the teacher. Our Chinese teacher, Miss Liu, had told us before that we were going to write a composition 47 class.‎ A minute passed, and another, 48 the teacher didn't appear. We began to wonder what was the matter with her. Was she ill? Or had she forgotten about the class? 49 could tell. Soon some students began to study other subjects, some students began to talk and even made 50 .‎ About ten minutes later, the door opened and Miss Liu 51 came in, smiling. She didn't say sorry to the class. We felt 52 angry. The teacher often told us never to be late for class and said it was 53 manners to be late. She also said that if we were late, we should make an apology (道歉) 54 at once or after class. But now she was late and had kept the whole class waiting for such a long time and didn't even tell us the reason. It was unfair. At this moment, Miss Liu picked up a piece of chalk(粉笔) and 55 "Teacher Is Late" on the blackboard and said that was the topic of our composition today. All of us smiled and understood what the teacher meant.‎ ‎46. A. desks B. seats C. books D. chairs ‎47. A. at B. in C. on D. to ‎48. A. but B. and C. or D. so ‎49. A. Somebody B. Everybody C. Anybody D. Nobody ‎50. A. voices B. sounds C. noises D. notes ‎51. A. at last B. at first C. at all D. at times ‎52. A. little B. less C. a little D. much more ‎53. A. good B. bad C. nice D. fine ‎54. A. neither B. not only C. both D. either ‎55. A. read B. wrote C. spoke D. said ‎【主旨大意】一向准时的老师这次怎么上课迟到了，学生们议论纷纷，不知原因。大约十来分钟后，老师来了，原来老师是给学生们创设了写作的情景。‎ ‎46. C “上课铃响了”, “学生们拿出他们的课本”。‎ ‎47. B 介词的考察 “在课上”应用 in class。‎ ‎48. A 此处应是转折关系，“一分钟过去了，有一分钟过去了，但是老师还没有出现。”‎ ‎49. D “没有人能告诉（老师为什么上课还没来）”‎ ‎50. C 短语考察，make noise “吵闹、发出嘈杂声；制造噪音；发出噪音”‎ ‎51. A at last“最后，终于”“大约十分钟后，门开了老师终于进来了。”‎ ‎52. C 此处考察副词a little 修饰形容词,表示“我们有一点生气”‎ ‎53. B “老师告诉我们上课不要迟到，迟到是不礼貌的”‎ ‎54. D either…or “”“或者……或者……”‎ ‎55. B “拿起粉笔写“‎ ‎(2011贵州毕节)第三部分 完形填空(10分)‎ 阅读短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项A、B、C、D中，选择能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。(每小题1分，共10分)‎ In learning English，one should first pay attention to listening and speaking．It is the groundwork of reading and writing．You’d better 31 your best to speak while you do much listening．Don’t be 32 of making mistakes．But be careful not to let them stop you from improving your 33 ．While you are doing this，a good 34 is to write-keep a diary，write notes or letters．Then if you can，ask some others to go through 35 you have written and tell you where it is wrong．Many mistakes in your speaking will be 36 found when you write．Through correcting mistakes，you can do better in learning English．‎ If you are slow in speaking，don’t 37 about it．One of the helpful ways is reading，either aloud or to yourself．The important thing is to choose 38 interesting to read． It mustn’t be too difficult for you．When you are reading 39 this way，don’t stop to 40 the new words if you can guess their meanings when they have nothing to do with the sentences．You can do that some other time．‎ ‎31．A．have B．send C．make D．try ‎32．A．sure B．afraid C．proud D．tired ‎33．A．English B．Chinese C．Japanese D．French ‎34．A．start B．idea C．way D．manner ‎35．A．how B．when C．why D．what ‎36．A．happily B．easily C．really D．slowly ‎37．A．talk B．fear C．worry D．hurry ‎38．A．something B．everything C．anything D．nothing ‎39．A．by B．on C．at D．in ‎40．A．look at B．look for C．look up D．look over ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇说明文。通过对英语听、说、读、写的讲解教我们学好英语的几种方法。‎ ‎31．D 解析：try one’s best to do sth.”尽力做某事“是固定搭配。‎ ‎32．B 解析：联系上下文可知是不要“害怕”出错，故答案选B。‎ ‎33．A 解析：联系上下文可知本文讲的是学习英语的有效方法，故答案选A。‎ ‎34．C解析：联系上下文可知本文讲的是学习英语的有效方法，故答案选C，意为“方法；方式”。‎ ‎35．D 解析：联系上下文可知是让别人来看一下你“所写的”，故答案选D，意为“所……的”。‎ ‎36．B解析：联系上下文可知通过写就会很容易的发现在说时候犯的错误，故答案选B。37．C 解析：联系上下文可知如果说的慢，不要“担心”，故答案选C。‎ ‎38．A 解析：联系上下文可知“读”是一个提高英语的好方法，那么就应该找一些有趣的 东西去读，故答案选A，something用于肯定句中。‎ ‎39．D解析：in this way“通过这种方式“是固定搭配，故答案选并D。‎ ‎40．C解析：联系上下文可知如果你能猜生词的意思就不要去“查字典”，故答案选C，意为“查阅；查看”。‎ ‎【2011贵州贵阳】通读短文，理解大意，根据其内容，从各题所给的选项中选择可填入短文的最佳选项，并将答题卡上该选项涂黑。‎ ‎【2011贵州贵阳】A Once there was a girl in my class that I thought was beautiful and smart. I believed that she was perfect. When the time for my birthday came, I 56 her to my party, and she came. ‎ A few months 57 , it was her birthday. I got a special scarf for her. Thinking about how happy she would be to receive my gift made me so 58 .‎ I asked her when her birthday party was going to be. She replied, " 59 do you want to know? You're not invited. You're just a dog with glasses !"‎ I felt really 60 when she said that. I just stood there looking at her. Everyone standing by her came to stand next to me. Then we all 61 .‎ That day, I figured out that even if someone looks perfect, there is a very good possibility that they aren't. When it comes to perfection, it's how someone treats you that is more 62 than how they look.‎ ‎56. A. invited B. invites C. inviting ‎57. A. ago B. before C. later ‎58. A. excited B. sad C. relaxed ‎59. A. How B. Why C. Who ‎60. A. good B. nice C. bad ‎61. A. left B. came C. smiled ‎62. A. confident B. creative C. important ‎【主旨大意】曾经班上有一个我认为很完美的女孩。我过生日时邀请她参加。但当她要过生日，我她问何时举行生日聚会时，她却说：你没被邀请，你只是一只戴着眼镜的狗。‎ 解析：‎ ‎56. A 由本句When the time for my birthday came可知应是过去时。故选A。‎ 可知，他们是坐在树下聊天。故选A ‎57.A 由句意：几个月前，是她的生日。Ago表示一段时间之前，常用于过去时；before用于某一时间点之前，常用于完成时；later常表示一段时间之后；常用于过去时。故应选A。‎ ‎58. A 理解句意可知：想象到她收到我的生日礼物会多么的高兴使我很兴奋。故选A。‎ ‎59.B 理解句意：你为什么想知道？故选B。‎ ‎60. C 听到You're just a dog with glasses，他的反应应是不好的。故选C。‎ ‎61. A 由句意可知，每个站在她旁边的人，站到了我旁边，然后我们离开了。故选A。‎ ‎62. C 由句意可知，当谈到完美,一个人如何对待你比他们的长相重要得多。故选C。‎ ‎【2011贵州贵阳】B Everyone likes to receive gifts. In many countries people give gifts for special ‎ occasions. For example, in the United States people give 63 for birthdays, weddings, and when someone graduates from high school or college. In Japan many people give gifts at special times in the summer and 64 . And in some countries people give a person a gift when they visit the person’s home. But how do you choose the 65 gift?‎ It's not always easy to find a great gift for everyone, especially when you are buying a gift for someone from another 66 . In many Western countries watches and 67 are nice gifts. However, Chinese people do not like clocks as gifts. The Chinese words that mean to give a clock are similar to the words for to die. So many Chinese people think that a clock as a gift is bad 68 .‎ Many people around the world think that flowers are always a safe gift. But even flowers can be 69 ! In Russia a gift of an odd number of flowers (1,3,5, etc. ) is okay. But a gift of an even number of flowers (2,4,6, etc. ) is not okay. It's only for funerals! People in China do not like gifts of white flowers, because white is the color for funerals. And don't 70 red roses to a stranger from Germany. They may think you love them! Red roses mean love in several cultures!‎ ‎63. A. money B. gifts C food ‎64. A. person B. place C. winter ‎65. A. right B. wrong C. shiny ‎66. A. country B. city C. village ‎67. A. flowers B. books C. clocks ‎68. A. luck B. lucky C. unlucky ‎69. A. a safe gift B. a problem C. a good tdea ‎70. A. receive B. accept C. give ‎【主旨大意】不同的地方，不同的国家，送礼物的场合不一样。在不同的国家选择正确的礼物也不容易。不同的礼物在不同的国家有不同的含义。‎ 解析：‎ ‎63. B 由上文：In many countries people give gifts for special occasions，可推测这里应是礼物。故选B。‎ ‎64.C 前面说：In Japan many people give gifts at special times ‎，故此这里应是一个时间，只有C符合文意。 ‎ ‎65. A 由下文It's not always easy to find a great gift for everyone可推测应是选择正确的礼物。故选A。‎ ‎66.A 由下句话In many Western countries …However, Chinese people…可见是为来自另外一个国家的人选礼物。故选A。‎ ‎67. C 由下文，可是中国人不喜欢闹钟作为礼物，因此这里应是闹钟。故选C。‎ ‎68. A 由句意可知，在中文里“送钟”听起来和“送钟”一样。因此认为把闹钟作为礼物是不吉利的。故选A。‎ ‎69. B 由句意:在世界上，很多人认为送鲜花是安全的礼物，但是即使鲜花也会出现问题。故选B。‎ ‎70. C 后面与to搭配，只能用give。故选C。‎ ‎【2011湖南益阳】B) 完形填空。‎ What is the weather like in China? Spring is warm in most parts 31 China. It usually begins in February or 32 . Summer is often very 33 . It 34 about three months. The honest 35 are July and August. Autumn starts in August. The 36 can be quite cool in autumn. Winter ‎37 in November. January is the 38 month. You need to wear warm ‎39 in winter. The best time to come to my hometown is in spring 40 autumn.‎ ‎31. A. of B. to C. outside ‎32. A. January B. April C. March ‎33. A. hot B. cool C. cold ‎34. A‎. comes B. lasts C. goes ‎35. A. time B. months C. seasons ‎36. A. weather B. day C. night ‎37. A. finishes B. goes C. starts ‎38. A. hottest B. coldest C. warmest ‎39. A. shirts B. blouses C. clothes ‎40. A. but B. or C. nor ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了中国四个季节中所包含的四个月份和天气情况。‎ ‎31. A 中国的大部分应用of意为“….中”。‎ ‎32. C 前面提到了二月，后面紧接着应该是三月。‎ ‎33. A 夏天的天气当然应该是热了。‎ ‎34. B 从后面的three months指的是时间段，应该用last意为“持续”。‎ ‎35. B 由are推理前面的主语应该是复数形式，July 和August是月份。‎ ‎36. A cool用来形容天气的。‎ ‎37. C 冬季在11月份开始的。‎ ‎38. B the的后面接最高级，1月应该是最冷的月份。‎ ‎39. C 既然冷，所以要穿暖和的衣服。‎ ‎40. B 表示选择性的用or.‎ ‎(2011湖南岳阳中考)B)完形填空 通读短文，掌握大意，然后从个题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ In many classroom, it’s not 31 to find students spinning(旋转) their pens32 They listen to their teachers.‎ Pen-spinning is also popular 33 Japanese students. It is a form of entertainment.‎ Recently, a pen-spinning competition was held in Tokyo, Japan. Ryuki Omura, a 16-year-old high school student, became the first pen-spinning 34 .‎ ‎ 276 people took part in the competition. They came from different age groups. Some were students 35 some were office workers. First, they 36 the videos of their pen-spinning skills to the organizer’s websites. Then some of them came to the last round in Tokyo. 37 of them had 30 seconds to show their skills in front of 400 people, 38 reporters and fans. Omura took a pen from his little finger to the rest of his fingers, then to his palm(手掌) and the back of his hand. His wonderful show made him 39 the champion.‎ ‎ Omura said he began learning pen-spinning only about 14 months ago. He did 40in the competition. If you like to spin your pen, you can practice it in your spare time .But when you are in class, please don’t do that. ‎ ‎31. A. difficult B. easy C. common ‎32. A. before B. when C. after ‎33. A. for B. between C. among ‎34. A. chairman B. captain C. champion ‎35. A. or B. and C. with ‎36. A. were sent B. sent C. was sent ‎37. A. Each B. Both C. Every ‎38. A. includes B. included C. including ‎39. A. become B. became C. becomes ‎40. A. quite good B. quite well C. quite better ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章通过“转笔”大赛讲述了是当今为人所熟知的娱乐方式“转笔”。‎ ‎31. A 解析：联系下文可知学生转笔是很容易见到的，故答案选A。‎ ‎32. B 解析：联系下文可知是当他们听老师讲课的时候，故答案选B。‎ ‎33. C 解析：联系下文“它是一种娱乐方式“可知在学生们中间是很受欢迎的，故答案选C。‎ ‎34. C 解析：联系下文39题可知他成为了冠军，故答案选C。‎ ‎35. B 解析：联系上下文可知两个“一些……”是并列关系的，故答案选Ｂ。‎ ‎36. B 解析：主语they是动作send的发出者，故答案选B。‎ ‎37. A ‎ 解析：联系上下文可知是“每一个”学生都有……，而every不能加of，故答案选A。‎ ‎38. C 解析：联系上下文可知400人中包括记者和粉丝，故答案选C。‎ ‎39. A ‎ 解析：make+动词原形，故答案选A。‎ ‎40. B 解析：修饰动词did用副词；quite后需加形容词或副词原级，故答案选B。‎ ‎【2011沈阳】二、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读短文，然后根据内容从Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ With a determined(坚定的) look on his face, Chicago’s Michael McCarthy held on to the banister(扶手) and climbed to the top of the Willis Tower not long ago. The Tower stands 1,451 feet(442 meters) tall, the＿21＿ building in the US.‎ ‎ As he got to the last step, McCarthy ＿22＿ fell down, but that didn’t stop him. The 14-year-old boy finally finished climbing the 2,109 steps and arrived at the top, where he ＿23＿ cheers from many people.‎ ‎“I just want to show people that ＿24＿ a kid with no legs can do it, anyone can do it,” McCarthy said.‎ McCarthy, who was born without legs, has to wear prosthetic legs(假肢) and use a stick to walk. But McCarthy has a strong 25 . He believes having a disability(残疾) shouldn’t stop anyone 26 achieving his or her success.‎ He has been in a special school 27 he was four. When he decided to climb the Willis Tower, his teacher, Jeff Kohn, was 28 by his determination(决心) and offered to help train him. They 29 more than ten hours practicing climbing stairs and keeping balance with the prosthetics and sticks on the steps every day. “ 30 seems that he never knows how difficult it is. 31 I was so tired that I asked him to rest for a day,”said Kohn. “But he said he was still full of energy and wanted more 32 .”‎ Kohn always walked with McCarthy for the climb. “I ‎33 ‎ the last ‎10 ‎floors, he went faster,” said Kohn. “He’s the most craven sportsman I’ve ever trained.” ‎ McCarthy said he was 34 of himself and that the tower now holds special meaning. “When I’m older, I’ll 35 to the building and say ‘Look at this building I climbed’,” he said. ‎ ‎21. A. largest B. highest C. earliest D. latest ‎22. A. seldom B. hardly C. always D. almost ‎23. A. enjoyed B. needed C. made D. kept ‎24. A. while B. after C. if D. though ‎25. A. heart B. hope C. body D. love ‎26. A. by B. for C. in D. from ‎27. A. as B. since C. until D. before ‎28. A. pleased B. beaten C. moved D. asked ‎29. A. used B. spent C. took D. wasted ‎30. A. Here B. There C. He D. It ‎31. A. However B. Sometimes C. Again D. Then ‎32. A. friends B. helpers C. time D. exercise ‎33. A. tried B. saw C. did D. met ‎34. A‎. thinking B. talking C. worried D. proud ‎35. A. point B. go C. turn D. hurry ‎【主旨大意】本文叙述了一位残疾少年McCarthy攀登美国第一塔的事迹，从而叙述了他是如何攀登第一塔和他自己的一些感触，也让我们明白身残志坚的道理。‎ ‎21. B 根据本文判断是美国最高的建筑物。‎ ‎22. D 由句意可知，当他到达最后一个台阶时，几乎要掉下来，故答案为D。‎ ‎23. A 句意：那里他欣赏着来自人群中的欢呼。故答案为A。‎ ‎24. C 根据句意：我只是想要向人们证明，如果一个没有腿的孩子可以做到，任何人都能做到。本句是if引导的条件状语从句，故答案为C。‎ ‎25. A 根据上下文可知应该是有一颗强壮的心，故答案为A。‎ ‎26. D 固定短语stop…..from….“阻止….”，故答案为D。‎ ‎27. B 句意：自从他四岁以来，他就上所特殊学校。故答案为B。‎ ‎28. C 根据后句可知，应该是被他的决心所感动，并帮助训练，故答案为C。‎ ‎29. B 固定搭配spend….doing sth.“花费时间做某事”，故答案为B。‎ ‎30. D 固定句型It seems that…..“看起来似乎…..”，故答案为D。‎ ‎31. B 根据上下文可知，应该是“有时候”，故答案为B。‎ ‎32. D 由上文可知，是想要更多的练习，故答案为D。‎ ‎33. B 句意：我看到最后的10个台阶，他走的更快了。只有B符合题意。‎ ‎34. D 固定短语be proud of“以….为骄傲”，故答案为D。‎ ‎35. A 短语point to…“指着….”，故选A。‎ ‎( 2011大庆) III. Close Test (本题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ A little old man and his wife walked slowly into McDonald's 16 a cold-winter evening. They took a table near the back wall, and then the little old man walked to the cash register (收银处)to order. After a while he got the food back and they began to 17 it.‎ There was one hamburger, some French fries and one drink. The little old man carefully cut the hamburger into halves and 18 the French fries in two piles. Then he neatly put the 19 of the food in front of his wife. He took a sip of the drink and his wife took a sip. "How20 the old people are!" The people around them thought. ‎ ‎21 the man began to eat his hamburger and his French fries, his wife sat there 22 him and took turns to drink. 23 young man came over and offered to buy another meal for them. But they refused 24 and said that they got used to 25 everything.‎ Then a young lady asked the little old lady a question. "Madam, why aren't you eating? You said that you shared everything. Then what are you waiting for?" She answered, "The teeth.”‎ ‎( ) 16. A. for B. at C. in D. on ‎( )17. A. eat B. taste C open D. try ‎( )18. A. divided B. placed C. changed D. cut ‎( )19. A. half B. bit C. piece D. pair ‎( )20. A. clever B. foolish C. old D. poor ‎( )21. A. Because B. As C. So D. Before ‎( )22. A. keeping B. watching C. seeing D. holding ‎( )23. A. Another B. The other C. Other D. A ‎( )24. A. delightedly B. carefully C. politely D. angrily ‎( )25. A. share B. sharing C. enjoy D. enjoying 答案：16--20 DADCD 21--25 BCDCB ‎ ‎【2011山东菏泽】第二节 完形填空(共10小题;每小题1分，满分10分) ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36—45各小题所给的四个选项(A、B、 C和D) 中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。 ‎ When I was 18 years old, one morning, my father told me to drive him into a town, about 40 miles away. I had just learned to 36 ，so I agreed with pleasure. When we came to the town, something was wrong with the car. Then I took the car to a nearby garage to have it 37 and promised to pick Dad up at 4 pm. Because I had a few hours to spend, I decided to go to the 38 .However I became 39 interested in the film that I forgot the time. When the last film finished, it was 6 o’clock. ‎ I was afraid Dad would be 40 and never let me drive again, so I drove back quickly to meet Dad and made an excuse(借口) 41 my being late. I’ll never forget the cry he gave me: “I’m disappointed that I feel you have to tell a lie to me, Jack. I’m angry, not with 42 but with myself. I have failed 43 I’ve brought up a son who can not even tell the truth to his own father. I’m going to walk home now and think seriously about 44 I have done wrong all these years.” ‎ Dad began 45 along the road. I begged(乞求)all the way, telling him how I drove behind him for 40 miles, at a speed of 5 miles an hour. It was the most unforgettable lesson. I have never told a lie to him ever since. ‎ ‎36. A. drive B. work C. live D. travel ‎ ‎37. A. made B. repaired C. waited D. parked ‎ ‎38. A. concert B. bookstore C. shop D. cinema ‎ ‎39. A. very B. too C. so D. fairly ‎ ‎40. A. excited B. angry C. disappointed D. sad ‎ ‎41. A. at B. to C. for D. with ‎ ‎42. A. me B. it C. you D. him ‎ ‎43. A. so B. because C. after D. before ‎ ‎44. A. where B. when C. why D. how ‎ ‎45. A. running B. driving C. crying D. walking ‎ ‎【主旨大意】文章讲述了我十八岁时答应父亲开车载他去城里，可是我却看电影忘记时间，并且撒谎骗父亲，父亲很生气，用惩罚自己的方式给我上了难忘的一课。‎ ‎【解析】‎ ‎36. A 根据句意应是我刚学会开车，所以很高兴的同意了。‎ ‎37. B 根据上句知“车出了毛病”，所以应是我去附近的车厂去修理它，其他不符题意。‎ ‎38. D 根据下文讲到看电影，所以应是去了电影院。‎ ‎39. C 根据复合句的结构可以看出考查固定句式结构so...that...。‎ ‎40. B 根据文意我忘记接父亲的时间，所以可以推测出害怕父亲会“生气”，故选B。‎ ‎41. C 考查固定短语的用法，make a excuse for“为……找借口”。‎ ‎42. C 根据句子结构可以看出考查的是not... but...“不是……而是……”， 根据句意应是“不是你为是我自己”，故选C。‎ ‎43. B 根据上下句的关系“我很失败，因为我养了一个不能对父亲说出事实的儿子”，可以看出考查的是原因状语从句。‎ ‎44. A 根据句意应是“我要认真地想一下我哪儿做错了”，故选A。‎ ‎45. D 根据上文父亲的话可知父亲是要走着回家，选D。‎ ‎【2011山东枣庄】第二节 完型填空（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分。）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从26~35各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ One Sunday morning, Millie and Amy went to Sunshine Park. They love to chat there. As usual, they sat ___26____a big tree. Suddenly, they heard a whistle from the bushes behind the tree. They turned around but could not see anything unusual. They were ____27______.‎ ‎ “Is 28 there?” Millie asked. Nobody answered. They 29 very carefully and heard the strange noise again. The two girls were very afraid. They ran away quickly. On their way, they met Andy. ‎ ‎“What happened?” Andy asked. “There’s a ghost in the 30 . Please help us.” Millie said. “Really? Tell me more.” Andy said. Millie told Andy everything. Andy went to the park, 31 beside the tree and listened carefully. Then he heard 32 noise! He looked behind the tree and heard another whisper. He was now sure the sound 33 from the bushes. He searched carefully. ‎ ‎“Oh! Here it is.” Andy said to himself. He ‎34 a little cat in the bushes. ‎ It was very weak. When it miaowed, 35 made a sound like a whisper.‎ ‎26. A. under B. on C. behind D. in ‎ ‎27. A. excited B. frightened C. frightening D. exciting ‎28. nobody B. everybody C. anybody D. somebody ‎29. A. saw B. looked C. heard D. listened ‎ ‎30. A. church B. school C. garden D. park ‎ ‎31. A. rose B. slept C. stood D. lay ‎32. A. a B. the C. an D. other ‎ ‎33. A. came B. learned C. heard D. fell ‎34. A. smelled B. looked C. searched D. found ‎ ‎35. A. he B. she C. it D. that ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述了米莉和艾米去公园聊天，听到灌木丛中好像有人低语而害怕，以为是“鬼”。后来安迪发现这个“鬼”竟是一只小猫。‎ 解析：‎ ‎26. A 由下文，他们听见树后灌木丛发生的口哨声，可推测他们是在树下聊天。故选A。‎ 可知，他们是坐在树下聊天。故选A ‎27.B 由上文可知，他们听到声音又没有看到什么不寻常的东西，因此感到害怕， frightened“害怕的”强调人对事物害怕，故选B。而C项frightening 意为“令人害怕的”，强调事或物令人害怕。excited “兴奋的”；exciting “令人兴奋的”。 ‎ ‎28. C 考查复合不定代词。由句意“有人吗”，排除A和B；nobody没有人；everybody每人，人人；anybody一般用于否定句或疑问句，somebody一般用于肯定句，排除D。故选C。‎ ‎29.D 由本句后半部分可知，他们又听到了奇怪的声音，可以判定他们仔细地听。listen强调有目的的听，而hear强调听的结果,故选D ‎30. D 由本文首句 “...Millie and Amy went to Sunshine Park.”可知，事情发生在公园里，故选D。‎ ‎31. C 由句意可知，他们是站在树旁仔细听，故选C。rose上升；slept睡觉; lay躺下。‎ ‎32. B 由上文可知，噪音和前面的一样，同类事物再次出现用the。故选B。‎ ‎33. A come from“来自”句意：他们现在不能确定来自灌木丛的声音。故选A。‎ ‎34 D 句意：他在灌木丛里发现了一只小猫。smell闻……；look看……；search搜查。‎ ‎35 C‎ 句意：it在此指小猫。故选C。‎ ‎【2011山东滨州】三、完形填空（共10小题，计10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ When July comes, children know they’ll have their examinations and the school year will __36__ soon.‎ Boys and girls will have nearly a two-month holiday, and they’ll leave school __37__train or by car to __38__ their parents.‎ The summer holidays are the __39__ time of the year for most children. The weather is usually good, so children can spend most of their time __40__ outside. If one lives in the countryside, he can go and play in the woods or in the fields. If he __41__ in a big town, he can usually go to the park to play.‎ The best place for children to spend their summer holidays is the __42__. Some children are lucky enough to live near the sea. __43__ for those who do not live there, if they have the luck to stay in one of the big seaside towns for a week or two, they’ll __44__ it all the following school year.‎ Now, __45__ makes children like the seaside so much? I think they are the sand, the sea and the sun. The feelings of the sand under their feet, salt water on their skin, and the warm sun on ‎36. A. arrive B. start C. begin D. end ‎ ‎37. A. on B. by C. in D. at ‎ ‎38. A. love B. see C. watch D. return ‎39. A. best B. better C. worst D. worse ‎40. A. missing B. working C. playing D. studying ‎41. A. works B. walks C. lives D. arrives ‎ ‎42. A. village B. seaside C. city D. park ‎ ‎43. A . But B. unless C. Or D. And ‎ ‎44. A. hear from B. speak to C. agree with D. talk about ‎ ‎45. A . that B. which C. who D. what ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了孩子们的暑假，他们喜欢在户外活动，并各自有喜欢玩的地方和方式。‎ ‎36. D 由July和后面的“暑假”提示，应该是一个学年的“结束”。故选D.‎ ‎37. B 由by car提示，此处应该是by train “乘火车”。‎ ‎38. B 由句中leave school和生活常识可知，应该是看望父母。‎ ‎39. A 结合下文孩子们的开心生活可知，对孩子们而言，这应该是一年中最好的时间。由the 提示，应该用最高级。‎ ‎40. C 由下午的play提示，孩子们应该是花大部分时间在户外“玩耍”。故选Ｃ。‎ ‎41. C 由上句live提示，此处是指“住在某地”。‎ ‎42. B 由下句的near the sea可知，应该是seaside“海边”。‎ ‎43. A 前面说的是“能幸运地住在海边的人”，此处是说“不能住到海边的人”，前后表示转折。故选A。‎ ‎44. D hear from 收到某人来信；speak to对……说；agree with 同意某人或某事；talk about 谈论某事。结合文章应该是D。‎ ‎45. D 由下句回答“是沙子、海洋和太阳”可知，前句应该问“是什么让孩子们喜欢海边的。”‎ ‎【2011福建福州】完形填空。阅读下边短文，选择最佳答案。(每小题1分，共10分)‎ Chi Li is one of the best known Chinese writers in the West. She was born in the west. She was born in the 1950s'. 46 19, Chi entered a medical college in 1976. After she graduated, she 47 as a doctor at a hospital in Wuhan. As she loved _ 48 much more, she went to Wuhan University to study Chinese language and literature in 1983. She chose 49 as her profession(专业)。‎ During the 1980s, Chi wrote many works full of love. In the 1990s, her works, such as Apart From Love and The Sun Was Born, were 50 lives of young people and everyday problems. Since 2003, Chi has ‎51 a higher level in her works. And many of her novels have received a 52 honor. Life Show is one of her representative (代表) works and 53 has been translated into many languages. The 54 shows the real life of a common woman in Wuhan.‎ Chi says, "Writers don't need to be anyone, 55 they should be able to understand everyone." So she often travels alone to get a feel of how the world is and tries to understand people from all social strata (阶层).‎ ‎46. A. At the age of B. At the moment C. In the beginning ‎47. A. became B. worked C. enjoyed ‎48. A. medicine B. travelling C. literature ‎49. A. teaching B. writing C. nursing ‎50. A. over B. under C. about ‎51. A. reached B. arrived C. went ‎52. A. great B. nice C. bad ‎53. A. she B. they C. it ‎54. A. picture B. story C. newspaper ‎55. A. or B. till C. but ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了中国著名的西部作家池莉。她的成长过程以及伟大的成就。‎ ‎46. A At the age of “在…岁时”；At the moment “此刻；现在”；In the beginning“起初，在开始的时候”。本句的句意为：1976年，在他19岁时，池莉上了医科大学。‎ ‎47. B 考查词组：work as， “作为…来工作”。‎ ‎48. C 考查语义的衔接。由下半句她上了汉语言文学专业，可知她爱好文学更多。‎ ‎49. B 考查语义衔接。由下一句“During the 1980s, Chi wrote many works full of love.”可知她选择了写作专业。‎ ‎50. C about意为“关于”。‎ ‎51. A 句意为：池莉的作品达到了更高的水平。根据句意，排除选项C。reach及物动词，加地点。‎ ‎52. A a great honor一个很高的荣誉。‎ ‎53. C 代替上文中的“Life show”这篇文章，故用单数形式。‎ ‎54. B 文章里的故事展示了武汉普通妇女的生活。‎ ‎55. C 句意为：作者不需要做任何人，但是要理解任何人。‎ ‎【2011重庆】III. 完形填空。（每小题2分，共20分）‎ 根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个能填入相应空格内的最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ It is very important to stay healthy. I have a neighbor. She is an old lady. She can do all the housework, __41__ newspapers, watch TV and search on the Internet to learn something new. I often see __42__ do taijiquan in the morning and dance in the evening. She looks young and beautiful __43__ she is over seventy. Last week a reporter from a magazine interviewed her and asked __44__ she kept so young and healthy. She replied with a smile: ‎ I have a secret of staying young and healthy. It is quite __45__ keep your mind active，take an interest in the world __46__ you, and learn at least one new thing every day. Try to do different kinds of housework and do sports as __47__ you can. Don’t think you are too old to go back to __48__. I know a man who entered a medical college when he was 70 years old. He studied there for 6 years and now he is a doctor. Another man went to a tennis school at the age of 71 and now he is good at __49__ tennis. Some people may say staying young is easy only for those who live in the future. In fact, no matter how old you are, you can make it.‎ Please tell the story to your family. It would be a good start to __50__ the Lady’s example. I hope all people will stay young and healthy.‎ ‎41. A. look B. read C. see D. watch ‎42 A‎. her B. him C. other D. others ‎43. A. than B. since C. though D. because ‎44. A. what B. why C. who D. how ‎45. A. early B. dear C. easy D. late ‎46. A. under B. around C. above D. between ‎47. A. soon B. busily C. hardly D. often ‎48. A. place B. song C. school D. dance ‎49. A. buying B. losing C. sending D. playing ‎50. A. follow B. give C. make D. bring ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了一位七十多岁的老人，永保青春活力的“秘诀”，就是多思考，多 运动，多学习，并希望所有人都保持年轻、健康。‎ ‎41B【解析】read newspapers意为“读报，看报”，当宾语为书、报纸、杂志时，感官动词用read。‎ ‎42. A【解析】由上文“She is an old lady”可知，她是一位女性。故选A。‎ ‎43. C【解析】考查让步状语从句。Than“比”；since“自从……以来，既然”；though“虽然，尽管”；because“因为”。句意为“尽管她七十多岁也，可看起来年轻、漂亮”。故选C。‎ ‎44. D【解析】由下文可知，记者采访她，是想知道她怎样保持年轻和健康。故选D。 45. C【解析】由下文紧接的两句话可知，保持活跃的思维是很容易的。故选C。‎ ‎46. B【解析】由句意“对你周围的世界感兴趣”可知，用around。故选B[来源:中.考.资.源.网WWW.ZK5U.COM]‎ ‎47. D【解析】由上文可知，做家务和做运动要尽可能经常地做。as often as sb. can尽可能经常地。故选D。‎ ‎48. C【解析】由下文两个例子可知，他们都是进入了学校学习，因此，此处是“返回学校”之意，故选C。‎ ‎49. D【解析】考查固定搭配。Play tennis意为“打网球”。故选D。‎ ‎50. A【解析】句意为“仿效这位女士（做），是一个良好的开端”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011山东潍坊】（说明文）三、完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A, B , C, D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ As we all know, Charles Dickens is considered to be a great English writer. He's very famous not only in Britain, but also in many other ‎31 in the world. He was born in 1812 and he lived in London. He wrote lots of books, and he also liked 32 . He was an actor. ‎ Maybe it's interesting to hear that and that's 33 his books were so good. He gave public readings of his stories that were very popular. His stories first appeared in a magazine, in parts. People always wanted 34 part. He wrote a lot, and most of them are popular. There are films and plays of them 35 : Oliver Twist became a famous musical play, and Great Expectations was a wonderful 36 __.Dickens' early life was very hard. His family was poor, and his mother sent him out to work in a factory when he was 12. He 37 it, but he used his experiences in his writing. He married Catherine Hogarth and they had a big family. He continued to write 38 he died. When he died in 1870, he was ‎39 a story. But what a pity!‎ ‎ We'll never know _40_ it ended.‎ ‎31. A. cities B. countries C. towns D. villages ‎32. A. reading B. writing C. acting D. playing ‎33. A. what B. how C. when D. why ‎34. A. the next B. next C. next to D. next time ‎35. A. too B. as well C. as well as D. also ‎36. A. book B. story C. play D. film ‎37. A. hated B. enjoyed C. wanted D. shamed ‎38. A. as B. while C. until D. since ‎39. A. drawing B. singing C. writing D. making ‎40. A. what B. how C. who D. which ‎【主旨大意】本文介绍了英国著名作家查尔斯狄更斯的一生：生活虽然很穷苦，但是，他写了很多著名的故事，他的故事被搬上舞台和屏幕，他一直写书到去世。他的一生给人们留下了深刻的印象。‎ ‎31. B 根据句意“不但在英国……”，英国是一个国家，所以“而且在世界上其他国家。”故选B。‎ ‎32. C 根据下文“He was an actor”说明他喜欢表演。故选C。‎ ‎33. D根据下文给出了它书的好处，所以该句为“你就是它的书为什么好的原因。”故选D。‎ ‎34. A 根据上文，他的故事总是出现一部分，那么人们就总想知道“下一部分”。The next特指“下一部分”。故选A。‎ ‎35. B too意思是“也”，位于句尾，和前句用逗号隔开；as well意思是“也”，位于句尾；as well as意思是“也”，位于居中；also意为“也”，位于系动词之后，行为动词之前。故选B。‎ ‎36. D 根据Great Expectations我们可以判断是一部电影。故选D。‎ ‎37. A 根据下午的连词but表示转折，所以，可以判断他讨厌。故选A。‎ ‎38. C 连词的用法。as意为“一样地,同样地”；while意为“当……时候”；until意为“直到……”；since意为“既然；自从”。根据句意“他继续写直到去世。”故选C。‎ ‎39. C根据上文他一直写书到死，说明他死的时候正在写故事。故选B。‎ ‎40. B依据前后句意可推断我们不会知道故事是如何结束的。故选B。‎ ‎【2011浙江宁波】Ⅵ. 完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ When I was about 12 years old, I really wanted a new bike! I __36__ my parents my birthday wish, but I knew there was little hope because my family could __37__ have that money.‎ On my birthday my parents told me they had my __38__ outside in the back yard. At once I __39__ out to the yard. There was my bike, __40__ it wasn’t the bike that I thought it would be. This one was pink, old and worn with age. It was so __41__! I thought I __42__ my parents’ feelings because I could see the disappointment __43__ their faces and I was sure they could see it on mine. I __44__ the old bike and rode it, feeling __45__ that I had made my parents feel this way. So I put on a smile, rode as fast as I could and didn’t __46__...‎ As time went by, I began to understand my parents gave me __47__ much more than just a rusty（生锈的）old bike. They gave me a life lesson about __48__. When you give something out of love, it doesn’t matter what it is in fact. What matters is the love that is in it. I like to remember this __49__ because giving a gift is not about money. It’s about how much love you can feel from it. Do remember, a gift that __50__ two dollars isn’t any less valuable（有价值的）than one that costs one hundred dollars, or even more.‎ ‎36. A. talked B. spoke C. said D. told ‎ ‎37. A. hardly B. quickly C. slowly D. easily ‎38. A. guitar B. gift C. cake D. card ‎39. A. rushed B. rode C. climbed D. came ‎ ‎40. A. and B. or C. but D. because ‎41. A. exciting B. interesting C. relaxing D. disappointing ‎ ‎42. A. liked B. hated C. hurt D. thanked ‎43. A. on B. in C. at D. for ‎44. A. got in B. got on C. got off D. got up ‎45. A. surprised B. excited C. happy D. bad ‎46. A. look ahead B. look back C. come up D. come down ‎47. A. anything B. nothing C. something D. everything ‎48. A. love B. money C. friendship D. knowledge ‎49. A. idea B. news C. advice D. story ‎50. A. spends B. costs C. pays D. offers ‎【主旨大意】本文通过讲述一开始，我不喜欢爸爸妈妈送我的生日礼物，后来领会到爸妈的心意，改变了态度的故事，告诉人们爱的价值不是以金钱来衡量的道理。‎ ‎36. D talk谈论；speak说，讲；say说话；tell告诉。这里是把我的想法告诉父母。‎ ‎37. A hardly几乎不；quickly迅速地；slowly缓慢的；easily容易地。根据句意选A。‎ ‎38. B 根据句意推出是生日礼物。‎ ‎39. A 结合语境意思，可知我当时迫切的心情。用run比较符合句意。‎ ‎40. C 从上下文看，此处表示转折。‎ ‎41. D 看到旧自行车不是很满意，情绪很失落。‎ ‎42. C 根据上下文意思，我的举动可能伤了父母的心。‎ ‎43. A 固定词组。on one’s face 在某人脸上 ‎44. B 固定词组的考查。get in进入；get on上车；get off下车；get up起床 ‎45. D 根据句意，我意识到我的举动令父母伤心了。‎ ‎46. B 排除法做此题。当时我已经感到惭愧了，应该是头也不回骑着自行车，表现出喜欢自行车的样子。‎ ‎47. C 结合句意，父母给我的许多样东西不仅仅是一辆生锈的旧自行车。‎ ‎48. A 从上下文意思，看出是love，是父母对孩子的爱。‎ ‎49. D 词义辨析。idea主意，想法；news消息；advice建议，忠告；story故事。‎ ‎50. B 主语gift礼物是物，花费用cost。‎ ‎【2011四川内江】第二节 完形填空(本节10个小题，每小题1分，共10分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的ABC三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡下将该项涂黑。‎ One Friday night, a poor young man stood at the train station, He played his violin and many people put __41__ into the hat in front of him.‎ The next day, the young man came to the station __42__. But this time he took out a large piece of paper __43__ some words on it. It said," Last night a lady __44__ Mrs Sang put an important thing into my hat __45__. Please come for it. "‎ After about an hour, a middle - aged woman ran to the young man in a hurry and said, “You do come here. I know that you're a(n) __46__ man and will certainly come here.” They had a talk and the young man made sure she was the owner. Then he took out a lottery ticket (彩票) and __47__ it to the woman. Her husband bought a lottery ticket every day.' Yesterday when she knew the lottery ticket he bought won, she was very __48__. The prize of the lottery ticket was＄500,000. When she walked past the young man, she took out $50 and put it in the hat. __49__, the lottery ticket was also thrown in.‎ Later, someone asked the young man, “You play the violin every day to make money. Why didn't you just take the prize of the lottery ticket for yourself?" The young man said,” Although 1 don't have much money, I live happily. But if I __50__ honesty, I won't be happy forever. "‎ ‎41. A. money B. tickets C. paper ‎42. A. instead B. differently C. again ‎43. A. for B. with C. over ‎44. A. introduced B. spelled C. named ‎45. A. by mistake B. for mistake C. on mistake ‎46. A. crazy B. cool C. honest ‎47. A. gave B. lent C. offered ‎48. A. surprising B. happy C. exciting ‎49. A. But B. However C. Therefore ‎50. A. have B. win C. lose ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一位靠拉琴为生的穷苦年轻人意外得到一张中奖彩票，但是他没有贪财，及时归还彩票的故事。这个故事告诉人们诚信是做人之本，一旦失去诚信，就没有快乐。‎ ‎41. A 根据此句“When she walked past the young man, she took out $50 and put it in the hat.”得出答案为A。‎ ‎42. C 根据上下文意思，得出答案again。‎ ‎43. B 此处with表示带有。‎ ‎44. C named意为“叫做……”，此处为过去分词作定语。‎ ‎45. A 固定用法。by mistake意为“错误地”。‎ ‎46. C 结合下文意思，得出答案honest诚实的。‎ ‎47. A give把……给……；lend把……借给……；offer提供，给予。根据句意，答案为A。‎ ‎48. B 根据题意选B。A和C不是修饰人的。‎ ‎49. B but但是；however然而；therefore因此。根据句意“然而，这个彩票也扔进去了。”故选B。‎ ‎50. C 根据句意，如果我失去诚信，我将永远不快乐。‎ ‎【2011山东临沂】三、完形填空。(共10小题，计 10分)‎ ‎ 阅读短文内容，选择最佳答案。‎ How do you usually get to school? Buy bus? On foot? Roby Burch, 16, a US student, gets to school a little 36__________---he goes by horse (马). ‎ Burch has been riding his white horse 4 miles to and from school 37 __________the beginning of the semester. “Every morning, wearing my blue jacket and jeans, I’m on my way at 6 am.” Burch says, “The streets are mostly 38__________ at this time of morning. It’s a nice way to start the day.” ‎ The idea was his 39__________. His family were enjoying their vacation on their farm this summer, “My dad just said, ‘Roby, you 40__________ ride your horse to school every day.’” says Burch. He thought it really was a good idea. ‎ When they got back home, Burch asked for permission from the headmaster (校长), Joe Cox, and surprisingly, he got the green light. Cox even 41__________ Burch to keep the horse next to the headmaster’s house. Then his dad helped Burch find the best route to school. It is along back streets and has 42__________cars than the others. ‎ For the return trip every afternoon, Burch leaves school at 5:45 pm. Even now, as the days grow shorter and colder, he 43__________ to ride his horse. “ I will ride my horse even in the coldest weather.” he says. ‎ Burch says the first time he sat on a horse as a four-year-old boy he was afraid. 44__________ now, “it’s what I do best.” It’s no surprise that he wants to be a cowboy (牛仔) when he grows up. “I love riding horses more than 45 __________ else.” He says, “It’s really a guy thing.” ‎ ‎36. A. normally B. casually C. differently D. actually ‎ ‎37. A. for B. since C. before D. after ‎ ‎38. A. empty B. crowded C. busy D. awful ‎ ‎39. A. sister’s B. brother’s C. mom’s D. dad’s ‎ ‎40. A. will B. won’t C. should D. shouldn’t ‎ ‎41. A. invited B. allowed C. taught D. urged ‎ ‎42. A. fewer B. few C. more D. many ‎ ‎43. A. begins B. stops C. continues D. refuses ‎ ‎44. A. so B. or C. and D. but ‎ ‎45. A. anything B. nothing C. everybody D. somebody ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述的是一个学生骑马上学的事情。短文详细叙述了这个学生选择骑马上学的全过程。‎ ‎36. C 下文句意提示该生上学的方式与上文提供的方式有点不同，用differently 表达。‎ ‎37. C 介词since 和名词the beginning 连用，表示“自开学之初”。‎ ‎38. B形容街道拥挤用形容词crowded表达，busy 用来修饰traffic。‎ ‎39. D 考查上下文意义对应。下文他父亲的话提示骑马上学这个主意来自他的父亲。‎ ‎40. C根据他父亲提建议这一语言环境，可知用情态动词should。‎ ‎41. B 副词even“甚至”提示空格处用动词allow, allow sb to do sth ‎ 意为“允许某人做某事”。‎ ‎42. A 因为选择的是“僻静的街道”，所以应为“更少”，用few 修饰可数名词，下文than 提示用比较级形式。‎ ‎43. C 通过even now 和下句意义，可知“他仍然继续骑马上学”，continue to do sth “继续干某事”。‎ ‎44. D句意表示转折，“原来他害怕，但现在…”，用连词but 表达。‎ ‎50. A 是“骑马”这件事和其它事情相比，不是我和其他人相比。用anything else 表示“任何其它事情。”‎ ‎（2011·南京）完形填空 Today some people call Amsterdam the “City of Bicycles” because it is a city which is flat and convenient(芯片) for bicycles.‎ In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans 1 an idea. They believed that it would be better for everybody if only bicycles were allowed in the city centre. They were 2 that this would help so save energy, reduce pollution and provide free public transport. The group painted hundreds of bicycles 3 and placed them in public places around Amsterdam for people to use. 4 was allowed to take them and use them for short journeys, whether he was a local or a foreigner. Wherever someone finished a journey, they would 5 the bike there for someone else to use. The problem was that it didn’t work— 6 took all the bicycles within weeks!‎ ‎ 7 more than thirty years later, the “white bike” is back in town—this time with a computer chip(芯片) to 8 its every move! To take a bicycle, you have to put a special card inside. The new “White bike” is not white any more but is an unusual 9 with bright colours. The bikes are parked at special parking places and people who want to use them have to take them to another place that has enough room.‎ There is already less traffic in central Amsterdam, 10 both locals and tourists have been using the white bikes. Thanks to the good ideas of lots of people, like the cycling fans in the 1960s, many people around the world have been enjoying city centre streets without cars for many years.‎ ‎( )1.A. stole B. had C. refused D. dropped ‎( )2.A. thoughtful B. helpful C. hopeful D. thankful ‎( )3.A. black B. brown C. blue D. white ‎( )4.A. Anyone B. Everyone C. No one D. Someone ‎( )5.A. take B. leave C. carry D. send ‎( )6.A. robbers B. shoplifters C. kidnappers D. thieves ‎( )7.A. However B. Instead C. Therefore D. Though ‎( )8.A.make B. mark C. record D. describe ‎( )9.A. design B. idea C. size D. experiment ‎( )10.A. so B. because C. but D. while 主旨大意：本文介绍了有自行车之城的阿姆斯特丹那里的人们推广绿色交通骑单车出行的方法。‎ ‎1.B跳读本段所述可知，这一群骑车爱好者，有了一个主意，即希望在市中心让人们骑车，故用动词have的过去式。‎ ‎2.C读后句可知，这个方案的实施能节约能源，减少污染，提供免费的公共交通，因而是有希望实施的，故选C项。‎ ‎3.D跳读下文所述可知，这群人把自行车涂成白色的放在阿姆斯特丹的公共处，让人们来使用。故选D项。‎ ‎4.A理解上下文所述可推断，在阿姆斯特丹的任何人都可以骑这些自行车进行短道行驶，故选A项。‎ ‎5.B理解前半句可推断，人们使用完自行车后，要把它留在那里让别人使用，留下来用动词leave，故选B项。‎ ‎6.D根据常识可知，偷这些自行车的人应是叫做贼，故选D项。‎ ‎7.A通读上下文可知，尽管以前自行车经常被盗，而三十年后，这种方便于人们出行的自行车又出现了，前后有转折关系，故选A项。‎ ‎8.C跳读下文所述可知，这些电脑芯片放置于自行车中的功能是能够记录自行车的移动情况，故选C项。‎ ‎9.A理解句意，这种自行车不再是白色，人们把它们设计成一些明亮的色彩，这是一种不同寻常的设计，故选A项。‎ ‎10.B通读全句分析，后面的句子是前面句子阿姆斯特丹市中心交通工具少的原因，故用表示原因的连词because。‎ ‎【2011广安市】第二节：完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 先通读下面的短文，读懂大意，然后从后面各题所给的A、B、C、三个选项中选择可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎(A)‎ An old man has a cat. The cat now is very old. She can’t run quickly, and she can’t bite 41 .One day the old cat saw a mouse, she jumped and 42 it. But she couldn’t bite it. So the mouse got out of her 43 and ran away. The old man got very 44 and beat the cat. The cat said to him. “Don’t beat your servant. Don’t be unkind to the 45 When they are young, they can do good work.”‎ ‎41. A. too B. also C. either ‎42. A. catch B. caught C. catches ‎43. A. mouth B. eyes C. hands ‎44. A. sad B. satisfied C. angry ‎45. A. young B. old C. sick ‎【主旨大意】一只猫老了，跑的不快而且也抓不住老鼠了，主人对它很不满，常常打它。‎ 老猫说：“不要虐待老人，年轻的时候，他们可是干活的好手啊！”‎ ‎41、C老猫既跑的不快，也不能咬住东西了，在否定句中的“也”用either表示。‎ ‎42、B猫跳起来抓老鼠，时态要与jumped保持一致。‎ ‎43、A老鼠从她的嘴里逃脱了。‎ ‎44、C根据情境，老猫没逮住老鼠，因此主人很生气。‎ ‎45、B the加名词表示一类事物。the old表示老人。‎ ‎【2011广安市】(B) ‎ Food is very important. Everyone needs to 46 well if he or she wants to have a strong body. Our minds also need a kind of food. This kind of food is 47 . We begin to get knowledge even when we are very young. Small children are ‎48 in everything around them. They learn 49 while they are watching and listening. When they are getting older. they begin to 50 storybooks, science books, or anything they ‎ like.‎ When they find something new, they have to ask questions and 51 to find out the answers. What’s the best 52 to get knowledge? If we learn 53 ourselves, we will get the most knowledge. If we are 54 getting answers from others and don’t ask why, we will never learn more and understand 55 .‎ ‎46. A. sleep B. drink C. cat ‎47. A. sport B. knowledge C. meat ‎48. A. interested B. interesting C. good ‎49. A. something B. nothing C. anything ‎50. A. write B. learn C. read ‎51. A. try B. think C. wait ‎52. A. place B. way C. road ‎53. A. with B. to C. by ‎54. A. seldom B. always C. sometimes ‎55. A. much B. well C. better ‎【主旨大意】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识。人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识。‎ ‎46、C每个人只有吃好才能长出强壮的身体。‎ ‎47、B对于大脑而言，它的食物自然是知识了。‎ ‎48、A固定词组 be interested in，“对----感兴趣”的意思 ‎49、C在儿童感知周围事物的时候，学习一切知识。‎ ‎50、C随着孩子的长大，他们开始读一些书籍。‎ ‎51、A考查固定词组。Try to do sth。表示“努力或尝试干某事”。‎ ‎52、B根据文意：学习的最好方式是什么呢？‎ ‎53、C固定词组。Learn by oneself是“自学”的意思。‎ ‎54、B如果我们只是从别人那里寻找答案而不问为什么。可以结合下文理解。‎ ‎55、C联系上文：我们就永远不会学得更多，理解的更好，此处要用比较级形式，与more前后对应。‎ ‎【2011•兰州】三、完形填空 (共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分) ‎ ‎ One day at the end of the class, a wise teacher told each of her students to ‎1 a plastic bag and a bag of potatoes to school. ‎ ‎ The next day she told her students: “From today on, for every person you don't like in your lives, you can choose a potato, write the person's name and the date 2 it and then put it in the plastic bag.” Day after day, some of the students' bags were very 3 . They were then told to carry this bag with them everywhere they went for a week. They would put it inside their quilts 4 , on the seats when sitting in a car or on a bus , and next to their desks at school. The days carrying the bag around with them 5 students get to know what a weight they were carrying in their minds. They had to pay attention to it all the time 6 they wouldn't forget it. As time passed by, the potatoes went bad and 7 nasty(恶心). They all tired to get rid of them. ‎ ‎ Too often we think of tolerance（宽容）as a gift to 8 people, and it clearly is for ourselves! If we choose to keep our sadness and hatred（仇恨）in our 9 , we will have to ‎ carry them around all our lives. ‎ ‎ Do you think you have got 10 from the wise teacher and what she asked her students ‎ to do? ‎ ‎1. A. take B. bring C. put D. show ‎2. A. in B. at C. on D. with ‎3. A. heave B. strong C. light D. big ‎ ‎4. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. during the day D. at night ‎5. A. kept B. made C. asked D. allowed ‎6. A. as soon as B. since C. so that D. until ‎7. A. sounded B. tasted C. smelt D. felt ‎8. A. another B. other C. the other D. others ‎9. A. hands B. eyes C. stomachs D. hearts ‎10. A. anything B. nothing C. somebody D. Anybody ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文通过讲述一个有智慧的老师叫学生把生活中不喜欢的人名写在马铃薯上，日积月累，马铃薯变多了，且变坏了，从而让学生明白不要把别人的仇恨放在心上，在生活中要学会宽容。‎ ‎1. B 由下文知，老师叫学生每人带一个塑料袋和一袋马铃薯到学校，因此用动词bring。‎ ‎2. C 由题意“把名字和日期写在马铃薯上”，因此用介词on。‎ ‎3. A 由前文“一天天，学生的书包变重了”，因此用heavy。‎ ‎4. D 由后文“坐在车子里时，要放在座位上”可推知，前文“晚上睡觉时放在被子里”，因此选D。‎ ‎5. B 由动词原形get知，应选B，因为选项中只有动词make后接动词原形。‎ ‎6. C 由题意“他们不得不一直关注它，以致于不会忘记”，so that以致于，因此选C。‎ ‎7. C 由前文“马铃薯变坏了”知，闻起来恶心，smell闻起来，因此选C。‎ ‎8. B 由题意“我们经常性地把宽容作为一份礼物送给其他的人”，other people其他的人，因此选B。‎ ‎9. D 由前文知，悲伤和仇恨放在心里，因此用hearts。‎ ‎10. A 由题意“你已从这位老师身上明白了一些事情吗？”，因此选A。‎ ‎【2011浙江舟山】三、完形填空（本题有15小题，每小题1分；共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项，使文章完整、通顺。‎ IMAGINE a life without arms or legs! You can’t hold anyone in your 26 . You can’t walk anywhere with your feet. How would you last a day like that? Would you 27 at yourself in the mirror like Nick Vujicic, the 29-year-old Australian?‎ Nick was born without limbs（四肢）, so life was not 28 for him. At school many students played jokes on him 29 he looked different from everyone else. He was refused to be 30 friends, so he always felt 31 . However, he faced that bravely. He 32 to type and write with two toes（脚趾）at the age of six, and he could 33 surf and play golf. In college, he achieved great success and was among the 34 students in the studies. And he decided on 35 to do later in his life—to encourage others to work hard for their dreams.‎ Now Nick is one of the most popular ‎36 in the world. He travels to many countries and gives speeches about his story 37 difficulties. “Living life fully is about looking at what you 38 , not what you don’t have.” he said. His 39 encourages millions of people.‎ ‎ “I tell people to keep on getting up when they 40 and to always love themselves,” he said. “If I can encourage just one person, then my job in this life is done.”‎ ‎26. A. arms B. ears C. eyes D. teeth ‎27. A. laugh B. cry C. smile D. shout ‎28. A. old B. easy C. modern D. difficult ‎29. A. because B. if C. until D. although ‎30. A. his B. my C. their D. our ‎31. A‎. happy B. relaxed C. lonely D. surprised ‎32. A. failed B. forgot C. helped D. learned ‎33. A. even B. ever C. never D. hardly ‎34. A. tall B. lazy C. sleepy D. excellent ‎35. A. how B. who C. what D. where ‎36. A. doctors B. speakers C. scientists D. managers ‎37. A. at B. for C. into D. against ‎38. A. make B. have C. lose D. want ‎39. A. story B. sadness C. friend D. family ‎40. A. fall B. play C. listen D. exercise ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述没有四肢的澳大利亚人Nick Vujicic如何自强不息，和困难作斗争，以及他用自己的故事鼓励了更多的人的故事。‎ ‎26. A 本句句意：你不能拥抱任何人；hold sb. in one’s arms符合句意。‎ ‎27. C 本句句意：你会像29岁的澳大利亚人Nick Vujicic一样对着镜子中的自己笑吗？smile at sb.意为“对某人笑”，符合句意；注意：laugh at sb.意为“嘲笑某人”。‎ ‎28. B 没有四肢的人生活自然不容易(not easy)。‎ ‎29. A 句意为：在学校，很多学生开他的玩笑因为他看起来与其他每一个人不同。此处前后句之间是因果关系，应该用because连接句子。‎ ‎30. C 根据上句可推出本句句意：他被拒绝成为他们的朋友；应该用their friends。‎ ‎31. C 由前句可知“他没有朋友”所以总是感到寂寞(lonely)。‎ ‎32. D fail to do sth.意为“干某事失败”，forget to do sth.意为“忘记做某事”，help to do sth.意为“帮助做某事”，learn to do sth.意为“学会做某事”。此处表达的是“学会打字”，应该用learn to type。‎ ‎33. A 本句句意为：他甚至会冲浪和打高尔夫球。even意为“甚至”，ever意为“曾经”，never意为“从不”，hardly意为“几乎不”，应该用even。‎ ‎34. D 由之前“achieved great success”可推出“在学习方面，他属于最优秀的学生之中”，用excellent(优秀的)符合句意。‎ ‎35. C 由后句“to encourage others to work hard for their dreams”可推出：他决定了余生该做什么事，用what to do。‎ ‎36. B 由其后的“gives speeches”及他所说的话可推出他是speaker(演讲家)。‎ ‎37. D “和困难作斗争”用against difficulties。‎ ‎38. B 由后句“not what you don’t have”可推出是what you have。‎ ‎39. A 前面已经提及“his story against difficulties”，所以此处应该用story，本句意为：他的故事鼓励了成千上万的人。‎ ‎40. A 该句句意为“我告诉人们当他们跌倒的时候要继续爬起来。”与“keep on getting up”相对应的是fall(跌倒)。故选A。‎ ‎ (2011江苏宿迁)二、完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ I sat down to read under an old tree in the park. I felt my life was 21 , for my whole world was dark.‎ A young boy ran up to me, out of 22 . He stood right before me with his head down and said 23 , “Look what I found!” In his hand was a flower, and what a poor sight! The flower was dry and 24 . I gave him a small smile and then turned ‎ my eyes away so that he could take his dry flower and go off to play.‎ ‎ 25 , he sat next to my side and placed the flower to his 26 and said in surprise, “It smells sweet and it’s beautiful, too. That’s 27 I picked it. Here, it’s for you.” The flower before me was dead. But I knew I must 28 it, or he might never leave. So I accepted the flower, and replied, “This is just what I 29 .” Just then, for the first time I noticed that the boy could not 30 —he was blind.‎ Tears (眼泪) came down my face as I 31 him for picking the best one. “You’re welcome.” he smiled, and then ran off to 32 . I sat there and wondered how he was able to learn about my pain (痛苦).‎ Through the eyes of a blind child, 33 I could see the problem was not with the world; the problem was me. And for all those years I myself had been 34 . I decided to see the beauty in life, and 35 every second of my life. And then I held that dry flower up to my nose and breathed in the smell of a beautiful rose.‎ ‎21. A. hopeless B. colourful C. simple D. wonderful ‎22. A. mind B. trouble C. breath D. work ‎23. A. sadly B. strictly C. angrily D. excitedly ‎24. A. dead B. fresh C. alive D. heavy ‎25. A. So B. Or C. However D. And ‎26. A. head B. nose C. ear D. neck ‎27. A. how B. when C. where D. why ‎28. A. buy B. sell C. accept D. break ‎29. A. admire B. dislike C. want D. have ‎30. A. cry B. speak C. smile D. see ‎31. A. forgave B. thanked C. paid D. hated ‎32. A. sleep B. study C. dance D. play ‎33. A. at most B. at times C. at first D. at last ‎34. A. cheerful B. useful C. blind D. deaf ‎35. A. waste B. enjoy C. lose D. forget ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了当我感觉生活世界是黑暗，感觉绝望时，通过一个盲人送给我一朵干了花，及与其的对话，使我明白要珍惜现在美好生活，要享受生活中每一秒钟。‎ ‎21. A解析：由后句“for my whole world was dark.”可我此时的心情觉是绝望的。故选A。‎ ‎22. C解析：由语境可知“一个年青男孩跑到我面前时，累的上气不接下气”out of breath意为“上气不接下气”，故选C。‎ ‎23. D解析：由下句“Look what I found!”可知这个年轻人有了一个新发现，故表情表现为很兴奋，故选D。‎ ‎24. A解析：由上句“The flower was dry ”可知这朵花已经死了。故选A。‎ ‎25. C解析：在四个项中，只有however不能直接连接两个分句，必须另起新句，并用逗号隔开。故选C。‎ ‎26. B解析：由下文“It smells sweet…”smell意为“闻起来”，闻时用鼻子，故选B。‎ ‎27. D解析：that’s way意为“那就是……的原因”。故选D、‎ ‎28. C解析：句意为“我知道我必须接受它，否则它可能永远都不会离开”可知应选D。‎ ‎29. C解析：由语境可知此句意“这正是我所想要的”，想要的，用want表示，故选C。‎ ‎30. D解析：由下文“he was blind.”可知，他看不见。故选D。‎ ‎31. B解析：thank for doing sth.意为“感谢某人做某事”故选B。‎ ‎32. D解析：联系上下可知，他跑去玩了，故选D。‎ ‎33. D解析：at most意为“至多”；at times意为“有时”；at first意为“首先”；at last意为“最后”。联系上下可知，我最后找到了我的问题，故选D。‎ ‎34. C解析：由上句可知我这些年看不到外面精彩的世界，寓意为“自己的眼已瞎了”，故选C。‎ ‎35. B解析：根据上文可知，我这时决定看美丽的世界，享受我生命的每一秒。故选B.‎ Ⅱ.完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎ Our English teacher was like a friend to us, and we all liked her. One day she came into the classroom and shouted,“Who did this?”She held up a piece of broken glass and asked,“Who ____16____ the window?”She seldom became angry.__17__ this ‎ time she was.‎ ‎ I broke the window. I had done __18__ by throwing a baseball. I didn’t want to admit (承认) it __19__ I didn’t have enough money to pay for a big window like that.“My father will be __20__,”I thought. At first I didn’t __21__ my hand, but later something strong in my heart suddenly made me stand up.“I did it,”I said __22__ .How difficult it was for me to say that!‎ ‎ My teacher __23__ a book from one of our book shelves and then began walking __24__ my desk. I was afraid that she was going to punish(惩罚) me.‎ ‎ “I know you like collecting __25__ very much,”she said, looking down at my __26__ face.“Here is the book about collecting stamps that you are looking for. Now, the book is __27__ and I shall not punish you. Remember, it’s because you __28__ the truth.”‎ ‎ I couldn’t believe it! My teacher wasn’t punishing me. I didn’t __29__ to pay for the broken window. And I got my favourite book!‎ ‎ As time goes, the book is __30__,so is my wonderful teacher. But I will never forget the lesson the teacher gave me that day.‎ ‎16. A. cleaned B. climbed C. broke D. mended ‎17. A. and B. but C. so D. or ‎18. A. them B. one C. that D. those ‎19. A. because B. if C. when D. though ‎20. A. pleased B. excited C. frightened D. angry ‎21. A. put on B. put up C. put out D. put away ‎22. A. terribly B. honestly C. easily D. hardly ‎23. A. read B. wrote C. took D. bought ‎24. A. towards B. opposite C, against D. behind ‎25. A. books B. desks C. stamps D. windows ‎26. A. nervous B. pretty C. happy D. square ‎27. A. you B. your C. yours D. yourself ‎28. A. talked B. spoke C. said D. told ‎29. A. like B. want C. use D. need ‎30. A. opened B. gone C. left D. closed ‎【主旨大意】本篇短文讲述了作者打破了玻璃，最后终于承认了。老师没有惩罚他而是因为他的诚实奖励了一本书给他。这告诉我们诚信的重要性。 16. C 根据上文提到了“他举起一个打破的玻璃”，所以，肯定是问“谁打破的玻璃”。故选C。 17. B 本句句意：他很少变得生气，但是这次她生气了。表示转折关系，故选B 18. C 本句句意：我扔了个篮球打破的玻璃。that在此指打破玻璃这个事情。故选C。 19. A 句意为：我不想承认因为我没有足够的钱来支付这个窗户。故选A。 20. D 根据上句我打破了玻璃，所以，我的爸爸肯定会生气。故选D。 21. B 考查短语辨析。put on意为“穿上”；put up意为“举起”；put out意为“熄灭”；put away意为“收拾”。根据句意：刚开始，我没有举起手，可是，后来我心里强烈的东西使我站了起来。故选B。 22. B 由上文提到了“我打破的玻璃”。所以，“我”诚实地说。故选B。 23. C 本句句意为：我的老师从我的书橱上取下一本书。take …from意为“从……取得”，故选C。 24. A walk towards意为“走向……”。句意为：开始走向我的桌子。故选A。 25. C 由后句“Here is the book about collecting stamps that you are looking for.”可推出：我知道你非常喜欢收集邮票。故选C。‎ ‎ 26. A 由于“我”害怕自己将要受到惩罚。所以，我很紧张。故选A。 27. C yours=your book.句意为：现在这书是你的了。故选C。 28. D tell the truth意为“讲实话”。故选D。 29. D 句意为：我不需要赔偿打破的窗户。故选D。 30. B 该句句意为：随着时间的推移。这本书不见了，我美好的老师也消失了。”be gone意为“消失”。故选A。‎ ‎【2011贵州安顺】完型填空（共15分，每小题1分）‎ Rudi Matt lived in a small village in the Swiss Alps in 1865. What he wanted most in the world was to climb 31 highest peak (山峰) in the Alps. 32 mother and his uncle, Franz, a mountain guide, wanted him to stop 33 and start working in a hotel. Rudi would not 34 his dream and secretly got in touch with an English mountain climber 35 was planning to climb the highest peak. ‎ Franz was very angry when he found out 36 Rudi had done, but he finally agreed to let Rudi go if he went climbing, too. Franz also didn’t want to see Emil Saxo, a guide from another village, got to the top 37 him. ‎ Rudi turned out to be a very good climber, 38 as they got close to the top, the Englishman got sick and couldn’t go on farther. Franz 39 behind to take care of him, but Saxo continued, wishing to be the 40 to the top. Rudi went after Saxo, hoping to 41 him to the top. When they met, Saxo fought with Rudi and fell down by accident. Saxo was 42 and hurt. Rudi must decide whether to carry Saxo back down to safety or to continue alone to the top. ‎ He thought Saxo’s life was more 43 than his dream and helped him down. During that time, the Englishman and Franz continued the climb, and finally 44 reached the top. Later, the villagers 45 knew Rudi was the real conqueror (征服者) of the mountain. ‎ ‎31. A. the B. a C. an D. / ‎ ‎32. A. Rudi B. The Rudi’s C. Rudis’ D. Rudi’s ‎ ‎33. A. climbing B. climb C. to climb D. climbed ‎34. A. try out B. give up C. go over D. work out ‎ ‎35. A. what B. which C. whom D. who ‎36. A. which B. what C. that D. where ‎37. A. after B. behind C. before D. over ‎38. A. but B. so C. or D. for ‎39. A. walked B. rested C. stayed D. watched ‎40. A. first B. second C. third D. last ‎ ‎41. A. take B. beat C. push D. help ‎42. A. helpful B. helping C. helps D. helpless ‎43. A. popular B. successful C. important D. interesting ‎ ‎44. A. he B. they C. them D. him ‎45. A. both B. none C. either D. all ‎ 主旨大意：鲁迪最大的梦想就是登上最高峰，为此他付出了很多努力，可是就在快要到达 山顶的时候，他为了救他人，而放弃了梦想，但大家都知道鲁迪才是山峰真正的征服者。‎ ‎31. 答案：A【解析】形容词的最高级前面应用定冠词the.‎ ‎32. 答案：D【解析】名词所有格的考查。根据下文中his uncle可知，前面应该是鲁迪的妈妈。‎ ‎33. 答案：A【解析】stop to do sth.意为“停下来去做另外一件事”，stop doing sth意为“停止正在做的某事”，根据句意他的妈妈和叔叔想让他停止爬山，去一家旅馆工作。‎ ‎34. 答案：B【解析】词组辨析。Try out意为“尝试”；give up意为“放弃”；go over意为“复习”；work out意为“做出，算出”，根据下面的句子secretly秘密地可知他并没有放弃自己的梦想。‎ ‎35. 答案：B【解析】关系带代词的考查。先行词是人，关系代词可以是who或that。‎ ‎36. 答案：B【解析】what +主语+谓语动词意为“……所…..”根据句意Franz对于鲁迪所作感到非常生气。‎ ‎37. 答案：C【解析】根据下文可知，他不想让Emil在他之前到达山顶。‎ ‎38. 答案：A【解析】连词的考查。但是当他们要到达山顶洞 时候，英国人生病了，是转折关系，so表示因果关系，or意为“否则”；for后面接原因。‎ ‎39. 答案：C【解析】句意为“英国人病了，Franz呆在后面照顾他。”‎ ‎40. 答案：A【解析】句意为“他想成为第一个到达山顶的人”。‎ ‎41. 答案：B【解析】根据全文可知，鲁迪的梦想就是登上山顶，所以他希望打败他。‎ ‎42. 答案：D【解析】根据下文hurt可知他非常的helpless意为“无助的”。‎ ‎43. 答案：C【解析】鲁迪带Saxo到安全地带，因为他知道“生命比他的梦想更重要”。‎ ‎44. 答案：B【解析】代词的考查。到达山顶的人是Franz和Englishman，故英国是they.‎ ‎45. 答案：D【解析】both用在两者之间，none意为“一个也没有”，either意为“或者”，all意为“都”，根据句意“村民们都知道鲁迪才是大山真正的征服者”.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎(2011 湖南衡阳 ) B)完形填空。通读短文，掌握大意，然后从所给A、B、C三个选顶中选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，计10分）‎ ‎ Most people want to be happy, but few know how to find happiness. Money and success alone do not bring 33 .Happiness depends on 34 .In other words, we make our own happiness. Here are a few 35 to help you happier.‎ ‎ The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in life. Too often, we 36 so much time thinking about future—for example, getting into college or getting a good job—that, we fail to enjoy the present(现在).You should enjoy life’s simple 37 ,such as reading a good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time with close friends. People who have several 38 friends live happier and healthier lives.‎ ‎ Another secret to lead a happy life is to be active and have 39 .When you are dancing or playing sports, you can forget about your problems, and 40 think about the activity.‎ ‎ Finally, many people find happiness in helping 41 .If you want to feel happier, do 42 nice for someone. You can help a friend with his or her lessons, go shopping to buy food for your family members, or simply help out around the house by washing the dishes.‎ ‎( ) 33.A.happiness B. goodness C. health ‎( ) 34.A.them B. yourself C. ourselves ‎( ) 35.A.problems B. suggestions C. advice ‎( ) 36.A.take B. cost C. spend ‎( ) 37.A.pleasures B. pleasant C. interest ‎( ) 38.A.closely B. close C. better ‎( ) 39.A.friends B. money C. hobbies ‎( ) 40.A.sometimes B. only C. seldom ‎( ) 41.A.others B. himself C. parents ‎( ) 42.A.anything B. nothing C. something ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了体验幸福的三个秘密。‎ ‎33. 答案：A解析: 金钱和成功不能给人带来幸福。‎ ‎34. 答案：B解析:幸福全靠你自己。‎ ‎35. 答案：B解析: 以下是帮助你感到幸福的几条建议。‎ ‎36. 答案：C解析:固定词组，spend doing sth.‎ ‎37. 答案：A解析:根据句意：我们应该享受生活的简单快乐。‎ ‎38. 答案：B解析:根据句意：拥有亲密朋友的人生活的更高兴。‎ ‎39. 答案：C解析:根据上下文：拥有健康的生活习惯不可缺少。‎ ‎40. 答案：B解析:有了爱好，就会转移注意力，把精力放在活动中。‎ ‎41. 答案：A解析:根据句意：在助人中体验幸福。‎ ‎42. 答案：C解析:为别人做些好事，你会感到很幸福。‎ ‎【2011湖北十堰】III．完型填空 ‎ The teacher stood before his class and was going to hand out the final exam papers. “I know how ______(41) you have all worked to prepare for this test,” he said. “And because I know you can do it well, I am willing to offer a B to anyone who would ______(42) not to take the test. ‎ Many students jumped up to ______(43) the teacher and left the classroom. The teacher looked at the _______(44) students and said, “Does anyone else want to get a B? This is your last _______(45).” Two more students decided to go.‎ Seven students remained. The teacher then handed out the _______(46). There were only three sentences typed on the paper: Congratulations! You have just ______(47) an A in this class. Keep believing in yourself.‎ I never had a teacher like that, but I think it is a test _______(48) any teacher could and should give. Students who are not ______(49) in what they have learned are B students at best(充其量).‎ The same is ______(50) in real life. The A students are those who believe in what they are doing because they have ______(51) both successes and failures. They have learned life’s lessons, either from normal education ______(52) from events in their lives, and have become ______(53) people. ‎ Scientists say that by the age of eight, 80% of what we believe about ourselves has already been formed. You are a big kid now, and you _____(54) that you have some limits (限制). However, there is _____(55) you can’t do or learn or be. Sir Edmund Hillary, the first person to reach the summit of Mount Everest said, “It’s not the mountain we conquer(克服) but ourselves. ‎ ‎41. A. luckily B. terribly C. quietly D. hard ‎42. A. dislike B. help C. prefer D. start ‎43. A. thank B. praise C. fight D. criticize ‎44. A. following B. relaxing C. worrying D. remaining ‎45. A. chance B. trouble C. test D. idea ‎46. A. results B. presents C. papers D. essays ‎47. A. given B. sent C. discovered D. received ‎48. A. where B. that C. what D. when ‎49. A. confident B. necessary C. mysterious D. convenient ‎50. A. unusual B. impossible C. true D. special ‎51. A. broken off B. dreamed of C. learned from D. cared about ‎52. A. and B. or C. but D. so ‎53. A. ruder B. cuter C. worse D. better ‎54. A. decide B. forget C. realize D. imagine ‎55. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ‎【主旨大意】本文通过讲述一位老师测试学生的自信心的故事，告诉我们自信是前进的动力。‎ ‎41. D 根据下文此句“because I know you can do it well”可知答案。‎ ‎42. C 固定词组“prefer not to do sth.”宁愿不做某事。‎ ‎43. A 通过语境意思可以得出答案。‎ ‎44. D ‎ 代入法。A项意为“接下来的”；B项意为“放松的”；C项意为“发愁的”；D项意为“剩余的”。根据句意选D。‎ ‎45. A 根据句意：这是你们的最后机会了。‎ ‎46. C 从短文第一句得出答案。‎ ‎47. D 根据句意，选D意为“得到”。‎ ‎48. B 宾语从句引导词。a test一次测试。‎ ‎49. A 根据句意：这些想得B的学生没有自信。故选A。‎ ‎50. C 通过这个小故事，引申出生活的哲理。‎ ‎51. C 根据句意：这些得A的学生，既学到了成功又体会到了失败。‎ ‎52. B 固定词组“either…or…”意为“或者……或者……”‎ ‎53. D 通过这一课他们会变得更好。‎ ‎54. C 根据句意：你会明白这个道理的。‎ ‎55. D 没有你不可以完成的事。‎ ‎【2011肇庆】五、完形填空（本题共10分，每小题1分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在31-40小题所给的 A 、B 、C 、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项，并在答题卡上将对应的答案标号涂黑。‎ A boy lost his arms in an accident and his father lost his life. Since then, he had to 31_ the arms of his younger brother. Except for writing with his toes(脚趾头), he could hardly do _‎32 in his life.‎ As the two brothers grew up together, they had lots of 33 and they often argued(争吵). Then one day, his younger brother 34 him. So he was very sad and didn’t know 35 to do.‎ A girl lost her hands because of a fire. Though her elder sister wanted to 36 her, she decided to be completely independent (独立的). At school, she always studied hard. Once she wrote the following in her composition, “I am 37 . Though I lost my hands, I still have legs. Though my wings are broken, my heart can still fly.”‎ One day, the boy and the girl were both invited ‎38 a television interview program. They both were asked to write something on a piece of paper with their toes. The boy wrote “My younger brother’s arms are my arms” 39 the girl wrote “Broken wings, 40 heart”.‎ ‎31. A. go on B. work on C. look for D. depend on ‎ ‎32. A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything ‎33. A. questions B. hobbies C. problems D. differences ‎34. A. hit B. left C. loved D. hated ‎35. A. who B. where C. what D. which ‎36. A. leave B. take care of C. write to D. forget ‎ 37. A. sad B. lucky C. excited D. shy ‎38. A. to B. on C. for D. from ‎ 39. A. as B. so C. while D. when ‎40. A. jumping B. broken C. beating D. flying ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本篇讲述了感人的故事，一个小男孩和一个女孩都失去了双手，两个人都能勇敢的面对生活。‎ ‎31. D 由全文的第一句可知一个小男孩失去了双手和他父亲丢失了生命。根据意思，他必须“依靠”他弟弟的双手。故选D。 ‎ ‎32. A 考查不定代词。根据he could hardly中的hardly，它是否定词，排除B和C，再结合该句意思，故选A。‎ ‎33. C 根据they often argued，他们有许多“问题”，排除B和D；questions一般与ask, answer搭配，相对容易解决；problems为难题。故选C。‎ ‎34. B 根据上下文意思，他们两兄弟经常争吵，有一天，他兄弟“离开”了他，他很伤心。故选B。‎ ‎35. C 疑问词加动词不定式做宾语。由句意他很伤心，不知道“做什么”，可知what to do。故选C。‎ ‎36. B 句意：但她决定完全独立，虽然她姐姐想照顾她。由though引导的让步状语从句，只有C答案符合句意。‎ ‎ 37. B 根据Though I lost my hands, I still have legs，可以推出，女孩感到还是很幸运。‎ ‎38. A 考查介词。句意：他们两个人都被邀请到一个电视采访节目。用to表示方向。‎ ‎ 39. C 辨析as, while 和when“当……时”。 as重在表示动作同时发生、伴随进行；when 在绝大多数情况下，所引导的从句中，应该使用非延续性动词；while只指“时间段”，不指“时间点”，从句的动词只限于持续性动词，while ‎ 可以表示“对比”。根据句意，这里应是“对比”，故选C。‎ ‎40. D 根据第三段的最后一句：Though my wings are broken, my heart can still fly。可以推出是flying heart, 故选D。‎ ‎【2011湖北黄石】Ⅱ. 完形填空 （每小题1分，共15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎ When I was 13 years old, a boy gave me an important gift. It was a 41 .‎ ‎ It was the early autumn of my 42 year at a junior high school, and my old school was far away. 43 , no one knew who I was. I was very 44 , and afraid to make friends with anyone.‎ ‎ Every time I heard the other students talking and laughing, I felt my heart 45 . I couldn’t talk to anyone about my problems. And I didn’t want my parents to 46 me.‎ ‎ Then one day, my classmates talked happily with their friends, but I sat at my desk unhappily 47 . At that moment, a boy 48 the classroom. I didn’t know who he was. He passed me and then turned back. He looked at me and, ‎49 a word, smiled.‎ Suddenly, I 50 the touch of something bright and friendly. 51 made me feel happy and warm.‎ That smile 52 my life. I started to talk with the other students and made friends. Day by day, I became 53 to everyone in my class. The boy with the lucky smile has become my best friend now.‎ One day I asked him why he smiled, but he couldn’t 54 smiling at me!‎ It doesn’t 55 because all the dark days have gone. Now I believe that the world is what you think it is. If you think you are lonely, you might always be alone. So smile at the world and it will smile back.‎ ‎ 41. A. book B. help C. smile D. surprise ‎ 42. A. first B. second C. third D. last ‎ 43. A. For example B. In other words C. In the end D. As a result ‎ 44. A. happy B. sleepy C. lonely D. friendly ‎ 45. A. beat B. break C. strike D. shake ‎ 46. A. think about B. worry about C. talk about D. care about ‎ 47. A. as usual B. in fact C. as well D. once again ‎ 48. A. entered B. left C. watched D. locked ‎ 49. A. in B. with C. besides D. without ‎ 50. A. found B. saw C. felt D. knew ‎ 51. A. It B. Nothing C. They D. He ‎ 52. A. helped B. changed C. lived D. spent ‎ 53. A. closer B. quicker C. easier D. nicer ‎ 54. A. remember B. forget C. mind D. stop ‎ 55. A. remain B. affect C. appear D. matter ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了作者的一段经历。作者13岁时转入一所新学校，感到孤独、寂寞、情绪低落，一个小男孩的微笑改变他的情绪，使他很快融入了新集体。你对世界微笑，世界就会对你微笑。‎ ‎41. C 根据后文可知这个礼物就是微笑，故选C。‎ ‎42. A 根据后文可知这是作者进入新学校的第一年。故选A。‎ ‎43. D根据前文：我刚进入这个学校，且离原来的学校很远，结果……。‎ ‎44. C 承接上文没有人认识我，我很孤独。‎ ‎45. B听到其他学生说笑，我感到心都碎了。break，打破，打碎。‎ ‎46. B 句意是：我不想让父母为我担心。think about 考虑，talk about 谈论，care about 关心，都不符合句意，只有worry about 担心符合。[来源:中.考.资.源.网]‎ ‎47. A 同学们都高兴的交谈着，我和平时一样悻悻的坐在课桌旁。as usual 和平时一样。‎ ‎48. A 这是一个男孩进入了教室。enter，进入。‎ ‎49. D他看着我没说话，只是微笑。without, 没有，不。‎ ‎50. C句意是：突然，我感到了一点光明友好的东西。felt, feel 的过去式，感觉。‎ ‎51. A 这让我感到高兴和温暖。It 指上一句提到的事情。‎ ‎52. B 这个微笑改变了我的生活。change, 改变。 ‎ ‎53. A 渐渐地我与班里的每一个人都变得很亲近。close, 近，接近。‎ ‎54. A 句意：我问他为什么微笑，他说不记得对我微笑过。Remember，记得。‎ ‎55. D 固定用法 it doesn’t matter 没关系 ‎【2011襄阳】三、完形填空 （本大题满分10分，每小题1分） ‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个可以填入空白处的最佳答案，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Hearing the front door open, I ran down to the kitchen and waited. I saw may dad come in, with the white envelope in his hand. I had waited all day for this, so I reached over him for it as soon as he set foot into the house. Angrily, he 41 the envelope on the table and said it was nothing to get excited about, and that it was just a piece of paper. I grabbed (抓取) it and ran upstairs. I wondered why my dad did not understand how 42 I was to see my mid-year report card for my first year inmiddle school. I was really 43 by how he refused to consider all my hard work.‎ I saw my class rank (等级) :1/139. I did not believe what I saw. I felt my lip ( 嘴唇) form a smile and wanted to run downstairs to tell everyone. Then I 44 what my da had said----it was nothing to get excited about. I wanted to share my happiness with someone, but felt lonely.‎ I realized that I had become distant (远离的) from my family. We used to 45 late watching Disney movies,and my brothers, sisters and I would play tennis in the backyard all the time. I wondered when all that 46 . I just no longer took part in them. My school work 47 all my time and energy While I had been busy with my study, I had also built a 48 between me and my familly. I was only trying to become a person everyone could be 49 of.‎ I wanted to go downstairs, say sorry for my rude behavior and for every refused movie and tennis game, and be 50 of my family again. I knew I had to do something ----because without their support, my achievement meant nothing.‎ ‎41. A. caught B. cleaned up C. picked up D. threw ‎42. A. anxious B. scared C. sad D. frustrated ‎43. A. beaten B. hurt C. bothered D. troubled ‎44. A. remembered B. realized C. forget D. listened to ‎45. A. come back B. go down C. stay up D. keep out ‎46. A. begun B. stopped C. improved D. appeared ‎47. A. set up B. gave up C. used up D. put up ‎48. A. wall B. bridge C. road D. hous ‎49. A. famous B. careful C. proud D. afraid ‎50. A. hope B. pride C. child D. part ‎【主旨大意】文章介绍了“我”焦急等待学习成绩评价表，“我”成绩很好，很想让他们分先我成功的喜悦。但父亲认为没必要。是的“我”的成功是以牺牲了所有的爱好为基础，同时也得到了家人的支持。‎ ‎41. D 此处应为“父亲把心扔到桌子上”‎ ‎42. A 根据上下文“我想知道我父亲为什么不明白我多么渴望看到我中学第一学期的期中成绩单的心情。”‎ ‎43. B 句意为“我真的受伤害了”‎ ‎44. A “我突然记得我父亲刚才说的”‎ ‎45. C 根据下文应为“熬夜看电影”。‎ ‎46. B 根据上下文应为“自从上中学后，熬夜看电影，与姐弟们在院子里打网球这些事都停了。”‎ ‎47. C 短语辨析 “我的学业耗尽了我的所有时间和精力”。‎ ‎48. A 词义理解 “当我学习的时候我与家人之间树了一面墙”。‎ ‎49. C “我只想努力成为一个每个人以我为骄傲的人”‎ ‎50. D “想再次成为家庭的一员”（与他们一起看电影，打球）‎ ‎【2011四川德阳】A ‎ One day a woman got into her car and started driving home after work. Just at that time, she saw a __26__ car behind her. The driver was a __27__. When she turned left, the yellow car turned left. When she turned __28__, the yellow car turned right, too. When she stopped at the traffic lights, the yellow car stopped __29__ her..‎ ‎ The woman was __30__, so she drove quickly to __31__. When she arrived, she was very __32__ to see that the yellow car stooped behind her again. But she felt __33__ because she saw a policeman standing outside the police station. She jumped ‎ out of her car at once and __34__ to the policeman. She asked the policeman to arrest（逮捕）the man in the yellow car, then the police man walked to the man.‎ ‎ The man didn’t run away. He just __35__ and said to the woman, “I want to give this purse back to you. I think you dropped it on the street.”‎ ‎( )26. A. red B. yellow C. black ‎( )27. A. man B. woman C. policeman ‎( )28. A. left B. back C. right ‎( )29. A. opposite B. before C. behind ‎( )30. A. anxious B. scared C. pleased ‎( )31. A. the police station B. her office C. her home ‎( )32. A. interested B. excited C. surprised ‎( )33. A. sad B. safe C. dangerous ‎( )34. A. ran B. run C. runs ‎( )35. A. cried B. laughed C. smiled ‎【主旨大意】一个妇女发开车回家时，发现一辆黄色的汽车总是跟着她，她非常害怕，于是她开车去了警察局，没想这车也跟着她去了警察局，当她想让警察逮捕这个男人时，才知道，原来这个人是给她送钱包的。‎ ‎26.Ｂ解析：由下文“…the yellow car turned left”可知，在她车的汽车的颜色为黄色。‎ ‎27.Ａ解析：由第二段句“She asked the policeman to arrest（逮捕）the man in the yellow car,”可知这个黄色汽车的司机是个男人。‎ ‎28.Ｃ解析：由下文“…the yellow car turned right, too.”可知。‎ ‎29.Ｃ解析：由下文可知这辆黄色车也停在她的后面。‎ ‎30.Ｂ解析：根据语境可知，此时这个妇女是非常害怕的。故选B。‎ ‎31.Ａ解析：由下文句“…she saw a policeman standing outside the police station.”可知这个妇女开车去警察局。‎ ‎32.Ｃ解析：interested意为“使感兴起的”；excited意为“兴奋的”；surprised 意为“感到惊讶的”。根据语境可知她此时应为“感的吃惊”，因为这个人也跟着她来到警察局。‎ ‎33.Ｂ解析：sad 意为“难过的”；safe意为“安全的”；dangerous意“危险的”。根据下文可知当她看到在警察局外面有警察在站岗时，她感到“安全”，故选B。‎ ‎34Ａ解析：由前面“She jumped out of her car at once ‎ and…”可知时态为过去时，run的过去式为ran,故选A。‎ ‎35.Ｃ解析：smile 是指 “微笑”，强调没有笑出声音来，其过去式在词尾加-d；laugh 是指“大笑”，强调笑的有声音，其过去式是在词尾加-ed。根据语境可知这们司机应“微笑着对这个女妇女说……”，故选C。‎ ‎【2011上海】C. Choose the words or expressions to complete the passage (选择最恰当的单词或词语完成短文)：（14分）‎ We have always been warned of the dangers of forest fires. They cause _____ 85 _____ to a forest. They kill many plants and animals in an eco-system, which is a group of living things and their environment. But have you ever heard of a forest fire that can be _____86_____ for a forest? People start some of the fires with a special reason to actually do good to the eco-system.‎ In fact, fires are a natural part of any eco-system. Without fires, the oldest and largest trees would stop sunlight from reaching the forest floor. Fires can _____87_____ some of these old trees. When the trees die, they provide something good for the earth. New trees can grow strong and healthy in their place.‎ Some trees even need fires to grow. These trees hold their seeds (种子) inside. Heat from a fire allows the coat of the seeds to open up. Then the seeds fall to the ground and have the _____88____ to grow Scientist, who know about nature’s needs, start some of these fires, called controlled burns. A fire is started and kept under control. This way, the fire does not spread out of the area or _____89_____ a after forest fires, they can go hungry _____90_____ their food has been damaged in the fire. Small, controlled fires mean than animals will not have to move far to find food. After some time, small plants begin to grow. Animals return soon after the plants return. This _____91_____ makes an eco-system.‎ So the next time you hear about a forest fire, think about the good as well as the bad. It may take a new eco-system a while to return, but it will likely come back stronger and healthier than ever.‎ ‎85. A) illness B) difficulty C) damage D) flood ‎86. A) helpful B) powerful C) harmful D) awful ‎87. A) take the place of B) get ready for C) be bad for D) get rid of ‎88. A) time B) water C) chance D) skill ‎89. A) discover B) cover C) but D) waste ‎ ‎90. A) because B) although C) but D) so ‎91. A) almost B) again C) never D) even ‎【主旨大意】‎ 文章指出森林火灾并不像人们想象的那样一无是处，有时候，可控范围内的火灾不仅无害而且还具有积极意义。比如，可控制的火灾可以使森林里的老树、死树烧掉，使阳光能够照射到地面；火灾烧掉了一些种子外层包裹的厚厚的皮，并让种子有机会得以在地面上生根发芽。‎ ‎85. C 【解析】该句意为“森林火灾会对森林引起毁坏”，damage名词，意为“毁坏、损害”，flood名词，意为“洪水”；illness意为“疾病”选项C意为“困难”，故由句意答案选C；‎ ‎86. A 【解析】由后边的那句话可以知道“有时候森林火灾对森林系统还是有帮助的”，故答案选A；‎ ‎87. D 【解析】该句意为“森林火灾可以烧掉一些老树”，get rid of意为“去掉，除去”，故选D；而选项A为“取代，代替……”，选项B是“为……做好准备”，选项C为“对……有害处”，A、B、C均不符合题意；‎ ‎88. C 【解析】此处是指经过火烧之后，有些种子厚厚的包衣被烧掉了，并掉到了地上，他们才有了生根发芽的机会。”故选C；A、B、D均不符合汉语意思；‎ ‎89. B 【解析】句意为“通过这种方式，森林火灾不会传播到别的地区或者燃烧一大片森林。”cover本意为“涉及，覆盖”，此处是指不会造成大面积的森林被烧掉；选项A意为“揭露，发现”，选项D为“浪费”，都不符合题意；‎ ‎90. C 【解析】此处是指森林大火过后，即使动物能够生存，他们也要经历饥饿的折磨，“因为森林中的食物被大火破坏了”，故答案选C；‎ ‎91. B 【解析】此处讲一段时间之后，小的植物开始生长。动物在植物生长之后也重新回来了。“这又形成了一个(新的)食物链”，故答案选again，选项A、C、D均不符合句意 ；‎ ‎【2011•无锡】二、完型填空 ‎ ‎ 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（本大题共10分，每小题1分）‎ ‎ One day something went wrong with a man’s bicycle chain(链条). The man could not repair it, ‎ so he looked 16 for help. The only house nearby belonged to a woman who had 17 there a few months earlier. The man knocked at the door, but the woman did not answer. The door had clear glass in it, and the man 18 see that the woman was home. He decided to knock again. Finally the woman came to the door. The man immediately explained his 19 . “I can fix the chain,” the woman said. Later when the bike was 20 to go, the man said, ‘Thanks. I hope I can help you some day.” “I never need help,” the woman said.‎ ‎ The following week the man was riding his bike 21 he noticed the woman walking ‎ down the street. A strong wind suddenly lifted(拾起) her hat and sent it into the branches(枝) of ‎ an old tree. The woman tried to get her hat with a stick, but she failed. She seemed 22 ‎ because she clearly was not dressed for tree-climbing. The man hurried over, quickly climbed up ‎ to the hat and 23 it into the woman’s waiting hands. When she put on her hat, she ‎ ‎ 24 the man as he climbed back on his bike. ‘I think I told you I never need help,” the ‎ woman said, “I’m glad you didn’t 25 me. Thanks.” Then they both smiled.‎ ‎16. A. out B. up C. down D. around ‎17. A. left B. moved C. waited D. stopped ‎18. A. could B. might C. couldn’t D. didn’t ‎ ‎19. A. idea B. plan C. problem D. message ‎20. A. hard B. ready C. slow D. unable ‎21. A. when B. before C. after D. though ‎22. A. bored B. relaxed C. frightened D. worried ‎23. A. dropped B. put C. collected D. brought ‎24. A. saved B. passed C. studied D. chose ‎25. A. excuse B. notice C. find D. believe 答案：‎ ‎16. D 根据上下文可知the man“向四周看”，找人修自行车，故答案选D。‎ ‎17. B 联系上下文可知这个女的是几个月前“搬到”那里的，故答案选B，意为“搬；挪”。‎ ‎18. A 联系上下文可知the man透过玻璃“能”看到the woman在房间里，故答案选A，意 为“能够”。‎ ‎19. C 联系上下文the man和the woman解释他之所以敲门打扰是因为他遇到了“问题”，‎ 故答案选C。‎ ‎20. B 联系上下文可知是在the man 修完车要离开时对the woman说了一番话，故答案选 B，意为“有准备的”。‎ ‎21. A 联系是上下文可知空缺处前后的动作几乎是同时发生的，故答案选A，意为“当……‎ 的时候”。‎ ‎22. D 联系上下文可知女人的帽子刮到树上，可猜测她一定很着急，故答案选D，意为“担 心的；着急的”。‎ ‎23. A 联系下文男人重新从树上下来骑上车的时候女人已经把帽子戴上了，故答案选A，意 为“丢下；扔下”。‎ ‎24. B 联系上下文可知是当男人骑车从她身边经过的时候……，故答案选B，意为“经过；‎ 路过”。‎ ‎25. D 通读全文可知原来女人说自己是不需要帮助的，但是在她需要帮助的时候男人仍然帮 助了她，也就是说他不“相信”她不需要帮助，故答案选D，意为“相信”。‎ ‎【2011湖南永州】‎ Books are our greatest friends. They 31 us stories of every country in the world. They give us all kinds of 32 .‎ Life is short. One can not know and see 33 in the world. 34 - the help of books, one is able to know what happened thousands of years ago and 35 is happening in every part of the world now. Books give us not only knowledge 36 ‎ ‎ pleasure. Reading good books is the best way of_ 37 our free time. And many beautiful stories for children are 38 and full of wisdom(智慧).‎ All the great men 39 books. Knowledge from books helps them to succeed, because books are the source(源泉)of knowledge and knowledge is the source of 40 .‎ ‎31. A. say B. talk C. Tell ‎32. A. knowledge B. food C. exercise ‎33. A. nothing B. everything C. something ‎34. A. With B. Under C. At ‎35. A. how B. when C. what ‎36. A. and B. but also C. as well as ‎37. A. spending B. taking C. costing ‎38. A. interest B. interested C. interesting ‎39. A. love B. hate C. dislike ‎40. A. friendship B. success C. Failure ‎【主旨大意】书是我们的朋友，能告诉我们各种各样的知识，书是知识的源泉，知识是成功的源泉。‎ ‎31.C “tell”是告诉的意思，而“say”是说，“talk”是讲话，故选C。‎ ‎32. A 根据上下文，书给予我们多种类的知识， 故选A。‎ ‎33. B “一不能了解和看到在世界的任何事情”，故选B。‎ ‎34. A “with the help of”在…帮助下，是固定搭配。‎ ‎35. C 根据句意应该是“现在在世界每个地方正在发生什么。”故选C。‎ ‎36. B “not only … but also”不仅…而且，是固定搭配。‎ ‎37. A “读好书是度过空闲时间的最好的方式”，故选A。‎ ‎38. C interesting修饰的是物，而interested修饰的人，故选 C。‎ ‎39. A 根据下文“书上的知识帮助他们成功，因为书是知识的源泉，并且知识是成功的源泉。”，所以“很多人都喜欢书”，故选A。‎ ‎40. B 同39题。 ‎ ‎【2011湖南长沙】第二节 完形填空 ‎ 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，计10分）‎ ‎ A mother planted many kinds of vegetables in her garden. One day, she said to her 31________, “Betty, come here. Look at all these little yellow marks on the 32________ of the cabbages. They are eggs of a kind of insect(虫子). They are very beautiful but very bad for cabbages. This afternoon you must 33________ all the eggs on the leaves and kill them. In this way, you will help us have 34________, greener and bigger cabbages.” ‎ ‎ Betty didn’t think she could do it 35________ and in the end she forgot all about it. The mother fell ill for a few days and 36________ work in her garden. When she was well, she took Betty with her to the garden to see the cabbages. To 37________ surprise, the insects had eaten every leaf. When Betty saw this, she began to 38________. Then her mother said to her, “We should never put off what we have to do today till 39________. And you must learn to deal with the bad things while they are small, 40________ it will turn into a big problem. ‎ ‎31. A son B. mother C daughter ‎ ‎32. A tress B. leaves C. grass ‎ ‎33. A find B. eat C. fly ‎ ‎34. A worse B better C thinner ‎ ‎35. A at most B at last C at once ‎ ‎36. A must B couldn’t C need ‎ ‎37. A my B their C his ‎ ‎38. A cry B wait C run ‎39. A yesterday B today C tomorrow ‎ ‎40. A. but B. or C. and ‎【主旨大意】本文叙述了一位母亲让她的女儿消灭菜园里害虫，但是这个女孩却忘记了，结构害虫把菜叶都吃光了。这位母亲便教育她的女儿，今天事情不能推到明天，小问题不早处理，将来会成为大麻烦的。‎ ‎31 C‎ 通过mother和Betty可以推测二者是母女关系，故答案为C。‎ ‎32 B 通过下文中的“all the eggs on the leaves”可知这些虫卵在叶子上。‎ ‎33 A‎ 根据下文中的kill them，可知应该是先发现它们，再杀死，故答案为A。‎ ‎34 B 根据句意“通过这种方法，你就能帮助我们拥有更好、更绿、更大的蔬菜。”可知答案为B。‎ ‎35 C‎ 从句意理解可知她并没有立刻去做这件事，而后来把这件事给忘记了。‎ ‎36 B 从前面句子可以推知，母亲病了，没能到她的花园里干活，故答案为B。‎ ‎37 B 固定短语to one’s surprise“使某人惊讶的是”。‎ ‎38 A‎ 有短文可知，Betty看到自己犯错误的这种情况，是哭了，而不是等待或逃跑。故答案为A。‎ ‎39 C‎ 句意：我们永远不要把今天该做的事情推到明天。故答案为C。‎ ‎40 B 句意：在它们还是小事时，你必须学会出来好这些不利的东西，否则它们会成为大麻烦的。or在此句中翻译为“否则”。‎ ‎【2011湖北·武汉】   三、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎    阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。‎ I didn’t cry when I learned I was the parent of a disabled child. I just sat still and didn’t say anything.    ‎ When Jenny was old enough, I sent her to a kindergarten（幼儿园）. On the first morning, Jenny spent hours playing by herself. It seemed that she felt very(41).    ‎ However, to my joy, Jenny’s classmates always (42) her, “You got all your spelling words right today!” In fact, her spelling list was the (43). Later, she faced a very painful (44) —— at the end of the term, there was a game which had (45) to do with physical education. But Jenny was (46) in it.    ‎ My husband and I were anxious about the day. I wanted to let my child stay home! But my heart wouldn’t let me off that easily. So I (47) a pale, unwilling Jenny onto the school bus.    ‎ At the kindergarten, I was quite worried because of her (48) action, Jenny would probably hold up her team. The game went well until it was time for the sack（麻袋）race. Surely Jenny would find it (49). Now each child had to climb into a sack, jump to the finishing line, return and climb out of the sack. I noticed Jenny ‎ standing near the end of her line of players.    ‎ But as it was her turn to join, a change took place in her (50). The tallest boy behind Jenny placed his hands on her waist（腰）. Two other boys (51) in front of her. The moment the player before Jenny stepped out from the sack, the two boys (52) the sack suddenly and kept it open while the tall boy lifted Jenny and (53) her into it. A girl nearby took her hand and supported her (54) Jenny got her balance. Then she jumped forward, smiling and proud. In the cheers of the teachers, schoolmates and parents, I silently thanked the warm, understanding people in life who made it  (55) for my disabled daughter to be like her fellow human beings. Then I finally cried.‎ ‎    41. A. excited B. lonely C. happy D. weak ‎    42. A. greeted B. expected C. encouraged D. followed ‎    43. A. easiest B. longest C. smallest D. tidiest ‎    44. A. choice B. problem C. result D. exam ‎    45. A. nothing B. anything C. everything D. something ‎    46. A. forward B. fast C. behind D. up ‎    47. A. threw B. pushed C. knocked D. fixed ‎    48. A. slow B. quiet C. quick D. secret ‎    49. A. stupid B. simple C. relaxing D. difficult ‎    50. A. school B. family C. team D. heart ‎    51. A. ran B. lay C. walked D. stood ‎    52. A. picked up B. gave up C. cut up      D. made up ‎    53. A. drove B. hid C. put D. hit ‎    54. A. when B. until C. after D. unless ‎    55. A. popular B. special C. necessary D. possible ‎【主旨大意】   本文作者讲述了她的女儿Jenny读幼儿园时，在她的朋友帮助下，摆脱了自卑心理，像别人的人一样快乐生活的故事。说明了我们只要相互理解、帮助，世界就会更美好。‎ ‎41. B 由前面Jenny是一位残疾孩子和Jenny spent hours playing by herself可知，她感到非常孤独。‎ ‎42. C 由to my joy和Jenny的同学对她所说的话，她的同学总是在鼓励她。‎ ‎43. A 由前一句和In fact可知，Jenny的拼写列表是最简单的。‎ ‎44. B Jenny是一位残疾小孩，所以对于体育测试，这是她要面临的痛苦的问题。‎ ‎45. D have something to do with与……有关。‎ ‎46. C Jenny是一位残疾小孩，与体育有关的事，就会令她落在后面。‎ ‎47. B 由后一句可知，作者是被迫这样做的。‎ ‎48. A 由前面可知，“我”着急的是因为她的动作迟缓。‎ ‎49. D 麻袋比赛对于Jenny来说，她会发现它很难做。‎ ‎50. C 由后面可知，这个改变发生在她所在的队里。‎ ‎51. D 由前后同学们帮助Jenny可知，这两位同学是站在她前面。‎ ‎52. A 这两位男孩是突然把麻袋拿起来。pick up拿起，捡起。‎ ‎53. C 由前后可知，两个男孩把麻袋的口向上打开，高个子的男孩把她举起并放进麻袋，另一位女孩扶着她的手，让她保持平衡。‎ ‎54. B 由上面解析可知，这个女孩扶着她的手，直到她平衡为止。‎ ‎55. D 这句陈述了作者感谢帮助她女儿的原因，是因为他们使她女儿跟别的孩子一样生活。‎ ‎【2011•四川成都】六、完型填空。通读下面两篇短文，根据短文内容，从A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的正确答案。（共15小题，每小题1分；计15分）‎ A.‎ Be sure to come to the City Gallery! Amy Kim is one of the best-known Chinese ‎51 in the world today, and some of her most famous 52 are on display in this exhibition. She has something for 53 . There are many great photos of people 54 . Because people at work are the most 55 . There are also photos of the countryside and city views. This is a great show from a world-class photographer. Whatever you do, don't miss this exhibition.‎ ‎51. A. writers B. painters C. photographers ‎52. A. photos B. books C. paintings ‎53. A. no one B. someone C. everyone ‎54. A. working B. exercising C. relaxing ‎55. A. common B. beautiful C. boring ‎【主旨大意】‎ 艾米 金是当今世界最著名的中国摄影师之一，她的最著名的一些照片在展出，有人在工作的照片，也有乡村和城市风景的照片，这是一个来自世界级摄影师的伟大展览，无论你做什么都不要错过它。‎ ‎51.C 由下文中的photos可知是摄影师。 ‎ ‎52.A 由上文可知，是最著名的照片。‎ ‎53.C 由下文中的举例和文章的意思可知，应是“有每个人想要的东西”。‎ ‎54.A由下文“工作中的人们……。”可知是在工作。‎ ‎55.B 根据句意可知，应是“工作中的人们最美”。‎ B Who taught you to walk when you were little? Who worries the most when you are 56 ? Who makes you dinner? It's your 57 . No matter what happens, she'll 58 the love for you.‎ Do you know how did 59 Day come into being(产生) ? It began in the US in 1907 when an 60 girl named Anna Jarvis started a campaign to honor(给......以荣誉) mothers. She believed that mothers could 61 people to get over the 62 of the War and to strengthen (加长) the relationship inside families.‎ On Mother's day, children usually help their mothers do 63 . In western countries, bringing mothers ‎64 in bed is common. A mother will get up late while her children make her favorite breakfast. Children also make their own Mother's Day card ‎65 a thank-you note. Or they buy gifts and flowers for their mothers.‎ ‎56. A. lazy B. ill C. sleepy ‎57. A. father B. mother C. sister ‎58. A. continue B. stop C. start ‎59. A. Children's B. Women's C. Mother's ‎60. A. Asian B. Australian C. American ‎61. A. help B. ask C. order ‎62. A. worry B. pain C. memory ‎63. A. homework B. housework C. hair ‎64. A. flowers B. clothes C. breakfast ‎65. A. with B. for C. from ‎【主旨大意】文章讲述了母亲节的由来和西方国家母亲节的一些习俗。‎ 你知道母亲节的产生吗？‎ ‎56. B 根据文章的意思，应是“当你病了时谁最担心”，故选B。‎ ‎57. B根据文章的意思，应是“那是你的妈妈”。‎ ‎58. A 根据前面的意思，应是“无论发生什么，她都会继续她的爱。”‎ ‎59. C根据文章的意思，讲述的是有关母亲节的事情，故选C。‎ ‎60.C 由“它发生在1907年在美国”可知，应是一个美国女孩。‎ ‎61.A 由句子的意思可知应是“妈妈能帮助人们……”。‎ ‎62.B由句子的意思可知应是“克服战争的伤痛”。‎ ‎63.B 根据日常生活常识和下文可知应是“帮妈妈干家务活”。‎ ‎64.C 由下文可知应是“带给妈妈早饭”。‎ ‎65.A 考查介词的用法，with表示“附带，带着”。‎ ‎【泸州市2011】完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 通读下面的短文，然后从后面各题所给A、B、C、D四个选项中选择可以填入空白处得最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ My friend Mr. Smith is a famous doctor and has a hospital. So he has enough money to __11__ all over the world. And he’s been to a lot places of interest. He likes to __12__ children and has a lot of little __13__. They often ask him to tell them all kinds of funny things he __14__. It makes them happy and his room is always full __15__ children when he’s free. ‎ It was my little son’s seventh birthday yesterday. The boy wanted to __16__ his old friend Mr. Smith to the party. He __17__ Mr. Smith himself and told him about it. the doctor accepted his __18__ happily. At half past seven the boy was waiting for his coming at the gate. __19__he saw his car, he ran towards him. Mr. Smith __20__ on time, with a nice present in his hand. After dinner the children sat around the traveler and asked him to __21__ them some funny stories. Mr. Smith agreed and his ‎ stories made them __22__ again and again. At last th told them the funniest story. He said, “ Once I reached a city __23__a foggy day. The fog was the thickest in the world …”‎ Please wait a__24__, Mr. Smith,” said my son, “ It’s said the fog in London is the thickest in the world.”‎ ‎“You’re __25__, my clever boy.” Said the funny doctor. “ The city had much fog that day …” “ What’s it, the?” the boy couldn’t wait to ask again. ‎ ‎“ The fog was so thick that I couldn’t see it at all,” the funny doctor said with a smile. ‎ 1. A. work B. fight C. live D. travel ‎ 2. A. wait for B. look over C. play with D. look after ‎ 3. A. friends B. brothers C. workers D. classmates ‎ 4. A. read B. wrote C. thought D. saw. ‎ 5. A. with B. for C. of D. by ‎ 6. A. send B. ask C. carry D. get ‎ 7. A. knew B. caught C. taught D. called ‎ 8. A. invitation B. things C. car D. money ‎ 9. A. Before B. As soon as C. Until D. Since ‎ 10. A. came B. answered C. said D. played ‎ 11. A. speak B. say C. tell D. talk ‎ 12. A. think B. laugh C. cry D. fear ‎ 13. A. with B. in C. at D. on ‎ 14. A. moment B. day C. week D. year ‎ 15. A. sorry B. sad C. wrong D. right ‎ ‎【主旨大意】 文章讲述了史密斯先生很喜欢孩子，有很多小朋友也很喜欢他。我儿子要请他参加他的生日聚会，在聚会上他给孩子们讲了许多他见到的有趣的故事，最可笑的故事是他讲在浓雾的伦敦，什么都没看到。‎ ‎11. D 根据下文“去过很多的名胜”可知是旅游。‎ ‎12. C 根据句意“和孩子们玩”，考查固定短语play with.‎ ‎13. A 根据上文和孩子们玩，所以应该是小朋友。‎ ‎14. D 根据上文文意应是“旅游时见过的一些有趣的事”，故选D.‎ ‎15. C 考查固定短语的用法 “be full of”装满。‎ ‎16. B 根据句意应是“邀请史密斯来参加生日聚会”，故选B。‎ ‎17. D 根据句意是“他自己打电话告诉他”，call sb “给某人打电话”.‎ ‎18. A 根据上文可知是接受了“邀请“，故选A。‎ ‎19. B 考查连词，根据句意“一看到车就跑了过去”，as soon as 一……就……。‎ ‎20. A 根据文意“史密斯先生来的很准时 ”，故选A。‎ ‎21. C 考查固定短语用法tell the story“讲故事”，故选C。‎ ‎22. B 根据上文提到的史密斯先生经常讲有趣的故事，所以让孩子们一次次的笑，故选B。‎ ‎23. D 具体到一天用介词on。‎ ‎24. A 考查固定短语wait a moment“等一会”。‎ ‎25. D 根据上文可知孩子说的是对的，所以史密斯先生肯定孩子说的是对的，故选D。‎ ‎【2011四川绵阳】第二节：完形填空（共15小题.每小题2分，满分30分〉‎ 阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的(A、B、C、D) 四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Mr. White was holding a party at home to celebrate his sixtieth birthday. To make him happy, one of his women friends __21__ to sing a song for him. Now she was singing. One guest turned to a __22__ by his side and criticized the singer.‎ ‎“What a __23__ voice!" he said. "Do you know __24__ she is?"‎ ‎“Yes," was the answer, " She is my wife. "‎ ‎“Oh, I beg your pardon,” the man said. "Of course her voice isn't bad, __25__ the song is very bad. I wondered who wrote that awful song?” ‎ ‎“I did," was the answer.‎ ‎21. A. dreamed B. decided C. forgot D. remembered ‎22. A. woman B. girl C. man D. boy ‎23. A. terrible B. beautiful C. exciting D. sweet ‎24. A. what B. who C. where D. which ‎25. A. and B. or C. so D. but ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述了在家庆祝他的八十岁生日。一位女士朋友为了让他高兴为他唱了首歌。期中一位客人认为她唱得很糟糕，便询问一位男士，而碰巧了这位男士正好是唱歌女士的丈夫。‎ 21. B 根据后面的句子“Now she was singing.她正在唱歌。”可推断这位女士朋友决定给他唱首歌，故选B。‎ ‎22. C 根据后面的句子“Yes, was the answer, she is my wife..是的，回答说 她是我的妻子。”可推断是一位男士（man），故选C。‎ ‎23. A 根据第一段的最后的句子“criticized the singer, 批评这位歌手”可推断这位客人认为女士朋友的歌唱得很糟糕（terrible），故选A。‎ ‎24. B 根据后面的句子“she is my wife.她是我的妻子。”可推断那位客人在询问“你认识她是谁吗？”，故选B。‎ ‎25. D 根据前面的句子“of course her voice isn't bad, 当然她的嗓音不错。”及后面的句子“I wondered who wrote that awful song. 我想知道谁写侧那首难听的歌”，可推断前后两句是转折关系，故选D。‎ B Once, the famous scientist Einstein travelled to many places in America to give lectures. He travelled in a __26__, and soon made friends with his driver.‎ Each time Einstein gave the lecture, his driver __27__ sat in the front row and listened to him very carefully. The __28__ lecture was given so many times that the driver learned it well enough to give it himself.‎ One day, when Einstein was __29__ about it, he asked the driver to give the lecture for him in a small town.‎ That evening, both Einstein and the driver went into the lecture room. __30__ there had seen Einstein before. When the driver took his place, everybody applauded (鼓掌). Then he began the lecture. __31__ it was over, the people warmly applauded. The driver turned to look at Einstein. Einstein nodded with a smile on his face.‎ When they began to leave the lecture room, a man __32 __ them and asked the driver a very ‎__33__ question. The c river listened carefully, then he __34__ and said the question ‎ was interesting but really quite easy. To show how easy it is. I'll ask my __35__ to answer it," said the driver.‎ ‎26. A. bus B. train C. plane D. car ‎27. A. always B. never C. sometimes D. hardly ‎28. A. different B. same C. uncomfortable D strange ‎ ‎29. A. spoken B. told C. said D shouted ‎ ‎30. A. Somebody B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Anybody ‎ ‎31. A. If B. Although C. However D. When ‎ ‎32. A. carried B. believed C. stopped D. pleased ‎ ‎33. A. difficult B. easy C. relaxing D. perfect ‎ ‎34. A. smiled B. cried C. refused D. jumped ‎35. A. student B. driver C. teacher D. uncle ‎【主旨大意】本文主要讲述爱因斯坦经常做演讲，他的司机总是坐在前排认真听，所以他也可以自己做演讲了。有一次爱因斯坦让他的司机替他做演讲，演讲非常成功。但最后一位男士问了一个很难的问题，司机急中生智，让他的“司机”来替他回答这个“很容易”的问题。‎ ‎26.D 做小汽车用“in a car”；做公共汽车、火车、飞机用“on a bus/train/plane”；由介词“in”可知“in a car”，故选D。‎ ‎27.A 由“listened to him very carefully”可推断司机应该“总做在前排”，故选A。‎ ‎28. B，根据“the driver learned it well enough to give it himself”可推断“演讲是同一个”，故选B。‎ ‎29. B 根据后面的句子“she is my wife.她是我的妻子。”可推断那位客人在询问“你认识她是谁吗？”，故选B。‎ ‎30. C 根据句子“he asked the driver to give the lecture for him in a small town”可推断“爱因斯坦备被告之做一次演讲”，故选C。‎ ‎31. D 根据前后句子可推断“当演讲结束的时候，人们热情地鼓掌”，故选D。‎ ‎32. C 由“asked the driver a question”可推断“当他们准备离开演讲室时，一位男士叫住了他们”，故选C。‎ ‎33. A ，由“to show how easy it is, I'll ask my ___ to answer it.”可知“司机不会回答这个问题”，从而可以推断“这是一个很难的问题”，故选A。‎ ‎34. A smile ‎ 意思是“微笑”；fry意思是“哭”；refuse意思是“拒绝”；jump意思是“跳”。根据句子“the question was interesting but really quite easy”可知司机应该是“微笑”的，故选A。‎ ‎35. B 对文章有了大概的了解可知“这次演讲是由爱因斯坦的司机做的，而司机遇到了难题，他便会急中生智让他的"司机"爱因斯坦替他来回答”，故选B。‎ ‎【2011浙江绍兴】三、完形填空（本题有15个小题，每小题1分，共计15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案 It all started at the beginning of the ninth grade. Carmen found she couldn't see things ___26___ all the time. She became very worried, but she hoped 27 would know that. When her mother asked her to see the eye doctor, she didn't 28 . But her mother's mind was made up.‎ Three days later. Carmen got new glasses and instructions 29 . her doctor. "All of the kids will think I'm silly. " Carmen said. Her mother 30 and shook her head. "You look just as beautiful as before, she said. But Carmen didn't believe her.‎ The next day. Carmen kept the ‎31 in her pocket(口袋))as she walked into the schoolyard. She stood alone away from her friends, feeling 32 ‎ Suddenly, she heard her friend Theresa shout.‎ Carmen ran over to the other girls. "What's the 33 ?" she asked.‎ ‎"My ring is gone!" Theresa cried. "My sister sent it to me from California. It's very _34__ and I can 't lose it. "‎ Carmen and her friends began to 35 the ring in the grassy area of the playground. Carmen realized that she could do better _36_ she could see better. She took the glasses out and put them on. Everything looked so _37_ ! So clear! She looked down at the ground and a bright light caught her 38 . It was the ring.‎ ‎"Here it is," she shouted. She handed it to Theresa.‎ ‎"Thanks, Carmen," she said. "I _39_ thought we'd find it." She paused(停顿). “Hey, 1 didn’t know you wore glasses. They look great!"‎ ‎ Carmen had 40 that she was wearing the new glasses. “Thanks,” she replied.‎ ‎"Maybe wearing glasses won't be so bad after all." Carmen thought. ‎ ‎26. a. clearly B. carefully C. freely D. quickly ‎27. a. everybody B. anybody C. somebody D. nobody ‎28. a. explain B. care C. agree D. understand ‎ ‎29. a. by B. from C. like D. to ‎30. a. relaxed B. cheered C. smiled D. jumped ‎31. A. ring B. keys C. book D. glasses ‎32. A. tired B. unhappy C. afraid D. serious ‎33. A. matter B. reason C. question D. secret ‎34. A. special B. common C. cheap D. heavy ‎35 A‎. ask for B. wait for C. look for D. pay for ‎36 A‎. though B. if C. because D. as ‎37. A. natural B. new C. dirty D. different ‎38. A. ears B. feet C. eyes D. hands ‎39 A‎. still B. ever C. never D. often ‎40 A‎. heard B. forgotten C. found D. imagined ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了卡门起初由于眼睛看不清楚东西，害怕戴眼镜。但直到有一天，在帮助朋友找到戒指后，发现戴着眼镜并不是件很难看的事情。‎ ‎26.A 由下文“Carmen got new glasses”可知，她一直看不清东西。‎ ‎27.D 她不想戴眼镜的原因是她不想让别人知道她眼近视，所以她希望没有人知道这件事情。‎ ‎28.C 因她不希望别人知道她眼近视，所以当妈妈带她去看眼医时，她没有“同意”。‎ ‎29.B 句意：她从医生那里获得了新眼镜和说明书。get...from... 从……获得……‎ ‎30.C 句意：她妈妈笑了笑并摇摇头。‎ ‎31. D由上文“Carmen got new glasses”和下文“She took the glasses out and put them on.”可推知，卡门把眼镜放在口袋里。‎ ‎32.B 由上下文可知，她害怕戴眼镜，所以她“不高兴地”。‎ ‎33.A 由答语“My ring is gone!”可知答案，What's the matter?意为“什么事？”‎ ‎34.A 由下文“I can't lose it.”可知，这个戒指非常是“特别的”。‎ ‎35.C 戒指丢了，她们在“寻找”。‎ ‎36.B 句意：卡门意识到，如果能看得较清楚的话，她会做得更好。‎ ‎37.D 由于卡门眼近视，戴上眼镜与不戴眼镜当然是“不同的”。‎ ‎38.C 依据“She looked down at the ground”可知是“眼睛”。‎ ‎39.C句意：特里萨原以为从来不会找到。‎ ‎40.B 句意：卡门已经忘记了他还戴着新眼镜。‎ ‎【2012天津】三、完形填空（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ People all over the world celebrate the new year. However, not all countries celebrate in the same way, and in some countries, the new year doesn’t begin on the 46 date very year.‎ In many countries, the new year begins on 1st January, but people start celebrating on 31st December, New Year’s Eve. In New York many people go to celebrate in Times Square. 47 they’re waiting for the New Year, they listen to music, sing traditional songs and have fun. Just before 12 o’clock, everyone 48 down from 10: 10, 9, 8… As soon as it’s 12 o’clock, everyone shouts very 49 , “Happy New Year!”‎ New Year’s Day is often a family day. Some families get together for a special meal. When the weather is fine, many families go out for a 50 .‎ On New Year’s Day, many people make resolutions for the new year. They 51 a list of things, such as “I will help out more with housework. I will work 52 at school than others.” or “I won’t spend so much time playing video games.” When they have made 53 list, they read it to their family or friends and promise ‎ to 54 their resolutions.‎ So it doesn’t matter how they celebrate, 55 people in countries all over the world, it’s a time to say goodbye to the old year, and to welcome the new.‎ ‎46. A. familiar B. same C. important D. normal ‎47. A. If B. Even though C. While D. Before ‎48. A. comes B. turn C. looks D. counts ‎49. A. loudly B. quietly C. sadly D. safely ‎50. A. walk B. secret C. job D. treatment ‎51. A. put on B. write down C. take away D. look after ‎52. A. quickly B. hard C. harder D. hardly ‎53. A. its B. his C. her D. their ‎54. A. follow B. make C. do D. give ‎55. A. by B. for C. with D. from ‎【答案】46. B解析：根据句意“新年不是在每年的同一天开始”。‎ ‎47. C解析：while引导时间状语从句。‎ ‎48. D解析：根据句意“大家倒数数”。‎ ‎49. A解析：根据句意“大家都大声喊”。‎ ‎50. A解析：固定词组go out for a walk“外出散步”。‎ ‎51. B解析：根据句意“他们写下一系列的事情”。‎ ‎52. C解析：根据其后的than用比较级。‎ ‎53. D解析：根据句子主语they 知用它的物主代词。‎ ‎54. A解析：根据句意“坚持执行计划”。‎ ‎55.B解析：介词for“对于---来说”。‎ ‎【2012济宁】第二节、通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ Many parents want their children to be famous one day. But do children have the same___26___?‎ A new__27____—Hi, Ke'ai is on at Beijing Children's Art Theatre. It tells the story of a boy called Ke'ai. His parents would like him to become a painter or a ‎ __28_____ one day. They teach him to ___29___and to play the violin, but Ke'ai doesn't enjoy these activities. Then one day Ke'ai's parents see Liu Xiang win a gold___30___ at the Athens Olympic Games, and they want him to be a sportsman.‎ ‎ "___31___do they want me to be someone else?" Ke'ai asks and says, "I only want to be____32______."‎ ‎ The play shows us that it is good for parents to learn to _____33_____their children. It helps parents to think about what kids want to do.‎ Young audiences(观众)enjoy the story, and also the___34___in the play. There are two songs in the play. One of them, "Ke'ai's Song" is very ___35 _____to learn, so the audiences can sing the song on their way home after the play!‎ ‎26.A.jobs B.dreams C.habits D.hobbies ‎ ‎27.A.song B.film C.play D.opera ‎28.A.writer B.teacher C.sportsman D.musician ‎29.A.paint B.write C.run D.drive ‎ ‎30.A.match B.ring C.medal D.race ‎31.A.How B.Why C.When D.Where ‎32.A.myself B.different C.alone D.great ‎33.A.encourage B.understand C.criticize D.inspire ‎34.A.light B.clothes C.skill D.music ‎ ‎35.A.easy B.difficult C.important D.necessary ‎【答案】【主旨大意】本文是一篇夹叙夹议文。主要通过一个话剧告诉我们一个道理：父母亲应该学会理解孩子，这有助于父母考虑孩子想要做什么。‎ ‎26. B【解析】根据第一句话，许多的父母亲都希望他们的孩子在将来会出名。可推知句意：可是孩子们会有同样的梦想吗？dreams “梦想”。‎ ‎27. C【解析】文章后面提到了这是一部 话剧。 play “话剧”。‎ ‎28. D【解析】根据下文的play the violin 可知，父母亲想要他成为一名音乐家。‎ ‎29. A【解析】根据上文的painter 可知，父母教给儿子画画。 ‎ ‎30. C【解析】此处指的是刘翔在雅典的奥运会上获取金牌。A gold medal “一枚金牌”。‎ ‎31. B【解析】为什么他们让我成为其他的人呢？ why “为什么”。‎ ‎32. A【解析】我只是想要做我自己。myself “我自己”，与上文的 someone else ‎ 构成对比。‎ ‎33. B【解析】根据下文的：这有助于父母考虑孩子想要做什么，可推知句意：这个话剧表明了对父母亲而言学会理解孩子是很好的。understand “懂得；理解”。‎ ‎34. D【解析】根据下文的“songs。”可以判断句意：观众喜欢这个话剧的故事情节与里面的音乐。‎ ‎35. A【解析】下句话提到了：观众在看完话剧之后的回家的路上能够唱话剧里面的歌曲，可推知，这首歌很容易学会。easy “容易的”。‎ ‎【难句点拨】‎ The play shows that it is good for parents to learn to understand their children. It helps parents to think about what kind want to do.‎ 句意为：这个话剧表明了对父母亲而言学会理解孩子是很好的。这有助于父母考虑孩子想要做什么。句中that是连词，引导后面的句子作动词show的宾语从句。It is+形容词+for sb to do sth, 是一个固定句式，it是形式主语，to do sth做真正的主语。在第二个句子中，help sb (to) do sth “帮助某人做某事”，是固定搭配；what kind want to do 是宾语从句。作动词短语think about的宾语。‎ ‎【2012上海】Choose the words or expressions and complete the passage（选择最恰当的单词或词语完成短文):（12分）‎ ‎ Tiffany, a 16-year-old girl, was very, shy. Last September, her best friend, Sophie, moved ‎ abroad with her family because she had to continue her studies in America. She even said she ‎ would not come back for at least a few years. Tiffany became 80 and helpless. "I was ‎ really sad the moment I heard the bad news and I didn't know what to do," Tiffany recalled (回忆). "I 81 myself in my room for a whole week. It was then that my aunt took me to a sports club one Saturday and I saw' so many young people playing various sports there. I signed up for a beginners' course in volleyball and since then I have been playing this ‎ sport. Now I practise twice a week there. It is wonderful playing sports in this club and I have made lots of ‎ 82 as well. What's more, I feel I am much healthier than before."‎ ‎ The most basic aim of playing sports is that you can improve your health even if you are not very good at sports. 83 , you can get to know a circle of people at your age while playing sports. Tiffany used to be a very quiet girl. Since she joined the sports club, she has opened up herself and now she has become very 84 and enjoys meeting and talking with others.‎ ‎ For most people, that is one of the attractions of joining a sports club. You can get to know other young people who have similar interests. You don't have to sit down and talk to strangers.‎ You go in for sports and it is easier to understand your partners on the same team. Now Tiffany is quite 85 her friends and she has also gained more confidence.‎ ‎ Try to do regular sports. The mind needs exercise as well as the body.‎ ‎80. A) angry B) lonely C) tired D) surprised ‎81. A) shut B) hurt . C) enjoyed D) helped ‎82. A) trouble B) mistakes C) money D) friends ‎83. A) So far B) In addition C) Once again D) After all ‎84. A) active B) strong C) lucky D) independent ‎85. A) generous to B) different from C) popular with D) disappointed in ‎【答案】B A D B A C ‎【2012无锡】二、完形填空 先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ A little boy came up to his mother in the kitchen one evening while she was cooking ‎ supper, and 15 her a piece of paper that he had written something on. After his mother 16 her hands, she read what on the paper.‎ For 17 the grass $5.00‎ For cleaning up my room this week $1.00‎ For going to the supermarket for you $1.00‎ For looking after my baby brother while you went shopping $1.00‎ For taking out the rubbish $1.00‎ For getting a good report card $5.00‎ For cleaning up the garden $2.00‎ Total: $16.00‎ Well, his mother looked at him for a while, and then she picked up a pen, turned 18 the paper he had written on, and this was what she wrote:‎ For the nine 19 I carried you while you were growing inside me, free.‎ For all the nights that I’ve sat up with you, fed you and sung songs for you , free.‎ For all the tears(眼泪) that you’ve 20 through the years, free.‎ When you add it up, the cost of my love is free.‎ For all the nights that were filled with 21 , free.‎ For the toys, food, clothes, and even cleaning your nose, free.‎ And when you add it all up, the 22 cost of real love is free.‎ When the little boy finished reading what his mother had written, there were tears in his eyes. He looked straight 23 at his mother and said, “Mom, I sure do love you.” And then he took the pen and in great big letters he wrote: ‎24 IN FULL.‎ ‎15.‎ A. passed B. posted C. offered D. borrowed ‎16.‎ A. waved B. clapped C. dried D. shook ‎17.‎ A. pushing B. cutting C. mopping D. picking ‎18.‎ A. back B. away C. over D. off ‎19.‎ A. days B. weeks C. months D. years ‎20.‎ A. enjoyed B. caused C. collected D. proved ‎21.‎ A. jokes ‎ B. wishes C. smiles D. worries ‎22.‎ A. full B. half C. high D. new ‎23.‎ A. out B. around C. down ‎ D. up ‎24.‎ A. PAID B. SOLD C. SPENT D. BOUGHT ‎【答案】15. A 16. C 17. B 18. C 19. C 20. B 21. D 22. A 23. D 24. A ‎【2012徐州】二、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 根据短文内容，从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Lisa has always been overweight. She wanted to lose weight, not just because she wanted to 16 more beautiful and he healthier, but also because it would make life easier. For example, it was 17 for Lisa to find ready-made clothes that would fit. She had to ask a tailor(裁缝) 18 clothes that were large enough. In school, she needed a special chair 19 was bigger and stronger than the other chairs. If she went for a walk, she got tired very quickly. She was also unhappy about the way people treated 20 sometimes. “People look at me and even make fun of me. That’s unfair! It’s true that I’m overweight, but I don’t think people 21 treat me differently because I’m big. I can’t enjoy 22 with my friends because I’m afraid of getting fatter.” Her friends and family never made fun of her. They tried to help her 23 . They wanted her to be happy and healthy. Sometimes when Lisa was feeling sad, she didn’t want to speak to 24 .‎ But now things 25 quite different. Last month her classmates were preparing for the School 26 Week. Someone advised Lisa to play the lead role of the proud Queen(女王) who was tall and fat. Lisa 27 and practiced a lot.‎ Soon after the play, Lisa became the star! She did 28 well that everybody ‎ remembered the proud Queen. They stood around her and said “ ‎29 ”‎ to her. She even won the School Best Actress Award for her wonderful performance.‎ Now Lisa doesn’t worry 30 being fat any more. She believes in the English saying “Every dog has its day.”‎ 16. A. see B. watch C. notice D. look 17. A. easy B. difficult C. wrong D. right 18. A. making B. makes C. make D. to make 19. A. who B. what C. which D. whose 20. A. her B. him C. me D. you 21. A. can B. may C. should D. must 22. A. having dinner B. to have dinner C. doing sports D. to do sports 23. A. however B. instead C. though D. either 24. A. nobody B. someone C. anyone D. everyone 25. A. was B. is C. were D. are 26. A. Sports B. Art C. Science D. Environment 27. A. agreed B. disagreed C. refused D. allowed 28. A. very B. too C. such D. so 29. A. Sorry B. Good luck Congratulations D. Good-bye 30. A. with B. about C. in D. for ‎【答案】16.D 17.B 18.D 19.C 20. A 21. C 22.A 23. B 24.C 25. D 26 B ‎27 A 28 D ‎29 C 30 B ‎ ‎【2012桂林】四、完形填空（每小题1分，共10分）‎ 请阅读下面短文，选择最佳答案，将其标号在答题卡上涂黑。‎ Nowadays more and more Chinese teenagers find life more difficult without their parents. They don’t know how to do 46 . Because their parents do almost everything for them at home. This is a big problem. ‎ Joy is 14 years old. One day her parents went away 47 business, so she had to stay at home alone. At first she thought she would be happy 48 her parents were not in. She could do everything 49 she liked. But it was six o’clock in ‎ the afternoon, she felt 50 . “Oh, it’s time to have supper. Where can I get my food?” she said to herself. Later she found some food in the fridge, but she 51 know how to cook. At that moment, she missed her 52 very much. At last she could only go to the supermarket and 53 some food to eat.‎ Many of teenagers are 54 as Joy. So I think they should learn some basic life skills, like cooking, tidying up their rooms or dressing themselves 55 . They shouldn’t depend too much on their parents.‎ ‎46. A. their homework B. some shopping C. business D. housework ‎47. A. in B. at C. on D. with ‎48. A. so B. because C. but D. until ‎49. A. that B. who C. where D. when ‎50. A. hungry B. full C. excited D. bored ‎51. A. couldn’t B. didn’t C. might not D. wouldn’t ‎52. A. cousin B. aunt C. brother D. parents ‎53. A. made B. bought C. gave D. saw ‎ ‎54. A. the same B. difficult C. different D. warm-hearted ‎55. A. actually B. carelessly C. properly D. slowly ‎【答案】46 ~ 50 DCBAA 51 ~ 55 BDBAC ‎【2012宿迁】二、完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C、D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Once there was a poor little girl living near a forest. She had no family and no one to love her. So she often 21 sad and lonely.‎ One day, when she was walking in the forest, she found that a small 22 was trapped unluckily in a bush. The butterfly tried to fly away 23 failed. The kind little girl saved the butterfly with great care. Instead of flying away, the ‎ butterfly turned ‎24 a beautiful fairy (仙女). The little girl was very 25 .‎ ‎“Thank you for 26 me. You are so kind. I will make any of your dreams come true.” said the fairy.‎ The little girl thought for a moment and then said, “I want to be 27 !”‎ The fairy said, “Very well. I will help you.” And she said something in the little girl’s ear. Then the fairy disappeared.‎ As the kind little girl grew up, she was 28 ready to help people in need and was popular among the villagers. No one in the village was as happy as she was. Everyone asked her the 29 of ther happiness. She always smiled and 30 , “The secret of my happiness is that I listened to a kind 31 when I was a little girl.”‎ When the kind girl became a very old woman and was dying, the neighbours in the 32 all gathered (聚拢) around her bed because they were 33 that her secret of happiness would die with her. They asked, “Please tell us what the kind fairy said.”‎ The lovely old woman still 34 and said, “She told me that everyone needed me, no matter how safe they seemed, no matter how rich or poor, no matter how old or 35 . She said that helping others would make me happy all my life.”‎ ‎21. A. thought B. found C. sounded D. felt ‎22. A. butterfly B. bird C. snake D. squirrel ‎23. A. so B. or C. but D. as ‎24. A. on B. up C. into D. down ‎25. A. surprised B. tired C. mad D. angry ‎26. A. catching B. beating C. killing D. saving ‎27. A. active B. happy C. energetic D. humorous ‎28. A. always B. never C. seldom D. hardly ‎29. A. success B. secret C. power D. lesson ‎30. A. asked B. hoped C. answered D. refused ‎31. A. witch B. fairy C. ghost D. princess ‎32. A. village B. town C. city D. world ‎33. A. excited B. pleased C. glad D. afraid ‎34. A. shouted B. cried C. smiled D. jumped ‎35. A. young B. great C. nice D. quiet ‎【答案】21—25 DACCA 26—30 DBABC 31—35 BADCA ‎【2012梅州】五、完形填空。（本题共10分，每小题1分） ‎ 阅读下面短文，然后根据短文内容，从各题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ A man walked into a restaurant. The restaurant advertised it had the 46 menu in the world. The manager was very proud of being able to provide any dish, no matter how 47 it was. ‎ At the bottom of the 48 , there was a notice that said, “If you do not see the dish you need on this menu, please tell us and we will add it to the menu right away.”‎ The man 49 the menu and decided to make sure if it was true. He would order 50 that was very unusual. ‎ When a waiter came up to take his order, he said, “You say you can serve any dish, even if it’s not on your longest menu in the world.” ‎ ‎“That is correct, sir. We are able to meet everyone’s requirements.”‎ ‎“Well,” the man said, “bring me a sandwich with two elephant ears. 51 , not African.” ‎ The waiter wrote down in his paper: Two Indian elephant ears on toast. ‎ ‎“Very good, sir,” he said. “That shouldn’t 52 long.”‎ The waiter walked away quickly. ‎ The man was very surprised and rather disappointed. ‎ Then he smiled 53 the waiter returned with a very unhappy look on his face. ‎ ‎“Ah!” the man said. “You can’t 54 it to me, can you?”‎ The waiter made an apology (道歉).‎ ‎“I’m very sorry, sir, and this is the 55 embarrassing,” he said, “but I’m afraid we can’t because we’ve run out of bread.”‎ ‎ 46. A. biggest B. thickest C. heaviest D. longest ‎47. A. unfair B. unusual C. beautiful D. important ‎ 48. A. menu B. dish C. restaurant D. table ‎49. A. looked for B. took out C. looked at D. picked up ‎ 50. A. anything B. nothing C. everything D. something ‎ 51. A. American B. Indian C. Canadian D. Australian ‎52. A. pay B. cost C. take D. spend ‎ 53. A. as B. and C. so D. though ‎54. A. catch B. take C. fetch D. bring ‎55. A. least B. most C. less D. more ‎【答案】46—50 .DBACD 51—55. BCADB ‎【2012咸宁】五、完形填空 （每小题1分，共15分）‎ Start Today ‎ "What can you do when you have done nothing but mess up your whole life long?" These were the words I heard when I 36 the TV the other day. They were coming from one of the talk shows 37 are so popular on TV these days. I started to turn the channel but the words I had 38 made me stop for a moment. I 39 the speaker of them. He couldn't have been more than 18 years old, but already he was writing off （认为……已失败） his life as a useless waste.‎ ‎ I wanted to shout at him:" You're not 40 yet!"‎ ‎ It is 41 sad that so many people cannot get beyond (摆脱) their pasts and live 42 the present. There are so many people like that talk show guest. There are people still in their teen years 43 that their lives are over. There are people in their twenties who already think they have 44 the boat to success and happiness. There are people in their thirties and forties who sit around complaining that life has passed them by. I want to shout to them all:" Wake up! You're still 45 ! What have you done today?" If you want a happy life, you can't dwell on(细想、纠缠于)your past 46 . If you want joy and love in your life, you have to choose them today. God gives us a new chance at life every ‎ ‎ time we wake up in the morning. It is up to us to seize it.‎ ‎ Today 47 be the beginning of a new life for each of us. We can choose joy right now. We can share love today. We can live in delight starting at this moment. It doesn't matter how hard our past has been. Our present can be full of joy and our future can be full of 48 . It doesn't matter if we are eight 49 eighty--we can still make our lives 50 . Life isn't over until your last heartbeat. Start today, then, to make your heart beat with joy, love, and light.‎ ‎36. A. turned down B. turned off C. turned on D. turned up ‎37. A. when B. that C. one D. what ‎38. A. heard B. found C. seen D. listened to ‎39. A. looked up B. looked after C. looked for D. looked at ‎40. A. death B. dead C. die D. died ‎41. A. so B. so a C. such D. such a ‎ ‎42. A. at B. with C. in D. to ‎43. A. think B. thinking C. thinks D. to think ‎44. A. taken B. caught C. missed D. lost ‎45. A. alive B. living C. lively D. lovely ‎46. A. mistake B. mistakes C. wrong D. ideas ‎47. A. must B. mustn't C. can't D. can ‎48. A. pain B. happiness C. sadness D. challenge ‎49. A. and B. to C. or D. between ‎50. A. wonder B. wondering C. wondered D. wonderful ‎【答案】36-40 CBADB 41-45 ACBCA 46-50 BDBCD ‎【2012日照】三、完形填空 (共10小题，计10分)‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。‎ Last July, my 12-year-old car died on California's Santa Freeway. It was an hour before sunset, and I was 25 miles from home. I couldn't reach anyone to pick me up, so I 36 to take a bus. Not knowing the routes(线路), I thought I'd just go ‎ east. A bus stopped. I got 37 and asked the driver how far she was going. “Ten more miles,” she said. There was 38 bus I could take from there. This clearly was going to be a long night. I got off at the end of the route and she told me which bus to look 39 . After waiting 30 minutes, I began to think about a very expensive taxi 40 home. Then a bus came up. There was no lighted number above its windshield (挡风玻璃). It was out of service, but the door opened. It was the same driver. “I just can't leave you here,” she said. “This isn't the nicest place. I will take you home.” “You will drive me home on the bus?” I asked in 41 . “No, I will take you in my car,” she said. “It's a long way.” “Come on,” she said. “I have nothing 42 to do.” She began telling me a story 43 we drove from the station in the car. A few days 44 , her brother had run out of gas (汽油). A kind man picked him up, took him to a service station and then back to his car. “I'm just passing the kindness along,” she said. When I offered her money as a thank-you, she refused. “Just do 45 nice for somebody. Pass it along,” she said. 36. A. agreed B. decided C. found D. used ‎37. A. away B. down C. on D. off ‎38. A. another B. same C. every D. each ‎39. A. at B. into C. after D. for ‎40. A. ride B. ticket C. guide D. driver ‎41. A. agreement B. surprise C. heart D. order ‎42. A. hardly B. probably C. else D. everywhere ‎43. A. so B. because C. before D. as ‎44. A. later B. earlier C. more D. missing ‎45. A. something B. everything C. anything D. nothing ‎【答案】36---40 BCADA 41---45 BCDBA ‎【2012乐山】第二节 完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下列短文，掌握其大意，然后从36～50各题所给的三个或四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A In the US, when your school doesn’t have a bus, and you live too far to walk, you need a carpool（拼车）.A carpool is a group of 36 sharing a car to school in the morning. There are 37 four or five kids in their cars. Parents take turns driving the kids in their cars.‎ Teamwork （协作）is really important in the carpool because nobody wants to make 38 late for class. If you sit in the car and wait for a classmate for a long time, you’ll probably get a little 39 . Also, your carpool friends might feel the 40 way when you keep them waiting.‎ You learn a great 41 in responsibility（责任）in the carpool before school ever starts.‎ ‎36. A. teachers B. drivers C. students ‎37.A. usually B. hardly C. already ‎38.A. another B. the other ‎ C. the others ‎39.A. angry B. worried C. tired ‎40.A. different B. wrong C. same ‎41.A. use B. lesson C. work B My parents took me to England when I was a boy. I lived there for 3 years. When I came back, I could speak English quite well. “I must do something 42 with my English.” I said to myself. Not long after that, I got a good 43 . Because of serious illness, I stayed home with nothing to do. My father brought me an English book. “Why don’t you 44 into Chinese? It could make you English much better.” I 45 to translate 1，500 words each day. But later I found it very 46 to keep the promise. One day, I wanted to go out because the weather was sunny.‎ ‎ But those 1，500 words hadn’t been translated yet. 47 wished I could just go outside and play football with my friends! I just wanted to 48 . I really couldn’t control(控制) myself. I rushed out of the door. 49 the way to the playground, I didn’t feel so happy that I could not enjoy myself. Suddenly I remembered the words my parents had told me, “Whatever you do, don’t stop halfway.” So I turned back and 50 with the translation.‎ ‎42.‎ A. useful B. funny C. hopeful D. serious ‎43.‎ A. excuse B. idea ‎ C. chance D. rest ‎44.‎ A. add B. make C. send D. translate ‎45.‎ A. failed B. promised C. refused D. advised ‎46.‎ A. possible B. right C. hard D. true ‎47.‎ A. What B. How C. When D. Why ‎48.‎ A. keep up B. give up C. look up D. make up ‎49.‎ A. In ‎ B. At C. On D. With ‎50.‎ A. continued B. prepared C. began D. played ‎【答案】36—40 CACAC 41—45 BACDB 46—50 CBBCA ‎【2012丹东】Ⅲ.完型填空 ‎（根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选择一个最佳答案，使短文完整、正确，并将符合题意的选项用2B铅笔涂在答题卡的相应位置上。每小题1分，共10分） ‎ ‎ Peter came from a poor family. His father died when he was five. His mother had no money to send him to school. His mother’s best friend, Mrs Smith, felt that the boy was 41 , and decided to give him some money so he 42 go to school. When the boy finished high school, he found a job in the city.‎ ‎ 43 soon Mrs Smith had a serious illness. As she was dying(即将死亡的)，she asked Peter ‎ to look after her daughter. A few years later, Peter married the girl. He loved her so much that he tried to make her 44 every day. He cooked lots of delicious food and bought all kinds of beautiful clothes for her. So she became very fat and found 45 hard to walk.‎ ‎ One day, she felt uncomfortable. She went to the hospital. The doctor 46 and told her not to eat meat, sugar, chocolate and things like that. She was afraid she might 47 the doctor’s words, so she wrote all the names of the foods on a piece of paper. When she got home, she put the 48 on the table and went out. When she returned home, she found all kinds of meat, sugar and chocolate in the kitchen. Peter was busy 49 . As soon as he saw her, he said 50 ,“I’ve bought all the foods you wanted, dear!”‎ ‎41. A. lazy B. clever C. funny D. interesting ‎42. A. would B. must C. had to D. could ‎43.A.Though B.So C. But D. Or ‎44. A. outgoing B. lovely C. active D. happy ‎45.A.it B.its C.that D. this ‎46. A. looked her up B. looked her over C. looked for her D. looked at her ‎ ‎47.A.forget B.catch C. remember D. follow ‎48. A. notice B. name C. words D. list ‎49. A. eating B. drinking C. cooking D. having ‎50. A. sadly B. excitedly C. anxiously D. angrily ‎【答案】III.完形填空 ‎41-45 BDCDA 46-50 BADCB ‎【2012山西】Ⅲ.完形填空（每小题1分，共l5分） ‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文。掌握其大意。然后从每小题所给的A、B、c三个选项中。选出一个最佳选项．并在答题卡上将该项涂黑．‎ ‎ When I was in primary school, I had a big arguement with a boy in my class. l can't 31 what it was about, but I have never forgotten the 32 I learned that day.‎ ‎ I was sure that I was right and he was wrong. 33 , he strongly believed that I was wrong and he was right. The teacher decided to teach us a lesson. She ‎34 a good idea. She brought both of us to the front of the class and placed him on one side of her grey desk and me on ‎35 In the middle of the desk was a large, round object. It was 36 for me to see that it was black. She asked the boy what color the object was. " 37," he answered in a loud voice.‎ ‎ I couldn't 38 that the object was whites considering that it was certainly black! One more arguement started between the boy and me, this time 39 the color of the object.‎ ‎ The teacher told me to go stand where the key was standing and told him to come stand where I had been. We changed 40 , and then she asked me what the color of the object was. I 41 answer, "White. " It was then that I knew what was wrong. It was an object with two 42 colored sides, and from .his side it was white. 43 from my side was it black.‎ ‎ My teacher taught 'me a very important 1.esson that day: You must " ‎44 in other person's position (位置) and look at the 45 through their eyes in order to truly understand their ideas.‎ ‎( B ) 31. A. understand B. remember C. explain ‎( C ) 32. A. class B. subject C. lesson ‎( C ) 33. A. Therefore B. Also C. However ‎( A ) 34. A. came up with B. went on with C. got along with ‎( C ) 35. A. another B. other C. the other ‎( B) 36. A. hard B. clear C. lucky ‎( B ) 37. A. Black B. White C. Grey ‎( C ) 38. A. realize B. describe C. believe ‎( C ) 39. A. like B. against C. about ‎( A ) 40. A. places B. objects C. opinions ‎( C ) 41. A. could B. should C. had to ‎( B ) 42. A. similarly B. differently C. brightly ‎( C ) 43. A, But B. Still C..Only ‎( B ) 44. A. appear B. stand C, hide ‎ ‎( A ) 45. A. situation B. discussion C. solution ‎【2012随州】第二节 完形填空（共10个小题；每小题1.5分，共15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各个小题后所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填人空白处的最佳选项。 ‎ Life is not easy, but I’d like to say "When anything happens, believe in yourself."‎ ‎ When I was young, I was 36 nervous that I couldn’t talk to anyone. My classmates often 37 me. I was sad but could do nothing. Later, something happened. It changed my life. It was an English speech contest. My mother asked me to take part in it. It meant I had to ‎38 in front of all the teachers and students in my school!‎ ‎ "Come on, dear. Believe in yourself. You are sure to 39 ." Then, mother and I talked about many different topics. At last I 40 the topic, "Believe in yourself". I tried my best to remember the whole speech and practised it over 100 times. 41 my mother's great love, I did well in the contest. I could 42 believe my ears when the news came that I had won the first prize. I heard the 43 from the teachers and students. Those who once looked down on (瞧不起) me, now all said "Congratulations!" to me. My mother hugged me and cried 44 .‎ ‎ Since then, everything has changed for me. When I do anything, I try to tell myself to have confidence. This can be 45 not only for a person but also for ‎ a country.‎ ‎( ) 36. A. so B. to C. very D. quite ‎( ) 37. A. worked on B. broke down C. fell off D. laughed at ‎( ) 38. A. write B. speak C. tell D. say ‎( ) 39. A. win B. lose C. beat D. pass ‎( ) 40. A. reached B. brought C. chose D. thought ‎( ) 41. A. At B. To C. As D. With ‎( ) 42. A. almost B. nearly C. ever D. hardly ‎( ) 43. A. cheer B. noise C. thank D. wish ‎( ) 44. A. angrily B. sadly C. quietly D. excitedly ‎( )45. A. real B. really C. true D. truly ‎【答案】36-40 ADBAC 41-45 DDADC ‎【2012兰州】三、完形填空 (共l0小题，每小题l分，满分l0分)‎ ‎ 阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎ ‎41 a river there was a very narrow (窄的) bridge. One day a goat was crossing this bridge, just at the middle of the bridge he met another goat. There was no room for them to pass.‎ ‎"Go back," said one goat to 42 . "There is no room for 43 of us."‎ ‎ "Why should I go back?" asked the other goat. "Why 44 you go back?"‎ ‎ "You must go back," said the first goat, "because I am 45 than you."‎ ‎ "You are not bigger than I." said the second goat.‎ ‎ "We will see about that." said the first goat, and he put down his bores (羊角) 46 .‎ ‎ "Stop!" said the second goat. "If we fight, we shall both 47 into the river and be drowned (淹死). 48 , I have a plan--1 shall lie down, and you may walk over me."‎ ‎ Then the wise goat 49 down on the bridge, and the other goat walked 50 over him. So they passed each other, and went on their ways.‎ ‎41. A. On B. In C. Over D. Under ‎42. A. other B. the other C. another D. the others ‎43. A. both B. all C. neither D. none ‎44. A. not B. don't C. are D. aren't ‎45. A. strong B. stronger C. thin D. thinner ‎46. A. fight B. fought C. fighting D. to fight ‎47. A. feel B. fall C. fell D. felt ‎48. A. Instead B. Though C. However D. Because ‎49. A. lie B. lied C. laid D. lay ‎50. A. light B. lighter C. lightly D. more lightly ‎【答案】41-45 CBABB 46-50 DBADC ‎【2012武汉】三、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从各题所给的A、 B、 C、D 四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。‎ One afternoon, I went to pick up my mother from work.I got there a little early, so I _______ (41) my car by a small park, and _______ (42) for her.‎ As I looked outside the car window, I saw a little boy, around two years old, running _______ (43) on the grass as his mother _______ (44) from a short distance. The boy had a big smile on his face as if he had just been ______ (45) free from some sort of prison .The boy would then fall to the grass , (46) up , without looking back at his mother , run as_______ (47) as he could ,again , still with a smile on his face ,as if nothing had happened .‎ At that moment, I thought to myself , “why aren’t most adults this way ?” Most adults, when they fall down, make a big deal out of it and don’t even _______ (48) a second attempt. They would be so _______ (49) that they would not try again if someone saw them fall .Or , because they fall , they would find a good _______ (50) for themselves that they’re not fit for it . They would end up too afraid to attempt again for fear of failure.‎ However, with kids, when they fall down, they don’t consider their falling down as a failure, instead, they treat it as a _______ (51) experience. They try again and again until they _______ (52) .The answer must be that they have not connected“falling down” with the word “failure”. As a _______ (53), they are not discouraged in any way .Besides, they _______ (54) think to themselves that it’s quite okay to fall down and that it’s not wrong to do so. In other words ,they allow themselves to make _______ (55), so they remain energetic.‎ I was deeply impressed by the boy’s persistence (坚持不懈) and the manner in which he did.‎ ‎41. A. left B. stopped C. repaired D. drove ‎42. A. waited B. cared C. prepared D. looked ‎43. A. carefully B. anxiously C. freely D. easily ‎44. A. watched B. noticed C. surveyed D. supported ‎45. A. cut B. kept C. found D. set ‎46. A. hold B. get C. end D. pick ‎47. A. well B. long C. fast D. soon ‎48. A. make B. provide C. practice D. discover ‎49. A. confused B. embarrassed C. exhausted D. surprised ‎50. A. cause B. sign C. chance D. excuse ‎51. A. learning B. running C. teaching D. falling ‎52. A. progress B. improve C. achieve D. succeed ‎53. A. decision B. result C. reason D. matter ‎54. A. hardly B. perfectly C. probably D. nearly ‎55. A. mistakes B. choices C. plans D. wishes ‎【答案】此题的选材注重选择与孩子们生活很接近的教育性故事，教会孩子如何面对失败。做题过程中要学会根据上下文来推测答案，有时在文中甚至可以找到原词，所以遇到不会的题目不必害怕，做好记号，沉着应对。‎ ‎41.B解析：stop my car“停住车”。‎ ‎42.A解析：固定词组wait for“等待”。‎ ‎43.C解析：根据下文可知“自由的在草上跑 ”。‎ ‎44.A解析：根据句意“妈妈在其身后看着他”。‎ ‎45.D解析：固定词组set free “释放”。‎ ‎46.B解析：固定词组get up“爬起来”。‎ ‎47.C解析：根据句意run fast“跑得快”。‎ ‎48.A解析：根据句意“再做一次尝试”。‎ ‎49.B解析：根据句意“感到尴尬”。‎ ‎50.D解析：根据句意“为自己找个借口”。‎ ‎51.A解析：根据句意“作为学习的经验”。‎ ‎52.D解析：根据句意“他们一遍一遍的尝试直到成功”。‎ ‎53.B解析：习惯词组as a result“作为一个结果”。‎ ‎54.C解析：根据句意“他们可能自己认为”。‎ ‎55.A解析：固定词组make a mistake“犯错误”。‎ ‎【2012佛山】第二节 完形填空(共 10 小题；每小题 1 分，满分 10 分)‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的 A, B, C 项中选出最佳选项，并在答题 卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Canadian woman and her teenage son got in the taxi and asked me to take them to Baiyun airport. They were going back to 36 .We had a nice conversation together and when they got out, they thanked me a lot.‎ When my 37 passenger got in, he gave me a purse and said he found it on the back 38 .I looked at the purse and knew it 39 the Canadian woman.‎ I found a telephone number in the purse and phoned the number. The Canadian woman ‎40 . She asked me to go back to the airport and return the 41 . So I turned off my taxi light and started for the 42 . On the way, five or six people tried to 43 me while I was driving through the city, but I didn’t stop. I was doing a good thing!‎ Forty minutes 44 ,I arrived at the airport. The woman was standing outside the terminal building and looking worried. I gave back the purse. ‎ She was so 45 . She just laughed. She said, “You’re really my favourite Chinese.”‎ ‎36. A. China B. England C. Canada ‎37. A. next B. last C. familiar ‎38. A. room B. seat C. street ‎39. A. belonged to B. depended on C. stood for ‎40. A. laughed B. repeated C. answered ‎41. A. money B. purse C. number ‎42. A. city B. airport C. building ‎43. A. help B. stop C. catch ‎44. A. later B. earlier C. sooner ‎45. A. sad B. worried C. happy ‎【答案】‎ 第二节 完形填空 ‎36. C ‎37. A ‎38. B ‎39. A ‎40. C ‎41. B ‎42. B ‎43. B ‎44. A ‎45. C ‎【2012北海】三、完形填空（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ Long long ago，there was a man and his wife who worked for an old man．One day，the old man pointed to a big box in his living room and said，“There’s only one thing you mustn’t do：Don’t open this 46 ．”After saying this，he 47 home．‎ The woman said to her husband，“There must be 48 expensive in the box．Let’s open it，shall we?” Her husband didn’t want to do that， 49 the woman didn’t give up．‎ A few days later，the woman made a 50 to find out what was in the box．Before her husband could stop her，she opened the box and looked into it．To her 51 ，there was nothing in it．She tried hard to 52 the box，but she failed．‎ That evening，the old man came home and found that the box was open．He was very ‎ ‎53 and he asked the woman and her husband to leave his home at once．‎ ‎“But there was nothing in the box，” the woman said，“We haven’t 54 anything at all．”‎ The old man shouted，“The box is not important．Now I know that I can’t trust（信任）you．That’s what’s 55 !”‎ ‎46．A．bag B．case C．box D．backpack ‎47．A．left B．went C．came D．arrived ‎ ‎48．A．everything B．nothing C．something D．anything ‎49．A．so B．and C．or D．but ‎50．A．suggestion B．decision C．mistake D．living ‎51．A．joy B．fun C．surprise D．pleasure ‎52．A．close B．open C．throw D．carry ‎53．A．afraid B．angry C．excited D．tired ‎54．A．lent B．broken C．sold D．taken ‎55．A．important B．expensive C．useful D．lucky ‎【答案】46~50 CACDB 51~55 CABDA ‎【2012丽水】三、完形填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ When I was small, my mum used to give the family something special for meals —she would make breakfast food for dinner. ‎ I still remember one night my mum 31 some bread in front of my dad, something very burnt. I waited to see if anybody noticed. To my surprise, my dad just took his 32 , smiled at my mum and then turned to ask me how my day at school had been. I've 33 what I told him that night. 34 I do remember watching him put some butter on that bread. He 35 as usual, every single bit. ‎ ‎ After dinner, my mum said 36 to my dad for burning the bread. And I never forget what he said, "I 37 burnt bread, dear. It doesn't matter at all. " [来源:学,科,网]‎ ‎38 , I went to kiss Dad good light. I asked him if he really liked his bread burnt. He held me in arms and 39 , “Your mum worked very hard all day. She's really _40_. And you see—a bit of burnt food never hurt anyone!”‎ ‎ Now I know life is not perfect. _41_ is perfect, either. As for me. 1 often forget birthdays or some other special days. But I've learned something _42_ over these years. What we really need is the understanding of each other, whether between a husband and wife, a parent and _43_ or just between two friends. This is the key to a happy 44 .‎ So don't get angry if the bread gets burnt. Remember. 45 bread never hurt anyone. Be kind to those around you and a happier life will surely come closer to you.‎ ‎31. A. cooked B. put C. found D. bought ‎32. A. glass B. milk C. spoon D. bread ‎33. A. decided B. known C. forgotten D. imagined ‎34. A. But B. So C. Because D. And ‎35. A. threw it away B. ate it up C. put it away D. looked it up ‎36. A. hello B. goodbye C. no D. sorry ‎37. A. hate B. love C. make D. save ‎38. A. After school B. Before dinner C. Later that night D. The next morning ‎39. A. shouted B. said C. laughed D. continued ‎40. A. tired B. excited C. worried D. interested ‎41. A. Everybody B. Anybody C. Nobody D. Somebody ‎42. A. important B. difficult C. funny D. easy ‎43. A. student B. brother C. sister D. child ‎44. A. class B. party C. life D. story ‎45. A. burnt B. cheap C. fresh D. cold ‎ ‎【答案】31.B 32.D 33.C 34.A 35.B 36.D 37.B 38.C 39.B 40.A 41.C 42.A 43. D 44.C 45.A ‎【2012重庆】Ⅲ.．完形填空。(每小题2分，共20分)‎ ‎ 根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个能填入相应空格内的最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ ‎ Are you nervous when you stand in front of the public? Are you afraid to make a speech?‎ ‎ Li Jun, a middle school boy, felt shy when he was making a speech the other day. Li had thought it would be quite easy to speak in front of 41 classmates.‎ ‎ "I was wrong. It was very different and much 42 than talking to my classmates during playtime," Li said. "I tried, but it was really difficult to speak. I felt like a mute (哑巴) and wanted to leave the classroom 43 "‎ ‎ Li is not alone. Many middle school students now have the same 44 : they can talk about their ideas freely 45 their best friends after class, but can't speak in public. According to Zhou Hong, a teacher from a university, the main reason is that schools in China pay more attention to writing instead of 46 .‎ ‎ Zhou hopes schools can give students more chances to open their 47 , such as speech competitions, English corners and class discussions. Students can join in any one they want to. 48 he also gives some advice to students. "During your free time you should 49 more. When you're speaking in public, take it easy. Just imagine you're talking to nobody and speak up your ideas clearly," Zhou said. "That ‎50 a fine public speech and you'll feel confident. "‎ ‎41. A. her B. my C. your D. his ‎42. A. harder B. easier C. better' D. later ‎43. A. slowly B. quickly C. sadly D. happily ‎44. A. answer B, subject C. problem D. question ‎45. A. except B. beside C. from D. with ‎46. A. listening B. speaking C. reading D. singing ‎47. A. mouths B. eyes C. minds D. hearts ‎48. A. But B. So C. And D. Or ‎49. A. play B. practice C. write D. watch ‎50. A. reports B. keeps C. hears D. makes ‎【答案】Ⅲ.41-45 DABCD 46-50 BACBD ‎【2012南昌】三、完形填空 (20分)‎ ‎ 请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该项涂黑。(每小题1分)‎ Teddy' s Bear The story of how the teddy bear was invented is an interesting one. In 1902, American president Theodore (Teddy) Roosevelt was hunting (打猎) in the forest with several of his friends. Almost everyone had successfully shot (射中) an animal, but the president 56 not. Nobody wanted to make the president look 57 , so they tied an American black bear to a 58 . They wanted the president to shoot (射中) it.‎ The president was very surprised to see the bear tied to a tree. He felt it was 59 to shoot the bear, because it couldn't run away. He 60 to shoot it, and the story of his decision went all over the country. Everybody was moved by the president's beliefs (信念). There was 61 a cartoon showing the president refusing to shoot a cute bear.‎ It was this cartoon and the story behind the president's hunting trip that gave Morris an idea to make a new 62 . He made a small, soft bear and showed it in his shop window. Next to the bear he made a sign that read, "Teddy's Bear". The new toy was a big success and it 63 Morris with the money to create a toy company. ‎ Teddy bears have been 64 since they were first made. A teddy bear would be the first choice when people think about children's toys. Theodore Roosevelt's famous 65 on a hunting trip in 1902 brought millions of soft, stuffed (填满填充物的) bears. They are being loved by people across the world.‎ ‎56. A. did B. should C. would D. had ‎57. A. sad B. happy C. friendly D. fine ‎58. A. wall B. chair C. rock D. tree ‎59. A. difficult B. unfair C. dangerous D. exciting ‎60. A. wanted B. decided C. refused D. went ‎61. A. only B. hardly C. even D. still ‎62. A. company B. toy C. shop D. present ‎63. A. gave B. filled C. met D. provided ‎64. A. colorful B. expensive C. popular D. boring ‎65. A. decision B. speech C. sign D. skill ‎【答案】 56~60 DADBC 61-65 CBDCA ‎【2012十堰】Ⅲ、完形填空 (本题一节，每小题l分，计l5分)‎ ‎ 通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从所给的A、B、c、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入 短文空白处的最佳选项。‎ ‎ It was a cold winter's night when I stopped for gas(汽油) on my way home from work. I was tired and had a little 41‎ ‎ I worked in a 42 doctor's office, and during those days many unexpected things happened. It seemed that I was going to be late getting home today. My husband who is a punctual(守时的~) person would be ready to 43 .again. Maybe 44 I hurried, I could still arrive home earlier.‎ ‎ I was going inside to 45 for my gas when I noticed an older couple at the counter(柜台). I heard them asking for 46 to the local hospital. It was the same hospital that I had just ‎47 a few minutes ago.‎ ‎ At the counter, a young man was quite 48 . He was trying to 49 how to get there,‎ with two other people. One of them was 50 .trying to give them a whole different route back. It was then that I walked over to the couple and said, "Would you like to follow me to the 51 ?"‎ ‎ A look of 52 appeared on the woman's face.‎ ‎ "I'm going right by there," I said, and it was a(n) 53 since I had just decided to do exactly that.‎ ‎ I got into my car and began the journey back. I was trying to make them be sure they were right 54 me. It took only fifteen minutes to get there. I felt 55 than I had all day and my headache was nearly gone.‎ ‎ Later, as I arrived home, my husband teased(嘲笑), "So you aren't ever late any more." I said,"Sometimes it's good to be late."‎ ‎41. A. headache B. fever C. cold D. break ‎42. A. foreign B. busy C. crucial D. noisy ‎43. A. relax B. offend C. complain D. appear ‎44. A. while B. since C. as D. if ‎45. A. wait B. look C. care D. search ‎46. A. money B. trouble C. directions D. opinions ‎47. A. risked B. provided C. called D. left ‎48. A. helpful B. skilled C. confused D. active ‎49. A. imagine B. expect C. explain D. urge ‎50. A. only B. even C. still D. ever ‎51. A. station B. office C. hospital D. hotel ‎52. A. panic B. pleasure C. sadness D. peace .‎ ‎53. A. dream B. fact C. reason D. example ‎54. A. behind B. before C. below D. beside ‎55. A. duller B. quieter C. worse D. better ‎【答案】III, 41. A 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. A ‎ 46. C 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. B ‎ 51. C 52. B 53. B 54. A 55. D ‎【2012济南】IV. 完形填空 阅读短文，从每题A、B、 C、D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文章中相应空白处的最佳答案。(10分)‎ Dogs are people's friends. They will do anything their masters(主人)ask them to do and they do their duty very well.‎ ‎ Curly is my black dog. He is big and strong. He is strong enough to carry me on his 56 . He likes running and playing with me. He likes to 57 .my father around in the fields, too.‎ ‎ One day my father took off his coat. put it on the ground ‎58 a big tree and said to Curly. “ 59 my coat.”‎ ‎ Curly sat down on the coat. Then my father remembered he had to 60 dinner for the ‎ Family. 61 he went home and forgot all about his coat and dog ‎ Late in the evening I 62 my dog and looked for him everywhere in the yard. I called, "Curly, Curly!" But Curly did not answer.‎ ‎ Soon my father wanted something in his coat pocket(口袋). Suddenly he remembered 63 he had done. Quickly he went back to the big tree. What do you think he saw? Curly was 64 sitting on the coat! He was afraid someone would take it 65 .‎ ‎56. A. hand B. back C. foot D. leg ‎57. A. follow B. put C. go D. run ‎58. A. for B. under C. to D. from ‎59. A. Look B. Listen C. Watch D. Hear ‎60. A. fix B. discover C. cook D. tell ‎61. A. Because B. So C. Though D. Or ‎62. A. hoped B. rode C. missed D. saw ‎63. A. that B. what C. if D. who ‎64. A. always B. often C. still D. usually ‎65. A. away B. in C. down D. for ‎【答案】本文介绍了一只聪明并且忠于职守的小狗Curly，当主人把外衣让它照看时，虽然天色已晚，它仍然尽职尽责，直到主人回来。‎ ‎56.B【解析】由句意可知，这条狗非常强壮能驮着主人，故填back（背部）。‎ ‎57.A【解析】考查固定短语。follow sb.‎ ‎ around“跟随某人转”。句意“他喜欢在田野里跟着我爸爸转来转去”。‎ ‎58.B【解析】under a big tree“在一棵大树下”。由句意，作者的爸爸把外衣放在了树下的地上。‎ ‎59.C【解析】由上下文可知，此处是作者的爸爸让Curly看着上衣。watch为及物动词，后直接跟宾语，而look和listen为不及物动词，后不可直接跟宾语。‎ ‎60.C【解析】由下文可知，爸爸要为家人做饭。cook dinner“做饭”。‎ ‎61.B【解析】由上文“为家人做饭”可知，因此要回家。故选B。‎ ‎62.C【解析】miss意为“丢失”。由下文到处寻找狗，可知，此处是指狗走丢了。‎ ‎63.B【解析】突然爸爸记起他所做的事情。remember后面是what引导的宾语从句。‎ ‎64.C【解析】由下文可知，Curly坐在上衣的上面可知，此空填still。‎ ‎65.A【解析】考查固定短语的用法。take away“拿走”。‎ ‎【难句点拨】He was afraid someone would take it away.他害怕有人拿走它。Someone would take it away是省略了that的宾语从句。‎ ‎【2012阜康】三.完形填空。（共10小题；每题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给的A、B、C、D选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ Yang Mi, born in Beijing on September 12, 1986, is a Chinese mainland actress. At the age of 4, she got her first TV drama role; at 16, she became a model for a fashion magazine; at 18, she went to her dream college — Beijing Film Academy (北京电影学院). __41___ believe that life has smiled on her. ‎ Last year, the 24-year-old 42 played bad girl Luo Qingchuan in the time-traveling TV drama, Palace (《宫锁心玉》). The drama became a big success and made Yang very 43 . The number of her micro blog followers ___44___ from several thousand to more than three million overnight. ‎ Could she be any 45 ? Yang doesn’t think luck had anything to 46 with her success. She makes her way all by herself. “Every 47 is from the efforts I’ve made,” said Yang. People now think she’s very hard-working. ‎ She still recalls the time when people gave her the cold shoulder. Some treated ‎ her with little respect. They didn’t want to help her in her time of need. “I have to 48 them because they make me believe myself,” she said. ‎ That’s 49 she always help others when they are in need. In May, Yang became the ambassador (大使) 50 the Climate Group. She calls on people to join the Million-Miracle project and plant trees on China’s dry land. In April, 2009, Yang Mi was considered a member of the Four Young Dan acresses (四小花旦) along with Huang Shengyi, Wang Luodan, Liu Yifei. ‎ ‎( )41. A. Many B. Some C. Nobody D. Few ‎ ‎( )42. A. student B. actress C. player D. model ‎ ‎( )43. A. great B. rich C. lucky D. famous ‎( )44. A. were B. became C. increased D. turned ‎ ‎( )45. A. happier B. luckier C. healthier D. busier ‎ ‎( )46. A. do B. play C. stay D. talk ‎ ‎( )47. A. play B. role C. drama D. chance ‎ ‎( )48. A. help B. ask C. thank D. follow ‎ ‎( )49. A. because B. why C. what D. how ‎ ‎( )50. A. in B. at C. with D. for ‎ ‎【答案】41—45 ABDCB 46—50 ADCBD ‎【2012岳阳】 完形填空 通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ On a Friday night, a young violinist was playing his violin at the entrance (通道口)of the subway station. The music was so wonderful 31 people slowed down to listen and put some money into his hat.‎ The next day, the violinist came to the entrance again. He 32 his hat as usual. Beside the hat there was a piece of paper. It said,“George Sang has put an important thing 33 my hat by mistake. Welcome to claim(认领) it.” Soon the people went to see the words and they 34 guessed what it could be. After a while, a man came up and said,“I know you would certainly come here.” The violinist asked,“ Did you lose something?”“A lottery ‎ ticket(彩票).” The violinist took out a lottery ticket with George’s name on it. George took it and danced 35 .‎ George was 36 office worker. He bought the lottery and won a prize of $500,000. But when he gave $50 to the violinist for his wonderful music, the lottery ticket was thrown into his hat, too. The 37 was a poor college student. That morning, he was going to fly to Vienna for his education. However, when he 38 the lottery ticket, he didn’t go as he had planned. Instead, he went to the entrance again to wait for the owner of the lottery ticket.‎ Later someone asked the violinist 39 he didn’t take the lottery ticket to pay for his high education. He said,“Although I don’t have much money, I live happily. If I take the money, I will lose honesty, and I 40 be happy forever.”‎ ‎( ) 31. A. but B. that C. because ‎ ‎( ) 32. A. put down B. put up C. put on ‎ ‎( ) 33. A. above B. under C. into ‎ ‎( ) 34. A. both B. all C. whole ‎ ‎( ) 35. A. slowly B. happily C. sadly ‎ ‎( ) 36. A. a B. an C. the ‎ ‎( ) 37. A. office worker B. crowd C. violinist ‎( ) 38. A. looked B. looked for C. found ‎ ‎( ) 39. A. why B. how C. that ‎ ‎( ) 40. A. will B. won’t C. would ‎ ‎【答案】31～35：BACBB 36～40：BCCAB ‎【2012黔西南】Ⅲ.完形填空。从A，B，C，D中选出一个最佳答案，使短文的意思完整（10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ Man has invented four kinds of satellites (卫星). The first kind of satellite studies the 31 of the earth. They are used to make maps. They also help countries to see where they may 32 oil or gold. ‎ The second kind of satellite is used to guide ships and planes. A ship or a plane can 33 a message to the satellite, and the satellite can find out 34 the ship ‎ or the plane is.‎ The third kind studies the weather. These satellites 35 clouds and strong winds moving across the earth. They warn countries to make preparations (准备) when very 36 weather is coming. 37 kind is used for communication. Telephone calls 38 countries can be sent by these satellites. Some can carry hundreds of calls at the same time. The call is sent to the satellite, then the 39 sends it to a station in the country and this country is being phoned. These satellites also carry pictures; they can receive and send about eight 40 at a time. ‎ ‎（　　）31. A. biology B. history C. physics D. geography ‎（　　）32. A. study B. find C. carry D. choose ‎（　　）33. A. write B. send C. take D. bring ‎（　　）34. A. where B. which C. what D. that ‎（　　）35. A. search B. watch C. notice D. see ‎（　　）36. A. sunny B. cool C. fine D. bad ‎（　　）37. A. The last B. Another C. One D. Any other ‎（　　）38. A. during B. along C. between D. of ‎（　　）39. A. TV B. telegraph C. telephone D. satellite ‎（　　）40. A. plays B. programs C. films D. object ‎【答案】31. D. 从绘制地图“to make maps”可知，第一种卫星是用来研究地理的。‎ ‎32. B. 卫星帮助“找”油或金子。‎ ‎33. B. 轮船或飞机将信息“发送”到卫星上。‎ ‎34. A. 卫星能找出轮船或飞机在什位置（宾语从句）。‎ ‎35. B. 第三种卫星是用来“监视”地球的天气状况。‎ ‎36. D. 表示“不好的天气”。‎ ‎37. A. 从上文可知是“最后一种卫星”。‎ ‎38. C. “国家之间”的通话信息通过卫星。‎ ‎39. D. 通话信息被发送到卫星，然后“卫星”把通话信息传送到这个国家的信号站。‎ ‎40. B. 一次能接受和发送节目。‎ ‎【2012宜昌】VI完形填空先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A.B.C.D四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。共5小题，计15分。‎ ‎ Fears are something we all have. You need to face your fears and to get over them. However,it's easier____ (41) than done. Running away from your fears doesn’t make them leave It just makes them__ (42)…than ever. We're never going to be__ (43) fearless everything we do, but we can at least be more fearless and (44)‎ ‎ What are the fears that scare you much? Check what they are and get them_ (45) in the open. Are they things__ (46) height or snakes? Are you afraid to talk to girl or boy?‎ ‎ Ar. you so (47) that you are fearing on saying the wrong thing? These are common fears that __ (48) your daily lives ‎ Before you can face them, you need to learn more about (49) makes you fearful of these situations Communicating your fear one way. Other people may be able to__(50) your ‎ Anxiety(焦虑）because they know something you don’t. It could he from 8 past__ (51), something that you could never forget and has made you fearful__ (52) then ‎ To face fears, you have to__(53) in something. It's a very healthy way of letting you feel as if nothing can go(54) When you feel that way, you may he able to think___(55) about your fears. You will be able 10 believe that everything will be okay. Everything does end up being okay ‎41. A called B. acted C. dreamed D. said ‎42. A. louder B sillier C. brighter D. bigger ‎43. A. similarly B. specially C. completely D. strongly ‎44. A. honest B. confident C. patient D energetic ‎45. A. out B. below C. about D away ‎46 A. like B. behind C. among D above ‎47. A. free B; shy C. polite D. peaceful ‎48. A. wonder B. pretend C. influence D. save ‎49. A. who B. why C where D. what ‎50. A. remind B. realise C. represent D. receive ‎51'. A. season B. expression C. subject D. experience ‎52. A. before B. since C. after D .until ‎53. A. believe B. suggest C. dream D. succeed ‎54. A. guilty B. wrong C. direct D. correct ‎55. A. mostly B. fairly C. differently D. gently ‎【答案】DDCBA ABCDB DBABC ‎【2012黑河】III. Cloze test（本题共15分，每小题1分）‎ Choose the best answer to complete the passage.‎ I used to watch a little girl 36 basketball every day from my kitchen window. One day I asked her why she practised so 37 . She said: “I would like to go to college. The only way is[来源:学#科#网]‎ ‎ ‎38 a scholarship（奖学金）. I like basketball and I want to be the 39 player in college. My dad told me: ‘If the dream is big enough, the facts don’t count.’ ” She 40 changed her mind. I watched her through those junior high years and into senior high school. One day before she graduated 41 high school, I saw her sitting on the grass 42 . I asked her what was wrong. She told me her coach said she was ‎43 a short girl that she couldn’t be a good basketball player, so she should 44 dreaming about going to college. She was heartbroken and it 45 ‎ made me feel sad. Then she smiled and told me her father said that coach was wrong. He did not understand the power of dream. Her father said to her: “If you really want to 46 the scholarship of a good college, nothing but you 47 can stop your dream.” The next year, she and her team went to a big game. She 48 by a coach of a famous college team and was offered a scholarship to the 49 basketball team of their college. She was about to get the college education 50 she had dreamed of and worked towards for all those years. “If the dream is big enough, the facts don’t count.” It is true.‎ ‎( )36. A. to play B. plays C. play ‎( )37. A. many B. much C. little ‎( )38. A. to get B. get C. got ‎( )39. A. most B. good C. best ‎( )40. A. never B. ever C. always ‎( )41. A. in B. to C. from ‎( )42. A. sad B. sadly C. happily ‎( )43. A. too B. such C. so ‎( )44. A. stop B. forget C. go on ‎ ‎( )45. A. as well B. also C. too ‎( )46. A. play for B. play with C. play against ‎( )47. A. your B. yourself C. own ‎( )48. A. saw B. was seeing C. was seen ‎( )49. A. women’s B. woman’s C. womans’‎ ‎( )50. A. whom B. who C. that ‎【答案】36—40 CBACA 41—45 CBBAB 46—50 ABCAC ‎【2013四川遂宁】B It was Sunday afternoon. My brother and I were alone at home. My parents went out. I was doing my homework while my younger brother was watching TV. Suddenly the doorbell rang. Ding-Dong! My brother thought that it was our parents, so he opened the 41 quickly.‎ A tall man wearing a black raincoat stood outside. He said that he came to sell books and asked politely if our parents were at home.‎ Without thinking, my brother said, “No.” Then the man asked if we would like to 42 some story books. I refused him. When I wanted to close the door, he suddenly pushed the door very hard and came into our house. He took out a 43 and ordered me to tie up my brother’s hands with a rope(绳子). I tied up his hands in a special way so my brother could untie（解开） 44 easily. The man then tied my hands up and locked 45 of us in the kitchen. Soon, he went upstairs to 46 money. I taught my brother to untie the rope on his hands. He then untied me. I rushed to the telephone to call the police, 47 the line was dead. The doors were all locked from the outside. It was lucky that the man forgot to lock the kitchen window. We got out of the house through the kitchen window and to the 48 pay phone to call the police.‎ Soon 49 came to our house and the man was caught. By that time, my parents had come home. We told them the whole story. My parents were 50 that we were not hurt. They told me that I should stop my brother from opening the door to strangers. I learnt a lesson on safety.‎ ‎41. A‎. window B. door C. book ‎42. A‎. lend B. sell C. buy ‎43. A‎. book B. knife C. gift ‎44. A‎. himself B. myself C. herself ‎45. A‎. all B. neither C. both ‎46. A‎. look for B. look at C. look after ‎47. A‎. and B. so C. but ‎48. A‎. farthest B. nearest C. largest ‎49. A‎. my friends B. the neighbors C. the police ‎50. A‎. glad B. angry C. sad ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。记述了一个星期天的下午，我的父母不在家，只有我的弟弟和我，一个陌生人进入家里面偷钱的故事。故事中体现了我的聪明与勇敢。最后警察把小偷抓住，我也从这件事中学了一课。‎ ‎41.B【解析】考查名词的辨析。Window窗户 doo门 book书 由上下文的含义可知应该是打开门，故选B。‎ ‎42.C【解析】考查动词的辨析。Lend借 sell卖 buy买 根据上下问可知这个黑衣男是以卖故事书为名，故应是问他们买不买，故选C。‎ ‎43.B【解析】考查名词含义。Book书 knife小刀 gift礼物 由下文的他命令我用绳子系住我弟弟的手，可推测出应是拿出小刀。故选B。‎ ‎44.A【解析】考查反身代词。Himself他自己 myself我自己 herself她自己，由文章的含义可知应该是他自己，故选A。‎ ‎45.C【解析】考查代词的含义。All三者或三者以上都 neither都不 both两者都，根据文章只有我和我的弟弟两个人，所以用both，故选C。‎ ‎46.A【解析】考查动词短语的辨析。Look for寻找 look at看 look after照顾 这个男的上楼应该是寻找钱，故可知选A。‎ ‎47.C【解析】考查连词的辨析。And和；又 so所以 but但是，由上文的我冲到电话那给警察打电话，和后文的电话坏了，可知前后是转折含义，故选but,所以C为正确答案。‎ ‎48.B【解析】考查形容词辨析。Farthest最远的 nearest最近的 largest最大的，由句子含义可知应是跑到最近的电话亭，故选B。‎ ‎49.C【解析】考查名词含义辨析。My friends我的朋友 the neighbors邻居 the police警察 由上下问的含义可是应选C。‎ ‎50.A【解析】考查形容词的辨析。Glad高兴 angry生气 sad悲伤 由句子可知他们的父母应该是高兴，故选A。‎ ‎【2013四川南充】先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后面各题所给的选项中选出最佳答案，并在答题卡内填涂相应的字母代号。 ‎ A king was old and he knew it was time to choose a new king. He told all the young people in his country, “I will give ___36___ of you a seed (种子). Plant it and bring it back one year later. Show me the plants that you bring, ___37___ I’ll choose a new king from you.”‎ A boy ____38____ Peter got a seed, too. He planted it ___39___. But the seed ‎ didn’t grow at all. A year later, Peter had to take his ___40___ box to the palace. Others all brought beautiful plants there and Peter felt ___41___. ‎ The king ___42___ the palace and looked around. When he found there was nothing in Peter’s box, the king smiled and said to the others, “One year ago, I gave everyone a seed ___43___ couldn’t grow. But all of you, ___44___ Peter, have brought me plants and flowers. Peter was the only one with the honesty (诚实) and courage to bring ___45___ a box. So he will be the new king!” ‎ ‎36. A‎. neither B. each C. both ‎37. A‎. but B. although C. and ‎ ‎38. A‎. helped B. asked C. named ‎39. A‎. carefully B. careful C. careless ‎40. A‎. full B. empty C. beautiful ‎ ‎41. A‎. excited B. sad C. happy ‎ ‎42. A‎. reached B. got C. arrived ‎ ‎43. A‎. who B. what C. which ‎44. A‎. besides B. except C. with ‎ ‎45. A‎. such B. so C. as ‎ ‎【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文。短文记叙了一位老国王选新国王方法：他发给每个年青人一粒种子叫他们去种植，他将从他们中选择一位新国王。一年后，彼特带了一个空箱子到宫殿来，其他人都带漂亮的植物。然而国王一年前给的是一粒不能生长的种子。彼特是唯一一个具有诚实和勇气带要空箱子的一个人，国王选彼特成为新国王。故事告诉我们：做人一定要诚实。‎ ‎36.【解析】选B 考查代词辨析。句意：我将给你们每人一颗种子。neither 意为“两者都不”；each 意为“每个”；both意为“两者都”。each of you “你们每个人”。故选B。‎ ‎37.【解析】选C 考查连词辨析。句意：将你们带来的植物给我看，我将从你们中选择一位新国王。but“但是”，表示转折；although “虽然”；and 表示承接。此外两个分句间承接并系，故选C。‎ ‎38.【解析】选C 考查动词辨析。句意：一个名叫彼特的男孩也得到了粒种子。a boy named Peter “一名名叫彼特的男孩”。‎ ‎39.【解析】选A 考查副词用法。句意：他细心地种植它。carefully “细心地”，在句中作状语修饰动词planted；而careful和careless都是形容词，不可以作状语。故选A。‎ ‎40.【解析】选B 考查文意理解。根据下文When he found there was nothing in Peter’s box, 可知“彼特不得不将他空箱子带到宫殿来”。full“满的”；empty“空的”；beautiful “漂亮的”。根据文意选B。‎ ‎41.【解析】选B 考查文意理解。他带了一个空箱子到宫殿来，其他人都带漂亮的植物，因此，“彼特感到难受”。excited “激动的”；sad “难受的”；happy“高兴的”。故选B。‎ ‎42.【解析】选A 考查动词辨析。reach是及物动词，后接名词作宾语；get 作为“到达”讲，是不及物动词，需要加上介词to才可接名词作宾语；arrive 作为“到达”讲，也是不及特动词，需要加上介词at或in才可接名词作宾语。故选A。‎ ‎43.【解析】选C 考查定语从句的引导词。句意：一年前我给了你们每人一粒不能生长的种子。本句中的先行词a seed 是物，故引导词应用which。所以选C。‎ ‎44.【解析】选B 考查文意理解和介词辨析。句意：但是除了彼特以外，你们每个人都给我带来了植物和花。besides “除……以外”，需要加上它后面的内容；except “除……以外”需要排除它后面的内容；with“带有”。根据句意及介词的含义选B。‎ ‎45.【解析】选A 考查文意理解和词义用法辨析。句意：彼特是唯一一个具有诚实和勇气带要如此箱子的一个人。such “如此的”，后接名词或名词性短语；so “如此”后接形容词或副词；as 意为“作为，由于”等，没有“如此的”含义。所以选A。‎ ‎【2013四川泸州】第二节：完形填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 通读下面的短文，然后从后面各题所给A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。‎ One Sunday afternoon, my younger brother and I were left alone at home. I was doing my homework __11__ my younger brother was watching TV. Suddenly, the doorbell rang. My brother thought it was our parents, so he opened the __12__ quickly.‎ A tall man stood outside and __13__ politely if our parents were at home.‎ Without thinking, my brother said, "No." When I wanted to close the door, he suddenly __14__ the door very hard and came into our house. He took out a __15__ and ordered me to tie up my brother's __16__ with a rope(绳索). I tied up his hands in a special way so my brother could untie(松开) himself __17__. The man then tied my hands up and locked __18__ of us in the kitchen.‎ ‎ Soon, he went upstairs. I taught my brother to __19__ his rope with his hands. He then untied __20__. I rushed to the telephone to call the police, __21__ the line was cut off. The doors were all locked from outside. It was lucky that the man forgot to__22__ the kitchen door. We got out of the house through the window and went to the nearest pay phone to call the police.‎ ‎ Soon the police came and __23__ was caught. By the time, my parents had come home. We told them the __24__ story. My parents were glad that we were not hurt. They told me that I should stop my brother from __25__ the door to the stranger. I learned a lesson on safety.‎ ‎11. A‎. when B. before C. after D. while ‎12. A‎. cupboard B. door C. doorbell D. window ‎13. A‎. guessed B. asked C. argued D. cried ‎14. A‎. pushed B. pulled C. knocked D. closed ‎15. A‎. candy B. gift C. knife D. phone ‎16. A‎. feet B. legs C. hands D. arms ‎17. A‎. hardly B. easily C. suddenly D. difficultly ‎18. A‎. all B. each C. neither D. both ‎19. A‎. make B. tie C. untie D. use ‎20. A‎. me B. myself C. him D. himself ‎21. A‎. but B. and C. or D. as ‎22. A‎. break B. lock C. move D. see ‎23. A‎. my father B. my mother C. my brother D. the man ‎ ‎24. A‎. happy B. whole C. usual D. same ‎25. A‎. turning B. sending C. opening D. closing ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了我和弟弟单独在家偶遇抢劫的故事，用我和弟弟的机智勇敢才能有效地逃脱坏人的抢劫，并及时报警，让警察把坏人绳之以法，从而给我们一次安全警告。‎ ‎11. 【解析】选D。考查状语从句的连词。When当……时，before在……之前，after在……之后，while也表示当……时候，while还表示“而”，表示两个动作同时进行，这里是“我在做作业，弟弟在看电视”两个动作都在进行，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎12. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据上文的门铃响了，所以是打开“门”，而不是打开“橱柜、门铃或窗子”，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎13. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据上下文，空前“一位高个男士站在外面”，空后“是否我们父母在家？”，所以这里是ask请问，而不是guess猜、argue争论、cry哭泣。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎14. 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上文的“When I wanted to close the door”当我想关门时，以及下句的“and came into our house”进入我们家，可以推知这里是“他要强制破门而入”，所以是与“我”相对。应该用“推”，而不是pull拉、knock敲或close关，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎15. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文的“命令我用绳索系住弟弟的手”，可以推知这里拿出的是knife刀子，而不是candy蜡烛、gift礼物或phone电话。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎16. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。由下文“I tied up his hands in a special way so”我用特殊的方法系住他的手，可知这里是系住的hands手，而不是foot脚、leg腿或arm胳膊。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎17. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据这里所说的I tied up his hands in a special way so my brother could untie“我用特殊的方法系住我弟弟目的就是为了他能容易地打开”，所以是用easily，而不是hardly几乎不、suddenly突然地或difficultly困难地。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎18. 【解析】选D。语境理解。根据文章开头说到了“我和弟弟单独在家”，下文也说到了我和弟弟怎么逃脱，所以这里是“我们两个”both of us，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎19. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。由上文说到“那人上楼去”，下文也说到了“然后给我解开，……我们才能出去”，所以这里是先untie his rope“打开他的绳索”，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎20. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由上文“他打开自己的绳索”和下句I rushed to the telephone to call the police“我跑去打电话报警”，所以这里是“给我”打开，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎21. 【解析】选A。考查连词的应用。根据上文的“我去打电话报警”和下文的“电话断线”，前后意思转折，所以选择连词but，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎22. 【解析】选A。语境理解。根据上文的The doors were all locked from outside. “所有的门都从外面锁上了”，这里“幸运的是那人忘记锁厨房的门”，而不是break打破、move搬动或see看见。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎23. 【解析】选D。语境理解。根据上文的Soon the police came“警察很快来到”，所以这里是“那人”被捉住，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎24. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据这里表示：我们告诉父母“全部的”故事遭遇，而不是happy高兴、usual平常或same同样的，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎25. 【解析】选C。语境理解。根据上下文，可知这里说到出事的最关键是，应该“阻止弟弟给陌生人开门”所以选择答案C。‎ ‎【2013四川广安】第二节 完形填空(共10小题；每小题1分,满分10分) ‎ ‎ 先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎ One day a poor farmer 36 taking a bag of rice to town. Suddenly the bag fell of his cart(马车) onto the road. He didn’t know 37 he could do about it because it was too 38 for him to lift (举起) alone. He only hoped that someone would soon pass by and give him a hand.‎ ‎ Just at this moment, a man riding a 39 came up to him. But the farmer felt 40 when he saw who he was. It was the great man who lived nearby. He thought the great man 41 help him, and hoped another farmer would come up. But the man got 42 his horse right away and said, “I think you need help.” Then he took one end of the bag and the farmer took 43 . They lifted it together and put it on the cart.‎ ‎ “Sir,” asked the farmer, “how much should I 44 for you? ”‎ ‎ “Don’t mention it.” The great man answered. “When you see 45 else in trouble, do the same for him.”‎ ‎36. A. is B. are C. was ‎37．A. what B. where C. when ‎38．A. heavy B. empty C. light ‎39．A. car B. bike C. horse ‎40．A. unhappy B. interested C. relaxed ‎41．A. would B. wouldn’t C. must ‎42．A. off B. on C. up ‎43．A. others B. other C. the other ‎44．A. take B. spend C. pay ‎45．A. everyone B. anyone C. nobody ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述了一位农民拉着一袋子大米进城，突然大米从马车上掉下来了，一位住在他家附近的名人正好骑着马从此处路过，给他帮忙将大米搬到马车上。当农民问需要怎样回报他时，名人回答说：“当你看到别人遇到麻烦时，你也这样做”。‎ ‎36. C‎ 解析：由句意“一天一位贫穷的农民正拉着一袋子大米进城”可知本句为过去进行时态，故选C。‎ ‎37. A‎ 解析：由下文“因为它太重了”可知农民不知道该做什么了，故选A。‎ ‎38. A‎ 解析：因为米袋子太重了，他独自举不起来，故选A。‎ ‎39.C‎ 解析：由下文But the man got 42 his horse可知答案。‎ ‎40. A‎ 解析：由But可知此处当这个农民看到这个人是谁时感到不高兴。因为这个人是名人，农民担心他不会帮忙。‎ ‎41. B解析：由下文and hoped another farmer would come up.可知他认为这位名人不会帮助他。‎ ‎42. A解析：但是这位名人立刻从马上下来。get off “下来”。‎ ‎43. C解析：此处指他抓着袋子的一头，农民抓着袋子的另一头。‎ ‎44. C解析：pay for 为固定搭配，意为“赔偿，付款”。‎ ‎45. B解析：anyone else“其他任何人”。‎ ‎【2013湖北黄石】Ⅱ. 完形填空（每小题1分，共10分）D ‎ 阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳 选项。 ‎ Growing up is not always easy. When we face difficulties, a spirit of depending ‎ on _ 41 is more useful than crying for help. That’s what Hong Zhanhui’s story of growing from boy to man 42 family hardship tells us.‎ Hong was born in ‎1982 in a poor family in Xihua County(县), Henan Province. When he was only 11, his father became badly ill and one day he came back with an unwanted baby 43 . A year later, Hong’s mother 44 home. She no longer wanted to live such a poor life and face her sick husband. So everything hard fell onto the young boy’s 45 : to take care of his father and the younger sister Chenchen, and to go on to study.‎ Although his life was hard, Hong didn’t go away from his father and sister. He took several part-time jobs to 46 his family. He climbed tall trees to get birds’ eggs for his sister. He walked 2 hours at weekends to the market to 47 different things to sell around his school. A few years later, he studied at a college. To take care of Chenchen, he worked hard to ‎48 a room near his college for her, and sent her to school.‎ After Hong’s story went 49 , he became a hero in people’s eyes. But Hong ___50___ offers from others. He said he felt encouraged by kind offers, but he could depend on his own work.‎ Through his hard life, he has grown up from boy to man.‎ ‎( C ) ‎41. A. parents B. friends C. yourself D. God ‎( D) ‎42. A. out of B. into C. without D. with ‎( C ) ‎43. A. dog B. cat C. girl D. boy ‎( A ) ‎44. A. left B. arrived C. went D. came ‎( B) ‎45. A. back B. shoulders C. head D. body ‎( D ) ‎46. A. help B. save C. protect D. feed ‎( D ) ‎47. A. make B. buy C. produce D. collect ‎( C ) ‎48. A. build B. borrow C. rent D. share ‎( A ) ‎49. A. public B. clear C. by D. far ‎( D ) ‎50. A. accepted B. asked C. received D. refused ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。通过洪战辉的自强不息，以及自己顽强的意志来照顾父亲和妹妹，在这样艰苦的条件下考取大学，仍然承担着家庭的重大责任的故事。‎ ‎【答案】41-45 CDCAB 46-50 DDCAD ‎ ‎41.【解析】选C。句意理解题。depend on “依靠”，后面一句That’s what Hong Zhanhui’s story，那就是洪战辉的故事，以及下文的叙述，我们可知是依靠自己，故选C。‎ ‎42.【解析】选D。句意理解题。根据句意：那就是洪战辉从一个男孩到一个男人具有艰苦的家庭生活所告诉我们的成长故事；with family hardship在句子中作伴随状语。故选D。‎ ‎43.【解析】选C。语境理解题。依据下文可知：洪战辉领回的是一名女婴。故选C。‎ ‎44.【解析】选C。推理判断题。依据下文可知他的母亲离开了这个家，所以用left。故选C。‎ ‎45.【解析】选B。语境理解题。由下文照顾他的父亲和小妹妹晨晨，并且继续学习。所以前面说的一切艰难都落在了这个年轻人的肩上。故选B。‎ ‎46.【解析】选D。语意理解题。从段首句：尽管生活困难，他没有离开父亲和妹妹。他找了几份兼职的工作去养活他的家人。由此句句意可知，故选D。‎ ‎47.【解析】选A。语意理解题。根据句意：在周末他步行两小时去市场，尝试在学校附近卖不同的东西。注意此句中make的含义：是“尝试”而不是“制造”，故选A。‎ ‎48.【解析】选C。推理判断题。依据上句To take care of Chenchen, he worked hard 为了照顾晨晨他努力工作在学校附近租了一间房子，build 建造；borrow 借；share 分享；都不符合题意，故选C。‎ ‎49.【解析】选A。推理判断题。由下文 he became a hero in people’s eyes.他变成了人们眼中的英雄，所以上一句应该是洪的故事公之于众之后。Go public 公之于众，故选A。‎ ‎50.【解析】选D。推理判断题。accepted 接受；asked 问；received 收到；refused 拒绝；由下文的他说因为这些善举他感到很受鼓舞，但是他能依靠他自己的工作，根据句意应该是“拒绝”，故选D。‎ ‎【2013 上海】B. Choose the best words and complete the passage (选择最恰当的单词完成短文) (12分) ‎ ‎ You can reach almost any goal if you want to — but sometimes it takes great efforts to realize your dream.‎ ‎ That was quite true for me. When I was 17 years old, I broke my father’s 80 . He had saved enough from an average income to send me to college to become a lawyer. Three months later I was home telling him that I had left college—and for first time I saw him 81 . “Son, I’m always going to love you even though you’ll never achieve anything,” he said with tears (眼泪) in his eyes.‎ When I walked out of that room, I was burning with something within my body. Not everyone has the chance to feel it. I did not just want to 82 —I had to.‎ But I couldn’t see how to do it and all the time my father’s words in my mind. I became a salesperson. It was not 83 because I knew almost nothing about marketing. Then a man introduced me to the Edwards training course. I went and learned a lot of useful 84 . I tried my best to put them to work. Soon after that, I started tasting the sweet fruits of success for the first time.‎ Some time later, I told the manager of my company that I would like to meet with Mr. Edwards. They arranged it for me. When the day came, I told him, “Mr. Edwards, my goal is to be able to train people just as you trained me.” 85 , he agreed to let me try.‎ All that came true because I set goals to make it happen. Sticking to the goal was the most important. ‎ ‎80. A‎. promise B. record C. heart D. law ‎81. A‎. shout B. cry C. laugh D. relax ‎82. A‎. succeed B. argue C. stop D. move ‎83. A‎. fair B. easy C. serious D. safe ‎84. A‎. poems B. dialogues C. excuses D. skills ‎85. A‎. Luckily B. Usually C. Clearly D. Suddenly 文章大意：作者在父亲的爱和激励下，经过奋斗取得了成功，用自己的亲生经历诠释了只要认定目标，通过不懈的努力就能取得成功。‎ ‎80. C【解析】当我17岁的时候，我伤透了父亲的心。break sb’s heart，伤了某人的心。‎ ‎81. B 【解析】我第一次看到他哭，cry，大哭。其他的shout，大喊；laugh，大笑；relax，放松，都不符合文意。‎ ‎82. A【解析】我要的不仅仅是成功，但我必须成功， succeed，成功。其他的argue，争吵；stop，停止；move，移动，都不符合文意。‎ ‎83. B 【解析】因为我对推销一无所知，因此它并不容易，easy，容易的、简单的。其他的fair，公平的；serious，严肃地；safe，安全的，都不合适。‎ ‎84. D【解析】我去了并且学到了很多有用的技巧，skill，技巧。其他的poem，诗歌；dialogue，对话；excuse，借口，都不符合文意。‎ ‎85. A‎ 【解析】幸运的是，他让我试一下，luckily，幸运地。其他的usually，通常的；clearly，清楚地；suddenly，突然地，都不合适。‎ ‎【2013山西】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该涂黑。‎ When I was a young child, my parents often told me that a positive heart brought man everything. I didn’t understand and wondered why ___31___ has such a big influence on a person. And now, although I’m just a middle school student, I’d like to ___32___ my own opinions on this saying. ‎ Once I read a sentence— “To make this world a ___33___ place to live in, rather than the whole world, you’d better change your ___34___.” It made me lost in thought. There are so many things around us that go ___35___ our will. We can’t force life to follow our wishes. The earth won’t ___36___ turning whether we accept it or not. ‎ What we can do is just to make ourselves suit the world. I think we should learn to ___37___ welcome whatever life gives us, the spring sunlight or the winter snowfall, and try to get ___38___ from it. ‎ I have tried to catch every pleasant thing in my life, but I ___39___ catch most of the pleasant moments, such as being hugged by mother when in fear, being ___40___ by the teacher when in trouble, being helped by a stranger when ___41___. I realize that I don’t just live alone and that there are others around me I should ___42___. They all pay attention to my growing up, and are proud of my achievements ___43___ it is just a little progress. It is their care and love that ___44___ remind me I live in a warm and happy world. ‎ Different people may have different ___45___ towards life. But there is one rule should be followed and that is to make the world better. ‎ ‎31. A‎. it B. he C. she ‎ ‎32. A‎. hold B. make C. show ‎ ‎33. A‎. nice B. dull C. rich ‎34. A‎. job B. heart C. taste ‎ ‎35. A‎. above B. along C. against ‎ ‎36. A‎. stop B. keep C. start ‎ ‎37. A‎. casually B. politely C. warmly ‎38. A‎. friendship B. success C. pleasure ‎ ‎39. A‎. won’t B. can’t C. needn’t ‎40. A‎. invited B. trained C. cheered ‎ ‎41. A‎. in line B. in danger C. in agreement ‎ ‎42. A‎. think of B. hear of C. dream of ‎ ‎43. A‎. as for B. now that C. even though ‎ ‎44. A‎. never B. often C. sometimes ‎ ‎45. A‎. plans B. habits C. attitudes ‎ ‎31-35. ACABC 36-40. ACCBC 41-45. BACBC ‎【主旨大意】“我”小的时候父母经常告诉我积极的心态给人带来一切，我不明白并想知道它对一个为何有如此大的影响。“使这个世界成为一个生活的好地方，而不是整个世界，你最好改变你的心态”。 我们周围有许多事情违反我们意志，不论我们是否接收，地球不会停止旋转，无论生活给我们什么，我们都应该学会热烈欢迎，无论春天的阳光还是冬天的降雪，并且尽力从中得到乐趣。“我”不仅仅是一个生活，有“我”应该考虑的我周围的其他人。他们都关注“我”的成长并为我的成就即使仅是点小进步感到自豪。不同的人也许有对待生活的不同的态度，但是有一个规则必须遵守，这就是使世界变得更美好。‎ ‎31. 【解析】选A。考查代词。it指代上文的positive heart (积极的心态)。句意：我不明白并想知道它对一个人为何有如此大的影响。‎ ‎32. 【解析】选C。考查动词词义。句意：现在我虽然仅是一个中学生，但我想就这个说法表明我的观点。hold “握住；保留”；make “制造，制定”；show “表示，展示”。故选C。‎ ‎33. 【解析】选A。考查文意理解。To make this word a nice place to live in (使这个世界成为一个生活的好地方)。 ‎ ‎34. 【解析】选B。考查文意理解。根据上文positive heart的提示。句意：你最好改变你的心态。‎ ‎35. 【解析】选C。考查文意理解及介词辨析。句意：我们周围有许多事情违反我们意志。above “在……上面”；along “沿着”；against “反对，违背”；根据句意选C。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选A。考查文意及动词辨析。句意：不论我们是否接收，地球不会停止旋转。stop “停止”；keep “保持”；start “开始”。根据文意选A。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选C。考查文意理解和副词辨析。句意：我想无论生活给我们什么，我们都应该学会热烈欢迎，春天的阳光或冬天的降雪。casually“偶然地；漫不经心地”； politely“礼貌地”；warmly “热烈地，温暖地”。根据文意选C。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选C。考查文意和名词辨析。句意：并且尽力从中得到乐趣。friendship “友谊”；success “成功”；pleasure “快乐，乐趣”。根据文意选C。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选B。考查文意和情态动词。我已尽力抓住我一生中每一样美好的东西，但我不能抓住绝大数快乐的瞬间……。won't “将不”；can’t “不能”；needn’t “不必”。 根据文意选B。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选C。考查文意及动词辨析。文意：……处于困境时被老师鼓励。invite “邀请”；train “培训”；cheer “为……加油，鼓励”。根据文意选D。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选B。考查文意及介词短语。文意：……当危险时被陌生人帮助。in line “排队”；in danger “处于危险中”；in agreement “持相同意见”。根据文意选B。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选A。考查文意及动词短语。句意：我意识到我不仅仅是一个生活，有我应该考虑的我周围的其他人。think of“想到，考虑”；hear of “听说”；dream of “梦想”。根据文意选A。‎ ‎43. 【解析】选C。考查文意及连词。文意：他们都关注我的成长并为我的成就即使仅是一点小进步感到自豪。as for “至于； 关于”；now that “既然，因为”； even though “即使”。根据文意选C。‎ ‎44. 【解析】选B。考查文意和副词。句意：是他们的关怀和爱护经常提醒我生活在一个温暖和祝福的世界。Never“从不”；often“经常”；sometimes“有时”。根据文意选B。‎ ‎45. 【解析】选C。考查文意和名词。句意：不同的人也许有对待生活的不同的态度。Plan“计划”；habit“习惯”； attitude“态度”。根据文意选C。‎ ‎【2013山东烟台】‎ A group of adults, highly succeeded in their jobs, went to visit their old professor. Soon they began to __31__ the stress in work and life. ‎ The professor went to the kitchen and returned __32__ a pot of coffee and all kinds of cups—crystal(水晶的), glass, plastic, some nice looking, some plain looking, some __33__, some cheap. And he told them to help __34__ to the coffee. ‎ When all the students had a cup of coffee in hand, the professor said, “I’ve noticed that all the nice looking expensive cups were __35__, leaving behind the plain and cheap ones. While it is __36__ for you to want only the best for yourselves, that is the source of your __37__ and stress. ‎ You know that the cup itself adds no quality to the coffee. __38__ you really wanted was coffee, not the cup, __39__ you consciously went for the best cups. ‎ Now consider this: Life is the coffee; the jobs, money and __40__ in society are the cups. They are just __41__ to hold and contain life, and the type of cup does not change the quality of our life. Sometimes, by __42__concentrating only on the cup, we fail to enjoy the coffee that God has __43__ us. God gave us the coffee, not the cups. Please enjoy your coffee!‎ The happiest people don’t have the best of everything. They just make the __44__ of everything.‎ Live simply. Love feverously. Care deeply. Speak __45__. And leave the rest to God.‎ ‎31. A‎. think of B. think for C.  complain about D. drop out ‎32. A‎. for B. at C. in D. with ‎33. A‎. expensive B. ordinary C. strong D. serious ‎34. A‎. them B. themselves C. him D. everyone ‎35. A‎. mixed up B. left C. taken up D. refused ‎ ‎36. A‎. normal B. important C. impossible D. necessary ‎37. A‎. thoughts B. failure C. questions D. problems ‎38. A‎. Who B. How much C. What D. That ‎39. A‎. and B. but C. so D. or ‎40. A‎. position B. age C. health D. purpose ‎41. A‎. cups B. tools C. bags D. bowls ‎12. A‎. putting B.  getting C. turning D.‎ ‎ concentrating ‎43. A‎. taught B. provided C. returned D. bought ‎44. A‎. fun B. use C. the best D. the worst ‎45. A‎. kindly B. sadly C. rudely D. seriously ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍了一组事业上大有成就的同学一起去访问他们以前的大学教授，然而谈话的内容很快变成关于埋怨在工作和生活中的压力。当教授提供给他们不同杯子的咖啡的时候，大部分学生都去关注漂亮的昂贵的杯子，而忽略那些便宜的杯子。教授通过这件事情告诉他的学生们“最快乐的人不是拥有最好的一切，他们应该做最好的一切。‎ ‎31. C【解析】考查动词词义辨析。Think of考虑；think for认为；complain about埋怨；drop out离开；退出。根据该句中提到的“stress in work and life.”可知他们开始埋怨工作和生活中的压力。故选C。‎ ‎32. D【解析】考查介词词义辨析。for为；at在；in在……里面；with带有。根据下文中“a large pit of coffee and all kinds of cups”可知教授回来的时候手里拿着各种各样的杯子。故选D。‎ ‎33. A【解析】考查形容词词义辨析。Expensive昂贵的；ordinary普通的；strong强壮的；serious严肃的。根据下文中“some cheap”可知此处为some expensive相对应。故选A。‎ ‎34. B【解析】考查固定用法。Help oneself to something表示“随便吃/喝些什么”。该句句意：他告诉他们随便喝些咖啡吧。故选B。‎ ‎35. C【解析】考查动词词义辨析。mix up混合；left剩下；take up占用；refuse拒绝。根据下文“leaving behind the plain and cheap ones.”，可推断所有好看的昂贵的杯子都被占用了。故选C。‎ ‎36. A【解析】考查形容词辨析。normal普通的；important重要的；impossible不可能的；necessary必要的。根据上文提到了教授的学生都拿了漂亮的昂贵的杯子，所以看判断该句子为“对你们来说只用好杯子是很普通的” 。故选A。‎ ‎37. D【解析】考查名词词义辨析。 Thought想法；failure失败；question（口头）问题；problem麻烦；问题。根据下文的stress可推知此处为麻烦。故选D。‎ ‎38. C【解析】考查疑问词辨析。 who谁；how much多少；what什么；that那个。根据该句中的关键词 “office”可知句意：你真正需要的是咖啡。故选C。‎ ‎39. B【解析】考查连词词义辨析。and和，并且；but但是；so因此；or或者，否则。根据上文提到了真正需要的是咖啡，下文又提到都选择了最好的杯子，所以，此处需要一个转折连词。故选B。‎ ‎40. A【解析】考查名词词义辨析。position职位；age年龄；health健康；purpose目的。根据该句中的关键词“in society”，可知选项中只有“职位”符合句意，它和工作、金钱相对应。故选A。‎ ‎41. B【解析】考查名词词义辨析。cups杯子；tools工具；bags包；bowls碗。根据上文提到了“杯子”，可推知他们仅仅是生活的工具。故选B。‎ ‎42. D【解析】考查固定用法。concentrate on集中于，句意：有时候，我们仅仅把精力集中在被子上。故选D。‎ ‎43. B【解析】考查动词词义辨析。taught教；provide提供；return归还；bought买。根据句意：我们没有享受上帝______给我们的咖啡。很明显此处需要一个动词“提供”合乎题意。故选B。‎ ‎44. C【解析】考查形容词最高级用法。根据上文“最幸福的人并不一定有最好的一切。”中的关键词“the happiest”和“best”可知该处也应该用最高级，根据语境该句句意：他们只是制造最好的一切。可知她的父亲对自己的童年有清晰的记忆。故选C。‎ ‎45. A【解析】考查副词词义辨析。kindly友好地；sadly伤心地；rudely粗鲁地；seriously严肃地。根据上文中的“简单地生活。广泛地爱。深深地关心。”可知此处只有“友好地说”符合语境。其他选项不符合题意。故选A。‎ ‎【2013四川雅安】完形填空(共20小题；每小题I分，满分20分)‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ A poor girl was selling flowers in the street 21 Christmas Eve. Her parents were ill, so she 22 get money for food. It was very cold. The girl felt cold and hungry. She stopped ‎23 a beautiful house. The girl knocked 24 the door and a man came out. She asked 25 he needed some flowers. The man said he didn't want 26 . She left the house and felt tired. She sat down at the 27 of a tall wall. She looked 28 the flowers. The flowers 29 very nice. She suddenly had an unusual feeling. She felt she became light, 30 slowly she began to fly into the sky. She 31 higher and higher and at last she found herself on the clouds. A group of people were coming to meet her. At the head of them 32 her granny. She welcomed her and asked her why she didn't 33 .The girl told her that she had to 34 to get money became her parents were badly ill. Granny told her 35 and gave her lots of beautiful clothes and delicious food. The girl laughed 36 . ‎ It snowed 37 that night. The girl died ‎38 a smile on her face. 39 , people in the beautiful house began to sing Christmas songs and 40 .‎ ‎21. A‎. in B. on C. at D.（不填）‎ ‎22. A‎. could B. had better C. would like D. had to ‎23. A‎. in front of B. in the front of C. behind D. beside ‎24. A‎. at B. to C. in D. for ‎25. A‎. what B. why C. if D. when ‎26. A‎. some B. any C. nothing D. something ‎27. A‎. head B. foot C. top D. middle ‎28. A‎. for B. up C. (不填) D. at ‎29. A‎. feels B. felt C. smelt D. smells ‎30. A‎. and B. but C. so D. or ‎31. A‎. went B. got C. looked D. flew ‎32. A‎. has B. was C. had D. were ‎33. A‎. get money B. go out C. come to see her D. stay at home ‎34. A‎. fly into the sky B. come here C. sell flowers D. help others ‎35. A‎. didn't worry B. not to worry C. to not worry D. to worry not ‎36. A‎. happy B. happier C. happiest D. happily ‎37. A‎. heavily B. heavy C. largely D. strongly ‎38. A‎. had B. has C. with D. without ‎39. A‎. By the way B. At the same time C. except the girl D. By way ‎40. A‎. looked after the girl B. talked about the girl ‎ C. enjoyed themselves D. watched themselves ‎【主旨大意】‎ 本文是一篇童话，讲述的内容是一个小女孩由于父母病得很严重，她不得不在圣诞节前夕到大街上卖鲜花，她又冷又饿，感到很累，坐在墙脚下冻死了，小女孩死前是那样的向往美好生活，但她只能在梦境中得到她想要的东西，美丽的幻景与冷酷的现实形成鲜明的对比，深刻揭露了当时社会的黑暗，表达了作者对小女孩的深切同情。‎ ‎21. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。表示在具体的某一天或某个特定的上午、下午或晚上时，要用介词on，，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎22. D【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。could“能；可以”；had better“最好”；would like“愿意”；had to“不得不”，由前句“Her parents were ill”可推知，应是“她不得不挣钱买食物”，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎23. A【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。in front of“在……（外部）的前面”；in the front of“在……（内部）的前面”；behind“在……后面”；beside“在……旁边”，根据后句可知，应是“她在一所漂亮的房子的前面停下来”，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎24. A【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据后面的and a man came out可知应用knock at“敲门”，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎25. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据文章内容可知此处应是“她问他是否想买一些花儿”，应用if来引导宾语从句，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎26. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。some和something用于肯定句，any用于否定句，nothing本身就表示否定意义，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎27. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。at the foot of a tall wall意为“在高墙根儿”，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎28. D【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。look at表示“看……”，是固定搭配，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎29. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。smell意为“闻起来”，常用作系动词，此处应用过去式smelt，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎30. A【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由前面的“She suddenly had an unusual feeling. She felt she became light”可知此处表示顺承关系，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎31. D【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由前面的“She felt she became light, and slowly she began to fly into the sky.”可知此处应用fly的过去式flew，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎32. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。主语her granny 是第三人称单数，谓语动词应用is的过去式was，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎33. D【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由后面的“people in the beautiful house began to sing Christmas songs……”可知此处应是问她“为什么不呆在家里”，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎34. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由文章的第一句“A poor girl was selling flowers in the street”可知应是不得不“卖花”挣钱，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎35. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由后面的“and gave her lots of beautiful clothes and delicious food.”可知应是告诉她“不要担心”，tell sb. not to do sth.“告诉某人不要干某事”,所以选择答案B。‎ ‎36. D【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。laughed是动词，应用副词来修饰，根据文章内容，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎37. A【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。形容雪下得大，应用副词heavily，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎38. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。介词with用来表示伴随情况，without意为“没有”，与文章内容不符，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎39. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。用at the same ‎ time与小女孩的遭遇形成强烈的对比，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎40. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由前面的“began to sing Christmas songs”可知此处应用enjoyed themselves，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎【2013浙江杭州】Last night I was driving from Harrisburg to Lewisburg, a distance of about ‎80 miles. It was late, I was late, and I was driving 31_________.‎ At one point along an open highway, I came to a crossroads with a traffic light. I was 32_________ on the road by now, but as I came near the light, it turned 33_________, and I braked to a stop. I looked left, right, and behind me. Nothing. Not a car, no suggestion of headlights, 34_________ there I sat, waiting for the light to 35_________, the only human being, for at least a mile in any 36_________.‎ I started wondering why I 37_________ to run the light. I was not afraid of being caught, because there was 38_________ no policeman anywhere around and there certainly would have been no 39_________ in going through it.‎ Much later that 40_________, after I’d met with a group in Lewisburg and had climbed into bed near midnight, the question of why I’d stopped for that light 41_________ me. I think I stopped 42_________ it’s part of a contract(契约) we all have with each other. It’s not only the law, but it’s an agreement we have, and we trust each other to follow 43_________: we don’t go through red lights.‎ We do 44_________ we say we’ll do. We show up when we say we’ll show up.‎ I was so 45_________ of myself for stopping for that red light. And as no one would ever have known what a good person I was on the road from Harrisburg to Lewisburg, I had to tell s someone.‎ ‎31. A‎. fast B. slowly C. carefully D. hard ‎32. A‎. late B. alone C. worried D. afraid ‎33. A‎. green B. yellow C. red D. dark ‎34.A. and B. or C. so D. but ‎35. A‎. return B. change C. start D. continue ‎36. A‎. attention B. background C. direction D. information ‎37. A‎. refused B. decided C. prepared D. forgot ‎38. A‎. hardly B. luckily C. usually D. clearly ‎39.A. danger B. excuse C. space D. energy ‎40. A‎. moment B. night C. afternoon D. morning ‎41. A‎. depended on B. looked forward to C. stayed away from D. came back to ‎42. A‎. though B. unless C. because D. until ‎43. A‎. me B. it C. him D. us ‎44. A‎. what B. how C. why D. that ‎45. A‎. tired B. ready C. proud D. sorry ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇议论文。文章通过作者没有闯红灯这件事，告诉我们“无规矩不成方圆”的道理，并号召我们无论何时何地为了自己和他人的安全都要遵守交通规则。‎ ‎31. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。由上文中的late可知天已黑，作者回家晚了，故可推断开车加速，故选A项，意为“迅速地”。 ‎ ‎32. 【解析】选B。细节理解和逻辑推理题。由下文中的 Nothing, Not和no可推知作者一个人，故答案选B项，意为“独自的”。‎ ‎33. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。由下文 中的stop和交通常识可知红灯亮了。‎ ‎34. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。由下文中的 waiting for the light可知虽然路上什么都没有，“可是”作者依然停下车等候。‎ ‎35. 【解析】选B。逻辑推理题。根据上文可知红灯亮了，所以作者停下来等交通灯变绿后通行，故答案选B项，意为“改变”。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。由上文中的 a mile可知指的是“距离”，故答案选C项。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。由下文I was not afraid of being caught可知作者不害怕被逮住，故可推知“作者想知道自己为什么没有闯红灯呢？”，故答案选A项，意为“拒绝”。 ‎ ‎38. 【解析】选D。逻辑推理题。由上文可知作者“不害怕被逮住”可推知是“因为清楚周围没有警察”，故答案选D项，意为“清晰地；清楚地”。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理题。由上文可知没有警察，故可推知“闯红灯”就没有“被逮住”的“危险”了，故答案选A项。 ‎ ‎40. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。由下文中的bed和 near midnight可知是晚上。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据上文中的I started wondering why I rufused to run the light和 the question of why I’d stopped for that light可知“晚上”作者思考的是同样的问题，故答案选D项，意为“回到……”。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选C。逻辑推理题。由下文It’s not only the law, but it’s an agreement we have可知作者之所以停下来的“原因”是这是彼此之间的一份承诺，故答案选C项，意为“因为”。 ‎ ‎43. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。由下文we don’t go through red lights可知这是“一条”交通规则，故答案选B项，相当于the rule。 ‎ ‎44. 【解析】选A。what连接的从句，在句中作宾语。 ‎ ‎45. 【解析】选C。联系上下文可推知作者为自己没有在任何监督的情况下能自觉遵守交通规则而感到“自豪”，故答案选C项，意为“骄傲的；自豪的”。‎ ‎（2013浙江绍兴）三、完形填空(本题有15小题，每小题1分.共计15分)‎ ‎ 阅该下面短文，然后从各所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案 I was feeling a little blue because my mother had lost her job.‎ One day, while I was 26 on the street, I heard the piano music and singing rising above the noise of the people. I walked more slowly to 27 where it was coming from. Then I saw a young lady sitting at a piano.‎ She was singing songs about love, 28 yourself and keeping on trying. The way she was singing made me a little comfortable. I stood there 29 ，watching her playing on such a crowded New York square. I thought that she must be 30 enough to perform in front of so many people.‎ She noticed me. I walked over and told her how good her 31 sounded. “Thank you.” she said.‎ ‎“I have been going through a hard time recently, 32 you’ve made me hopeful again.” I said to her.‎ ‎“I’m glad that I could help,” she replied, “Why are you so 33 ?”‎ ‎“Well, my mom has lost her job, and I’m not sure what to do …”‎ ‎“Did you noticed the 34 you were walking? Your head was down.” she said. “Don’t be upset, because 35 comes in different ways and if your head is down, you might not see it. You should 36 more… lift your head up.”‎ I looked 37 her, amazed at how she was encouraging me. “ 38 are you ‎ playing the piano here?” I asked her with a smile.‎ She 39 that she saw a lot of unhappy people in the world and she tried to cheer 40 up by playing music.‎ I smiled a little wilder, realizing that no difficulties could stop me from going on.‎ ‎26. A‎. driving B. riding C. running D. walking ‎27. A‎. find out B. send out C. take out D. get out ‎28. A‎. dressing B. believing C. hurting D. losing ‎29. A‎. nervously B. rudely C. angrily D. quietly ‎30. A‎. brave B. shy C. bored D. honest ‎31. A‎. advice B. idea C. music D. interest ‎32. A‎. or B. but C. so D. and ‎33. A‎. dirty B. busy C. sad D. lazy ‎34. A‎. way B. time C. reason D. station ‎35. A‎. opportunity B. health C. pain D. life ‎36. A‎. complain B. rest C. smile D. pay ‎ ‎37. A‎. like B. after C. for D. at ‎38. A‎. How B. Why C. When D. Where ‎39. A‎. dreamed B. hoped C. guessed D. explain ‎40. A‎. us B. them C. me D. her ‎【答案】26. D ‎27. A 28.B 29.D 30.A ‎31. C 32.B ‎33.C ‎34A ‎35. A ‎36.C 37.D 38.B 39.D 40.B ‎【主旨大意】‎ ‎26. D【解析】语境理解。根据第二段第二句I walked more slowly可知，作者是步行在街上。‎ ‎27. A【解析】语境理解。find out意为“查出”，send out意为“发送，发出”，take out“拿出来”，get out“出来”。根据句意“我慢下脚步来，找出声音的来源”可知选择A项。‎ ‎28.B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据句意“她唱的歌是关于友爱、 自己和不断努力 的”推知“相信自己”，故选B项。‎ ‎29.D【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。nervously意为“紧张地”，rudely意为“粗鲁地”，angrily意为“生气地”，quietly意为“安静地”。‎ ‎30.A【解析】语境理解。brave意为“勇敢的”，shy意为“害羞的”，bored意为“枯燥的”， honest意为“诚实的”。根据句意“我想她能在如此多的人面前唱歌一定是足够勇敢的”，故选A项。‎ ‎31. C【解析】语境理解。advice意为“建议”，idea意为“主意”，music意为“音乐”，interest意为“兴趣”。根据空后的sounded推知“我走过去，告诉她她的音乐听起来是多么的美好”。‎ ‎32.B【解析】语境理解。根据前一句句意“我最近正处于困境中”和后句句意“你已经让我感到希望了”可知，前后成转折关系，故选转折连词but。‎ ‎33.C【解析】语境理解。根据上文“我最近正处于困境中”和下文“我妈妈失业了”推知此处选sad“伤心的”。‎ ‎34A‎【解析】语境理解。根据后一句Your head was down“你头耷拉着”可知上句句意是“你注意到你走路的方式了吗？”，故选A项。‎ ‎35. A【解析】语境理解。根据后一句“如果你耷拉着头你可能看不到它”，推知句意为“机会会以各种方式出现”，故选A项。‎ ‎36.C【解析】语境理解。根据后一句“抬起头来”，推知前一句为“你应该多微笑”。‎ ‎37.D【解析】语境理解 。look like意为“看起来像”， look after意为“照顾”，look for意为“寻找”，look at意为“看着”。‎ ‎38.B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据最后一段后半句“她努力通过演奏音乐来让那些人高兴起来”推知作者问她演奏音乐的原因，故用why。‎ ‎39.D【解析】语境理解。此处解释原因，故用explain。‎ ‎40.B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据前半句中的a lot of unhappy people可知，用them代指。‎ ‎【2013 浙江湖州】三、完形填空 (共15小题，计15分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A, B, C, D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文中相应空白处的最佳答案。‎ ‎ George lived with his sick mother in a poor village.‎ ‎ One bright sunny ‎26 in July, he went early to the forest two miles away. He was asked to 27 some wood from under the trees. After working hard for half a day, he looked around for a _28 place to rest and eat his lunch. Suddenly some fine red wild 29 caught his eyes.‎ ‎ “How good these will be with my bread and butter!” thought George. He at once began to 30 all the strawberries he could find and sat down by the river, ready to enjoy them.‎ ‎ Just then as he was lifting the 31 strawberry to his mouth, he thought of his mother. “shall I 32 them for her?” said he, thinking how much they would make 33 happy, yet still looking at them with longing (渴望的) eyes.‎ ‎ “ I will eat half, and take the other half to her,” said he. Then he divided the strawberries into two. 34 he found each half looked so small that he put them together again.‎ ‎ “I will only taste one.” Then seeing that he taken the biggest, he put it back. Finally he 35 them carefully with some leaves, deciding to keep all 36 his mother.‎ ‎ When the sun was beginning to go down, George went home. 37 happy he felt that he had all his strawberries for his sick mother. The 38 he came to his home, the less he wished to taste them. As soon as he arrived, he ran to his 39 and happily offered his wild strawberries. Tears in eyes, she put her hand on his head and said 40 , “And you kept them for your sick mother, did you? God will bless you for all this, my child.”‎ ‎ Could the eating of the stawberries have given George half the happiness he felt at the moment.‎ ‎26. A‎. morning B. noon C. afternoon D. night ‎27. A‎. set up B. pick up C. put up D. give up ‎28. A‎. hot B. dark C. cool D. noisy ‎29. A‎. apples B. strawberries C. pears D. peaches ‎30. A‎. buy B. grow C. make D. collect ‎31. A‎. first B. last C. other D. next ‎32. A‎. cut B. peel C. sell D. keep ‎33. A‎. him B. them C. her D. it ‎34. A‎. But B. So C. If D. Or ‎35. A‎. showed B. locked C. covered D. washed ‎36. A‎. to B. from C. for D. on ‎37. A‎. What B. How C. Why D. Whether ‎38. A‎. nearer B. farther C. longer D. later ‎39. A‎. father B. sister C. friend D. mother ‎40. A‎. angrily B. lovingly C. worriedly D. politely 文章大意：本文讲述了一个感人的故事。乔治在森林里工作时，发现了一些野草莓，刚要吃它们，忽然想起了她生病的母亲，经过激烈的思想斗争，他一个草莓也没吃，全都给他母亲带了回来。‎ ‎26. A【解析】根据下文的工作了半天后准备吃午饭，可知是早晨开始工作的，故选A。‎ ‎27. B 【解析】他被要求从树下捡拾一些木头，故选B，pick up，捡起、拾起；其他的set up， 建立； put up，张贴， give up，放弃。都不符合文意。‎ ‎28. C【解析】很卖力的工作了半天之后，他四下看看，想找一个凉爽的地方休息和吃午饭，故选C，cool，凉爽的。其他dark，黑暗的；hot，热的；noisy，吵闹的，都不合适。‎ ‎29. B 【解析】下文多次提到strawberries，可知选B。‎ ‎30. D【解析】他马上开始收集这些草莓，collect，收集、搜集。‎ ‎31. A‎ 【解析】从下文可知他一个草莓也没吃，因此他刚要把第一个草莓放到嘴里，就想起了他的母亲。‎ ‎32. D【解析】我应该把它们留给她吗？故选D，keep，保留。其他cut，切割；peel，剥皮；sell，卖，都不符合文意。‎ ‎33. C‎ 【解析】此处的“她”是指他母亲，故选C，her。‎ ‎34. A【解析】他把这些草莓分成了两份，但他发现两份都太少了，又把它们和在了一起。故选A。‎ ‎35. C‎ 【解析】最后她很小心的把他们用树叶包好。故选C，cover，覆盖。其他的show，展示；lock，锁上；wash，洗，都不符合文意。‎ ‎36. C【解析】决定把所有的都留给她母亲。for，为。‎ ‎37. B 【解析】他所有的草莓都留给了她母亲，乔治感到多么高兴啊。How happy he felt，是感叹句。‎ ‎38. A【解析】离家越近，他就越不想品尝这些草莓了。Near，近的。‎ ‎39. D 【解析】从上文可知他与母亲生活在一起。‎ ‎40. B【解析】他的母亲抚摸着他的头，充满爱的说。故选B，lovingly，充满爱地。其他的angerily，生气地；worriedly，担心地；politely，有礼貌地，都不符合文意。‎ ‎【2013江苏盐城】完形填空(共15小题，每小题1分，计15分。) ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ When I was nine years old. I used to go to the post office with my mother, sending greeting cards to my aunt in Singapore. To me, these trips were really 16 memories. And receiving mail through a mailbox outside our gate was just as exciting. My small hands could 17 get the mail without using a key! I always couldn’t wait to see how much I was 18 . Oh, a letter! From Singapore! I would run back home and show it to my 19 . When there was a letter for me, I wouldn’t run—I would open it right there.‎ After my family moved back to Singapore, I 20 going to the post office. Years later, my company sent me to Shanghai, and the post office found me again. Two years ago I celebrated my 21 with five friends on top of the mountain in Longsheng‎, ‎China. At sunrise we 22 up to a beautiful view from the mountain top. Later in the afternoon, As we were going 23 the mountain and returning from the sunrise viewing place, a 24 shop caught our attention. It only sold noodles, coffee and had a China 25 sign.‎ We asked the owner if she could really send mail. She happily said yes. It seemed hard to believe 26 we were at the highest top of the mountain. I picked one postcard out and asked my friends to write ‎27 a birthday note, we bought a stamp, wrote some notes and gave the shop owner the postcard.‎ Three weeks later, I arrived home and 28 my mailbox. Hello, postcard! I broke onto a big smile.‎ That birthday postcard attracted me again to the post office and all its delights. I had 29 the post office all these years. Today I 30 send postcards to friends. And every time I am at the post office buying stamps, I cannot help but smile—how one postcard will make its way across the world and brighten up someone’s day.‎ ‎16.A. bad B. poor C. good D. short ‎17. A‎. easily B. simply C. hardly D. specially ‎18. A‎. weighing B. getting C. selecting D. accepting ‎19. A‎. friend B. aunt C. mother D. owner ‎20. A‎. enjoyed B. stopped C. hated D. considered ‎21. A‎. wedding B. return C. success D. birthday ‎22. A‎. broke B. woke C. grew D. stood ‎23. A‎. around B. over C. up D. down ‎24. A‎. cold B. dirty C. small D. modern ‎25. A‎. Traffic B. Life C. Police D. Post ‎26. A‎. because B. though C. while D. when ‎27. A‎. him B. me C. her D. them ‎28. A‎. bought B. repaired C. painted D. opened ‎29. A‎. missed B. influenced C. studied D. visited ‎30. A‎. just B. seldom C. still D. never ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，通过我与明信片的故事，讲述了儿时记忆中去邮局给阿姨邮寄明星贺卡、长大后还是念念不忘明信片，最后悟出一个道理：一张小小的明信片能照亮某些人的生活。‎ ‎16.【解析】选C。语境理解。儿时记忆是美好的，用good，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎17.【解析】选A。语境理解。根据上下文，不用钥匙打开信箱，我的小手就很容易地拿出信件，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎18.【解析】选B。语境理解。这里的句意是“我总是迫不及待地看到我收到多少信件”，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎19.【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，这里是“我回家把信交给妈妈”，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎20.【解析】选B。语境理解。根据上下文，这些年，我不去邮局了。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎21. 【解析】选D。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文“asked my friends to write a birthday ‎ note.”可知答案D。‎ ‎22. 【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。醒来，去山顶看日出。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎23. 【解析】选D。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文的：傍晚，从看日出的地方返回。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎24. 【解析】选C。细节理解与语境理解题。由下文：它只卖面条与咖啡，可知答案C。‎ ‎25. 【解析】选D。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文：我们问店主是否寄信。可知这里应该是中国邮政的标志。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎26. 【解析】选A。语境理解。我们在山顶，所以不可能寄信的。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎27. 【解析】选B。上文提到我过生日。我选择一张明信片叫朋友写祝福语。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎28. 【解析】选D。细节理解与语境理解题。回到家，打开信箱。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎29. 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。这张明信片唤起我的儿时记忆。这些年，我一直想念邮局。‎ ‎30. 【解析】选C。细节理解与语境理解题。所以选择答案C。由下文可知：我仍然邮寄明信片给我的朋友们。‎ ‎【2013江苏无锡】完形填空：先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（本大题共10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ My parents have always loved everything about India, so a year ago we went on holiday there. It’s a wonderful 15 with beautiful scenes and interesting people . However, I didn’t enjoy Indian 16 very much.‎ On the second day we planned to see an old palace. At the 17 they said. “If you go by train, it’ll take you only two hours to get there.” However, the hot 18 took over four hours. I was very 19 when we got there , so we had some rice and vegetables with bread in a small restaurant. We were 20 to find it was quite nice. I wasn’t full up though and I saw a man nearby eating some little meatballs.‎ I said to my dad, “I’ve been eating rice all week. Can I have some meatballs please?”‎ Well, they looked delicious so I ate the first one very 21 . I was just putting the second one in my mouth when I felt myself 22 —my mouth was on fire! I started to cough（咳嗽）and there were tears (泪水)in my eyes. I couldn’t 23 how spicy (辛辣的) it was!‎ I drank about ten glasses of water but the worst thing was everyone was laughing at me. You couldn’t make me eat another Indian meatball for all the ‎24 in the world!‎ ‎15.A. town B. city C. country D. restaurant ‎16.A. food B. scenes C. people D. costumes ‎17.A. palace B. hotel C. airport D. entrance ‎18 .A. sail B. walk C. drive D. ride ‎19. A‎. hungry B. curious C. cheerful D. nervous ‎20.A.shocked B. surprised C. bored D. tired ‎21.A. quietly B. easily C. quickly D. gently ‎22.A. burning B. watering C. crying D. smiling ‎23.A. feel B. believe C. think D. know ‎24. A‎. diet B. luck C. time D. money ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述我和父母去印度旅行，看到别人吃肉丸，自己也想吃，结果吃了以后上火了。‎ ‎15. 【解析】选C。常识考查。印度是个国家，故选C。‎ ‎16. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由下文的内容可知，是没有好好的享受印度的食物。‎ ‎17. 【解析】选B。判断推理。由后面句意“如果你们乘火车，将要花两个小时到达那儿”可知是在宾馆。‎ ‎18. 【解析】选D。语境理解。句意为“然而炎热的旅途花了四个多小时”。sail航行；walk步行；drive开车；ride旅行。故选D。‎ ‎19. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由we had some rice and vegetables with bread可知是饿了。‎ ‎20. 【解析】选B。判断推理。由前一句里的in a small restaurant可推断他们进去后很惊讶，里面非常好。shocked震惊的；surprised惊讶的；bored无聊的；tired累的。‎ ‎21. 【解析】选C。语境理解。由looked delicious可知是很快地吃了第一个，quietly安静地；easily容易地；quickly迅速地；gently文雅地。故选C。‎ ‎22. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由my mouth was on fire可知“我感觉我自己在燃烧”。burning燃烧；watering浇水；crying哭喊；smiling微笑。故选A。‎ ‎23. 【解析】选A。语境理解。句意为“我感觉不出它有多么的辛辣”。feel感觉；believe相信；think认为；know知道。故选A。（选B。句意为“我不能相信它是多么的辛辣。”指作者认为印度肉丸的难吃程度自己无法相信。）不知对不对？‎ ‎24. 【解析】选A。语境理解。句意为“在世界上所有的饮食中你不可能让我再吃一个印度肉丸的。”diet饮食；luck幸运；time时间；money钱。故选A。‎ IV．【2013山东济南】完形填空 阅读短文，从每题A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个能填入文章中相应空白处的最佳答案。（10分） ‎ Anne is a newspaper reporter. She chose this _ 56 so she could travel around the world. The work has taught her many unforgettable lessons. She has seen wars, earthquakes and death. But she has 57 seen courage, hope and happiness.‎ Last year, she won an award for her reporting in Africa. She was very proud 58 it. At first, she thought she got the award because of her good work. But then she realized that she should thank many other people for 59 help.‎ Anne was born in Jamaica. Her family was not poor, but it was not 60 , either. Her parents had to 61 hard so that she could go to school. At school, Anne was not a good student, 62 she enjoyed writing because her English teacher said, “Anne, you are a wonderful 63 .” The teacher encouraged her all the time.‎ Later, Anne went to university in Canada and then 64 for a job. It was very difficult. Then, one day, she went to see the editor of a newspaper in Ottawa. The editor gave her a job. “Everyone needs a 65 at first.” He said.‎ ‎56. A‎. book B. job C. sweater D. picture ‎ ‎57. A‎. still B. never C. also D. only ‎58. A‎. to B. of C. for D. from ‎59. A‎. my B. his C. our D. their ‎60. A‎. rich B. new C. small D. big ‎61. A‎. study B. walk C. work D. play ‎62. A‎. but B. if C. because D. so ‎63. A‎. farmer B. nurse C. doctor D. writer ‎ ‎64. A‎. looked B. made C. joined D. found ‎ ‎65. A‎. ticket B. hobby C. chance D. habit ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，主要向我们介绍了一名新闻记者的工作事迹，并以倒叙的形式向我们展示了她成功的原因得益于老师们给予的鼓励和锻炼机会。‎ ‎56. B【解析】考查名词词义辨析。句意：她选择了这份工作，所以她可以周游世界。所以答案选B。‎ ‎57. B【解析】考查句意理解。联系前句判断句意：她见过了战争、地震和死亡，但她却从未见过勇气、希望和幸福。根据but判断前后句意形成对比反差。所以答案选B。‎ ‎58. B【解析】考查短语搭配。固定短语be proud of，为……而自豪。所以答案选B。‎ ‎59. D【解析】考查物主代词。根据句中other people判断空处使用their。所以答案选D。‎ ‎60. A【解析】考查形容词词义辨析。句意：她的家庭并不穷困，但也不富裕。rich富有的；new新的；small小的；big大的。所以答案选A。‎ ‎61. C【解析】考查句意理解。study学习；walk走路；work工作；play玩。她的父母为了能让她上学不得不辛苦劳动。所以答案选C。‎ ‎62. A【解析】考查连词辨析。句意：在学校，Anne并不是名出色的学生，但她喜欢写作，……。根据句意判断空处表示转折意义。所以答案选A。‎ ‎63. D【解析】考查句意理解和名词辨析。farmer农夫；nurse护士；doctor医生；writer作家。结合前句句意判断，“……她喜欢写作，因为她的英语老师说她是一位优秀的作家。”所以答案选D。‎ ‎64. A【解析】考查短语搭配。固定短语look for，寻找。句意：后来Anne去了加拿大上大学，然后找工作。所以答案选A。‎ ‎65. C【解析】考查句意理解和名词辨析。ticket票；hobby爱好；chance机会；habit习惯。根据句意判断：编辑说，开始的时候人人都需要一个机会（来证明自己）。所以答案选C。‎ ‎【2013湖南长沙】第二节 完形填空 通读下面没的短文，掌握其大意，然后从ABC 三个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。（共10小题，计10分）‎ Bruce shook his money box again.‎ Nothing! He carefully counted the coins that lay on the bed. All that he had was $24.52. The__31___which he wanted was at least $90. How on earth(究竟)was he going to get the rest of the___32_____?‎ He knew that his friends all had bicycles. It was hard to hang out(闲逛) with people when you were the only one____33___a bicycle. He thought about___34____he could do. He couldn’t get money from his parents. Because he knew they had no extra(额外的)money.‎ There was only one way to get money, and that was to earn(挣钱)it. He would have to find a job. He decided to ask Mr Clay for___35______‎ ‎“Well, you can start right here,” said Mr Clay. “you see my windows needs cleaning and my car needs washing.’‎ That was beginning of Bruce’s part-time(兼职)job. For the next three__36_____he worked every day after finishing his homework. He took dogs for walks and cleaned the rooms,‎ The day finally came when Bruce___37_____his money and found $94.32. He wasted no time and went down to the shop to__38_____bicycle he wanted. He rode home prouldly,‎ ‎ looking forward to___39____his new bicycle to his friends. Bruce liked his bicycle very much because he had bought with his own money. At last, his dream came true, and his parents were_40____of him.‎ ‎31.A. bicycle B. car C. truck ‎32. A‎. money B. help C. food ‎33. A‎. with B. without C. behind ‎34. A‎. why B. how C.what ‎35. A‎. food B.advice C.water ‎36. A‎. months B.minutes C.seconds ‎37. A‎. lent B.lost C.counted ‎38. A‎. choose B.sell C. drive ‎39. A‎. borrowing B. showing C.asking ‎40. A‎. famous B. strict C.proud ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，通过布鲁斯干兼职的工作，自己挣钱买自己心爱的自行车的的故事，表明了布鲁斯本的进取心和不畏艰难，通过自己的辛苦努力，实现了自己的梦想。‎ ‎31. 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文第二段说到他的朋友都有自行车，所以推知数存钱罐里的钱去买自行车，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎32. 【解析】选A。语境理解。根据上下文，存钱管理的钱不够，所以他怎么得到剩余的钱去买自行车，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎33. 【解析】选B。语境理解题。这里的句意是“当你是一个唯一没有自行车的和同学们闲逛是很困难的”，他想去买自行车，看来他是唯一没有自行车的，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎34. 【解析】选C。考查宾语从句的连词。这里要构成宾语从句“他所能做的”，连词what在宾语从句中宾语，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎35. 【解析】选B。考查语境推断。他决定向克雷先生寻求意见，由上一句He would have to find a job.也可以推断出答案所以选择答案B。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选A。语境理解。作兼职工作的时间不可能太短，B,C几分钟，几秒；显然不符合题意。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选C。语境理解。根据作兼职工作的最后一天，发了薪水，再有后面一句…and found $94.32.，数数得了多少钱。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。由上文的：挣钱为了买自行车，钱够了去商店选择他想要的那辆。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。由上一句He rode home proudly，布鲁斯非常的自豪，所以想在朋友面前炫耀一下。选择答案B。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选C。考查词组的固定搭配。Be proud of 以… 自豪，骄傲，布鲁斯的父母看到儿子通过自身的努力，实现自己的梦想，亚感到很自豪。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎【2013福建泉州】B)完形填空:从每小题A,B,C三个选项中，选出能填入空白处的最佳答案。(10分) ‎ I have been a reporter for the last fifteen years. My job is sometimes 46 , for I have seen wars, earthquakes and death. But for most of the time it’s wonderful, because I have also seen courage, 47 and happiness.‎ In India, I visited a city where there were many homeless children living in the street. But a kind –hearted lady 48 Rosa opened a home for them. In a year, she was looking for two 49 kids, feeding them, teaching them and giving them hope.‎ ‎ 50 time I was in Japan after a terrible earthquake. In a place I found a ‎ lady whose house fell down. Her son was missing and many people around her said there was no 51 that her son was alive. But the lady did not 52 hope. For four days, she kept 53 heavy stones by herself. She did not stop 54 she found her son. He was alive!‎ Here in China, I met a young boy ‎55 a serious illness. He had to have twenty operations in hospital. But when I met him, he was still smiling.‎ Now I always remember the courage of those people when I face challenges in my life.‎ ‎46. A‎. interesting B. relaxing C. difficult ‎47. A‎. hope B. trouble C. pressure ‎48. A‎. call B. called C. calling ‎49. A‎. hundred B. hundreds C. hundreds of ‎50. A‎. Next B. Another C. Every ‎ ‎51. A‎. choice B. excuse C. chance ‎ ‎52. A‎. give up B. look for C. take up ‎ ‎53. A‎. bringing B. sending C. moving ‎54. A‎. while B. until C. since ‎ ‎55. A‎. with B. from C. about ‎【答案】46. C ‎47. A 48. B ‎49. A 50.B ‎51. C 52.A ‎53. C 54. B ‎‎55. A ‎【主旨大意】作者在文中讲了三个故事：印度的好心人Rosa照顾无家可归的孩子、震后力救儿子的妈妈、病入膏肓却依旧微笑的中国男孩。作者用这三个故事告诉我们：要勇敢地面对生活中的困难。‎ ‎46. C‎ 【解析】语境理解。根据后文for I have seen wars, earthquakes and death “我曾看到过战争、地震和死亡”可知，“我的工作有时很困难”，故选C项。‎ ‎47. A‎ 【解析】语境理解。hope 意为“希望”，trouble意为“麻烦”，pressure意为“压力”。根据所在句句意“因为我也看到了勇气、 和快乐”，可知选A项。‎ ‎48. B 【解析】语境理解。called Rosa 作后置定语，修饰lady，a kind –hearted lady called Rosa意为“一位叫Rosa的好心女士”。‎ ‎49. A‎ 【解析】语境理解。数词hundred前面有基数词修饰时，hundred用原形。‎ ‎50. B 【解析】语境理解。another time 意为“另外一次；还有一次”。‎ ‎51. C‎ 【解析】语境理解。choice意为“选择”，excuse意为“理由”，chance意为“几率”。根据句意“她周围的许多人都说他的儿子没有生还的希望了”可知选C项。‎ ‎52. A‎ 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据后文可知，这位母亲自己搬开石头救儿子，说明她没有放弃希望，故选A项。‎ ‎53. C‎ 【解析】语境理解。bring意为“带来”，send意为“寄送”，move意为“移动 ”。根据句意“她自己不停地搬着石头”可知选C项。‎ ‎54. B 【解析】语境理解。not…until…意为“直到……才……”。‎ ‎55. A‎ 【解析】语境理解。with短语表示伴随。句意为“在中国，我遇到一位患有严重疾病的年轻男孩”。‎ ‎【2013江苏淮安】完形填空(每小题1分, 共15分)‎ 阅读下面短文内容, 掌握其大意, 然后从各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ Years ago, when Dad moved to the US, I had to go to school in New York. I was worried. How could I, an eight yearold girl from __16__, make friends in America?‎ On my first day at Anna‎ Silver ‎School, I met Miss Alice Green, my class __17__ . She spoke to me slowly and __18__ to get me used to her American accent(口音). When she discovered that I __19__ drawing, she took me as the teacher. Miss Green made sure that I fit(适应) into her class easily, and before I knew it, I was already having __20__ fun, just as other schoolgirls could. ‎ When Dad was sent back to India, I had to __21__ Anna‎ Silver ‎School. I was __22__ again. Miss Green had planned to take us students for a __23__ trip, but I had to say goodbye to them now. So, with a __24__ heart, I left m school and the US. Back in India, I received a package one day. It was __25__ Miss Green and my 24 classmates. They bad written me a letter each, __26__ me about the fishing trip. Miss Green said she __27__ me very much. With her good wishes, she added, “Keep up with your drawing, __28__ you love it so much. ”‎ I'm very __29__ to Miss Green. She not only made a shy little __30__ feel at home in a faraway country, but also taught me and my classmates to understand the importance of being kind to others at an early age. ‎ ‎16. A‎. India B. China C. France D. ‎Thailand ‎17. A‎. nurse B. doctor C. student D. teacher ‎18. A‎. weakly B. nosily C. clearly D. angrily ‎19. A‎. hated B. enjoyed C. dropped D. minded ‎20. A‎. much B. little C. no D. any ‎21. A‎. reach B. choose C. support D. leave ‎22. A‎. tired B. surprised C. worried D. satisfied ‎23. A‎. riding B. fishing C. skiing D. camping ‎24. A‎. cold B. hot C. light D. heavy ‎25. A‎. from B. between C. through D. among ‎26. A‎. teaching B. training C. telling D. treating ‎27. A‎. thanked B. missed C. hurt D. understood ‎28. A‎. so B. but C. unless D. since ‎29. A‎. kind B. patient C. thankful D. friendly ‎30. A‎. girl B. boy C. daughter D. son ‎【答案】16-20 ADCBA 21-25 DCBDD 26-30 ACDCA ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了我随同爸爸到了美国, 因此就读于美国的一所学校, 在学校与老师和同学结下了深厚的情谊, 因此面临离别产生了依依惜别之情。‎ ‎16. 【答案】选A。细节理解。由后文将返回到“印度”知, 我是来自印度的女孩, 所以选择A。‎ ‎17. 【答案】选D。语境理解。由文中的最后一段知, Miss Alice Green是老师, 所以选择D。‎ ‎18. 【答案】选C。逻辑推理。由下文“使我适应美国的口音”可推断, 她讲话很慢很清晰, 所以选择C。‎ ‎19. 【答案】选B。语境理解。由下文“keep up with your drawing”知, 我喜欢画画, enjoy喜欢, 所以选择B。‎ ‎20. 【答案】选A。语境理解。由下文“我不愿意离开”知, 我是玩得非常的愉快, 所以选择A。‎ ‎21. 【答案】选D。细节理解。由文意知“我得离开学校”, leave离开, 所以选择D。‎ ‎22. 【答案】选C。语境理解。由句中的again可知, 面临离开学校, 我变得焦虑起来, worried焦虑的, 所以选择C。‎ ‎23. 【答案】选B。细节理解。由下文中的“fishing trip”可知, 此处是fishing, 所以选择B。‎ ‎24. 【答案】选D。语境理解。由文意“面临告别”可知, 当时的心情是很“沉重的”, heavy重的, 所以选择D。‎ ‎25. 【答案】选A。语境理解。由前句知, 后句意为“包裹是来自格林小姐和24位同班同学”, be from来自于, 所以选择A。‎ ‎26. 【答案】选C。细节理解。tell sb. about告诉某人关于, 动名词在句中作状语, 所以选择C。‎ ‎27. 【答案】选B。语境理解。由前文知“我与老师将告别了”可知, 格林小姐说, 她是非常的想念我, miss想念, 所以选择B。‎ ‎28. 【答案】选D。细节理解。句意“既然你是如此的喜欢画画, 你就坚持”, since坚持, 所以选择D。‎ ‎29. 【答案】选C。语境理解。由前文“我与老师间有着深厚的感情”可知, 我对格林小姐是非常的感激, thankful感激的, 所以选择C。‎ ‎30. 【答案】选A。细节理解。由文中的第一段“an eight-year-old girl”知, 此处意为“我是一位害羞的小女孩”, 所以选择A。‎ ‎【2013湖南益阳】B)完形填空 （共10小题，计10分）‎ 通读下面短文，然后从短文所给的ABC三个选项中选出最佳选项填空，使短文完整通顺。‎ This is a true story. One evening a woman was__36___home when she saw a truck(卡车)close behind her. She drove more quickly to be far away from the truck, __37___when she sped up(加速)，the truck did too. The__38_____she drove, the faster the truck drove. The woman felt afraid, so she drove a main street, hoping to__39____the truck in the traffic. But the truck jumped a___40___light and went on running after her.‎ ‎ Finally the woman drove her car into a service station and got off her car shouting for__41____. The truck driver didn’t leave, instead he went out his truck and run to her car. He__42___the back door, and pulled out a man hidden(藏)in the back seat. The woman was running from the wrong person. The woman was___43____at last.‎ ‎ From the place where the woman stopped her car, the driver___44____a criminal(罪犯)in the woman’s car. The driver drove after not to__45___her but to help her.‎ ‎36.A. running B. walking C. driving ‎37. A‎. but B. though C. or ‎38. A‎. bigger B. faster C. happier ‎39. A‎. lose B. look C. come ‎40. A‎. black B. red C. green ‎41. A‎. advice B. suggestion C. help ‎42. A‎. cleaned B. opened C. bought ‎43. A‎. safe B. healthy C. free ‎44. A‎. forget B. found C. put ‎45. A‎. harm B. visit C. save ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了一个妇女在开车回家的路上，遇到一辆卡车跟踪她，她感到非常害怕，但是最后在这个妇女的车里藏着一名罪犯，卡车司机抓住了罪犯，帮助了女司机的故事。‎ ‎36.解析：选C。考查语境理解。从下文She drove more quickly…可以看出这名妇女是开车回家，故选C。‎ ‎37.解析：选A。考查连词的用法。由上文“妇女想加速摆脱卡车，妇女加速，卡车也加速。前后句表示转折，故选A。‎ ‎38.解析：选B。考查句型的理解。the+比较级，the+比较级；表示”越…,越…The faster she drove, the faster the truck drove.她开的越快，卡车也开得越快。故选B。‎ ‎39. 解析：选A。语境理解。so she drove a main street,所以他开上了一条主街，看来是想摆脱卡车，lose，丢失；look，看；come，来；故选A。‎ ‎40.解析：选B。语境理解。went on running after her.继续追着她，前面肯定是速度很快闯了红灯，所以选B。‎ ‎41. 解析：选C。语境理解。因为卡车跟着这个妇女，她非常害怕，所以Finally the woman drove her car into a service station and got off her car。最后把车开进了服务区下车呼救。故选C。‎ ‎42.解析：选B。语境理解。由下文“拉出了藏在后座位上的一个人”。由此可知前面应该是打开车的后门。故选B。‎ ‎43.解析：选A。语境理解。由上一句pulled out a man hidden(藏)in the back seat.拉出了藏在后座位上的一个人。Safe，安全的；healthy，健康的；free，空闲的，免费的；故选A.‎ ‎44. 解析：选C。语境理解。From the place where the woman stopped her car, the driver found a criminal(罪犯)in the woman’s car.从这个妇女停车的地方，这个司机发现了妇女的车里有一个罪犯。故选A。‎ ‎45.解析：选A。考查语意的理解。harm，伤害；visit，参观，访问；save，挽救。由下文“而是帮助她”可知选A。‎ ‎【2013湖南娄底】B)完型填空(共10小题，计10分) ‎ ‎ 通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C 3个选项中，选出1个最佳答案。‎ ‎ On Mother's Day, after my children arrived home from school, the doorbell___31___.I went to answer it, and there stood two clean-faced, tall, smiling___32___.They held two of the most beautiful flowers I had ever seen. They said to me, “Do you___33___us? You often fed us cookies! They were so___34___. We wanted to come back and thank you and say Happy Mother's Day because you were like a mom to us!" I couldn't help crying, and thanked them.‎ ‎ I remembered the old days .At that time I did not have a lot of money or a big house and I was a single mom with three young ___35___of my own ‎ The two boys were a bit older___36___my children. They always visited my yard, but they___37___cared about the fact that their faces were dirty. Every day they enjoyed themselves with my___38___girls and one small boy.‎ I spent a lot of time___39___healthy cookies. The two boys played happily in my yard, and they were quite happy to share(分享) food, books, games and then, for a time, they didn't visit us. I wanted to know what happened in their lives, and hoped for the best.‎ ‎ But now they came back and thanked me. This is the ___40___gift I have ever received from two young boys.‎ ‎31. A‎. received B. sang C. rang ‎32. A‎. boys B. students C. characters ‎33. A‎. ask B. forget C. remember ‎34. A‎. delicious B .natural C. simple ‎35. A‎. children B. sons C. daughters ‎36. A‎. on B. than C. over ‎37. A‎. never B. quite C. always ‎38. A‎. three B. two C. four ‎39. A‎. eating B. playing C. baking ‎40. A‎. good B. better C. best ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。通过母亲节这天两个男孩的到来，引出了文中妈妈对整个事件的回忆，向我们展示了人间的最珍贵的感情：知恩图报。‎ ‎31.C【解析】语境理解题。根据句意可知门铃响了，故用ring的过去式rang，故答案为C。‎ ‎32.A【解析】语境理解题。根据本文第三段开头的信息可知门外站着的是两个男孩，故答案为A.‎ ‎33.C【解析】语境理解和逻辑推理题。根据文意可知此处表示男孩反问这位妈妈是否还记得他们，故此处用remember，故答案为C。‎ ‎34.A【解析】语境理解题。根据后文可知他们回味美味可口的甜饼，故此处用delicious，故答案为A。‎ ‎35. A【解析】语境理解题。根据后文第三段中的信息可知，这位妈妈自己有三个孩子，故用children，故答案为A。‎ ‎36. B【解析】语法判断题。根据a bit older可知此处用的是比较级，故后面要用比较连词than，故答案为B。‎ ‎37.A【解析】语境理解题和逻辑判断题。根据本句中表示转折意义的连词but可知此处应该用never与前句中的always相对应，故答案为A。‎ ‎38.B【解析】语境理解题。根据前文可知这位妈妈有三个孩子，后面给出了one small boy，故可以判断出她有两个女儿，故答案为B。‎ ‎39.C【解析】逻辑判断题。根据上下文可知文中的妈妈花了很多时间烘烤健康的甜饼，故用baking，故答案为C。‎ ‎40.C【解析】主旨意义题。根据本文表达的主旨意义可知两个男孩的到来和答谢是这位妈妈母亲节这天收到的最好的礼物。‎ ‎【2013湖北宜昌】完形填空：先通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。共15小题，计15分。‎ My friend Alan did not have a rich family. He did not have much money. Sometimes Alan 41 had to accept (接受) money and gifts from his family and friends. But do not get me 42 . He was not the kind of person who never 43 the money he should. He was always very 44 with the money he spent. ‎ A few years ago, he won the lottery (中了彩票) and got a huge 45 of money. He was very excited. It changed his life. The 46 thing he did was to buy a very expensive new car. Then he 47 spending money on unnecessary things or the things that he normally would not buy. It seemed that he had money to 48 . He had more money than he needed and it was burning a hole in his pocket. He wasted his money 49 . ‎ When we got together for a 50 at a restaurant, he would always pay the bill. ‎ He 51 me the money made him feel very happy. ‎ But, Alan soon 52 out all of his money. He was as poor as a church mouse again. His last dollar was spent and he had no money 53 . ‎ I admit (承认) I do feel 54 for my friend. He had enough money to live like a king. 55 , he is back to living a hard life. He was wise about small things, but not about important things. ‎ ‎41. A‎. only B. just C. even D. either ‎ ‎42. A‎. guilty B. wrong C. confident D. surprised ‎ ‎43. A‎. took B. had C. brought D. paid ‎ ‎44. A‎. nervous B. careful C. anxious D. excited ‎ ‎45. A‎. pocket B. envelope C. amount D. purse ‎ ‎46. A‎. final B. perfect C. recent D. first ‎ ‎47. A‎. pretended B. suggested C. started D. practiced ‎ ‎48. A‎. risk B. show C. burn D. play ‎ ‎49. A‎. quietly B. secretly C. quickly D. possibly ‎ ‎50. A‎. journey B. meal C. rest D. meeting ‎51. A‎. interviewed B. taught C. treated D. told ‎ ‎52. A‎. ran B. came C. went D. walked ‎ ‎53. A‎. remained B. stayed C. left D. reached ‎ ‎54. A‎. educational B. sorry C. embarrassed D. realistic ‎ ‎55. A‎. Exactly B. Easily C. Instead D. Really ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了朋友艾伦的故事。艾伦是一个家庭贫困的人，有时需要朋友和家人的接济才能维持生活。有一次中彩票得到了很多钱，但是他没有珍惜，而是胡乱花钱，最终又沦落为贫困之人。故事告诉我们要理智面对生活，干任何事情要有节制。‎ ‎41. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。句意为“艾伦很穷，‘甚至’有时候要靠别人的接济才能维持生活。”。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎42. B【解析】语境理解。句子大意为“他没有让我看‘错’，他不是那种该花的钱也舍不得花的人。”所以选择答案B。‎ ‎43. D【解析】单词辨析。pay意为“付款”，和句意“他不是那种该花的钱也舍不得花的人。”相符。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎44. B【解析】单词辨析及语境理解。由于没钱，艾伦花钱应该是比较“小心”而不是“紧张”或“激动”，故用careful。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎45. C【解析】单词辨析。amount意为“数量；金额”，符合句意“由于中了彩票，艾伦得到了一大笔钱。”，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎46. D【解析】语境理解。根据句意“有了钱，艾伦所做的‘第一件事’就是买了一辆昂贵的新车。”可以判断用first。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎47. C【解析】语境理解。买完车以后，艾伦“开始”花钱买一些他并不需要的，以前不会买的东西。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎48. C【解析】词语搭配。四个选项中，只有burn能和money搭配，由于艾伦花钱太多，就像“烧钱”一样。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎49. C【解析】逻辑推理。由于乱花钱，所以钱花得“很快”，须用quickly。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎50. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据restaurant可以推知“是在饭店里吃饭”，须用meal。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎51. D【解析】单词辨析。interviewed“采访”，taught“教”，treated“治疗；对待”，told“告诉”。根据句意“他告诉我金钱让他感到快乐。”可以推断用told。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎52. A【解析】短语辨析。run out意为“用完”，符合句意“他很快花光了钱”。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎53. C【解析】单词辨析。leave意为“剩下；留下”，符合句意“他花光了最后一块钱，一分钱也没有剩下。”，由于money和leave为被动关系，须用过去分词left。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎54. B【解析】语境理解。由于朋友沦落为贫穷之人，我为朋友感到“难过”，须用sorry。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎55. C【解析】单词辨析。exactly“正好；恰恰”，easily“容易地”，instead“代替；而不是”，really“真地”。朋友艾伦本应当过像帝王一样的舒服生活（但是却没有过上），相反，他又回到了以前的穷日子，据此可以判断用instead。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎【2013湖北孝感】V. 完形填空 ‎ Mr. Black was over fifty years old. He sometimes made some mistakes in his work, and he lost his work. So he had__41___time every day to do something. Then he often met his old friends under a big tree. They had drunk there and _ 42___ anything they liked.‎ ‎ One day, some old men were sitting together again and talking about young people in this world .They all agreed that the old people were_43____than young people. Then one of the old __44___ said that young men were stronger than old men.‎ ‎ __45___of them agreed that this was true, _46__ Mr. Black didn't. He said "No, I am as strong now as when I was a young man." His friends were surprised ___47___what he said.‎ ‎ "Well." said Mr. Black. "Near" my house there is a big stone. When l was a young man, l used ____48___ to move it. but l couldn't because l was not ___ 49____ I am an old man now , and when I try to move it, I still _____ . So I am as strong as when I was young.”‎ ‎41. A‎ .many B. a lot C. lots of D. lot ‎ ‎42. A‎. talked for B. talked to C. talked with D. talked about ‎43. A‎. clever B. cleverer C. cleverest D. a clever ‎44. A‎. man B. woman C. men D. women ‎45. A‎. All B. None C. Both D. Neither ‎46. A‎. so B. or C. and D. but ‎47. A‎. at B. to C. of D. on ‎48. A‎. trying B. try C. to try D. to trying ‎49. A‎. strong enough B. enough strong C. weak enough D. enough weak ‎50. A‎. can B. can’t C. could D. couldn’t ‎ ‎【主旨大意】‎ 本文讲述了一个叫Black的先生，不同于常人的观点，大家都认为年轻人比老年人强壮，但是他不这么认为，他觉得自己跟年轻的时候一样强壮。在他年轻的时候，他家门口有块大石头，他搬不动，现在老了，还是搬不动。所以他认为自己跟年轻的时候一样强壮。‎ ‎41. 选C。【解析】time 是不可数名词，所以用lots of。‎ ‎42. 选D。【解析】根据句意“他们在那里喝酒并且谈论他们喜欢做的任何事。”talked about sth.意为“谈论某事”，故选D。‎ ‎43. 选B。【解析】than是比较级的标志词，说明该句要使用比较级，所以选B。‎ ‎44. 选C。【解析】由后面 “stronger than old men” 可知用men。‎ ‎45. 选A。【解析】none 与all 用于三者或三者以上的复数；none为否定, all为肯定。Both与neither均用于两者, both为肯定, neither为否定。由句意“他们没有人同意这是真的”可知选A。‎ ‎46. 选D。【解析】由下句可知他并不同意上边人们的观点，因此是一种转折关系，所以选D。‎ ‎47. 选A。【解析】be surprised at sb./sth.意为“对…感到惊讶”，故选at。‎ ‎48. 选C。【解析】used to do 意为“过去常常做某事”；be used to doing意为“习惯于做某事”。根据上文“When l was a young man,” 可知是过去常常。‎ ‎49. 选A。【解析】固定句式be +adj. + enough to do sth.意为“足够怎么样去做……”；此句意为“我搬不动它，是因为我不足够强壮”，故选A。‎ ‎50. 选B。【解析】此句意为“当我试图搬动它时，我仍然搬不动(它)。”can’t表示“不能”，故选B。‎ ‎【2013湖北襄阳】三.完形填空 Lang Lang is a world-class young pianist who grew up in Shenyang. He went to a piano school in Beijing when he was just eight. "You need fortune (运气)," his father said. "But 41 you work hard, no fortune will come."‎ What made him sad was that his piano teacher in Beijing didn't like him. "You have no 42 . You will never be a pianist." As an eight-year-old boy, Lang Lang was badly 43 . He decided that he didn't want to be a pianist any more. For the next two weeks he didn't touch the piano. Wisely (明智地) his father didn't 44, but wait.‎ Luckily, the day came when his teacher asked him to play some holiday songs. He didn't want to, but as he placed his fingers on the piano keys, he 45 he could show other people that he had the ability to do it well. That day he told his father that he wanted to 46 with a new teacher. From that point on, everything turned around.‎ He started 47 competitions. In the 1994 International Young Pianists Competition when it was announced that Lang Lang had won, he was too 48 to hold back his tears. Soon it was clear that he couldn't stay in China forever—he had to play on the world's big stages. In 1997 Lang Lang 49 again, this time to Philadelphia, U. S.‎ There he spent two years practicing and by 1999 he had worked hard enough for fortune to take over. After his 50 performance at Chicago's Raviniu Festival, gigs(演奏会) in Lincoln Center and Carnegie Hall started pouring in. Lang Lang finally worked to reach the place where fortune spots (找到) him, and lets him shine.‎ ‎41. A‎. if B. unless C. when D. since ‎42. A‎. piano B. knowledge C. fortune D. talent ‎43. A‎. hurt B. ill C. broken D. scared ‎44. A‎. hear B. push C. eat D. sleep ‎45. A‎. realized B. explained C. forgot D. noticed ‎46. A‎. argue B. dance C. study D. interview ‎47. A‎. winning B. beating C. watching D. refusing ‎48. A‎. annoyed B. mad C. tired D. excited ‎49. A‎. started B. left C. moved D. performed ‎50. A‎. helpful B. meaningful C. successful D. useful ‎【主旨大意】本文讲述沈阳年轻的班级钢琴演奏者郎朗的成名经历，说明一个人的成功与否受环境的影响，坚持就是胜利的道理。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。本题考查四个连词的用法，A的意思是“如果，假如”，引导让步状语从句，B的意思是“除非”引导条件状语从句，C的意思是“当……时候”，引导时间状语从句，D的意思是“自从……以后，自从……以来”引导时间状语从句。由句意“……你努力工作，没有运气会降临”，可以推断出选B。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选D。语境理解。考查四个词的词义辨析，A的意思是“钢琴”，B的意思是“知识”，C的意思是 “运气”,D的意思是“才能，天赋”，根据句意“你没有……，你将永远不会成为钢琴家”分析，选D。‎ ‎43. 【解析】选A。语境理解。通过上文老师说的话，应该是对郎朗产生了“打击，伤害”通过看四个所给选项的词义，A意为“使伤害，打击”，B意为“生病的”C意为“破碎的，坏掉的”，D意为“使害怕”，可以看出选A。‎ ‎44. 【解析】选B。语境理解。考查四个词义辨析，A意为“听见”B意为“逼迫”C意为“吃”， D意为“睡觉”。句义“聪明的父亲并没有……只是等待”，可知选择答案B。‎ ‎45. 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据句义“当他将手指放在钢琴键上时，他……他要向其他人展示他有能力在钢琴这方面做好”分析，是自己“意识到”，分析四个词的词义，A意为“意识到”，B意为“解释”，C意为“忘记”，D意为“注意到”，选A。‎ ‎46. 【解析】选C。语境理解。分析四个词的词义，A意为“争论”，B意为“跳舞”，C意为“学习”，D意为“接见，采访”。由下文“…with a new teacher.”看出选择答案C。‎ ‎47. 【解析】选A。语境理解。通过下文都是郎朗获胜的描述，结合所给四个词的词义，A意为“获胜”B意为“打败”C意为“看，观察”，D意为“拒绝”，可以看出选A。‎ ‎48. 【解析】选D。语境理解。由所给四个词的词义，A意为“恼怒的”，B意为“发疯的，疯狂的”，C意为“劳累的”，D意为“兴奋地”，由句意“郎朗太……禁不住流出了眼泪”，看出选D。‎ ‎49. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。通过“this time to Philadelphia”看出，郎朗是又迁居了，所以根据四个单词词义，选择C。‎ ‎50. 【解析】选C。语境理解，考查四个词义辨析。A意为“有帮助的，有意的 ”B意为“有意义的，意味深长的”，C意为“成功的”，D意为“有用的”通过整篇文章可以看出朗朗的表演是“成功的”，选C。‎ ‎【2013湖北荆州】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各个小题后所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ I got out of the train station with my father. A woman came to him and said that her 31 had been stolen. She asked if he could 32 her some money to go back home. My father gave her what she asked for and told her not to 33 paying it back. I was shocked. How could my father be so 34 ? It was clear that she was telling a lie, staying at the station all day long 35 money.‎ ‎“She was lying!” I shouted.“ 36 did you give her anything? ”‎ My father looked at me. He was a bit 37 . “And what would you like me to do?” he said. “Should I tell 38 that I am a college professor and I can see through her scam(诡计)?” I did not understand him at all, and then he told me ‎ something that I have 39 forgotten. “First, she would not do this 40 she did not need the money. Second, I made her day, because now she thinks that she is 41 than me. It is more important to her than the money, but I do not 42 this.”‎ A week later, we were at the same 43 , and the same woman came to my father with the same story. “Not this time,” my father told her. “In your business, you 44 learn to recognize people. Try another story 45 me next week.”‎ ‎31. A‎. money B. bicycle C. phone D. child ‎32. A‎. borrow B. keep C. lend D. pay ‎33. A‎. give up B. worry about C. hurry up D. turn off ‎34. A‎. clever B. friendly C. strict D. silly ‎35. A‎. asking for B. dealing with C. fighting for D. picking out ‎36. A‎. What B. When C. Why D. How ‎37. A‎. angry B. happy C. sad D. shy ‎38. A‎. them B. her C. you D. me ‎39. A‎. seldom B. often C. never D. usually ‎40. A‎. unless B. until C. while D. if ‎41. A‎. smarter B. younger C. taller D. better ‎42. A‎. close B. mind C. enter D. hear ‎43. A‎. stop B. hospital C. station D. school ‎44. A‎. should B. can C. may D. would ‎ ‎45. A‎. of B. in C. on D. at ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。主要说的是文中的“我”和父亲在火车站遇到了一位以编造假故事进行骗钱的妇女。第一次父亲知道缘由却没有揭穿她，但第二次我们再次遇到这个妇女的时候，父亲忍无可忍，终于当面揭穿了她。‎ ‎31. A【解析】根据后面提到的some money可知此处这个妇女是说她被偷的是钱，故答案选A正确。‎ ‎32. C【解析】句意：她问他（“我”父亲）是否能借给她一些钱作回家的路费。borrow是指说话人跟别人借东西；lend是指说话人往外借东西。此句站在“我”父亲的角度来想可知答案选C。‎ ‎33. B【解析】根据句意可知“我”的父亲给了那个妇女钱并劝她不要担心。give up“放弃”；worry about“担心；焦虑”；hurry up“快点”；turn off“关掉”。答案选B。‎ ‎34. D【解析】根据“It was clear that she was telling a lie…”可知“我”认为父亲愚钝了，故答案选D正确。‎ ‎35. A【解析】考查词义辨析。根据句意可知ask for money意为“要钱”。deal with意为“处理”；fight for意为“为……而战斗”；pick out意为“挑选；取出”。‎ ‎36. C【解析】联系上一句可知“我”奇怪的是明知她是在撒谎为什么还给她钱，故答案选C正确。‎ ‎37. A【解析】根据“And what would you like me to do?”可知父亲是生气了。‎ ‎38. B【解析】句意：难道我应该告诉她我是大学教授并且看穿了她的诡计吗？可知B选项符合题意。‎ ‎39. C【解析】考查频度副词。根据后面的内容可判断出父亲对“我”说的话“我”从未忘记，故选C正确。‎ ‎40. D【解析】句意：首先，假如她不需要钱，她也不会这样做。可知答案选D正确。‎ ‎41. A【解析】句意：……，因为现在她认为她比我聪明。故答案选A正确。‎ ‎42. B【解析】“I don’t mind this”意为“对此我并不介意。”，父亲的意思是那个妇女撒的谎是可以原谅的，不介意的。‎ ‎43. C【解析】因为短文一开头提到所发生的事就是在火车站，故此处的the same station还是指这个车站。‎ ‎44. A【解析】考查情态动词。根据句意“你应该学会去识别人，下周试着在我身上换个故事。”可知此处选should正确。‎ ‎45. C【解析】考查介词用法。句意：你应该学会去识别人，下周试着在我身上换个故事。on sb.意为“在某人身上”。‎ ‎【2013河南】‎ 先通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并将其标号填入题前括号内。‎ King Akbar was in the habit of putting riddles and puzzles to his people. He often asked 36 which were strange. His people had to use words in a 37 way to answer these questions. ‎ Once he asked a very strange question. He looked at his people. 38 he looked, one by one the heads began to hang low in search of an answer. It was at this moment that Birbal entered the palace. Birbal 39 the habit of the king. He understood the 40 at once and asked, "May I know the question so that I can 41 for an answer?"‎ Akbar said, "How many crows (乌鸦)are there in this city?" ‎ ‎42 even a moment's thought, Birbal replied "There are fifty thousand five hundred and eighty nine crows, my lord". ‎ ‎"How can you be so 43 ?” asked Akbar.‎ Birbal said, "Make you men 44 , My lord. If you find more crows it means some have come to visit their relatives(亲戚) here. If you 45 crows it means some have gone to visit their relatives elsewhere". ‎ Akbar was pleased very much by Birbal's wise answer.‎ ‎( )‎36. A. questions B. help C. promise D. advice ‎( ) ‎37. A. common B. friendly C. Clever D. silent ‎( ) ‎38. A. Though B. Because C. If D. As ‎( ) ‎39. A. knew B. developed C. hated D. doubted ‎( ) ‎40. A. order B. Information C. Danger D. situation ‎( ) 41.A.ask B. wait C. try D. reach ‎( ) ‎42. A. Before B. Without C. Through D. In ‎( ) ‎43. A. smart B. brave C. fanny D sure ‎( ) ‎44 A. catch B. discuss C. count D. visit ‎( )‎45. A. fewer B. larger C. faster D. older ‎【主旨大意】国王阿克巴有个好猜谜的习惯。经常让他的大臣们猜谜并热衷于那些奇怪的谜语。有一次他问了一个非常奇怪的问题，这时伯巴勒走进了大殿。伯巴勒知道国王这个猜谜的习惯。在国王问城市里有多少只乌鸦时，伯巴勒机智地作出了回答。国王很满意他的这个答案。‎ ‎36．A【解析】考查动词意义辨析。宾语questions提示和动词ask构成动宾关系，表示“问问题”，B、C为动词，两个动词连用应该用动词不定式，跟名词advice时，ask后须跟介词for。‎ ‎37. C【解析】考查形容词意义辨析。前文had to “不得不”，提示下文用形容词clever表示“明智的；聪明的”。‎ ‎38.D【解析】考查连词意义辨析。下文“他的臣民们低下头寻找答案”可知前文是时间状语从句，用as引导时间状语从句表示“当……时候”。‎ ‎39.A【解析】考查动词意义辨析。根据下句“他立刻明白了当前的形势”可知上文是伯巴勒“知道”国王猜谜的习惯。用动词knew表示“知道；了解”。‎ ‎40.D【解析】考查名词意义辨析。承接上文“他了解国王的习惯”，说明他明白当时的“形势”，用situation表示“情况；形势”。‎ ‎41.C【解析】考查动词意义辨析。动词try 和for连用，try for 表示“谋求；尝试”，和answer构成动宾关系，表示“寻找一个答案”。‎ ‎42.B【解析】考查介词意义辨析。下文他立刻说出了一个具体数字，和even“甚至”的提示意义说明上文是“甚至没有经过片刻的思索”，用介词without表示“无；没有”，表示否定意义。‎ ‎43.D【解析】考查形容词意义辨析。对于他说出的具体数字，根据常理，国王是询问“你如何能这么确信？”be sure表示“确信的；有把握的”。‎ ‎44.C【解析】考查动词意义辨析。承接上文，伯巴勒回答国王的问题是“让你的臣民们数一下”，用动词count表示“数”，和上面的数字对应。‎ ‎45.A【解析】考查形容词比较级意义辨析。综合这两句话的意义“如果多了就是有来走亲戚的；如果少了，是去走亲戚了”可以推断空格处用fewer，表示“少”这一意义，和上句的more对应。‎ ‎【2013河北】VI. 完形填空(共10小题，每小题1分，计10分)‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项。 ‎ The most positive(乐观的)person I have ever seen is my dad! He is so positive that I do not ___46___hearing a single word from him which is related (相关的) to hopelessness!‎ Unlike most mums and dads, my dad never says things that make me feel___47___. He is always there to give me encouragement and help. ___48___1 do wrong things, he always tells me what's right in a positive way. For example, if I am in___49___, he often tells me to open the books he bought me. Then he asks me to read the___50___that can help me with the problems I'm facing. After that, we have a___51___together.‎ Even though I'm not always a good kid, my dad___52___shouts or gets angry with me. I know that he's___53___ a day—a day when I grow up and understand things in my life.‎ ‎ I can see the reason that he is so positive is because he believes in___54___.And he believes that whatever___55___, it is under control. So we have nothing to worry about. Be positive!‎ ‎46. A‎. mind B. keep C. like D. remember ‎47. A‎. good B. bad C. rich D. poor ‎48. A‎. When B. Until C. Before D. Since ‎49. A‎. fear B. trouble C. surprise D. danger ‎ ‎50. A‎. titles B. orders C. stories D. questions ‎51. A‎. discussion B. practice C. meeting D. review ‎52. A‎. usually B. ever C. sometimes D. never ‎53. A‎. looking for B. worrying about C. waiting for D. thinking about ‎54. A‎. itself B. myself C. himself D. yourself ‎55. A‎. moves B. happens C. appears D. develops ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。围绕着父亲对我生活中做事的处理方法和态度，进步一步向我们展示了他积极乐观的心态，值得我们借鉴和学习，也表达了小作者对父亲的爱戴和敬重。‎ ‎46.D【解析】mind表示介意，keep表示保持；like表示喜欢；remember表示记住。根据句意可知此处表示记起，故答案为D。‎ ‎47.B【解析】根据本文的主旨，父亲是个乐观的人，所以他不像大多数父母，从不说让我感到不好的事情，故用bad，故答案为B。 ‎ ‎48.A【解析】根据句意“当我做错事的时候，他总是用一种乐观的方式告诉我什么是对的。”，故用when引导时间状语从句，故答案为A。‎ ‎49.B【解析】根据句意，可知此处表示处于麻烦之中，故用in trouble，故答案为B。‎ ‎50.C【解析】由句意可知他让我读故事来帮我解决我面临的问题，故答案为C。‎ ‎51.A【解析】discussion表示谈论，讨论；practice表示练习；meeting表示会议；review表示复习。根据句意“那之后，我们之间有个探讨。”，故答案为A。‎ ‎52.D【解析】根据句中的or可知，此处应填一个表示否定意义的副词，故用never，故答案为D。‎ ‎53.C【解析】looking for表示寻找；worrying about表示担心，焦虑；waiting for表示等待；thinking about表示考虑。根据句意可知父亲等着我一天天长大，理解他的用意，故答案为C。‎ ‎54.C【解析】根据句意可知父亲对他自己充满了自信，故用himself，故答案为C。‎ ‎55.B【解析】move表示移动；happen表示发生；appear表示出现；develop表示发展。根据句意“父亲认为无论发生什么事，都是可以控制的”可知此处答案为happens，故答案为B。‎ ‎【2013广西玉林】(二〉完形填空（毎小题1分，共10分〉 ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项 ‎ Mr. Smith is a successful man. He is very rich. He lives in a big city now. Last month he came back to his hometown. 41 people knew him, because be left there when he was a child. And when be stopped near a 42 house, he saw an old woman sitting in the sun enjoying herself. Her 43 were closed and she didn't notice there was a man looking at her carefully.‎ ‎"Aunt," Mr Smith called out, “Aunt!”‎ The old woman didn't believe her nephew (侄子）had come to see her. She was very glad and excited. Tears (泪水) 44 her face. Thirty years! It was for thirty years that she hadn't seen him. As a 45 boy in the small village, he was always hungry and had little food to eat. So he went to city to find a 46 . He didn't come back after that. So he couldn’t see his parents and his aunt 47 .‎ Mr Smith had only a holiday. He asked some neighbors to repair his Mint's small old home. He never forgot his teacher, Mt Green, who often helped him 49 be got into trouble. So he went to the school.‎ ‎“ 50 I see Mr. Green, sir? ” he asked an old man at the school gate(门口).‎ ‎“Oh, sorry, you can’t.” answered the man.‎ ‎“But why? What happened to him?”‎ ‎“He died two years ago!”‎ Mr. Smith felt very sad when he heard the news. What a pity! He could never say thanks to Mr. Green.‎ ‎41. A‎. Many B. Lots of C. A few D. Few ‎42. A‎. small B. big C. nice D. beautiful ‎43. A‎. eye B. mouth C. eyes D. mouths ‎44. A‎. run down B. ran down C. run away D. ran away ‎45. A‎. twelve-year-old B. twelve-years-old ‎ C. twelve years old D. twelve year old ‎46. A‎. work B. jobs C. job D. works ‎47. A‎. any longer B. no longer C. not more D. no ‎ more ‎ ‎48. A‎. week B. week's C. weeks D. weeks’‎ ‎49. A‎. where B. how C. when D. while ‎50. A‎. Can B. Shall C. Will D. Must ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了成功男人史密斯先生上个月返回家乡，他离开家乡三十年后第一次回家。当他阿姨看到他时，高兴得流出了泪水。他从未忘记他的经常帮他的格林老师，他去了学校找格林老师，才知老师两年前去世了。他很伤心，因为他将永远不能对他的老师说声谢谢。‎ ‎41.【解析】选D。考查代词词义辨析。根据后一句句意“因为当他是一个小孩的时候他就离开了那里”加上三十的变化可知几乎没人认识他了。所以选择答案D。‎ ‎42.【解析】选A。语境理解。根据下文的“He asks some neighbors to repair his aunt’s small old house”他叫一些邻居修他阿姨的小的旧的房子可知此处是小的房子。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎43.【解析】选C。语境理解。根据句意“她的……闭起来了，她没有注意到有一个男人认真地看着她”可推测出是眼睛闭起来了，结合were可知用复数。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎44.【解析】选B。考查动词词组辨析。run down落下；ran down落下，一般过去时；run away跑开；ran away跑开，一般过去时。根据句意“泪水……她的脸上”可知是泪水落下，结合前后句句子的时态都是一般过去时，可知此处也用一般过去时。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎45.【解析】选A。考查复合形容词的用法。twelve-year-old十二岁的；B项错误选项；twelve years old十二岁；D项错误选项。根据空格后的boy可知空格处应填个形容词性的，修饰boy。选A。‎ ‎46.【解析】选C。考查名词词义辨析。根据a 可知用job，因为work是不可数名词。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎47.【解析】选A。考查固定搭配。根据句意“因此他不能看到他的父母和他的阿姨……”和couldn’t否定，可知排除B、C和D，not…any longer=no longer不再。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎48.【解析】选B。考查名词所有格的用法。根据a排除C和D，结合句意“仅有一……假期”可推测出是一星期的，用名词的所有格。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎49.【解析】选C。考查连词词义辨析。根据句意“他从未忘记经常帮他的格林老师……他遇到麻烦”可推测出是当他遇到麻烦时，时间状语从句；结合while从句一般为进行时态，可知用when。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎50.【解析】选A。语境理解。根据句意“……我看看格林老师，先生？”可推测出是表征求意见并且为口语可知用can。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎【2013广西南宁】A ‎ A man was driving his car on a country road. Suddenly two three-legged chickens ran across the road.‎ ‎“Wow! How 36 those chickens run!” said the man.‎ He was really curious (好奇的)about these chickens, 37 he followed the road where the chickens had just come from. Finally, he came to a farm. There were many three-legged chickens running around. The farmer came out to greet him.‎ ‎“How is it possible to breed(繁殖)these chickens?” asked the man.‎ The farmer explained, “Our family all love eating chickens legs. We tried and created the three-lagged chickens, so that we could eat even 38 chicken legs ‎ every day!”‎ ‎“Interesting! How does the chickens 39 ?”asked the man.‎ ‎“Well, there is a 40 —we haven’t been able to catch one yet!” said farmer.‎ ‎36. A‎. slowly B. quick C. sudden D. fast ‎37. A‎. but B. as C. so D. or ‎38. A‎. many B. much C. more D. several ‎39. A‎. run B. taste C. breed D. come ‎40. A‎. problem B. topic C. chance D. story ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述的是一个农场主因为家人喜欢吃鸡腿，而奇迹般的创造了“三只腿”的鸡，然而却因为鸡跑得太快，至今都没吃到这种“三只腿”的鸡。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选D。根据最后一句we haven’t been able to catch one yet!“到现在为止，我们一只鸡也没抓住”可推知，鸡跑得很快，故答案选D项，意为“迅速地”。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选C。根据上句“他对这些鸡非常好奇”可推知，“所以他就沿着鸡来的方向沿路寻找，最后他来到了一家农场”，故答案选C项，意为“所以”，表结果。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选C。 由上文“家人都爱吃鸡腿”可推知，创造出“三只腿”的鸡是为了吃到“更多的”鸡腿，故答案选C项，many的比较级。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选B。联系上文可知，这个好奇的人已经知道了这种“三只腿”的鸡怎么繁殖来的，也知道了这种“三只腿”的鸡跑得有多快，接下来就想知道味道如何了，故答案选B项，意为“尝起来”。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选A。由we haven’t been able to catch one yet!“到现在为止，我们一只鸡也没抓住”可推知，要想知道这种“三只腿”的鸡的味道如何，还真是个难题呢，故答案选A项，意为“问题，难题”。‎ 二、 【2013江苏连云港】完形填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分) ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，从每题所给A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ A spring(泉水) keeper lived high above an Austrian village along the eastern part of the Alps in Central Europe.‎ The keeper of the spring has been __16__ a job many years earlier by a young town councilman(议员). His job was to __17__ the leaves from the pools in the mountain. He looked around the hills __18__， cleared away the leaves and branches, and wiped away the silt(淤泥) that would otherwise have choked(堵塞) and polluted the __19__ flow of water. The village soon became a(an) __20__ attraction for vacationers. Swans floated along the clear spring, and the view from the top of the Alps was __21__ words.‎ Years passed. One evening the town coucil met for its meeting. __22__ they reviewed the budget(预算), one man's eye caught the salary figure being paid to the keeper of the spring. He said, “Who is old man? __23__ do we keep him year after year? No one ever sees him. For all we know, he is doing us no good. He isn't __24__ any longer.” Then, they fired the old man.‎ For several weeks, __25__ changed.‎ By early autumn, however, the tree leaves began to fall and fell into the pools , __26__ the rushing flow of sparking water. One afternoon someone __27__ the spring water turn yellowish. A few days later, swans left, as did the tourists. Diseases reached deep into the village.‎ Quickly, the councilmen held a special meeting. Realixing their __28__， they rehired the old keeper of the spring. And within a few weeks, the river of life began to clear up. Then, new life __29__ to the village in the Alps.‎ Never look down on the seeming __30__ of one's task, job, or life! Even though it is rather small, it does make a difference.‎ ‎16. A‎. brought B. offered C. found D. worked ‎17. A‎. remove B. use C. burn D. cut ‎18. A‎. nearly B. finally C. regularly D. hardly ‎19. A‎. dirty B. grey C. fresh D. dried ‎20. A‎. expensive B. popular C. unwelcome D. tough ‎21. A‎. under B. above C. beyond D. past ‎22. A‎. Since B. As C. Because D. If ‎23. A‎. How B. When C. Why D. If ‎24. A‎. young B. energetic C. strong D. necessary ‎25. A‎. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything ‎26. A‎. protection B. preventing C. providing D. producing ‎27. A‎. noticed B. marked C. signed D. recorded ‎28. A‎. feelings B. pollution C. harm D. mistakes ‎29. A‎. repaired B. replied C. reached D. returned ‎30. A‎. weakness B. unhappiness C. smallness D. Illness ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了中欧地区阿尔卑斯山上一个泉水看护者的故事，他的工作看似微不足道，但是却非常重要。镇委会想节约开支故解聘了他，秋天一到，落叶和树枝阻塞河道，污染河水。后来返聘了他，通过他的养护，泉水又恢复生机，也重新吸引了游客。文章揭示了不要小瞧微簿的力量，它也能创造价值。‎ ‎16.【答案】选B。考查动词用法辨析。根据句意“这个泉水看护者通过一个年轻的镇议员在多年前获得了这份工作。”，所以选择B。‎ ‎17.【答案】选A。考查动词用法辨析。remove“移除”，use“使用”，burn“燃烧”，cut“切割”。根据句意“他的工作是清除山上水池里的树叶。”，所以选择A。‎ ‎18.【答案】选C。考查副词用法辨析。nearly“将近”，finally“最终”，regularly“有规律地；经常”，hardly“几乎不”。根据句意应该是他经常在山上巡视，及时清除水中杂物，所以选择C。‎ ‎19.【答案】选C。语境理解。根据句意“他挖走淤泥，否则会堵塞和污染清新的水源。”，形容词fresh有“清新；新鲜”的意思，所以选择C。‎ ‎20.【答案】选B。语境理解。根据上文意思，养护者辛勤的劳动，让山村变成受游客欢迎和向往的地方。所以选择B。‎ ‎21.【答案】选C。考查介词的用法辨析。under“在……下面”，above “在……上面”，beyond “超越”，past“经过”，根据句意“天鹅在清澈的泉水里游弋，从阿尔卑斯山顶看到的美景无法用语言来描述。”，所以选择C。‎ ‎22.【答案】选B。考查连词的用法辨析。根据句意“这个泉水看护者通过一个年轻的镇议员在多年前获得了这份工作。”，所以选择B。‎ ‎23.【答案】选C。语境理解。一个与会的人想通过拿掉泉水看护者的薪水来完成节约预算时的一句质问，“为什么我们年复一年的保留他这个岗位呢？”，所以选择C。‎ ‎24.【答案】选D。语境理解。根据上文开会者对泉水看护员工作的不满，即“He is doing us no good.”，可以判断他们认为这个工作没有存在的“必要”，所以选择D。‎ ‎25.【答案】选A。语境理解和不定代词的用法辨析。根据上下文，应该是解雇泉水看护员后，几周来好像“没有”什么变化，所以选择A。‎ ‎26.【答案】选B。考查动词用法辨析。protect“保护”，prevent“阻止”，‎ ‎ provide“提供”， produce“产生；制造”。根据句意“到了秋天，树叶飘落到水里，阻止了雪水的融化流动。”，所以选择B。‎ ‎27.【答案】选A。语境理解和动词的用法辨析。notice“注意，察觉”，mark“标志”，sign“签名，签字“，record “记录”。根据句意“一天下午，有人发现泉水变成微黄色。”，所以选择A。‎ ‎28.【答案】选D。语境理解和名词的用法辨析。根据上文及本句句意“认识到他们的错误，他们返聘了那位老泉水看护者。”，所以选择D。‎ ‎29.【答案】选D。考查动词用法辨析。repair“修理”，reply“回复”，reach“到达”，return“返回”。根据上下文句意通过泉水看护者的劳动，泉水又恢复的生机。所以选择D。‎ ‎30.【答案】选C。语境理解。根据句意“不要小瞧某人看似微簿的任务、工作或者生活。”，所以选择C。‎ ‎【2013四川宜宾】第三节：完形填空 （本节10小题，每题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读短文，从下列A 、B 、C、 D 四个选项中选出最佳答案。‎ ‎ It was my first day at Grade 6. And the first lesson was 41 English. When I was doing nothing, Mr. Gough, our new English teacher, 42 into the classroom.‎ ‎ To my surprise, he held up a book, The Collected Works of Edgar Allan Poe, and asked if anyone 43 it . I put my hand up ,because Poe was my favorite writer .Mr. Gough asked if I really understood 44 the author tried to say in his book .My reply made him smile ,and he asked me 45 an essay on that subject.‎ After that, English classes became a new interest for me .Mr. Gough thought that students had to ‎46 a play to understand it. “Don’t just read it,” he said.‎ As time passed ,we developed a real friendship .He encouraged me to be a ‎47 in the future .When I left school ,he said to me ,“You have a gift for writing, Tony ,and one day you’ll come to realize how 48 it is .Make use of it if you want your life to be compete .”‎ ‎ 49 have passed .Now every time I sit down to write 50 ,I think Mr. Gough . He was more than just an English teacher, because he also taught me useful lessons in life.‎ ‎ ‎41. A. boring B. bored C. interesting D. interested ‎ ‎ ‎42. A. walks B. walked C. was walking D. is walking ‎ ‎ ‎43. A. reads B. read C. has read D. had read ‎ ‎44. A. if B. when C. what D. how ‎ ‎ ‎45. A. wrote B .writing C. to write D. written ‎ ‎ ‎46. A. work out B. act out C. put out D. come out ‎ ‎ ‎47. A. teacher B. actor C. waiter D. writer ‎ ‎ ‎48. A. useful B. beautiful C. careful D. thankful ‎ ‎ ‎49. A. A year B. Some year C. Years D. Every year ‎ ‎ ‎50. A. anything new B. something new C. new anything D. new something ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文,通过“我”与英语老师的故事，讲述了“我”不但对本不感兴趣的英语产生了兴趣，而且英语老师的言行对“我”的人生也产生了很大的影响。“我们”之间也建立起了深厚的友谊。体现了岁月虽逝，但师恩尤存的人间真情！‎ ‎41.‎ ‎ 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。由本文第一段说这是第一节英语课，而且“我”无事可做，第三段第一句话说从此英语对“我”来说成了一种新趣味。所以推知英语对我来说原本是无聊的。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎42．【解析】 选B。语境理解与时态判断题。正当“我”无事可做的时候，“我们”的英语老师走进了教室。所以答案选B.‎ ‎43. 【解析】 选 D。语境理解与时态判断题。老师问“是否有人读过这本书”，读书是在老师问之前的动作，符合“过去的过去”，所以答案选D。‎ ‎44. 【解析】 选C。语境理解和宾语从句的引导词。老师问“我”是否真正理解作者在这本书中想说什么？所以答案选C。‎ ‎45.【解析】 选 C。考查动词不定式，固定句型：ask sb. to do sth..所以答案选C。‎ ‎46.【解析】 选 B。语境理解及四个词组的区别：work out ：解除、算出； act out ：扮演、表演；put out ：扑灭、熄灭； come out ：出版、发表。所以答案选 B。‎ ‎47. 【解析】 选 C。语境理解与逻辑推理。本文最后一自然段中说道：每当“我”坐下写东西得时候，“我”就想起Mr. Gough。显然当初老师是鼓励“我”当一名作家。所以答案选C。‎ ‎48. 【解析】 选 A。语境理解。本段中老师说道：“你已经拥有了对于写作来讲的一份礼物有朝一日你会发现它是何等的有用。”所以答案选A.‎ ‎49. 【解析】 选C。逻辑推理与细节理解。由上下文推理：好多年过去了……且四个选项中符合语法要求的只能选答案C。‎ ‎50. 【解析】 选B。细节理解及语法考查题。形容词修饰不定代词要放在不定代词的后面，anything 要用在否定句或疑问句中。所以答案选B。‎ ‎【2013 浙江衢州】三、 完形填空（共15小题， 共15分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳答案，是文章完整、通顺。‎ Jed and Matt were walking home from school. It was the first really cold day of winter. “The 31 on the river is hard !” Matt shouted. “Let’s take a shortcut(捷径) across.”‎ Jed made a face. “It just started to freeze,” said Jed, “I don’t think it’s 32 .”‎ ‎“you’re afraid of everything,” said Matt with a laugh, “ 33 you want to walk all the way to the bridge, go ahead. I’m going to 34 here.” Then he ran toward the river. Now Matt was near the middle of the river. “Are you still 35 , Jed?” he laughed. “Look how 36 the rice is.” Matt jumped up and down a few times to 37 his point.‎ ‎ Crack! Aloud sound filled the air. Matt looked down. In all directions, the thin ice was 38 away from his feet. Another crack, and Matt was in the river! “help” Matt screamed. His wet clothes pulled him down.‎ Jed felt the ice, 39 testing the area around him. Using the feet, he pushed ‎ 40 slowly toward the hole in the ice. Gripping(抓牢) the ice with his feet, Jed took hold of Matt’s 41 ‎ ‎ Little by little, he dragged(拖) Matt out of the water and then across the ice. After what seemed like hours, they reached the 42 .‎ A police car came up to them. Officer Crane helped Matt into the car. After hearing the story, Crane said, “ Well, Jed, it sounds like you are a 43 . Maybe I should call the newspaper. Someone from the paper can come down and take your picture and write an article.”‎ ‎“Good idea,” said Matt. He was feeling a lot 44 . “I have never had my picture in the paper.”‎ ‎ “I was talking about 45 picture,” said Officer Crane. “ He is a hero.”‎ ‎31. A‎. bridge B. snow C. boat D. ice ‎32. A‎. exciting B. dangerous C. safe D. boring ‎33. A‎. When B. If C. Because D. Before ‎34. A‎. cross B. jump C. swim D. enter ‎35. A‎. tired B. afraid C. amazed D. shocked ‎36. A‎. big B. thin C. soft D. thick ‎37. A‎. describe B. explain C. prove D. introduce ‎38. A‎. breaking B. disappearing C. taking D. bringing ‎39. A‎. happily B. directly C. regularly D. carefully ‎40. A‎. him B. themselves C. himself D. them ‎41. A‎. leg B. hand C. head D. foot ‎42. A‎. land B. river C. boat D. home ‎43. A‎. fool B. swimmer C. student D. hero ‎44. A‎. weaker B. worse C. better D. angrier ‎45. A‎. Matt’s B. Jed’s C. Crane’s D. others’‎ 完形填空【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，记叙两为同学步行回家，其中一名同学想走捷径而落入河中的故事。‎ ‎31. 【解析】选D。语境理解与逻辑推理。由上文这是第一个确实很冷的冬天，所以推知是河里的冰，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎32. 【解析】选C。逻辑推理。根据上文，刚刚开始结冰，所以是危险的，选择答案C。‎ ‎33. 【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。这里的句意是“你想要一路走到桥上，就走吧”，根据语气，应该选择答案B。‎ ‎34. 【解析】选A。考查四个词义辨析。句义“我在这儿……”，可知选择答案A。‎ ‎35. 【解析】选B。语境理解。Matt 下到河中央，所以问Jed是否害怕，选B。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选D。语境理解。由下句“Matt上下跳了几次.”可知是说明冰是“厚的”选择答案D。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选C。语境理解。Matt上下跳了几次是来证明自己的说法，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由crack可知是冰破裂了，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。由于Matt落水，所以Jed应该是“小心地”，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选C。考查四个词义辨析。根据上文Jed小心地试探周围的区域，所以是自己慢慢向前推进，选反身代词C。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选B。语境理解逻辑推理，由于Matt落水，所以推知是抓住他的手，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理。根据下文，Matt得救所以是“他们到达了岸上”选择答案A。‎ ‎43. 【解析】选D 。逻辑推理。根据Jed的行为，所以警察叔叔表扬他的行为像英雄，可知选择答案D。‎ ‎44. 【解析】选C。逻辑推理。Matt被警察救入汽车，所以感觉好多了，选C。‎ ‎45. 【解析】选B。语境理解，通过后句He is the hero就可以看出是Jed。‎ ‎【2013四川内江】第二节 完形填空（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Tambun Gediu, now badly hurt and staying in hospital, says it was his wife that saved his life from the mouth of a tiger.‎ ‎“I was __41__ a rabbit in the forest not far from my home and was ready to catch it when I saw the __42__. That’s when I realized that I was being followed,” said Mr. Gediu. The tiger jumped at Mr. Gediu at once. He stood there with great __43__ so that he did not know what to do for a moment, and then he tried __44__ a tree to keep away from the animal, __45__ was pulled down by the tiger.‎ His wife, 55—year—old Han Besau, who was in the kitchen, heard the noise, realizing it was coming from the__46__ where her husband was looking for rabbits and she__47__ the nearest “weapon(武器)” —a wooden ladle（长柄勺）—rushed out of the __48__ and into the nearby forest. Seeing her husband __49__ hard to stop the tiger tearing（撕裂）him to pieces, she ran __50__ at the animal, shouting at the top of her voice and hitting its head with the ladle until it ran off.‎ Tambun had to wait more than 10 hours before he could be taken to hospital in the nearest town, Gerik, because his village was very far.‎ It was the first time that a tiger had come at someone in the village.‎ ‎41. A‎. cooking B. following C. feeding D. drawing ‎42. A‎ .rabbit B. tree C. weapon D. tiger ‎43. A‎. fear B. fun C. attention D. surprise ‎44. A‎ cutting B. finding C. catching D. climbing ‎45. A‎. or B. so C. but D. and ‎46. A‎. area B. market C. town D. village ‎47. A‎. picked up B. dressed up C. made up D. set up ‎48. A‎. hospital B. bedroom C. kitchen D. bathroom ‎49. A‎. thinking B. fighting C. waiting D. running ‎50. A‎. seriously B. luckily C. carefully D. quickly ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，通过我遇见老虎的故事，讲述了妻子是如何帮我艰难地与老虎搏斗，最终，意想不到底把撵走，从而告诉我们：面对困难需要是艰苦不懈的努力。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文was ready to catch it“正要抓住它”，所以推知这里是“我在追赶它”，用follow，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选D。语境理解与逻辑推理。由上文的“妻子从虎口救了我”，和下文的“我正在被追赶”，可知这里是老虎，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎43. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理。由下文的“他不知道怎么办”，可知这里是受到惊吓，with great fear，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎44. ‎ ‎【解析】选D。语境理解。这里是要“爬树来躲避老虎”，其余的“find找到、cut砍到、catch捉住”都不合适，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎45. 【解析】选C。逻辑推理。根据空前是要逃离虎口，空后是被老虎扑倒，前后意思转折，所以需要连词but，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎46. 【解析】选A。细节理解题。由这里空前是come from“来自”，空后是定语从句where her husband was looking for rabbits，表示“她丈夫寻找野兔的地方”，所以是用area，而不是market集市、town城镇、village村庄。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎47. 【解析】选A。动词短语辨析。根据语境是要和老虎战斗，所以是pick up捡起武器，而不是dress up打扮起来、make up编造、set up建立。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎48. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。 由上文的“长柄勺”，可知是：跑出了“厨房”。所以选择答案C。 ‎ ‎49. 【解析】选B。语境理解。这里：看到她丈夫……艰难地阻止老虎把人撕碎，所以是与老虎斗争fight，而不是think思考、wait等待或run跑步。所以选择答案B。‎ ‎50. 【解析】选D。语境理解。这里是：她……高声呼喊、用长柄勺敲击老虎的头，直至老虎抛开，所以需要的是“快速”地跑过去，而不是seriously严肃地、carefully仔细地或luckily幸运地，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎【2013福建福州】II.完形填空(每小题1分，共10分)‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的三个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ Lillian Hanson, a college student, expects to graduate in about two years. What makes Mrs. Hanson different from her classmates is her 46 73 years old. She has been studying at college, a few courses at a time, for 27 years.‎ When Lillian Hanson graduated from high school, she went to the 47 to borrow money for further education. The banker gave her 48 encouragement. He didn't think that a country girl should borrow money to go to college. He thought she should be 49 doing housework or should work on the farm.‎ ‎ 50 Lillian Hanson went home and raised a family of nine children instead of going to college.‎ Mrs. Hanson 51 forgot the dream of getting higher education. When the children had grown up, she 52 again and succeeded. In the class on her first day, when she introduced herself and 53 why she was there and what her aims were, all the other students 54 to give her a warm welcome.‎ Mrs. Hanson finds that the 55 part of going back to school at her age is sitting in class for long periods of time. However, she often says she will stick to her dream no matter how difficult it is.‎ ‎46. A‎. age B. interest C. accent ‎47. A‎. club B. school C. bank ‎48. A‎. much B. no C. a little ‎49. A‎. at college B. at home C. in the office ‎50. A‎. After B. But C. So ‎51. A‎. never B. already C. often ‎52. A‎. stopped B. tried C. refused ‎53. A‎. regretted B. guessed C. explained ‎54. A‎. stood up B. ran away C. broke out ‎55. A‎. best B. hardest C. easiest ‎【答案】46. A ‎47. C 48. B 49. B ‎50. C ‎51. A 52. B ‎53. C ‎54. A 55. B ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。一位农村女孩中学毕业后没钱继续深造去上大学，去银行借钱遭到拒绝之后成家，养育子女。但所有这些都没有使她的梦想磨灭，在孩子们长大成人之后，她终于梦想成真，进入大学的殿堂。‎ 46. ‎【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。设空出的句意是：是汉斯夫人与众不同的是她的年龄—七十三岁。故选A项。‎ 47. ‎【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。因为下一句提到银行经理对她借钱深造的态度。因此可推知：她中学毕业后，去银行借进一步深造的钱。故选C。‎ 48. ‎【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。因下一句提到：他认为一个乡下女孩不应该借钱去上大学。因此可推知：银行经理没有给予女孩鼓励。‎ 49. ‎【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上一句银行经理的观念：一个乡下女孩不应该借钱去上大学。又设空处有at home,故可推知设空处所在句的句意为：他认为她应该在家做家务或在农场干活。‎ 50. ‎【解析】选C.语境理解与逻辑推理。由上文可知这个女孩没有借到钱，那么可推知就是由于这个原因，她回家了。故选C项。‎ 51. ‎【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据下文可知在孩子成年之后，她终于进入大学。因此可推知：她从没有忘记接受高等教育的梦想。故选A。‎ 52. ‎【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。由上文知道汉斯夫人从未放弃梦想，及下文叙述其梦想成真。可推知设空处的句意为：孩子长大后，她再次努力并获得成功。Tried为try的过去式，意为“努力”，故选B。‎ 53. ‎【解析】选C.。语境理解与逻辑推理。由设空处后的宾语从句why she was there and what her aims were可推知设空处的句子的句意为“在班里的第一天，她自我介绍，并向同学解释说他为什上学及她的目标是什么……”‎ 54. ‎【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。上文叙述在年轻时她没能实现梦想，但从未放弃，多年以后终于如愿以偿，所以可推知同学们很感动“站起来热烈的欢迎她表示敬意”。‎ ‎55. 【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。文章的最后一句“然而，她经常说无论有多难，她一直坚持她的梦想。”因而可推知对她来说长时间的坐在教室里是艰苦的。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【2013山东菏泽】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从16—25 各小题所给的四个选项(A,B,C和D中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ It's very common to meet different people in public places.‎ ‎ When I was 12 years old, l got a small job in a 16 . On my first day at work，I didn't come home for lunch. When I came home at night, Mum asked, "How did you 17 your lunch, dear?" I answered, "I made some new friends in the supermarket, twin brothers, their mom and dad. They were my customers. They invited me 18 lunch."‎ ‎ Mum was happy that I had made new friends but she wanted to know what kind of 19 they might be.‎ Several days later, I asked my friends to come to the supermarket where I worked 20 let Mum meet them. Mum was very 21 to find out that the twin brothers were joined at the chest(胸部). She felt very strange because I didn’t tell her about that before.‎ When Mom asked me about this, I said, “I know that, too. But do you know that their mom has to make all clothes because it’s 22 difficult to find anything to fit them? They are also good 23 . That day, Joe, the one on the right, made me noodles for lunch.”‎ When Mom saw the twins, she must have thought how strange they 24 . But to me, what I cared about was that they had difficulty 25 clothes and they were good cooks.‎ ‎16. A‎. supermarket B. post office C. factory D. bank ‎17. A‎. find B. make C. manage D. eat ‎18. A‎. at B. for C. after D. before ‎ ‎19. A‎. men B. boys C. boys D. people ‎ ‎20. A‎. and B. but C. or D. so ‎21. A‎. surprised B. excited C. interested D. disappointed ‎22. A‎. so B. very C. too D. really ‎23. A‎. friends B. singers C. workers D. cooks ‎24. A‎. smelled B. looked C. felt D. sounded ‎25. A‎. selling B. making C. wearing D. buying ‎ ‎【答案】16. A17. C 18. B 19. D 20.A ‎21. A ‎22.C 23. D 24. B 25. D ‎【主旨大意】 本文是一篇记叙文，记述了作者在12岁时遇到了一对连体双胞胎兄弟，并与他们成为朋友的故事。‎ ‎16. A‎ 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。 由第四段第一句“几天后，我把他们邀请到我工作的超市”可知，“我在超市找到一份工作”。‎ ‎17. C‎ 【解析】语境理解。 前文说不回家吃饭，所以妈妈问“我”午饭是怎么解决的。make lunch侧重于做饭，manage lunch侧重于解决做午饭时间地点等各方面的问题。‎ ‎18. B 【解析】语境理解。 for表示目的，invite me for lunch意为“请我吃午饭”。‎ ‎19. D 【解析】语境理解。 由后文妈妈感到奇怪可知，作者没有向妈妈说朋友的具体情况，此处应该询问“是什么样的人?”故用people。‎ ‎20.A 【解析】语境理解与连词考查。句意“几天后我让我的朋友来到我工作的超市.”和 “让我的妈妈见见他们”是表示顺承关系。故用and。‎ ‎21. A‎ 【解析】语境理解。根据后文“发现双胞胎兄弟是胸部连在一体的”推知，妈妈见到后是“感到惊讶”，故选A项。‎ ‎22.C‎ 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由连体孩子可知，买到适合他们穿的衣服简直是不可能的，故用too“太……（而不能）”。‎ ‎23. D 【解析】语境理解。根据后文“那天，在右边的Joe给我做的面条”推知，双胞胎兄弟是“好厨师”。‎ ‎24. B 【解析】语境理解。由saw可提示，她一定认为他们看起来是多么的奇怪”，故选looked。‎ ‎25. D 【解析】语境理解 根据上文可知双胞胎兄弟买衣服存在困难，故选buying。‎ ‎【2013浙江宁波】阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从ABCD四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Once there lived two brothers. The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor. They 36 each other very much, and always took care of one another. Every day they worked from morning 37 night, getting as much grain(谷物)as possible from their fields.‎ One late autumn evening, after their work in the 38 was done, Simon said to his wife, “Victor got married last month. He has many bills(帐单)to pay. I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn(谷仓).” “Oh, that’s a good idea,” said his wife. “But please don’t tell him,” said Simon, “If he knows I put the rice there, he will 39 take it.”‎ So late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor’s barn. The next day, while looking at his own barn, he found 40 strange. “I took a bag of rice to Victor’s house last night, 41 I still have the same number of bags in my barn. 42 did that happen?”‎ Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother’s barn that night. But the next morning, he found the 43 number of bags in his barn again! “This is very strange,” he thought. ‎ That night he 44 again. He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder(肩膀), and walked down the road to his younger brother’s house. In the bright moonlight, he could see another 45 coming down the road. He was carrying something on his 46 too.‎ ‎“Younger Brother!” Simon cried, “What are you doing?”‎ ‎“I was ‎47 ‎ you, Older Brother, ” said Victor, “Your family is ‎48 ‎ than mine. I thought you needed more rice. ” The two brothers quickly 49 that they had been taking rice to each other. They 50 what had happened. “It is good to have a brother like you,” they both said. And they lied happily ever after. ‎ ‎36. A‎. disliked B. hated C. loved D. enjoyed ‎37. A‎. until B. at C. through D. with ‎38. A‎. shops B. fields C. hospitals D. factories ‎39. A‎. never B. sometimes C. usually D. ever ‎40. A‎. everything B. anything C. nothing D. something ‎41. A‎. so B. and C. but D. or ‎42. A‎. How B. What C. Why D. Where ‎43. A‎. small B. different C. huge D. same ‎44. A‎. planned B. failed C. hoped D. tried ‎45. A‎. brother B. person C. sister D. wife ‎46. A‎. back B. shoulder C. head D. hand ‎47. A‎. proud of B. polite to C. angry with D. worried about ‎48. A‎. smaller B. richer C. larger D. happier ‎49. A‎. remembered B. realized C. imagined D. explained ‎50. A‎. laughed about B. dreamed about C. pointed at D. shouted at ‎【答案】36—40: CABAD 41—45: CADDB 46—50: BDCBA ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍了一对兄弟互相关心，哥哥在暗中为对方家里送大米，但是自家的米却没有少，一个夜里哥哥发现原来弟弟也在做同样的事，体现了浓浓手足情。‎ ‎36. C【解析】由下文“and always took care of one another”可知，他们互相疼爱。‎ ‎37. A【解析】考查短语。from morning until night “从早到晚”。‎ ‎38. B【解析】由前文“getting as much grain as possible from their fields”可知他们在农田中干活。‎ ‎39. A【解析】由句意可知，弟弟如果知道是哥哥把大米放到自己家，他一定不会要。‎ ‎40.D【解析】由下文可知，哥哥发现了一件奇怪的事。strange“奇怪的”。‎ ‎41. C【解析】考查连词。上下文构成转折关系：哥哥昨晚把大米送去，但是他仍然有同样数量的大米。‎ ‎42. A【解析】考察疑问词。句意为“那是怎么发生的？”‎ ‎43. D【解析】由前文“I still have the same number of bags”和下文again可知，他的米数量仍然不变。‎ ‎44. D【解析】由下文可知当天晚上他又试了一次。‎ ‎45.B 【解析】由上文another可知他看到另一个人沿着路走来。‎ ‎46.B 【解析】由前文“He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder”和下文的too可知另一个人也是在肩膀上扛了东西。‎ ‎47. D【解析】考查动词短语。be proud of“为……骄傲”；be polite to“对……有礼貌”；be angry with“生某人的气”；be worried about“担心”。由下文可知弟弟担心哥哥所以来送米。‎ ‎48. C【解析】smaller“更小的”； richer“更富的”； large“更大的”；happier“更高兴的”。由下文“I thought you needed more rice”可知弟弟认为哥哥家里需要更多的米，可推测哥哥的家庭更大。‎ ‎49. B【解析】realize“意识到”。由上下文可知兄弟二人此时才意识到他们互相送大米。‎ ‎50. A【解析】laughed about“对……感到好笑”；dreamed about“梦想”；pointed at“指着”；shouted at“对……大喊”。句意为“他们对发生的事感到好笑。”‎ ‎【2013浙江丽水】阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ I used to live in my own room alone. But one day it all changed when my brother Mike asked to share my 31 . At first, my parents said “no” to him, but at last my mother agreed. I cried and asked my parents not to do this, 32 it didn’t work.‎ As soon as Mike entered my room, it began to become 33 . To my anger, he often left his unwashed clothes and toys everywhere!‎ One evening, I was doing some 34 on my computer while Mike was listening to music. 35 , I left my seat to get some water. A big surprise was waiting for me when I 36 . He was using my computer to play game. I had forgotten to save the homework. Sadly, he had closed my program 37 saving it—all I had done had disappeared! I 38 him. He cried a lot as my mother came and beat him. My mother also asked him to leave my room at once.‎ Then I did my homework 39 . At 10: 00 pm. I finished it. When I was going to turn off the 40 , I saw the photo of my 41 that he had put on my table. I looked at his lovely face and remembered how 42 he was when my mom beat him. I really felt 43 . I went to see what he was doing. I found he was ‎44 in my parents’ bed. I kissed his face. He woke up, got up and said. “I’m sorry. I won’t bring you any more trouble.”‎ I was as moved and said. “From now on, my room is not only mine. It is 45 !” That very night, Mike and I shared not only the room, but the bed.‎ ‎31. A‎. clothes B. food C. room D. toys ‎32. A‎. because B. but C. or D. so ‎33. A‎. dirty B. empty C. quiet D. tidy ‎34. A‎. business B. homework C. reading D. shopping ‎ ‎35. A‎. Later B. Instead C. However D. Sometimes ‎36. A‎. danced B. fell C. returned D. slept ‎37. A‎. after B. by C. for D. without ‎ ‎38. A‎ agreed with B. heard from C. looked after D. shouted at ‎39. A‎ as well B. for ever C. in the end D. once gain ‎40. A‎ computer B. fan C. radio D. TV ‎41. A‎. brother B. cousin C. father D. grandfather ‎42. A‎. clever B. happy C. sad D. silly ‎43. A‎. bored B. excited C. proud D. sorry ‎44. A‎. jumping B. sleeping C. sitting D. singing ‎45. A‎. his B. hers C. ours D. theirs ‎【主旨大意】本篇是记叙文。通过我与弟弟共用一间卧室的故事，讲述了弟弟开始时给我带来的麻烦，当我看到桌子上弟弟照片那可爱的面容时又为他被妈妈痛打并赶出我房间而感到难过，在去看弟弟时，我被弟弟的一句话所感动，并同意弟弟不但可以和我住在一间卧室并且可以和我在一张床上。‎ ‎31.【解析】选C 考查名词辨析。短文第一句“我过去单独住在自己的房间,”从后面的“但是”可以知道他弟弟要与他住在一起，因此是“共享我的房间”，故选C。‎ ‎32.【解析】选B 考查连词辨析。上一句意思“我哭着要求我父母不是这样做。”而后面是it didn’t work“不起作用”，两句之间要用转折词but。故选B。‎ ‎33.【解析】选A 考查形容词辨析。根据后一句“他常到处丢下没洗的衣服和玩具”可知，是指房间变脏了。A项意为“脏的”；B项意为“空的”；C项意为“安静的”；D项意为“整洁的”，故选A。‎ ‎34.【解析】选B 考查短语和名词。根据后面“I had forgotten to save the homework.”可知，这里是do some homework，故选B。‎ ‎35.【解析】选A 考查副词辨析。根据“我在电脑上做家庭作业，而我弟弟在听音乐。”和“我离开座位去取水”，“做作业和去取水”这两个动作是先后发生，当中要用later“稍后”连接。故选A。‎ ‎36.【解析】选C 考查动词辨析。A项意为“跳舞”；B项意为“掉下，摔倒”；C项意为“返回”；D项意为“睡觉”，根据句意“当我回来时一个大的惊奇在等着我。”故选C。‎ ‎37.【解析】选D 考查介词。根据后面解释“我所做的一切已经消失了!”可知，是弟弟没有储存就把程序给关掉了。选项中without意为“没有”，故选D。‎ ‎38.【解析】选D 考查动词短语辨析。A项意为“同意某人”；B项意为“收到某人来信”；C项意为“照顾”；D项意为“对……大喊”，由“他哭得很痛”可知，这里是对弟弟叫嚷，故选D。‎ ‎39.【解析】选D 考查短语。根据上文“所做的家庭作业没有储存”，这里应该是“再做一遍”， as well意为“也”； for ever意为“总是”； in the end意为“最后”；once again“再一次”，故选D。‎ ‎40.【解析】选A 考查名词。根据上文是在电脑上做家庭作业，所以这里完成作业后应该是关掉电脑。故选A。‎ ‎41.【解析】选A 考查名词。根据后面“…when my mom beat him.”妈妈所打的是弟弟，所以这里的照片是弟弟的。故选A。‎ ‎42.【解析】选C 考查形容词辨析。句意为“我看着他那可爱的脸，想起我妈妈打他时他是多么的……。”被打者一定是“悲伤”，故选C。‎ ‎43.【解析】选D 考查形容词辨析。想起弟弟被打时的悲伤，我感到很难过。四个选项中sorry最合适。‎ ‎44.【解析】选B 考查动词辨析。由后面的“wake up和get up“可知，弟弟是睡在父母的床上。故选B。‎ ‎45.【解析】选C 考查代词用法。根据后句意思“迈克和我不但共用这个房间，还共用一张 床。”可知“这个房间不是我的，而是我们的”。故选C。‎ ‎【2013山东枣庄】 完形填空（共10小题，每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从26~35各题所给的四个选项（A,B,C和D）中，选出最佳选项 并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ When I was 13 years old, a boy gave me an important gift. It was a__26___. It was the early autumn of my first year at a junior high school and my old school was far away___27____, no one knew who I was. I was very lonely and afraid to make friends with___28___.‎ Every time I heard the other students talking and laughing. I___29____my heart break. I couldn’t talk to anyone about my problem, and I didn’t want my parents to__30____me. Then one day, my classmates talked happily with their friends, but I sat my desk___31___ as usual. At that moment, a boy entered the classroom. I didn’t know who he was. He passed me and then turned back. He __32____me and without a word, smiled.‎ Suddenly I felt the touch of something bright and friendly. It__33___me feel happily, lively and warm. That smile changed my life. I started to talk with the other students and made friends. Day by day, I became closer to everyone in my class. The boy with the lucky smile __34____ my best friend now.‎ I believe that the world at what you think it is. If you think you are lonely, you might always be alone. So smile at the world and it will ____35__.‎ ‎26. A‎. smile B. magazine C. box D. Camera ‎27. A‎. As usual B. As a result C. The same as D. Such as ‎28. A‎. someone B. everyone C. anyone D. nobody ‎29. A‎. tasted B. smelled C. feared D. felt ‎30. A‎. hear about B. talk about C. care for D. worry about ‎31. A‎. slowly B. politely C. unhappily D. naturally ‎32. A‎. listened to B. looked at C. took pride in D. rushed at ‎ ‎33. A‎. made B. led C. offered D. threw ‎34. A‎. has become B. became C. become D. is becoming ‎35. A‎. look back B. come back C. turn back D. smile back ‎【答案】26. A 27. B ‎28. C 29. D 30.D ‎31. C 32. B ‎33. A 34.A 35.D ‎【主旨大意】这是一篇回忆性的叙事短文，文中介绍了：作者来到一所新学校，在寂寞无助中收获了一个改变她生活的“微笑”， 让她明白了： If you think you are lonely, you might always be alone. So smile at the world and it will smile back（如果你认为自己孤独，那么你可能会一直孤独无助，而你对世人微笑你也会收获微笑）的道理。‎ ‎26. A【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理，从后文中That smile changed my life.知道作者收到的那份重要的礼物是：smile，应选：A ‎27. B. 【解析】考查对几个词组的理解 ：As usual 像平常一样，As a result：作为一个结果， The same as：与……一样， Such as：例如。因为上文说离学校很远，所以As a result（作为一种结果），没有人知道她是谁。应选：B ‎28.C‎ 【解析】：考查几个不定代词的运用：someone：“某人”用在肯定句中， everyone：“大家，每个人”不受句式限制 .anyone：“某人，任何人”用于否定句或疑问句中， nobody：“没人”表否定，根据句式和文意. 应 选：C ‎29. D【解析】考查对几个词的理解. tasted “尝起来” . smelled ：“闻起来” feared ：“恐惧”felt：“感觉”根据文意推理：作者听到别人说笑，感到心碎。应选：D ‎30.D 【解析】考查对几个词组的理解 ： hear about：“听说” talk about：“谈论” care for：“关心” worry about：“为……担心” 根据文意推理：作者不想让他父母亲担心。应选：D ‎31.C【解析】考查对几个副词的理解slowly：“慢地” politely：“有礼貌地” unhappily：“不高兴地” naturally：“自然地”根据文意推理：作者自身感觉孤独，当看到别人高兴地在说笑，她自然是不高兴地坐在桌子旁边。应选C ‎32. B【解析】语境理解并考查几个词组的理解：listened to：“听……” looked at：“看着……” took pride in：“以……为骄傲” rushed at：“冲向……”根据文意：男孩从她身边经过，“看了看”她什么也没说。应选：B ‎ ‎33. A‎. 【解析】：考查几个句型的运用 make sb do sth ，“使得……做……； lead sb to do sth :引导某人做某事 ；offer… to do sth 提供……做……；threw: “扔”。 应选：A ‎34. A‎. 【解析】：考查几个时态的理解运用 ：表示过去某一动作对现在造成的影响或结果，要用现在完成时表达。应选：A ‎35. D【解析】：考查几个词组的理解look back:“往回看”come back：“回来” turn back：“转过身来” smile back：“回赠微笑”。 联系上下文，应选D ‎【2013安徽】Ⅶ. 完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项。‎ A Mr. and Mrs. Green were very worried about their son, Leo. He seemed to be dumb  51 he was normal in every other way. Mr. and Mrs. Green tried everything to get him to 52 , but with no success.‎ ‎ When Leo was six years old, the best doctors in the town 53 him carefully, but could find nothing wrong. And he seemed to be smart. It was just that he 54 spoke.‎ ‎ “There might be something wrong with his 55 , and he doesn’t know he’s able to speak,” One doctor said. ‎ ‎"But he can read and write.” said Mr. Green. “We've written him notes, telling him that he can speak.”‎ ‎“ It's certainly very 56 ,” another doctor said. “Perhaps he’ll be able to speak some day.”‎ ‎ 57 passed. Leo went to university. But he did not speak a 58 word.‎ Then one day Leo was having a meal with his parents. Without any warning, he looked up from his 59 and said. 'Pass me the salt. please.”‎ Mr. and Mrs. Green were excited. “You spoke! You spoke!' they cried. "Why have you 60 ‎ so long to speak?”‎ ‎“I didn’t have anything to say,” he said. “Until now everything was perfect. But you forget to put salt in these potatoes.” ‎ ‎51. A‎. because B. when C. thought D. before ‎ ‎52. A‎. Speak B. walk C. play D. laugh ‎53. A‎. taught. B. found C. examined D. asked ‎ ‎54. A‎. never B. Often C. usually D. always ‎ ‎55. A‎. back B. hair C. face D. mind ‎ ‎56. A‎. unfair B. strange C. noisy D. quiet ‎ ‎57. A‎. Hours B. Weeks C. Months D. years ‎ ‎58. A‎. good B. right C. single D. new ‎ ‎59. A‎. chair B. meal C. hands D. books ‎ ‎60. A‎. slept B. walks C. served D. waited ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了一个孩子一直不说话，好多医生给他检查过，但没有找到原因，没能让他说话，结果意想不到的是孩子有一天在吃饭时，突然开口说话。‎ ‎51. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。尽管在其他方面很正常，但是就是不说话。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎52. 【解析】选A。语境理解。根据上下文，父母透通过各种方法想让他说话。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎53. 【解析】选C。考查单词的词义，医生给孩子做检查，examine“检查”的意思。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎54. 【解析】选A。考查语境理解。根据上下文，孩子的问题就是不张口说话，never“从来不”，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎55. 【解析】选D。考查单词的词义，孩子各方面都正常，所以医生推断是思想上出了问题，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎56. 【解析】选B。语境理解。由上句“But he can read and write.” said Mr. Green. “We’ve written him notes, telling him that he can speak.” 推断出这种情况很奇怪，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎57. 【解析】选D。语境理解。根据时间推断，应该是几年以后去上大学，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎58. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据上文，再加上but转折词，可知Leo还是没说话，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎59. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。由Then one day Leo was having a meal with his parents.推断出应该是吃着饭，抬起头来，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎55. 【解析】选D。细节理解与逻辑推理。由上下文，还有空后的so long推出句意是“你为什么等那么长时间才说话那”所以选择答案D。‎ ‎【2013山东泰安】A teenage boy couldn’t stand his parents’ family rules, so he left home. ‎ ‎ He wanted to be 36 , but he had poor education and several years later, he had to ask for food on the street for a living. Now his mother has died. His father is an old man, but he is still looking 37 his son. He has been to every corner of the city. Everywhere he goes, he ‎38 a big photo of himself on the wall. At the lower part of the photo he writes, “I still love you… 39 back home!” ‎ ‎ One day, the son saw one of the photos. The face was familiar. “Is that my father?” He moved closer and read the 40 , “I still love you…” He cried. When he got home, it was early morning. He 41 at the door. The door opened itself. He rushed to his father’s 42 . His father was sleeping. He woke his father up. “It’s me! Your 43 is back home!” The father and the son held each other, full of 44 tears. The son asked, “Why is the door unlocked? A thief could get in.” The father answered 45 , “The door has never been locked since you left.” ‎ ‎ The door of parents’ love of their children will never be closed. ‎ ‎36. A‎. famous B. poor C. different D. pretty ‎ ‎37. A‎. through B. after C. for D. out ‎ ‎38. A‎. looks at B. puts up C. finds out D. puts out ‎ ‎39. A‎. come B. go C. run D. rush ‎ ‎40. A‎. photos B. words C. posters D. pictures ‎ ‎41. A‎. pulled B. unlocked C. knocked D. locked ‎ ‎42. A‎. bathroom B. bedroom C. kitchen D. toilet ‎ ‎43. A‎. son B. daughter C. friend D. grandchild ‎ ‎44. A‎. sad B. worried C. angry D. happy ‎45. A‎. politely B. exactly C. softly D. excitedly ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。文章通过讲述一个离家出走的孩子在外饱尝了漂泊之苦后重新回到父母身边的经历，告诉我们无论何时“家的大门永远为儿女敞开着”。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选A。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下句可知他文化程度很低，最后流落成乞丐可推知他原想“功成名就的”，故答案选A项，意为“出名的”。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选C。语境理解和固定搭配。由下文可知父亲走遍城市的任何一个角落，为的就是“找到”儿子，故答案选C项，look for“寻找”。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。由on the wall“在墙上”可推知是“张贴”照片，故答案选B项，put up“张贴”。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理。由下文中的When he got home可知儿子在父亲的亲情感召下 “回家来”，故答案选A项。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选B。逻辑推理。由上文中的At the lower part of the photo he writes, “I still love you…可知父亲在照片上写了一些“字”。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。由下文The door opened itself可知当儿子“敲门”的时候，门自动打开了。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。由His father was sleeping可知父亲正在睡觉，故可推知父亲在“卧室”里。‎ ‎43. 【解析】选A。逻辑推理。根据上下文可知文章出现的两个主人公是“父子”关系。‎ ‎44. 【解析】选D。逻辑推理。根据上下文可知久别重逢，落下的是“高兴的”眼泪。‎ ‎45. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。由下文The door has never been locked since you left“自从你离开以来，门从来都没锁过！”可推知父亲说话的语气是何等的慈爱、柔和，故答案选C项，意为“轻轻地”；而politely“有礼貌地”；exactly“确切地”；excitedly“兴奋地”均不合文意，故排除。‎ ‎【2013天津】 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个最佳选项。‎ If a snake bites you, take a photo with your mobile phone! It may save your life. ‎ This is the surprising 41 of a British cook.‎ One day，Henry Jackson was working in a restaurant kitchen. He picked up a dish from the table, and ‎42 a snake appeared…and bit him on the hand.‎ A few days earlier, the snake came to the 43 from Asia in the box of bananas. It climbed out of the box and 44 under the dish.‎ ‎“I went to try to pick it up and it bit me again. I threw it 45 the kitchen, and it landed in the fridge. So I closed the door,” Mr Jackson said.‎ Anyway, Mr Jackson stayed 46 and he took a photo of the snake with his mobile phone. Soon his 47 began to ache and he went to hospital. Then his chest began to hurt. Doctors couldn’t say what was wrong__48____ they didn’t know what kind of snake it was.‎ Then Mr Jackson remembered his mobile phone. The doctors 49 it to London Zoo. When they knew the kind of snake, they could give Mr Jackson the right medicine, and he left hospital the next day.‎ ‎“So my advice is this: If a snake bites you, pick up your phone. Take 50 photo first and then show the photo to the doctors,” suggests Mr Jackson. “Oh, and if the snake doesn’t smile for the photo, don’t worry!” ‎ ‎41. A‎. chance B. advice C. excuse D. business ‎42. A‎. suddenly B. nearly C. especially D. fortunately ‎43. A‎. garden B. hospital C. restaurant D. school ‎44. A‎. hung B. hid C. jumped D. ran ‎45. A‎. under B. into C. towards D. across ‎46. A‎. cool B. noisy C. pleased D. afraid ‎47. A‎. foot B. leg C. hand D. mouth ‎48. A‎. but B. though C. so D. because ‎49. A‎. wrote B. sent C. sold D. taught ‎50. A‎. his B. her C. its D. their ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记述文。讲述了一位厨师讲述了被蛇咬了的经过及怎样获救的故事。他告诉人们，当被蛇咬时，用手机将蛇拍下，可能会救你。他就是通过这种方式获救的。‎ ‎41. B【解析】考查名词辨析。从文章最后一段第一句So my advice is this: If a snake bites you, pick up your phone提取信息advice得到答案。‎ ‎42. A【解析】考查副词辨析。Henry Jackson从桌子上拿起一个盘子时，出现了一条蛇··...，并将他咬伤。由此知“这条蛇的出现”对他来讲是“始料不及的，突然地”。故选A ‎43. C【解析】考查名词辨析。从第二段第一句One day，Henry Jackson was working in a restaurant kitchen.推断本句意为：那蛇是早前几天从香蕉箱子从亚洲来到Henry Jackson工作的这个餐馆的。故选C。‎ ‎44. B【解析】考察动词辨析。从上文“Henry Jackson从桌子上拿起一个盘子时，突然出现一条蛇”的描述知“那蛇是从箱子离爬出来，并隐藏在盘子下”。故选B符合语境。‎ ‎45. D【解析】考查介词辨析。联系上句和下句理解：“我”试图将那蛇拾起来，它咬了“我”，“我”把它通过厨房扔出去，结果它恰恰被扔进冰箱里去了。这样理解符合语境和逻辑。故选D。‎ ‎46. A【解析】考查形容词辨析。通过上下文语境分析：Henry ‎ Jackson被蛇咬了，还能用手机将蛇拍下来，可见当时他很冷静。A酷，冷静；B吵闹的；C高兴的；D害怕的。故选A符合语境。‎ ‎47. C【解析】考察名词辨析。上文描述Henry Jackson在拾起拿蛇时，被咬了。因此，被咬的部位最有可能是手。故选C。‎ ‎48. D【解析】考查连词辨析。他去医院后，对于Henry Jackson的疼，医生之所以无法判断，是因为他们不知道是哪种蛇咬的。可知上下两句构成“因果关系”，故选D。‎ ‎49. B【解析】考查动词辨析。联系上句理解： Henry Jackson记起了他的手机里的照片。医生们然后将照片发送到伦敦动物园，以判定属于哪种蛇。这样理解符合语境和逻辑，故选B。‎ ‎50. C【解析】考查形容词性的物主代词。根据上句推断本句说的是：如果遇到蛇咬你，你拿起手机，首先拍下蛇的照片。故选C符合语境。‎ ‎（2013陕西）Ⅴ.完形填空（共10小题，计10分） ‎ 阅读下面短文，理解大意，然后从各个小题的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使短文连贯完整。‎ Jenny, from Germany, spent some time traveling in India. While she was there, she stayed with her India friend, Leela. However, there was a language barrier (障碍) for her there. It was very 31 for her to communicate in the new environment, which was very different from 32 of her own country.‎ One day, together with Leela, Jenny went to 33 an orphanage (孤儿院). All the children there were very young. At first, Jenny was not sure if she could have a way to communicate with them. She went over to the children 34 and sat beside them. After some time, one of the children 35 her. She felt a little relaxed and smiled back. Then she went close to the child. She slowly put her arm around the child and started ‎36 a song in German. The child kept smiling and started repeating the words after her. The words that came from the little mouth were different from those that Jenny sang, but the rhythm (节奏) was the same. Jenny sang a little more and the child followed her again. Wanting to join in the 37 , another child went up to Jenny and started singing the rhythm. Then more children joined. They 38 many smiles together.‎ From the other side of hall, Leela was smiling and watching them. Noticing Leela’s 39 on her, Jenny had an exciting feeling from her heart: “See, I don’t have any language barriers here. We 40 speak and communicate! ” At that moment, she understood: we’re all simply human, and we have the ability to connect with each other.‎ ‎31. A‎. nice B. dangerous C. difficult D. easy ‎ ‎32. A‎. these B. those C. this D. that ‎ ‎33. A‎. show B. visit C. build D. improve ‎ ‎34. A‎. slowly B. early C. hardly D. easily ‎ ‎35. A‎. looked at B. laughed at C. shouted at D. smiled at ‎ ‎36. A‎. singing B. writing C. saying D. playing ‎ ‎37. A‎. club B. talk C. fun D. dance ‎ ‎38. A‎. forget B. remembered C. shared D. missed ‎ ‎39. A‎. hands B. eyes C. influence D. questions ‎ ‎40. A‎. can B. must C. need D. should ‎【答案】31. C 32.D 33.B 34.A 35.D 36.A ‎37.C ‎38.C 39.B 40.A ‎ ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。来自德国的小姑娘Jenny在印度旅游，不同的语言让她感觉交流是困难的。但一次孤儿院的体验，让她感觉：我们都是人类，我们可以交流。‎ ‎31. C‎ 【解析】根据前一句there was a language barrier (障碍) for her there可知，沟通存在语言障碍，推知“对她来说在新的环境里进行沟通是困难的”故选C项。‎ ‎32.D 【解析】that代指比较对象—环境environment。‎ ‎33.B 【解析】根据后文可知Jenny跟随Leela一起访问了一所孤儿院。‎ ‎34.A 【解析】slowly意为“慢慢地”，early意为“早的”， hardly意为“几乎不”，easily意为“容易地”。根据前文Jenny was not sure if she could have a way to communicate with them.可知Jenny不太确定她是否有一种可以和他们沟通的方式，推知她是慢慢地走向他们。‎ ‎35.D 【解析】根据后一句She felt a little relaxed and smiled back“她感到一点放松，并微笑着回应”推知“其中一个小孩向她微笑”。‎ ‎36.A 【解析】根据song可知选sing的形式。‎ ‎37.C‎ 【解析】根据后文another child went up to Jenny and started singing the rhythm.“另一个孩子也加入到这个旋律中来”推知，“为加入这份快乐中”，故选择fun。‎ ‎38.C‎ 【解析】forget意为“忘记”，remembered “记住”，shared “分享”，missed“思念；错过”。根据前一句“越来越多的孩子加入”推知“他们共同分享这些微笑”。‎ ‎39.B 【解析】Leela在微笑着看着他们，推知Jenny看到Leela的眼睛。‎ ‎40.A 【解析】根据句意可知，Jenny内心的感觉是“看，我没有任何语言障碍，我们可以谈话交流”，故选A项。‎ ‎【2013广西贺州】II. 完形填空。（每小题1分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从各题所给的四个选项中选出最佳答案。‎ Once a man and his wife worked for an old man. There was a big box in the man’s living room. The old man pointed to the box and said, “There’s only one thing you 46 do. Don’t open the box.” 47 saying this, he left his home.‎ The woman said to her husband, “There must be 48 expensive in the box. Let’s open it, shall we?” Her husband said 49 to her. But the woman didn’t give 50 her idea. One day, she decided to find out 51 was in it. Her husband didn’t stop her. She opened the box and looked inside. 52 her surprise, she found nothing in the box. She tried hard to close it, but she 53 .‎ ‎ That evening the old man came home and found the box was 54 . He was very angry and asked her husband to leave his home.‎ ‎ “But there was nothing I the box.” The woman said. “We haven’t taken anything at all.” The old man 55 them, “The box is not important, but I cannot believe you. That’s important!”‎ ‎( ) ‎46. A. dare not B. needn’t C. mustn’t D. may not ‎( ) ‎47. A. After B. Before C. Form D. By ‎( ) ‎48. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything ‎( ) ‎49. A. yes B. goodbye C. hurry up D. no ‎( ) 50.A. away B. up C. to D. back ‎( ) 51.A. how B. what C. which D. that ‎( ) 52.A. At B. In C. On D. To ‎( ) 53.A. failed B. did C. refused D. succeeded ‎( ) 54.A. broken B. empty C. open D. lost ‎( ) 55.A. turned to B. listened to C. shouted at D. smiled at ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇哲理故事。讲述了这样一个发人深省的故事：一对夫妇为一位老人工作。老人告诉他们不要动客厅里的一个箱子。可是，他们还是忍不住好奇而打开看了，可是里面什么都没有。可他们最终还是被解雇了。因为他们失去了老人对他们的信任，信任是无价的。‎ ‎46.C【解析】考查情态动词辨析。Dare not不敢；needn’t不必；mustn’t绝不；may not，may一般不和not 连用；句意：只有一件你们_____做的事。根据下文Don’t open the box.可知老人禁止他们做这件事，故选C。‎ ‎47.A【解析】考查连词的用法。After在... ...之后；before在... ...之前；from从；by通过.....方式；句意：说了这个_______,他就离开了家。根据情境可知，老人是说完这些话才离开的，故选A。‎ ‎48.D【解析】考查不定代词辨析。句意：箱子里一定有贵重的_______。Nothing，没有东西；something，某物，用于肯定句；anything，某物，任何东西，用于疑问、否定或条件状语从句；everything一切，所有的东西；根据本句中的must, 一定，表示肯定推测，故选B，“箱子里一定有一些贵重的东西”。‎ ‎49. B【解析】考查对情境的把握。句意：丈夫对她说了_____。Say yes to sb.,对某人说“是”‎ ‎，表示赞成；Say goodbye to sb.对某人说“再见”，表示道别；Say hurry up to sb.对某人说“快点”，表示催促某人；Say no to sb.对某人说“不”，表示反对；根据下文，可知此时她的丈夫制止了她，但是她后来还是做了。故选D。‎ ‎50. B【解析】考查动词短语辨析。give away捐赠；give up放弃；give sth. to把某物给某人；give back归还；句意：但是她没有______这个念头。根据下文，她最终还是打开的箱子，可知本题选B。‎ ‎51. B【解析】考查疑问词辨析。How,如何；what什么；which哪个，哪些；that，那，这，指示代词，引导陈述句；句意：她决定弄清楚______在里面。根据下文，she opened the box and looked inside, ...she found nothing in the box.可知，B是正确的。‎ ‎52.D【解析】考查介词辨析。 根据句意“让她惊奇的是，她发现箱子里什么都没有。To one’s surprise, 让某人惊奇的是，固定短语，故选D。‎ ‎53.A【解析】考查动词词义辨析。 句意：她想设法把箱子关闭，但是她______。Failed，失败；did, 做，表明她关上了；refused拒绝；succeeded,成功。根据转折连词but, 和下文内容，可知她失败了，箱子关不了。故选A。‎ ‎54.C【解析】考查形容词词义辨析。句意：那天晚上，老人回来了，看到了箱子是_____的。Broken坏了；empty空的；open开着的；lost丢失的；根据上文，she opened the box，但是又没有关上，可知箱子是开着的，故选C。‎ ‎55.C【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：老人______着说：“箱子并不重要。但是我不相信你们了。”turned to 转向某人；listened to听某人说；shouted to向某人喊；smiled to向某人微笑；根据上文he was very angry...可知C是最佳答案。‎ ‎【2013江苏徐州】完形填空(每小题1分，共15分) ‎ 根据短文内容，从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ ‎“Never give up!” It is my law(法则) of life. It has brought me __16__. I learned the law from my father's __17__ story. ‎ My father was __18__ in a poor village in the north of Jiangsu，in China. When he was a young boy，he went to school in the morning，then __19__ in the fields till sunset. And then he did his homework __20__ midnight. Life was hard，because they had no __21__！‎ At the age of 14，my father heard of the United States of America. It was the land of gold，the land where __22__ people can become rich. ‎ ‎“__23__ don't I go to America？” he thought to himself，full of hope. ‎ So，my father came to America. “I had thought it was easy to __24__ money in America，” he told me. “But when I arrived there，I realized it was not true. They did not like to hire(雇佣) me because I spoke __25__ English. Later，I worked in a small restaurant，cleaning up tables，__26__dishes and sweeping the floor. Life was __27__ for the first few years. I worked from ‎10 a. m. to 11 p. m. I wanted to go to school to learn English，but it was impossible. I couldn't __28__ the schooling(学费). ”‎ My father __29__ working hard，and reached his goal. ‎ ‎“Alan，” he often says to me. “If you want something，you have to work for it and never give up. Things do not come __30__ in life. ” That is what I learned from my father. ‎ ‎16. A‎. disaster B. loss C. success D. pity ‎17. A‎. life B. fashion C. danger D. history ‎18. A‎. famous B. lucky C. rich D. born ‎19. A‎. taught B. worked C. studied D. slept ‎20. A‎. until B. towards C. for D. during ‎21. A‎. experience B. energy C. time D. money ‎22. A‎. kind B. poor C. strong D. lazy ‎23. A‎. What B. How C. Why D. When ‎24. A‎. discover B. make C. collect D. spend ‎25. A‎. little B. good C. much D. excellent ‎26. A‎. giving B. running C. washing D. receiving ‎27. A‎. comfortable B. cheerful C. nice D. hard ‎28. A‎. borrow B. need C. afford D. pay ‎29. A‎. kept B. finished C. minded D. stopped ‎30. A‎. really B. easily C. quietly D. slowly ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述作者我受父亲的影响，以“永不放弃”作为自己的人生法则，从而最终获得成功的故事。说明“成事只要努力，一切皆有可能”的道理。‎ ‎16. 【答案】选C。细节理解题。由下文我与父亲一样以”永不放弃“作为生活法则，实现了人生的目标，因此给我带来成功，success成功。所以选择C。‎ ‎17. 【答案】选A。语境理解题。下文讲述了“父亲”生活的一些事情，life生活。所以选择A。‎ ‎18. 【答案】选D。细节推理题。句意“父亲生活在一个贫穷的村庄”，be born…出生于。所以选择D。‎ ‎19. 【答案】选B。语境理解题。由下文“父亲生活的艰苦”知，他在田野里劳动一直到日落，worked工作。所以选择B。‎ ‎20. 【答案】选D。细节理解题。由文意“白天工作，晚上写作业”知，此处用 during“在…期间”，during midnight在晚上期间。所以选择D。‎ ‎21. 【答案】选D。细节理解题。由前句“生活艰苦”知，后句意为“没有钱”，money钱。所以选择D。‎ ‎22. 【答案】选B。细节理解题。由句中的rich知，句意“穷人变得富裕”，poor贫穷的。所以选择B。‎ ‎23. 【答案】选C。语境理解题。由下文“父亲想到美国去变富裕”知，此句意为“我为什么不去美国呢”，Why don't I…我为什么不…。所以选择C。‎ ‎24. 【答案】选B。细节理解题。句意“我原认为在美国挣钱是容易的”，make money挣钱。所以选择B。‎ ‎25. 【答案】选A。细节理解题。由前句“他们不想雇佣我”知，后句意为“几乎不会讲英语”，little几乎不。所以选择A。‎ ‎26. 【答案】选C。细节理解题。句意“我在一家小的餐馆工作，檫桌子，洗盘子，扫地板“，wash dishes固定短语，意为“洗衣盘子”。所以选择C。‎ ‎27. 【答案】选D。语境理解题。由前文知，起初的几年，生活是艰苦的，hard艰苦的。所以选择D。‎ ‎28. 【答案】选C。语境理解题。由前句“我想上学校学习英语，但是不可能”知，后句意为“我付不起学费”，couldn't afford…付不起…。所以选择C。‎ ‎29. 【答案】选A。细节理解题。由后句“实现了他的目标”知，前句意为“父亲不断地努力工作”，keep doing sth. 一直做某事。所以选择A。‎ ‎30. 【答案】选B。语境理解题。由前文知，生活中的事情来得并不是如此的容易，easily容易地。所以选择B。‎ ‎【2013浙江温州】I walked into the Huddle House Restaurant in Brunswick, Georgia and sat down at the table. I picked up the menu and was to order something for breakfast. ‎ ‎“Excuse me,”‎ I looked up and ‎11 a nice-looking woman standing before me.‎ ‎“Is your name Roger?” 12 asked.‎ ‎“Yes, ” I answered, feeling rather confused as I had never seen her before.‎ ‎“My name’s Barbara and my 13 is Tony,”she he said, pointing to a middle-aged man sitting alone at the table by the window. He was 14 and weak.‎ ‎“Tony White, from Landon School in Jacksonville‎, ‎Florida?” She added.‎ I looked at that man for a few seconds 15 I didn’t recognize him.‎ ‎“I’m really sorry. The name doesn’t ring the bell, ”I said.‎ She walked back, began 16 with her husband and once in a while I saw her turn around and look directly at me.‎ I ordered breakfast and a cup of 17 , sitting there, trying to remember who this Tony was. “I 18 know him, ” I thought to myself. “He recognizes me for some reason.” I picked up the coffee cup. All of a sudden it came to me like a flash of lightning. ‎ ‎“Tony, the bully, the bad boy!” I could 19 believe my eyes. “Jesus! He’s so thin now. Not the big boy that I 20 from back in ‎‎1977.”‎ Everything came up to my mind. The time this 21 boy had made fun of my ‎ big ears in front of the girls in my class, and the time this big bully had pushed me against the walls in the hallway just to make himself ‎22 a big man to all other students.‎ ‎“I am sorry, Roger, ” Tony rolled by me in the wheelchair, being pushed by his wife, raising his thin trembling hand. “I am so sorry for 23 that I did to you.”‎ ‎“I’m…I’m er…” I didn’t know 24 to say to him.‎ After a few months later, I received a letter from Barbara. Tony was 25 . Tony had been a fireman and had been seriously wounded in a task.‎ How I regretted for not saying something to him but I no longer had the chance!‎ ‎11. A‎. heard B. saw C. felt D. told ‎12. A‎. you B. we C. he D. she ‎13. A‎. husband B. father C. brother D. son ‎14. A‎. fat B. thin C. strong D. young ‎15. A‎. but B. and C. or D. so ‎16. A‎. listening B. writing C. talking D. playing ‎17. A‎. tea B. juice C. coffee D. milk ‎18. A‎. needn’t B. need C. mustn’t D. must ‎19. A‎. hardly B. really C. almost D. always ‎20. A‎. protect B. remember C. love D. miss ‎21. A‎. clever B. shy C. bad D. friendly ‎22. A‎. look after B. look for C. look at D. look like ‎23. A‎. everything B. nothing C. something D. anything ‎24. A‎. when B. why C. what D. where ‎25. A‎. healthy B. dead C. famous D. blind 文章大意：本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了一次我在饭店里吃饭时，遇到了我多年前的同学Tony坐在轮椅上，被他的妻子Barbara推着来找我，为他自己对我做的事情道歉。可是我几乎没有认出来，不知道怎么对他说。数月后，Tony死了，我感觉到非常的遗憾和后悔自己再也没有机会找他说了。‎ ‎11. B【解析】结合本句前半句“I looked up”可推知，我“看见”一个漂亮的妇女站在我的前面。此空白处故选表示“看的结果”的动词saw。‎ ‎12. D【解析】根据上文中的a nice-looking woman standing before me可推知，这位漂亮的妇女问我。故选人称代词she。‎ ‎13. A‎ 【解析】根据下文中信息“…with her husband and once in a while I saw her turn around and look directly at me.”可推知，这位中年人应该是我的丈夫。故正确答案选A。‎ ‎14. B【解析】根据本句中的单词weak以及下文中的信息“Jesus! He’s so thin now.”、“raising his thin trembling hand.”可推知，Tony身体很瘦，很虚弱。故正确答案选B。‎ ‎15. A‎ 【解析】本句中的“I looked at that man for a few seconds”和“I didn’t recognize him.”为表示转折关系。故选表示转折关系的连词but。‎ ‎16. C【解析】结合上句中的“I’m really sorry. The name doesn’t ring the bell, ”和本句中的“once in a while I saw her turn around and look directly at me.”可推知，她回来，开始与她丈夫谈话为最佳答案。talking意为“谈话；交谈”。‎ ‎17. C‎ 【解析】根据下文中的信息“I picked up the coffee cup.”可推知，我订购了早餐和一杯咖啡。故正确答案选C。‎ ‎18. D 【解析】根据下文中的信息“He recognizes me for some reason.”可推知，我必须认识他。故此处需选情态动词must。‎ ‎19. A‎ 【解析】根据上下文的信息“Tony, the bully, the bad boy!”、“Jesus! He’s so thin now.…”可推知，我几乎不相信自己的眼睛。故正确答案选A。hardly意为“几乎不”。‎ ‎20. B 【解析】根据本句中的信息“…from back in ‎1977”‎和下句中的“Everything came up to my mind.”可推知，我记得从1977年来他就不是个大男孩。‎ ‎21. C【解析】根据上句中的信息“Tony, the bully, the bad boy!”可知，这个坏男孩在我班女孩面前取笑我的大耳朵。故选C.‎ ‎22. D 【解析】look after意为“照料；照顾”；look for意为“寻找”；look at意为“看”；look like意为“看起来像”。结合本句前半句“the time this big bully had pushed me against the walls in the hallway just…”可推知，他想使自己看起来像个大人。故正确答案选D。‎ ‎23. A【解析】根据上句的信息“raising his thin trembling hand”可推知，Tony对我做的一切事情感到很对不起。故正确答案选A。everything意为“一切事情”。‎ ‎24. C【解析】根据上句的信息“I’m…I’m er…”可推知，我不知道对他说什么。故正确答案选疑问词what。‎ ‎25. B【解析】根据下句的信息“How I regretted for not saying something to him but I no longer had the chance!”可推知，数月后Tony死了，因此我很遗憾没有机会和他说话了。故正确答案选B。‎ ‎【2013江西】A) 请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卷上将该项涂黑。(每小题1分)‎ I was so excited after I had found the holiday in the guidebook. It said, “Enjoy a week of sightseeing in one of Europe’s most beautiful cities 56 staying at one of its best hotels. ” Now I wasn’t so sure. I had waited fifteen minutes at reception (前台) when I 57 and now the shower in my room wasn’t working. I called hotel reception. ‎ ‎ “Hello. This is Room 308. There isn’t any ‎58 in my bathroom. ”‎ ‎ “Are you sure?”‎ ‎ “Of course I’m sure!‎ ‎“I’ll 59 our hotel engineer at once. ”‎ An hour later, the engineer came to look at the shower. He hit the pipes (管子) a few times and looked 60 . “Sorry, but I cannot fix it today. Maybe, tomorrow.” Then he 61 his hand. I couldn’t believe it! He wanted a tip (小费) for doing 62 ! I was very angry. But suddenly, I had a better idea. 63 , I gave the engineer a few coins. He hadn’t fixed my shower but he had taught me something about staying in his country. Two minutes later I was at the reception desk. I explained the problem to the receptionist (接待员) and he replied, “Sorry. This is a 64 situation, but what can we do?” I knew exactly what to do. I gave the hotel manager a very large tip. Fifteen minutes later I 65 into Room 405. It was twice the size of Room 308, it had a wonderful view (景色) of the city, a comfortable ‎ bed and, most importantly, there was water in the bathroom. ‎ ‎56. A‎. since B. while C. after D. before ‎57. A‎. arrived B. passed C. left D. stopped ‎ ‎58. A‎. toothpaste B. water C. shampoo D. soap ‎ ‎59. A‎. send B. catch C. trouble D. bring ‎60. A‎. proud B. worried C. angry D. excited ‎ ‎61. A‎. put up B. cleaned up C. took back D. held out ‎ ‎62. A‎. nothing B. anything C. something D. everything ‎ ‎63. A‎. Seriously B. Especially C. Quickly D. Luckily ‎ ‎64. A‎. helpful B. perfect C. terrible D. busy ‎ ‎65. A‎. broke B. looked C. rushed D. moved ‎ ‎【答案】56-60 BABAB 61-65 DACCD ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍的是我外出到欧洲度假住旅馆，却遇到下榻的宾馆的浴室的淋浴坏了的倒霉事。找宾馆反映让服务人员维修，维修人员却拒绝今晚维修，于是作者巧做周旋，成功更换住宿房间。‎ ‎56 .【解析】语境理解与固定短语考查。根据上下文，我出国度假旅游，发现一本导游册上宣传写到：“在我们欧洲最美丽的城市之一下榻这座城市最优秀的宾馆期间，你将享受一周的美好观光时光。”介词while 后跟时间状语，意思是“在……期间”，所以选择答案 B 。‎ ‎57. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，我对这个宾馆是这座城市最好的说法不太同意，所以应该是我到宾馆时就在前台等了15分钟，并且我入住的宾馆房间的淋浴还坏了。所以选择答案A 。‎ ‎58. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，宾馆房间的淋浴坏了，应该向服务台反映的是浴室没水，洗澡喷头不漏水，所以选择答案 B 。‎ ‎59. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，我向服务台打电话反映我住的宾馆房间308的淋浴坏了的情况，他们确认后应该会承诺立即派遣宾馆维修工前去维修。所以选择答案A 。‎ ‎60. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，维修工敲了敲淋浴的管子几次，应该是看起来非常着急担心地说道：“我恐怕今天修不好了，也许明天吧。”所以选择答案 B 。‎ ‎61. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，维修工为了让旅客着急，故意推迟维修时间，目的就是想索要小费，所以应该是向我伸出手索要钱，所以选择答案 D 。‎ ‎62. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，我简直无法相信，他竟然什么事都没做却向我索要小费，我气急了。所以选择答案A 。‎ ‎63. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，突然我想到了一个更好的注意，我立刻掏给维修工几硬币的小费，他没有维修却给我讲了一些在他们国家的处世之道，所以选择答案 C。‎ ‎ 64. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，我在前台向宾馆的接待员反映维修工今晚也无法维修这一问题，他应该会说：“这个情况的确严重，我们怎样解决好呢？”所以选择答案 C。‎ ‎65. 【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。根据上下文，我给宾馆经理一笔很大的小费，15分钟后我被从308房间换到更大、配套条件更好，最主要的是可以淋雨的405房间。所以选择答案 D 。‎ ‎【2013 湖北黄冈】第二节完形填空（共15 小题；每小题1 分，满分15 分） ‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给的四个选项中，选出可填入空白处的最佳选项。‎ Martin is a fifteen-year-old boy. He used to be a “problem child”, but a recent ‎ ‎ 46 with his mother changed his life. He didn’t use to give his mother many problems. 47 , after his father’s death a few years ago, Martin’s life became 48 more difficult. His mother couldn’t afford to pay for her child’s education. To do this, she 49 work, and so was often not at home. His mother looked after him as 50 as she could. Unfortunately, Martin still caused problems. He was not ‎51 in studying and he often got into trouble. Luckily, his mother was very 52 and didn’t give up trying to help him. In the end, she ‎53 a difficult decision: to send him to a boys’ boarding school. Martin hated it and used to cause a lot of trouble. One day, he told his teacher he wanted to leave the school. The teacher said it was necessary for Martin to 54 with his mother. Martin called his mother, but to his 55 , this phone call changed his life. “It was exactly 56‎ I needed,” he said. “My mother helped me to understand how much she had given me. She also told me that even though my father was no longer with us, he was 57 me and would always take pride in everything good I do. That’s when I decided to change. I realize that 58 my father died, I have been afraid of being alone, and have tried to make my mother pay more attention to me.”‎ Now Martin has 59 changed. He has been working hard and is now one of the best students in his class. How was he able to change? His mother’s 60 helped him to feel good about himself.‎ ‎46. A. conversation B. report C. survey D. speech ‎47. A. So B. But C. Therefore D. However ‎48. A. very B. many C. much D. too ‎49. A‎. could B. had to C. should D. would ‎50. A‎. soon B. quickly C. well D. good ‎51. A‎. pleased B. tired C. bored D. interested ‎52. A‎. worried B. patient C. careful D. serious ‎53. A‎. made B. took C. got D. thought ‎54. A‎. argue B. say C. discuss D. talk ‎55. A‎. surprised B. surprising C. surprise D. surprises ‎56. A. which B. what C. that D. how ‎57. A. seeing B. noticing C. helping D. watching ‎58. A. since B. before C. after D. when ‎59. A‎. always B. hardly C. really D. just ‎60. A. advice B. love C. idea D. decision 文章大意：本文讲述了一个问题孩子在母亲的爱和坚持不懈的帮助下，终于在一次长谈后，幡然醒悟，痛改前非，奋发学习，成为最好的学生之一。本文展示了母爱的伟大。‎ ‎46. A【解析】从下文可知是与母亲一次谈话改变了他的生活，故选A，conversation，对话。report，报告；survey，调查；speech，演讲，都不符合文意。‎ ‎47. D 【解析】这句“他父亲死后，他的生活变得困难多了”与上一句“他过去并没有给她母亲带来很多麻烦”是转折关系，而but不能用于这种带逗号的独立结构。故选D。‎ ‎48. C【解析】more difficult是比较级，四个词中只有much可以修饰比较级，意为：困难得多。故选C。‎ ‎49. B 【解析】为了做到这一点，她必须去工作，故选B，had to，必须、不得不。‎ ‎50. C【解析】他妈妈尽可能的照顾好他。该词修饰动词look after，故用副词well。soon，很快，quickly，迅速地，意思都不合适。‎ ‎51. D 【解析】他对学习不感兴趣， be interested in，对……感兴趣。‎ ‎52. B【解析】幸运的是，他母亲很耐心，没有放弃对他的帮助。patient，耐心，与下文的不放弃对应。而worried，担心；careful，细心的；serious，严肃的，意思都不合适。‎ ‎53. A‎ 【解析】make a decision，固定搭配，做决定。‎ ‎54. D【解析】老师说马丁有必要雨他母亲谈谈，talk with，与……谈谈。‎ ‎55. C‎ 【解析】to one’s surprise,固定搭配，令某人吃惊的是。‎ ‎56. B【解析】这正是我所需要的。What I needed是表语从句。‎ ‎57. D 【解析】他父亲虽然不与他们在一起了，但他还在关注着他，并为他做的每一件好事而自豪，watch，观察、关注。see，看见；notice，注意到；help，帮助，意思都不合适。‎ ‎58. A【解析】其后的主句用的是现在完成时，因此用since，自从……以来。‎ ‎59. C‎ 【解析】现在马丁确实改变了，really，真地、确实。always，总是；hardly，几乎不；just，刚刚、仅仅，都不合适。‎ ‎60. B【解析】他母亲的爱是他对自己感觉良好，love，爱。其他的advise，建议；idea，主意；decision，决定，都不符合文意。‎ ‎【2013贵州安顺】Ⅲ.完形填空 (共 15 分，第小题1分) ‎ The story was a true one and still moved me deeply. Thirty years ago. I got to know a _31 lady named Rose. She had no kids and lived alone. 32 I went to visit her, I always took Rose some coffee and food. One day she said she 33 me to have hunch.‎ We walked from my work place to a little restaurant on David Street. 34 the way, I began to worry: I knew that she had no money, but if I offered to 35 the lunch. I was afraid I would hurt her.‎ There were many people in the 36 and all of them were happy. Rose told me to sit and drink coffee by the window. Then she went to ‎37 in the kitchen. After about 20 minutes, she came out and sat with me. She just paid for one meal and we started to 38 the delicious food together. She told 39 that the restaurant let people work for a meal if they had no money, or would give them a free meal if they were not able to work. To my surprise, she also explained that the workers 40 were working there were all volunteers.‎ I 41 remember the beautiful afternoon I shared with Rose. 42 we had a meal together only once, it was paid by Rose's work. The weather was 43 and bright, and everyone's smile was warm and bright as well.‎ I’m still thinking that life cannot be easy to us, but we can still do 44 for out friends and neighbors. The world will be 45 if everybody would like to share happiness with others. It will never be dark if there is a light in everyone's heart.‎ ‎31. A‎. rich B. poor C. strange D. crazy ‎32. A‎. When B. After C. Until D. Unless ‎33. A‎. will invite B. was inviting C. is inviting D. to invite ‎34. A‎. By B. In C. On D. Out of ‎35. A‎. pay for B. ask for C. look for D. care for ‎36. A‎. park B. restaurant C. hotel D. bar ‎37. A‎. sit B. rest C. stay D. work ‎38. A‎. buy B. cook C. enjoy D. drink ‎39. A‎. her B. him C. me D. you ‎40. A‎. who B. whom C. which D. whose ‎4l‎. A. never B. still C. hardly D. already ‎42. A‎. So B. But C. Though D. Because ‎43. A‎. hotter B. cold C. cool D. warm ‎44. A‎. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything ‎45. A‎. colder B. nicer C. harder D. worse ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，通过我对一个贫困妇女的关照，有一天她请我去小餐馆吃午饭的故事，一开始我很担心她没钱，没想到她是在那家餐厅通过工作而得到的一顿饭。文章告诉我们生活对我们都不容易，但是我们仍然可以为我们的朋友和邻居做些事情来分享幸福让世界更美好。‎ ‎31. 【解析】选B。语境理解。由下文第二段I knew that she had no money，可知她是一个贫穷的妇女，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎32. 【解析】选A。语境理解。根据句意“……我去拜访她时，我一直带些咖啡和食物给她”可推测出是当我去，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎33. 【解析】选B。语境理解与时态判断题。这里的句意是“一天她说她……我吃午餐”，主句为一般过去时，所以是从句也应是相应的过去时态，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎34. 【解析】选C。考查介词的用法。根据句意“……路上，我开始担心”可知是在路上，on the way，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎35. 【解析】选A。语境理解。根据句意“我知道她没有钱，但是如果我提出……午餐”可推测出是我提出给午餐付款，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选B。语境理解。由下文的“the restaurant”可知是餐馆，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选D。语境理解。根据下文的“let people work for a meal if they had no money,”可推测出她是去厨房工作为那顿饭，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据句意“我们一起开始……美味的食物”可推测出是享受美食，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选C。语境理解。根据下文To my surprise, she also explained可以推测出是告诉我，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选A。定语从句引导词。根据先行词the workers是人，排除which，空后没有名词，排除whose，此处作主语，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据句意“我……记得我和Rose分享的那漂亮的下午”可推测出是仍然记得，所在选择答案B。‎ ‎42. 【解析】选C。语境理解。根据句意“……我们仅有的一次吃饭，但他是Rose工作付款的”可推测出是让步状语从句，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎43. 【解析】选D。语境理解。根据下文的“and everyone's smile was warm and bright as well.”中的as well可知是warm，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎44. 【解析】选A。语境理解。根据句意“生活对于我们来说不容易，但是我们仍然为我们的朋友和邻居做……”可推测出是做些事情，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎45. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据句意“世界将会……如果大家和别人分享幸福的话”可知是更好，所以选择答案B。‎ VI. 【2013辽宁鞍山】完形填空 (每题1分，共10分)‎ My mom only had one eye. I hated her.‎ There was one day during primary school when my mom came to say hello to me. How could she 61 this to me? I threw her a hateful look and ran out. The next day one of my classmates said, "EEEE,' your mom only has one eye!" I wanted my mom to just disappear (消失)'from my life. I told her that day, "If you're only making others laugh at me, why don't you just 62 ?" My mom was silent... I didn't 63 to think about what 1 had said, because I was full of anger.‎ I wanted out of that 64 ，and have nothing to do with her. I studied hard and went to Korea. 65 1 had my own family. 1 was happy with my life and my children.‎ One day, my mom to visit me. When she stood by the door, my children laughed. I shouted at 66 ,“How dare you come to my house and scare (惊吓) my children!' GET .OUT OF HERE! NOW!!!" My mom quietly answered," Oh, I'm so sorry. I may have gotten the wrong 67 ," and she went away.‎ One day, I came back for a school reunion (聚会). My neighbors saw me and told me my mom died. They 68 me a letter.‎ My dearest son,‎ I think of you all the time.... I'm sorry that I was an embarrassment to you when you were growing up.‎ You see....when you were very little, you got into an accident, and lost your eye. As a mother, I couldn't 69 you having to grow up with one eye. So I gave you mine. I was so 70 of my son who was seeing a whole new world for me, in my place, with that eye.‎ With all my love to you,‎ Your mother ‎( ) ‎61. A. say B. do C. explain D. throw ‎( ) ‎62. A. come B. leave C. die D. start ‎( ) ‎63. A. stop B. need C. want D. care ‎( ) ‎64. A. school B. class C. hospital D. house ‎( ) ‎65. A. Still B. Then C. Again D. Suddenly ‎( ) ‎66. A. them B. you C. it D. her ‎( ) ‎67. A. address B. idea C. time D. key ‎( ) ‎68. A. wrote B. sent C. handed D. left ‎( ) ‎69. A. bear B. find C. watch D. keep ‎( ) ‎70. A. sure B. tired C. nervous D. proud ‎【主旨大意】‎ ‎61. B【解析】考查句意理解。由上一句妈妈来给我打招呼和下一句我我讨厌看了她一眼并跑开了，可知此句意“她怎么能对我做这件事（过来给我打招呼）？”故选B。‎ ‎62. C ‎【解析】考查句意理解和动词。由下一句因为我太生气我没有考虑我所说的话，可知作者让他妈妈去死。‎ ‎63.A 【解析】考查句意理解和动词运用。由句意“因为太生气，我没有停下来去考虑我所说的话。”stop to do sth. 意为“停下来去做另一件事”。‎ ‎64. D【解析】考查句意理解。由后半句他不想跟他妈妈有任何关系，可知他想离开那个家。‎ ‎65. B【解析】考查句意理解和连词运用。句意为“后来我有了自己的家庭。”then 意为“然后；后来”。‎ ‎66. D【解析】考查句意理解和代词运用。根据上句可知，我向她大声吼叫。‎ ‎67. A【解析】考查句意理解和名词辨析。address 意为“地址”；idea 意为“主意；想法”； time 意为“时间”；key意为“钥匙”；句意为“我可能走错了地方。”‎ ‎68. C【解析】考查句意理解。句意为“他们递给我一封信。”hand sb. sth. 意为“递给某人某物”。‎ ‎69. C【解析】考查句意理解和动词。句意为“我不能看着你一个眼睛长大。”watch sb. doing sth.意为“看某人做某事”。强调动作的延续性。‎ ‎70. D【解析】考查固定短语。be proud of 意为“以…为骄傲”。‎ ‎【2013内蒙古呼和浩特】‎ Once，in a small village, lived a family with eight children. Two of the children loved 16 very much, but the family was so poor that it was impossible to send 17 of them to study at the art college at the same time. After many discussions, the two boys finally ‎18 a plan. They would toss (抛）a coin. The loser would go 19 into the mines (煤矿）and，with his money, 20 his brother study at the college. Then, when the brother who won the toss finished his studies，after four years, he would support the other brother studying at the 21 .‎ James won the toss and Jack went down into the mines. James worked with all his heart and his paintings were very much 22 than those of most of his teachers, and by the time he 23 , he was beginning to make a lot of money for his paintings.‎ James returned. When he told Jack he could go to the art college, Jack said 24 , “Brother, the four years in the mines has done too much to my hands, so it is too 25 . Now I can’t even hold a glass.”‎ To show his great love and respect, James drew his brother’s hands with fingers towards the sky.‎ He called his drawing “The Praying Hands,” which became very famous years later.‎ ‎16. A‎. school B. books C. painting D. money ‎17. A‎. both B. all C. any D. neither ‎18. A‎. looked out B. got out C. took out D. worked out ‎19. A‎. off B. down C. up D. away ‎20. A‎. pay B. follow C. agree D. let ‎21. A‎. college B. mine C. home D. school ‎22. A‎. cheaper B. worse C. better D. older ‎23. A‎. waited B. graduated C. walked D. arrived ‎24. A‎. happily B. bravely C. softly D. angrily ‎25. A‎. late B. early C. good D. helpful ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了兄弟两人都喜欢绘画，但是由于家境贫困，只能允许一个孩子上大学，于是兄弟两人用抛硬币的方法决定谁上大学。当James学业完成，有足够的钱供Jack上学时，Jack却因为在煤矿里干活太累把手累坏了，已经不能绘画了。‎ ‎16. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文提到的“study at the art college”可知，是都喜欢绘画，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎17. A【解析】语境理解。根据上文“Two of the children…”可知，是兄弟两人喜欢绘画，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎18. D【解析】短语辨析。look out“当心；小心”；get out“出来”；take out“拿出来”；work out“想出”。根据意思可知，兄弟两人想出了一个办法，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎19. B【解析】语境理解。根据第二段第一句“James won the toss and Jack went down into the mines. ”可知，应该是go down into the mines，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎20. A【解析】语境理解。句意：用这些钱，支付兄弟在大学的费用，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎21. A【解析】语境理解。由上文可知，此处句意应是：4年以后，他将供给另一位兄弟在大学学习。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎22. C【解析】语境理解。有上下文可知，这位兄弟 在大学里刻苦学习，绘画水平比他的大多数老师都要好，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎23. B【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由上下文可知，此句句意为“到他毕业时，……”。graduate“毕业”，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎24. C【解析】语境理解与逻辑推理。由上下文可知，此时在煤矿干活的兄弟心情是很复杂的。由于干重活的缘故，手指已经不再适合绘画了，所以他此时的心情既难过又无奈，所以用softly最合适，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎25. A【解析】语境理解。句意：此时，在煤矿干活的兄弟再去上大学已经晚了。所以选择答案A。‎ ‎【2013江苏扬州】 完形填空(共15小题；每小题1分，计15分)‎ 阅读下列短文，从文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。‎ Sheila bought a new lunch bag for school.‎ On the way to school, she looked inside. She hoped that a new lunch bag meant something new for lunch, __16__ she found the same lunch as always—a sandwich.‎ When the lunch bell rang, Sheia found her bag and carried it to the dining hall. She opened it and __17__ two pieces of fried chicken, several strawberries, and an egg.‎ ‎‘Wow！’ Sheila said. ‘That's what I call __18__！’‎ The next morning, Sheila opened her lunch bag and looked inside. Sure enough, she found another __19__. But when she opened the bag at lunchtime in the dining hall, she discovered a piece of pizza, an orange, and a cake.‎ ‎‘My lunch bag __20__ be magic，’ Sheila said.‎ ‎‘There's no such thing as magic，’ her friend Douglas __21__．‎ ‎‘There is，’ Sheila said. ‘My mother __22__ packs me a sandwich. But ever since I got this new lunch bag, the sandwich has changed into something I like.’‎ ‎‘Maybe your mother's packing __23__ things for a change.’‎ ‎‘No，’ Sheila said. ‘I checked in the morning. The sandwich changes __24__．’‎ ‎‘You are not the __25__ one with a magic lunch bag，’ Beatrice said, turning around from the table behind her.‘I have one, too. See? This is my magic bag.’‎ ‎‘Hey，’ Sheila said. ‘My lunch bag really looks like yours.’‎ ‎‘Mine is magic.’ said Beatrice. ‘Every day my dad __26__ leftovers(剩饭), but at lunchtime I find a sandwich—my favorite！’‎ Sheila started __27__．‎ ‎‘What's so funny？’ Beatrice asked.‎ ‎‘That's the sandwich my mother packs，’ Sheila said. ‘We've been getting our lunch bags __28__ up.’‎ Sheila and __29__ shared their lunches every day after that. Sheila loved making new discoveries each times she opened her lunch bag. But her best discovery was magically finding a new __30__．‎ ‎16. A‎. and B. so C. but D. or ‎17. A‎. showed B. discovered C. wanted D. offered ‎18. A‎. lunch bag B. dining hall C. breakfast D. lunch ‎19. A‎. sandwich B. chicken C. egg D. orange ‎20. A‎. can B. must C. may D. need ‎21. A‎. disturbed B. discovered C. disappeared D. disagreed ‎22. A‎. never B. seldom C. often D. ever ‎23. A‎. different B. same C. easy D. delicious ‎24. A‎. at home B. during school C. on the way D. after lunchtime ‎25. A‎. last B. next C. extra D. only ‎26. A‎ packs B. cooks C. leaves D. checks ‎27. A‎. shouting B. nodding C. laughing D. finding ‎28. A‎. fixed B. used C. broken D. mixed ‎29. A‎. Douglas B. Beatrice C. Sheila's mother D. Beatrice's father ‎30. A‎. friend B. classroom C. classmate D. school ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍Sheila有一个“魔力”的新午餐包的故事，讲述了Sheila以前每天的午餐只是一个三明治，但当她买了一个新的午餐包后，她每天的午餐都是她想要的，她真有一个“魔力”午餐包吗？当然不是，她的午餐包和同学Beatrice的混了，但从此以后两人成了好朋友，每天一起分享午餐。‎ ‎16. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。由后句她发现是和原来一样的午餐，所有前后转折，用but，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎17. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据上下文，指她发现了与原来不一样的东西，用discover，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎18. 【解析】选D。语境理解。从句意及文章从开始就是介绍Sheila的午餐，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎19. 【解析】选A。语境理解。这里要注意时间，早上时Sheila打开午餐包见到的是三明治，但到了午餐时间才会发生变化，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎20. 【解析】选B。考查情态动词用法。根据句意“我的午餐包是有魔力的”，表示“推测”且根据事实情况推测，则用must，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎21. 【解析】选D。语境理解。由她朋友的话“没有如此有魔力的事情”，所以她朋友是不同意她观点的，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎22. 【解析】选C。语境理解。根据第二段交代的Sheila每天的午餐是一个三明治，用often，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎23. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由句中的for a change推知表示不同的，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎24. 【解析】选B。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据前面交代的早上Sheila打开午餐包见到的是三明治，但到了午餐时间变化成了其他的东西，则这个变化只能在学校里，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎25. 【解析】选D。语境理解与逻辑推理。由下文中Beatrice说的“I have one，too.”确定不只是Sheila一个人，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎26. 【解析】选A。语境理解。由上文中Maybe your mother’s packing…，所以推知这里用pack，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎27. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据下文中Sheila对Beatrice说的话，知道Sheila已经知道了为什么，所以大笑，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎28. 【解析】选D。语境理解与与逻辑推理。这里的句意指两个人的午餐包混了，用固定短语mix up，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎29. 【解析】选B。语境理解与与逻辑推理。整篇文章介绍的是Sheila和Beatrice两人关于午餐包的事，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎30. 【解析】选A。语境理解与与逻辑推理。通过这个事情后Sheila和Beatrice成了朋友，即Sheila找到了一个好朋友，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎【2013广东广州】三、完形填空(共10小题:每小题1分，满分10分)‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36-45各题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项，并在题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ There once was a farmer who lost his watch in his barn (谷仓). The watch was only cheap but it was very __36___ to him because it was a gift from his father.‎ After __37__ the barn for a long time, he gave up and asked for 38 from a group of children playing nearby. ‎ He 39 them that the person who found the watch would he rewarded.‎ Hearing this, the children hurried inside the barn 40 . They searched everywhere but still could not find the 41 . Just when the farmer was going to give up, a little boy went up to him and asked to be given another 42 .‎ The farmer looked at him and thought. “Why not? After all, this kid looks honest.”‎ So the farmer 43 the little boy back into the barn. After a while the little boy came out with the watch in his hand! The surprised farmer asked the boy how he 44 where the rest had failed.‎ The boy replied, “I did nothing but sit quietly and listen for the sound of the watch.”‎ This shows us that sometimes a 45 mind can think better than an excited one.‎ ‎16. A‎. important B. expensive C. useless D. interesting ‎37. A‎. finding B. searching C. watching D. studying ‎38. A‎. money B. danger C. work D. help ‎39. A‎. promised B. taught C. worried D. believed ‎40. A‎. angrily B. slowly C. immediately D. hardly ‎41. A‎. rule B. book C. child D. watch ‎42. A‎. way B. chance C. lesson D. smile ‎43. A‎. threw B. sent C. gave D. caught ‎44. A‎. came B. knew C. succeeded D. suggested ‎45. A‎. beautiful B. smart C. peaceful D. quick ‎【主旨大意】本文是一篇记叙文。讲述了一农民在他的谷仓丢失了他父亲送给他的手表，他自己找了很长时间都没找到，后请一群附近玩耍小孩帮助，最后被一个小男孩通过静听手表的声音找到了手表。告诉我们：相对于在兴奋的心态下，人在平静的心态下能够更好地思考。‎ ‎36. 【解析】选A。语境理解。后文提到“因为这块表是他爸爸送给他的”，因此，前文应该是指这块表对他来说很重要。‎ ‎37. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据上下文，这全农民开始寻找自己的表，但空格后的宾语为the barm，所以只能选search表示“搜索这个谷仓”。‎ ‎38. 【解析】选D。固定搭配。ask for help表示“寻求帮助”，这个农民找在附近玩耍的一群孩子寻求帮助。‎ ‎39. 【解析】选A 。语境理解。promise表示“承诺，许诺”，teach表示“教”，warn表示“警告”，believe表示“相信”。文中农民找孩子来帮忙找自己的手表，且后文提到找到手表的人可以得到报酬，因此，该处应填promise表示“承诺”。‎ ‎40. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。该空与前文的hurry(“赶紧，赶忙”)相呼应，表示孩子马上冲进了谷仓，因此，应选immediately。‎ ‎41. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。全文都是围绕寻找表而展开，因此，应该选watch.‎ ‎42. 【解析】选B。语境理解。根据下文，那个小男孩又进去找那块表。该处应该意为：所有的孩子都没有找到那块表时，一个小男孩来找这个农民，要求另一次找表的机会(chance).‎ ‎43. 【解析】选B。语境理解。throw表示“丢，扔”；send表示“送”；give表示“给”；catch表示“抓”；根据语意，应选send，表示“农民又把这个小男孩子给送回谷仓找表”。‎ ‎44. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据前文，小男孩已经找到表了，四个选项中只有C符合，表示“他是怎么样成功的”;A, D句意不符，而know作为及物动词，后面必须跟宾语，因此只能选C. ‎ ‎45. 【解析】选C。语境理解与逻辑推理。根据前文，小男孩之所以找到表，是因为他安静地坐着，通过听表的声音而找到表的。因为对应前文的quietly，应选a peaceful mind，表示“相对于在兴奋的心态下，人在平静的心态下能够更好地思考”。‎ ‎【2013广东】三、完形填空（本大题有10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ 通读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案，并将答题卡上对应题目所选的选项涂黑。‎ Tom brought a box of biscuits to a summer camp. He ate a few and placed the rest under his bed. After lunch, he found the box was gone. He went to tell his camp 46 about it.‎ The next day, the coach saw a boy eating Tom’s biscuits behind a tree. He 47 an idea to solve（解决）the problem. He found Tom and said to him, “I know who 48 your biscuits. Will you help me to teach him a lesson?”‎ ‎“Well, yes… are you going to punish 49 , sir?” Tom asked. “No, I am not,” the coach explained 50 . “That would only make him hate you. I want you to write to your mother and ask for more 51 .”‎ Tom received another box of biscuits by mail from his mother a few days later. “Now,” said the coach, “go and 52 them with the boy who stole your biscuits.” Tom didn’t understand the coach’s intention, 53 he still followed his advice.‎ Half an hour later the coach saw the two boys come up the hill, arm in arm. The boy was trying to ask Tom to 54 his toy robot in payment for（赔偿）the stolen biscuits. And Tom was refusing the gift from his new friend. He said that a few biscuits were not so 55 .‎ In some situations, forgiveness（原谅）is better than punishment.‎ ‎46. A‎. cook B. doctor C. coach D. cleaner ‎47. A‎. got on with B. went on with C. came up with D. caught up with ‎48. A‎. took away B. ran away C. went away D. threw away ‎49. A‎. me B. him C. us D. them ‎50. A‎. shyly B. angrily C. excitedly D. patiently ‎51. A‎. gifts B. biscuits C. candies D. toys ‎52. A‎. share B. choose C. divide D. fill ‎53. A‎. if B. but C. since D. though ‎54. A‎. steal B. mend C. make D. accept ‎55. A‎. cheap B. delicious C. different D. important ‎【答案】46. C ‎47. C ‎48. A 49. B 50. D 51. D ‎52. A 53. B 54. D 55. D ‎ ‎【主旨大意】这是一篇记叙文，文章通过记叙Tom在夏令营中丢失了一些饼干，然后在辅导员的帮助下，找到了拿饼干的孩子，最后Tom与其成了好朋友。通过这个故事，使大家明白了：友谊的价值比饼干更贵重，这个故事也蕴含了“塞翁失马”的哲理。‎ ‎46. 【解析】选C。名词考查题。根据首段意思理解及第二段第一句话的照应关系可知：Tom在饼干丢了之后，是去告诉了夏令营的辅导员。所以选择答案C。‎ ‎47. 【解析】选C。动词考查题。在这里应该是：想出（think of=come up with）一个解决问题的办法，所以选择答案C。‎ ‎48. 【解析】选A。动词考查题。联系上下文，及根据句意，此处应为“拿走（你的饼干）”，只有“took away”符合，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎49. 【解析】选B。代词考查题。此处代词作宾语，指代的是偷饼干的人，根据前段中“Will you help me teach him a lesson?”可知此处用代词him，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎50. 【解析】选D。副词考查题。四个选项均为副词，根据句意，应该是：辅导员耐心地解释，选项D中patiently意为“耐心地”，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎51. 【解析】选D。形容词考查。联系上下文及根据此句意思“Tom说一些饼干并不是那么重要的”选项D中important“重要的”最为恰当，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎52. 【解析】选A。动词考查题。联系上下文及句意，在这里应该是：拿这些饼干去与那个男孩分享“share”，A选项恰当，所以选择答案A。‎ ‎53. 【解析】选B。连词考查题。此句为转折关系的复合句，后一部分应由but引导，所以选择答案B。‎ ‎54. 【解析】选D。动词考查题。联系整个句子，此处意为“这个男孩正在努力让Tom接受他的机器人玩具作为赔偿”，选项D中accept“接受”比较恰当，所以选择答案D。‎ ‎55.【解析】D【解析】考查形容词。根据句意他说一点点饼干并不是那么重要。重要的用important。 ‎ ‎【2013湖北武汉】完形填空 ‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。‎ ‎“I’m really thankful to our government, for it provides us with such a good training program. The training greatly helps us live well. I will certainly study hard and learn the skills. Then I can (41) my family difficulties and do good to other people.” a learner on the job training program said, feeling (42) . ‎ The learner’s grandfather is nearly 80 years old, and has mother is (43) in bed. So his father, who is a farmer, is the main (44) of the family. The family is poor. The learner graduated from high school and did not (45) the college entrance exam. The job training program helps him learn the skills that he’ll (46) ‎ ‎ in the work place. ‎ The story reminds me of another (47) . It goes like this: Once upon a time, there was a man who liked fishing very much, and was (48) to catch lots of fish every day. The man was a kind-hearted person, so he always (49) his fish with his neighbors who did not know how to fish. One day, he thought that it would be (50) if he taught them how to fish. So he (51) his neighbors together and showed them how to fish. Everybody was very happy that they could (52) the fish they themselves caught. ‎ At present, there are still a lot of poor people throughout the world. But it’s not good if we give only (53) to them. (54) , we should give them a chance to learn new skills. Therefore, a technical training is very important to people in need, and the will learn the ability to (55) money. People can learn a lot of useful things in the training program and what they learn can help them on the way to find jobs. ‎ ‎41. A‎. solve B. change C. study D. find ‎ ‎42. A‎. surprised B. excited C. relaxed D. interested ‎ ‎43. A‎. ill B. alone C. silent D. dangerous ‎ ‎44. A‎. problem B. example C. relative D. support ‎ ‎45. A‎. pass B. copy C. know D. mind ‎ ‎46. A‎. repeat B. forget C. need D. test ‎ ‎47. A‎. story B. learner C. family D. program ‎ ‎48. A‎. afraid B. lucky C. sorry D. able ‎ ‎49. A‎. shared B. cooked C. exchanged D. weighed ‎ ‎50. A‎. easy B. great C. useless D. crazy ‎ ‎51. A‎. drove B. stopped C. called D. searched ‎ ‎52. A‎. feed B. save C. touch D. eat ‎ ‎53. A‎. time B. fish C. food D. clothing ‎ ‎54. A‎. Next B. Instead C. Luckily D. Especially ‎ ‎55. A‎. pay B. give C. use D. make ‎ ‎【主旨大意】作者写一个在政府培训中的学习者的一段话，引出了一个故事，并讲述了一个道理：授人以鱼不如授人以渔。‎ ‎41. A【解析】考查语境理解和动词辨析。句意为“我能解决我的家庭困难”。solve difficulties，解决困难。故选A。‎ ‎42. B 【解析】考查形容词辨析。一个学习者，在培训中，说，并且感到很兴奋。surprised 惊讶的；excited 兴奋的；study学习；instead 代替 ，根据上文所说的话，故选A。‎ ‎43. A【解析】考查语境理解和形容词辨析。并且他的母亲生病在床。be ill 生病。故选A。‎ ‎44. D 【解析】考查语境理解和名词辨析。因此他的爸爸是家庭的主要支柱。support，支柱。其他的problem 问题example例子silent 安静的 都不合适。故选D。‎ ‎45. A【解析】考查动词辨析。学习者从高中毕业没有通过入学考试。pass，通过。故选A。‎ ‎46. C【解析】考查上下文理解。这个工作项目帮助他学习他将知道的在工作地方的技巧。这是个定语从句，根据上下问，推知，此处用know。故选C。‎ ‎47.A 【解析】考查语境理解。这个故事让我想起了另外一个故事。根据下午内容讲述的是一个故事，故选A。‎ ‎48. D【解析】考查短语辨析。并且能够每天抓许多鱼。be able to 能够，其他不符合题意。故选D。‎ ‎49. A【解析】考查短语搭配。因此他总是与那些不会捕鱼的邻居分享他的鱼。share sth. with sb.与某人分享某物。故选A。‎ ‎50.B 【解析】考查语境理解和形容词辨析。他认为如果他叫他们怎样钓鱼的话，应该很棒。Great 很棒，其他easy 简单的；useless 没用的； crazy 疯狂的，都不符合题意。故选B。‎ ‎51.C‎ 【解析】考查语境理解。因此他喊他的邻居一起，并且向他们展示怎么捕鱼。call 叫，喊。其他的，符合句意。故选C。‎ ‎52.D 【解析】考查语境理解和动词辨析。每个人都很快乐，他们能够吃自己捕的鱼。feed 喂养；save节约；挽救；touch接触；都不符合句意。故选 eat 吃。故选D。‎ ‎53.C‎ 【解析】考查语境理解。但是如果我们只给他们食物是不好的。故选C。‎ ‎54.B 【解析】考查副词辨析。相反，我们应该给他们学习新技巧的机会。Instead 相反Next接下来；Luckily 幸运地；especially 尤其地 不符合题意。故选B。‎ ‎55.D 【解析】考查短语搭配。他们讲学习赚钱的能力。make money 赚钱故选D。‎